SJ-20140604172046-018-ZXSDR UniRAN FDD-LTE (V3.20.50) Radio Parameters Reference

ZXSDR UniRAN
FDD-LTE Base Station

Parameter Reference
Version: V3.20.50
ZTE CORPORATION
No. 55, Hi-tech Road South, ShenZhen, P.R.China
Postcode: 518057
Tel: +86-755-26771900
Fax: +86-755-26770801
URL: http://support.zte.com.cn
E-mail: support@zte.com.cn
LEGAL INFORMATION
Copyright 2014 ZTE CORPORATION.
The contents of this document are protected by copyright laws and international treaties. Any reproduction or
distribution of this document or any portion of this document, in any form by any means, without the prior written
consent of ZTE CORPORATION is prohibited. Additionally, the contents of this document are protected by
contractual confidentiality obligations.
All company, brand and product names are trade or service marks, or registered trade or service marks, of ZTE
CORPORATION or of their respective owners.
This document is provided as is, and all express, implied, or statutory warranties, representations or conditions
are disclaimed, including without limitation any implied warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose,
title or non-infringement. ZTE CORPORATION and its licensors shall not be liable for damages resulting from the
use of or reliance on the information contained herein.
ZTE CORPORATION or its licensors may have current or pending intellectual property rights or applications
covering the subject matter of this document. Except as expressly provided in any written license between ZTE
CORPORATION and its licensee, the user of this document shall not acquire any license to the subject matter
herein.
ZTE CORPORATION reserves the right to upgrade or make technical change to this product without further notice.
Users may visit the ZTE technical support website http://support.zte.com.cn to inquire for related information.
The ultimate right to interpret this product resides in ZTE CORPORATION.
Revision History
Revision No. Revision Date Revision Reason
R1.1 20141216 l There are 60 parameters modified

l There are 60 parameters added
l There are 86 Struct added
R1.0 20140821 First edition
Serial Number: SJ-20140604172046-018
Publishing Date: 2014-12-16(R1.1)
SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

Contents
About This Manual ......................................................................................... I
Chapter 1 LTE eNodeB Parameters .......................................................... 1-1
1.1 LTE FDD ........................................................................................................... 1-3
1.1.1 LTE FDD ID ............................................................................................. 1-3
1.1.2 MO Description ........................................................................................ 1-3
1.1.3 User Label ............................................................................................... 1-4
1.1.4 eNodeB ID............................................................................................... 1-5
1.1.5 eNodeB Name ......................................................................................... 1-6
1.1.6 PLMN ...................................................................................................... 1-6
1.1.7 X2 Black List ............................................................................................ 1-7
1.1.8 X2 White List ........................................................................................... 1-8
1.1.9 X2 HO Black List ...................................................................................... 1-9
1.1.10 Holdover Time-Out Switch .................................................................... 1-10
1.1.11 Holdover Time-Out Threshold.................................................................1-11
1.1.12 The Shift Time Length for X2 Self Setup Function....................................1-11
1.1.13 Threshold for RSRP Statistic ................................................................. 1-12
1.1.14 Threshold for UL SINR Statistic ............................................................. 1-13
1.1.15 Threshold for DL SINR Statistic ............................................................. 1-14
1.1.16 Max Scell Num for CA .......................................................................... 1-14
1.1.17 PLMN Encoding Method ....................................................................... 1-15
1.1.18 Mode to Stop SIB10 ............................................................................. 1-16
1.1.19 The Length of Timer to Stop SIB10 ........................................................ 1-16
1.1.20 ETWS Sending Method ........................................................................ 1-17
1.1.21 Target HeNBID Encoding Method .......................................................... 1-18
1.1.22 Timer for Decide No Data...................................................................... 1-19
1.1.23 SR Threshold for Start State Transfer .................................................... 1-19
1.1.24 Super Cell Recovery Service Policy ....................................................... 1-20
1.1.25 Threshold of ENodeB User Number....................................................... 1-21
1.1.26 Threshold of Board User Number .......................................................... 1-22
1.1.27 Time Delay for Base Station Alarm ........................................................ 1-23
1.1.28 Time Delay for Base Station Alarm Clear ............................................... 1-23
1.1.29 Time Delay for Cell Alarm ..................................................................... 1-24
1.1.30 Time Delay for Cell Alarm Clear............................................................. 1-25

1.1.31 Time Delay for S1 Interface Alarm ......................................................... 1-25
1.1.32 Time Delay for S1 Interface Alarm Clear ................................................ 1-26
1.1.33 Time Delay for X2 Interface Alarm ......................................................... 1-27
1.1.34 Time Delay for X2 Interface Alarm Clear ................................................ 1-28
1.1.35 DLMCS Threshold for VoLTE Worse ...................................................... 1-28
1.1.36 DLMCS Threshold for VoLTE Better....................................................... 1-29
1.1.37 UL SINR Threshold for VoLTE Worse .................................................... 1-30
1.1.38 UL SINR Threshold for VoLTE Better ..................................................... 1-31
1.2 S1AP............................................................................................................... 1-31
1.2.1 S1AP ID ................................................................................................ 1-31
1.2.2 MO Description ...................................................................................... 1-32
1.2.3 User Label ............................................................................................. 1-33
1.2.4 Global Unique MME ID ........................................................................... 1-34
1.2.5 Referenced SCTP .................................................................................. 1-34
1.2.6 S1 Priority.............................................................................................. 1-35
1.3 X2AP............................................................................................................... 1-36
1.3.1 X2AP ID ................................................................................................ 1-36
1.3.2 MO Description ...................................................................................... 1-37
1.3.3 User Label ............................................................................................. 1-37
1.3.4 Referenced SCTP .................................................................................. 1-38
1.4 Baseband Resource ......................................................................................... 1-39
1.4.1 Baseband Resource Configuration ID ...................................................... 1-39
1.4.2 MO Description ...................................................................................... 1-40
1.4.3 RF Port Object ....................................................................................... 1-40
1.4.4 Downlink Ant Configure Bitmap ............................................................... 1-41
1.4.5 Uplink Ant Configure Bitmap ................................................................... 1-42
1.4.6 Up Active Ant Bitmap.............................................................................. 1-43
1.4.7 Connected Baseband Device .................................................................. 1-44
1.4.8 BPL Port................................................................................................ 1-44
1.4.9 Mapping of Antenna Port and Antenna Channel ....................................... 1-45
1.4.10 Uplink Tilt of AAS ................................................................................. 1-46
1.4.11 Downlink Tilt of AAS ............................................................................. 1-47
1.4.12 Cell Mode ............................................................................................ 1-47
1.4.13 Maximum Transmission Power of BP Resource...................................... 1-48
1.4.14 Real Transmit Power of BP Resource .................................................... 1-49
1.4.15 Referenced Signal Power of BP Resource ............................................. 1-50
1.4.16 reservedByEUtranCellFDD ................................................................... 1-50
II

1.4.17 CP ID .................................................................................................. 1-51
1.4.18 RF Unit Application Mode ..................................................................... 1-52
1.4.19 Used RRU ........................................................................................... 1-53
1.5 UE Paging ....................................................................................................... 1-54
1.5.1 UE Paging ID ......................................................................................... 1-54
1.5.2 MO Description ...................................................................................... 1-54
1.5.3 Paging Occasion Factor.......................................................................... 1-55
1.5.4 Paging Repeated Times ......................................................................... 1-56
1.5.5 BCCH Modification Period ...................................................................... 1-57
1.5.6 DRX Cycle for Paging............................................................................. 1-58
1.6 Load Management ........................................................................................... 1-59
1.6.1 Load Management ID ............................................................................. 1-59
1.6.2 MO Description ...................................................................................... 1-60
1.6.3 Load Management Switch of Load Balancing Algorithm ............................ 1-60
1.6.4 Load Management Switch of Load Control Algorithm ................................ 1-62
1.6.5 Inter-Freq/RAT Camp Load Balancing Switch........................................... 1-62
1.6.6 Switch of Inter-Manufacturer Load Balancing ........................................... 1-63
1.6.7 Switch of Cell Load Log .......................................................................... 1-64
1.6.8 Switch of Frequency Priority in Intra-LTE Load Balancing.......................... 1-65
1.6.9 Load Control Switch Based on GBR Compression.................................... 1-66
1.6.10 Load Balancing RAT Priority.................................................................. 1-66
1.6.11 Threshold of Intra-LTE Neighbor Cell in Overload State in Uplink ............. 1-67
1.6.12 Threshold of Intra-LTE Neighbor Cell in Overload State in Downlink ........ 1-68
1.6.13 Threshold to Execute Intra-Manufacturer PRB Load Balancing in
Uplink................................................................................................... 1-69
1.6.14 Threshold to Execute Intra-Manufacturer PRB Load Balancing in
Downlink .............................................................................................. 1-70
1.6.15 Threshold to Execute Inter-Manufacturer PRB Load Balancing in
Uplink................................................................................................... 1-71
1.6.16 Threshold to Execute Inter-Manufacturer PRB Load Balancing in
Downlink .............................................................................................. 1-72
1.6.17 Candidate Target Cell Type Indication .................................................... 1-73
1.6.18 Enable Switch Load Pre-estimate of Neighbour Cell ............................... 1-74
1.6.19 Number of Frequency to Modify Cell Reselection Priority ........................ 1-75
1.6.20 Threshold to Execute Inter-freq/RAT Camp Load Balancing .................... 1-75
1.6.21 Enable Switch Cell Load Pre-Estimate ................................................... 1-76
1.6.22 Threshold of Inter-RAT Neighbor Cell in Overload State in Uplink ............ 1-77
1.6.23 Threshold of Inter-RAT Neighbor Cell in Overload State in Downlink ........ 1-78
III

1.6.24 Threshold of Cell PRB into Overload State in Downlink ........................... 1-79
1.6.25 Threshold of Cell PRB into Overload State in Uplink ............................... 1-80
1.6.26 Threshold of Cell PRB into Recovery State in Downlink .......................... 1-80
1.6.27 Threshold of Cell PRB into Recovery State in Uplink............................... 1-81
1.6.28 Number of Service to Drop.................................................................... 1-82
1.6.29 Time to Protect the UE to be Handover Again......................................... 1-83
1.6.30 Traffic Type Selection Indication ............................................................ 1-83
1.6.31 Switch of Traffic Type Selection ............................................................. 1-84
1.6.32 Weight Factor of PRB Queue for Handover ............................................ 1-85
1.6.33 Threshold of UE PRB Used Rate Report................................................ 1-86
1.6.34 Switch to Protect UE NOT to Handover Again ........................................ 1-87
1.6.35 Switch of Measurement Report Order .................................................... 1-88
1.6.36 Switch of UE PRB Threshold................................................................. 1-88
1.6.37 Switch of UE Position Information.......................................................... 1-89
1.6.38 Switch of UE Class Information ............................................................. 1-90
1.6.39 Switch of CA Load Adjust...................................................................... 1-91
1.6.40 PRB Threshold of CA Load Adjust ......................................................... 1-91
1.6.41 Number of Allowed High Load Neighbor Cell .......................................... 1-92
1.6.42 Period for Load Balancing ..................................................................... 1-93
1.6.43 Number of UE Selected to Handover ..................................................... 1-94
1.6.44 Number of UE Configured Event Measurement ...................................... 1-95
1.7 Security Management....................................................................................... 1-96
1.7.1 Security Management ID ........................................................................ 1-96
1.7.2 MO Description ...................................................................................... 1-96
1.7.3 Encryption Algorithm Priority (from High to Low)....................................... 1-97
1.7.4 Integrity Protection Priority (from High to Low).......................................... 1-98
1.8 Mobility Management ....................................................................................... 1-99
1.8.1 Mobility Management ID ......................................................................... 1-99
1.8.2 MO Description .....................................................................................1-100
1.8.3 Switch for NACC ...................................................................................1-101
1.8.4 Switch for UTRAN RIM ..........................................................................1-102
1.8.5 Number of GERAN Cell for R9 Redirection .............................................1-103
1.8.6 Number of UTRAN Cell for R9 Redirection..............................................1-104
1.9 UE Parameters Configuration...........................................................................1-104
1.9.1 UE Timer ID ..........................................................................................1-104
1.9.2 MO Description .....................................................................................1-105
1.9.3 Timer for UE to Monitor Radio Link Failure (T310_UE).............................1-106
IV

1.9.4 Timer for UE to Monitor Radio Link Failure to Idle (T311_UE)...................1-107
1.9.5 Timer for UE to Wait for RRC Connection Response (T300).....................1-108
1.9.6 Timer for UE to Wait for RRC Re-Connection Response (T301) ...............1-109
1.9.7 Timer for UE to Wait for RRC Re-Connection Request (T302) .................. 1-110
1.9.8 Timer for UE to Wait for Successful Handover (T304) .............................. 1-110
1.9.9 Timer for UE to Wait for Successful Handover (T304_Cco) ...................... 1-111
1.9.10 Priority Timer for Cell Reselection (T320) .............................................. 1-112
1.9.11 Maximum Number of Downlink Out-Of-Synchronization Indications
(N310_UE) .......................................................................................... 1-113
1.9.12 Maximum Number of Downlink Synchronization Indications Received
By UE (N311)....................................................................................... 1-114
1.9.13 User-Inactivity Timer on Control Panel .................................................. 1-114
1.9.14 User-Inactivity Timer for Mobile ............................................................ 1-115
1.10 Global Switch ................................................................................................ 1-116
1.10.1 Global Service Switch ID...................................................................... 1-116
1.10.2 MO Description ................................................................................... 1-117
1.10.3 Partial Admission for Intra-eNodeB Handover........................................ 1-118
1.10.4 Base Station Uplink Frequency Division Selection ................................. 1-119
1.10.5 MME Load Balancing Algorithm Switch .................................................1-120
1.10.6 CPU Usage Access Control Switch.......................................................1-121
1.10.7 User-Inactivity Enabled ........................................................................1-122
1.10.8 Switch of ETWS ..................................................................................1-123
1.10.9 Enable PA Input Voltage Dynamic Adjustment .......................................1-123
1.10.10 FTP Enable of CN UBAS Server.........................................................1-124
1.10.11 FTP Address of CN UBAS Server .......................................................1-125
1.10.12 UE Call Record ID Switch ..................................................................1-126
1.10.13 CMAS Sending Switch .......................................................................1-127
1.10.14 Switch of Periodic ANR ......................................................................1-128
1.10.15 Support Management Based MDT Function Switch .............................1-129
1.10.16 Support Signaling Based MDT Function Switch ...................................1-130
1.10.17 UE Category4 Switch.........................................................................1-130
1.10.18 UE Category5 Switch.........................................................................1-131
1.10.19 The Switch of 8 DRB for a UE ............................................................1-132
1.10.20 CCO Function Switch.........................................................................1-133
1.10.21 GL PS Handover Switch ....................................................................1-134
1.10.22 CL PS Handover Switch.....................................................................1-135
1.10.23 SPID based Mobility Switch................................................................1-136
1.10.24 FDD and TDD handover Switch..........................................................1-137

1.10.25 UL SRVCC Switch .............................................................................1-137
1.10.26 GL SRVCC Switch.............................................................................1-138
1.10.27 CL SRVCC Switch .............................................................................1-139
1.10.28 GL CSFB Switch ...............................................................................1-140
1.10.29 CL CSFB Switch................................................................................1-141
1.10.30 UL Load Balancing Switch..................................................................1-142
1.10.31 GL Load Balancing Switch .................................................................1-143
1.10.32 Extended QCI Switch.........................................................................1-144
1.10.33 TCP Reordering Switch......................................................................1-144
1.10.34 Depth ROHC Switch ..........................................................................1-145
1.10.35 TCP Fluid Control Switch ...................................................................1-146
1.10.36 Reporting PCI Conflict or Confusion Alarm Switch ...............................1-147
1.10.37 Reporting MRO Alarm Switch .............................................................1-148
1.10.38 Switch of MTC AC Restriction.............................................................1-149
1.10.39 Measurement Configuration Index of Handover from Macro Cell to
Small Cell............................................................................................1-150
1.10.40 Switch of Inter PLMN HO ...................................................................1-151
1.10.41 UL COMP JE Switch..........................................................................1-152
1.10.42 ETWS Repetition Check Switch..........................................................1-152
1.10.43 Switch of CPU Load Control ...............................................................1-154
1.10.44 Switch for System Time Sending in SIB8.............................................1-155
1.10.45 Ran Sharing Switch ...........................................................................1-156
1.10.46 Switch for User State Transfer ............................................................1-156
1.10.47 UL COMP CloudIrc Switch .................................................................1-157
1.10.48 The Switch of X2 Self-Setup TNL Interactive Control............................1-158
1.10.49 TMSI Track Codec Switch ..................................................................1-159
1.10.50 Handover Switch Base Voice..............................................................1-160
1.10.51 UL CSFB Switch................................................................................1-161
1.10.52 Switch of Notify OMC Based on X2 Update .........................................1-162
1.10.53 Switch for Up-ftp and Down-ftp Transmitting at The Same Time............1-162
1.10.54 Switch for Inter-eNB RRC Reestablishment Feature ............................1-163
1.10.55 Switch for RLF KPI E-RAB Drop Report ..............................................1-164
1.10.56 UL PS Handover Switch.....................................................................1-165
1.10.57 Switch for QoS Basic Priority Based PLMN .........................................1-166
1.10.58 Switch for MFBI(Multiple Frequency Band Indicator) ............................1-166
1.10.59 Handover Switch Based Frequency Priority with PLMN........................1-167
1.11 Global QoS Parameter...................................................................................1-168
1.11.1 Global QoS ID .....................................................................................1-168
VI

1.11.2 MO Description....................................................................................1-169
1.11.3 ARP Segment Number.........................................................................1-170
1.11.4 ARP Segment Threshold......................................................................1-171
1.11.5 The Number of Threshold for GBR Traffic Delay ....................................1-172
1.11.6 Threshold for GBR Delay for Traffic Class .............................................1-173
1.11.7 The Segment Number of Threshold for NGBR Service Delay .................1-174
1.11.8 The Threshold for NGBR Traffic Delay ..................................................1-175
1.11.9 ARP of Emergency Call Configured By Operator ...................................1-176
1.11.10 Packet Loss Rate Threshold...............................................................1-177
1.12 QoS Service Class ........................................................................................1-178
1.12.1 QoS Service Class ID ..........................................................................1-178
1.12.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-179
1.12.3 Label Number of Service Class ............................................................1-180
1.12.4 Service Packet QoS Delay Parameter...................................................1-181
1.12.5 Service Packet QoS Loss Parameter ....................................................1-181
1.12.6 Service Class Name ............................................................................1-182
1.12.7 Service Priority ....................................................................................1-183
1.12.8 Service Bearer Type(GBR/Non-GBR) ...................................................1-184
1.12.9 Timer for Periodic PHR Reporting.........................................................1-185
1.12.10 Timer for Prohibit PHR Reporting........................................................1-186
1.12.11 DL Pathloss Change Threshold for PHR Reporting ..............................1-186
1.12.12 RLC Type..........................................................................................1-187
1.12.13 Service Factor for a QCI ....................................................................1-188
1.12.14 PDCP SN Length ..............................................................................1-189
1.12.15 RLC Sequence Number Type .............................................................1-190
1.12.16 Measurement Gap Repetition Period ..................................................1-191
1.12.17 PDCP SDU Discard Timer..................................................................1-192
1.12.18 Uplink Semi-persistently Period ..........................................................1-192
1.12.19 Downlink Semi-persistently Period ......................................................1-193
1.13 QCI and DSCP Mapping ................................................................................1-194
1.13.1 QCI and DSCP Mapping ID..................................................................1-194
1.13.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-195
1.13.4 ARP Segment .....................................................................................1-197
1.13.5 DSCP ID.............................................................................................1-198
1.14 QCI and PBR Mapping ..................................................................................1-199
1.14.1 QCI and PBR Mapping ID ....................................................................1-199
VII

1.14.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-200
1.14.3 QCI Index ...........................................................................................1-200
1.14.4 ARP Segment .....................................................................................1-201
1.14.5 Logical Channel Direction ....................................................................1-202
1.14.6 Prioritised Bit Rate...............................................................................1-203
1.15 QoS Basic Priority .........................................................................................1-204
1.15.1 QoS Basic Priority ID ...........................................................................1-204
1.15.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-205
1.15.3 ARP Segment .....................................................................................1-205
1.15.4 QoS Service Class ..............................................................................1-206
1.15.5 QoS Basic Priority ...............................................................................1-207
1.15.6 Mobile Country Code ...........................................................................1-208
1.15.7 Broadcast Mobile Network Code ..........................................................1-209
1.16 E-UTRAN FDD Cell .......................................................................................1-210
1.16.1 E-UTRAN FDD Cell ID.........................................................................1-210
1.16.2 MO Description ................................................................................... 1-211
1.16.3 User Label .......................................................................................... 1-211
1.16.4 Cell ID ................................................................................................1-212
1.16.5 PLMN List ...........................................................................................1-213
1.16.6 Baseband Resources Configuration......................................................1-213
1.16.7 PCI.....................................................................................................1-214
1.16.8 PCI List...............................................................................................1-215
1.16.9 Emergency Alarm Area Code ...............................................................1-216
1.16.10 TAC ..................................................................................................1-217
1.16.11 Cell Radius........................................................................................1-217
1.16.12 CP Selection for Physical Channel for Non-MBSFN .............................1-218
1.16.13 Cell Coverage Attribute ......................................................................1-219
1.16.14 Number of Tx Antenna Port in Cell......................................................1-220
1.16.15 Band Indication for Frequency ............................................................1-221
1.16.16 Uplink Center Carrier Frequency ........................................................1-221
1.16.17 Downlink Center Carrier Frequency ....................................................1-224
1.16.18 Signal Power Ratio (PB) ....................................................................1-227
1.16.19 Cell MBSFN Attribute.........................................................................1-228
1.16.20 Cell Reserved for Operator.................................................................1-228
1.16.21 Downlink System Bandwidth ..............................................................1-229
1.16.22 Uplink System Bandwidth...................................................................1-230
1.16.23 DRX Switch for GBR..........................................................................1-231
VIII

1.16.24 DRX Switch for NGBR .......................................................................1-232
1.16.25 UE Transmission Mode ......................................................................1-233
1.16.26 Latitude.............................................................................................1-233
1.16.27 Longitude..........................................................................................1-234
1.16.28 Minimum Value of Uplink MCS ...........................................................1-235
1.16.29 Maximum Value of Uplink MCS...........................................................1-235
1.16.30 Minimum Value of Downlink MCS .......................................................1-236
1.16.31 Maximum Value of Downlink MCS ......................................................1-237
1.16.32 Maximum RBs Allocated for Downlink UE ...........................................1-238
1.16.33 Maximum RBs Allocated for Uplink UE................................................1-238
1.16.34 Time Alignment Timer ........................................................................1-239
1.16.35 CFI Selection ....................................................................................1-240
1.16.36 Redirection Algorithm for Coverage ....................................................1-241
1.16.37 Transmission Mode ...........................................................................1-242
1.16.38 UL 64QAM Demodulation Support Indicator ........................................1-242
1.16.39 Cell Manual Operation State...............................................................1-243
1.16.40 Sample Rate Mode Configuration .......................................................1-244
1.16.41 Switch of Loading Test .......................................................................1-245
1.16.42 Offset Angle ......................................................................................1-245
1.16.43 Is Energy Saving Cell.........................................................................1-246
1.16.44 Cell Test State ...................................................................................1-247
1.16.45 BitMap of UL RB Interference (hex) ....................................................1-248
1.16.46 BitMap of DL RB Interference (hex) ....................................................1-248
1.16.47 CCE Aggregation for BCCH&PCCH....................................................1-249
1.16.48 The CCE Aggregation........................................................................1-250
1.16.49 Noise Matrix Type..............................................................................1-251
1.16.50 RB Sharing Mode ..............................................................................1-251
1.16.51 Resource Ratio of Operator in Network Sharing...................................1-253
1.16.52 Resource Ratio of Shared in Network Sharing .....................................1-253
1.16.53 Additional Spectrum Emission ............................................................1-254
1.16.54 Transmission Mode of PUSCH for Uplink ............................................1-255
1.16.55 DL MU-MIMO Switch .........................................................................1-256
1.16.56 UL MU-MIMO Switch .........................................................................1-256
1.16.57 Switch of RLF Function ......................................................................1-257
1.16.58 Switch of pulling card judgment ..........................................................1-258
1.16.59 SI Window Length .............................................................................1-259
1.16.60 4*4 MIMO Switch...............................................................................1-259
IX

1.16.61 Threshold of Frequently Efficiency for Faulty Cell Based on Uplink
Interference .........................................................................................1-260
1.16.62 Switch of FullConfig ...........................................................................1-261
1.16.63 reservedByEUtranRelation .................................................................1-262
1.16.64 reservedBySuperCellRelation.............................................................1-262
1.16.65 Switch of DL Simulate Load ...............................................................1-263
1.16.66 VoLTE Admission Switch....................................................................1-264
1.16.67 MIMOScenarios.................................................................................1-265
1.16.68 Delayed Release Timer for Radio Link Failure .....................................1-266
1.16.69 Scene Configuration ..........................................................................1-266
1.16.70 Cell Capacity Level Indicator ..............................................................1-267
1.16.71 List of Additional Frequency Band Indicators .......................................1-268
1.16.72 Additional Spectrum Emission Requirements for Each Additonal
Frequency Band ..................................................................................1-269
1.16.73 Downlink Qos Adaptive Policy Switch .................................................1-270
1.16.74 Uplink Qos Adaptive Policy Switch......................................................1-271
1.16.75 Inner AMC CQI Expire Timer ..............................................................1-272
1.17 E-UTRAN FDD Neighbor Cell.........................................................................1-273
1.17.1 E-UTRAN FDD Neighbor Cell ID ..........................................................1-273
1.17.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-274
1.17.3 User Label ..........................................................................................1-274
1.17.4 Cell Type ............................................................................................1-275
1.17.5 MCC of Neighbouring Cell....................................................................1-276
1.17.6 MNC of Neighbouring Cell....................................................................1-277
1.17.7 eNodeB ID ..........................................................................................1-278
1.17.8 Cell ID ................................................................................................1-279
1.17.9 Band Indication for Frequency..............................................................1-279
1.17.10 Uplink Center Carrier Frequency ........................................................1-280
1.17.12 PCI ...................................................................................................1-285
1.17.13 TAC ..................................................................................................1-286
1.17.14 PLMN List .........................................................................................1-287
1.17.16 Uplink System Bandwidth...................................................................1-288
1.17.17 Whether All the Inter-Freq Neighbor Cells Use Antenna Port 1 .............1-289
1.17.19 VoLTE Switch of FDD-LTE Neighbor Cell ............................................1-291

1.18 E-UTRAN TDD Neighbor Cell.........................................................................1-292
1.18.1 E-UTRAN TDD Neighbor Cell ID ..........................................................1-293
1.18.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-293
1.18.3 User Label ..........................................................................................1-294
1.18.4 Cell Type ............................................................................................1-295
1.18.7 eNodeB ID ..........................................................................................1-298
1.18.8 Cell ID ................................................................................................1-298
1.18.10 Center Carrier Frequency...................................................................1-300
1.18.11 PCI ...................................................................................................1-303
1.18.12 TAC ..................................................................................................1-304
1.18.13 PLMN List .........................................................................................1-305
1.18.15 Antenna Port 1 Used By Cell ..............................................................1-306
1.18.17 VoLTE Switch of TDD-LTE Neighbor Cell ............................................1-308
1.19 UTRAN FDD Neighbor Cell ............................................................................1-309
1.19.1 UTRAN FDD Neighbor Cell ID..............................................................1-309
1.19.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-310
1.19.3 User Label .......................................................................................... 1-311
1.19.6 RNC ID...............................................................................................1-314
1.19.7 Cell ID ................................................................................................1-314
1.19.8 Band Indication for UTRAN Frequency .................................................1-315
1.19.9 Uplink Center Carrier Frequency ..........................................................1-316
1.19.11 Cell Primary Scrambling Code ............................................................1-320
1.19.12 Location Area Code ...........................................................................1-321
1.19.13 Routing Area Code ............................................................................1-322
1.19.14 UTRAN Neighbor Cell Supported VoIP................................................1-323
1.19.15 UTRAN Neighbor Cell Supported PS HO ............................................1-324
1.19.16 HSUPA and HSDPA Supported ..........................................................1-324
1.19.17 PLMN List .........................................................................................1-325
XI

1.19.18 reservedByUtranRelation ...................................................................1-326
1.20 UTRAN TDD Neighbor Cell ............................................................................1-327
1.20.1 UTRAN TDD Neighbor Cell ID..............................................................1-327
1.20.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-328
1.20.3 User Label ..........................................................................................1-328
1.20.6 RNC ID...............................................................................................1-331
1.20.7 Cell ID ................................................................................................1-332
1.20.8 Band Indication for UTRAN Frequency .................................................1-333
1.20.9 Center Carrier Frequency ....................................................................1-333
1.20.10 Cell Primary Scrambling Code............................................................1-334
1.20.11 Cell Location Area Code.....................................................................1-335
1.20.12 Cell Routing Area Code .....................................................................1-336
1.20.13 UTRAN Neighbor Cell Supported VoIP................................................1-337
1.20.14 UTRAN Neighbor Cell Supported PS HO ............................................1-338
1.20.15 HSUPA and HSDPA Supported ..........................................................1-338
1.20.16 PLMN List .........................................................................................1-339
1.20.17 reservedByUtranRelation ...................................................................1-340
1.21 GERAN Neighbor Cell ...................................................................................1-341
1.21.1 GERAN Neighbor Cell ID .....................................................................1-341
1.21.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-342
1.21.3 User Label ..........................................................................................1-342
1.21.6 Location Area Code.............................................................................1-345
1.21.7 Cell ID ................................................................................................1-346
1.21.8 Cell Routing Area Code .......................................................................1-346
1.21.9 Network Color Code ............................................................................1-347
1.21.10 Base Station Color Code....................................................................1-348
1.21.11 Frequency Range ..............................................................................1-349
1.21.12 BCCH ARFCN...................................................................................1-350
1.21.13 PS HO Supported By GERAN Neighbor Cell .......................................1-351
1.21.14 DTM Supported By GERAN Neighbor Cell ..........................................1-351
1.21.15 VoIP Supported By GERAN Neighbor Cell ..........................................1-352
1.21.16 PLMN List .........................................................................................1-353
1.21.17 reservedByGsmRelation ....................................................................1-354
XII

1.22 CDMA2000 Neighbor Cell ..............................................................................1-355
1.22.1 CDMA2000 Neighbor Cell ID................................................................1-355
1.22.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-356
1.22.3 User Label ..........................................................................................1-356
1.22.6 Cell Type ............................................................................................1-359
1.22.7 1xRTT System ID ................................................................................1-359
1.22.8 1xRTT Network ID ...............................................................................1-360
1.22.9 MSC-Market ID ...................................................................................1-361
1.22.10 The Switch Number Definition of MSC ID ............................................1-362
1.22.11 The Cell ID of 1xRTT cell ...................................................................1-363
1.22.12 The Sector ID of 1xRTT Cell...............................................................1-363
1.22.13 General Configuration for HRPD Sector ID..........................................1-364
1.22.14 BSC ID .............................................................................................1-365
1.22.15 CDMA2000 Band Class .....................................................................1-366
1.22.16 PN Offset ..........................................................................................1-367
1.22.17 Carrier Frequency within a CDMA2000 Band ......................................1-367
1.22.18 1xRTT Registration Zone ...................................................................1-368
1.22.19 1xRTT Current Authentication Mode ...................................................1-369
1.22.20 1xRTT MAX Carrying SO Number Allowed..........................................1-370
1.22.21 1xRTT Pilot Increment .......................................................................1-370
1.22.22 Base ID.............................................................................................1-371
1.22.23 reservedByCDMA2000Relation ..........................................................1-372
1.23 E-UTRAN Neighbor Relation ..........................................................................1-373
1.23.1 E-UTRAN Neighbor Relation ID............................................................1-373
1.23.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-373
1.23.3 Neighbor Cell within eNodeB................................................................1-374
1.23.4 E-UTRAN FDD Neighbor Cell...............................................................1-375
1.23.5 E-UTRAN TDD Neighbor Cell...............................................................1-376
1.23.6 Switch for Removing Neighbor Cell.......................................................1-376
1.23.7 Switch for X2.......................................................................................1-377
1.23.8 Switch for HO......................................................................................1-378
1.23.9 Intra-LTE Neighbor Relation .................................................................1-379
1.23.10 Cell Q-Offset .....................................................................................1-380
1.23.11 Configured By ANR............................................................................1-381
1.23.12 Neighbor Cell Priority .........................................................................1-382
XIII

1.23.13 S1 Handover Data Direct Forward Supported ......................................1-383
1.23.14 Cell Individual Offset ..........................................................................1-384
1.23.15 Status Indication................................................................................1-385
1.23.16 Energy Saving Cellis Covered by the Adjacent Cell..............................1-386
1.23.17 Cover Energy Saving Cell ..................................................................1-387
1.23.18 Threshold of PRB for Uplink ES..........................................................1-388
1.23.19 Threshold of PRB for Downlink ES .....................................................1-389
1.23.20 The Time Window of Switching on for ES Cell .....................................1-389
1.23.21 Offset of Intra-Frequency Measurement in Load Balancing...................1-390
1.23.22 The Max Tolerance Number of RRC Connectiong Number for Cover
Cell when switching on the ES Cell .......................................................1-391
1.23.23 Cooperative Relationship Type ...........................................................1-392
1.24 UTRAN Neighbor Relation .............................................................................1-393
1.24.1 UTRAN Neighbor Relation ID ...............................................................1-393
1.24.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-394
1.24.3 UTRAN TDD Neighbor Cell ..................................................................1-395
1.24.4 UTRAN FDD Neighbor Cell ..................................................................1-395
1.24.5 Inter-RAT Neighbor Relation ................................................................1-396
1.24.6 Handover Supported............................................................................1-397
1.24.7 Energy Saving Cell Is Covered by the RAT Adjacent Cell .......................1-398
1.25 GERAN Neighbor Relation.............................................................................1-400
1.25.1 GERAN Neighbor Relation ID...............................................................1-400
1.25.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-401
1.25.3 GERAN Neighbor Cell .........................................................................1-401
1.26 CDMA2000 Neighbor Relation .......................................................................1-405
1.26.1 CDMA2000 Neighbor Relation ID .........................................................1-405
1.26.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-406
1.26.3 CDMA2000 Neighbor Cell ....................................................................1-407
1.27 E-UTRAN Cell Reselection ............................................................................1-409
1.27.1 E-UTRAN Cell Reselection ID ..............................................................1-409
1.27.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-410
1.27.3 Cell Barred.......................................................................................... 1-411
XIV

1.27.4 Cell Policy Shutdown Timer Length.......................................................1-412
1.27.5 Intra-Frequency Cell Reselection Indication...........................................1-412
1.27.6 Enable Access to CSG Cell..................................................................1-413
1.27.7 Minimum Receiving Level(RSRP) During Cell Selection.........................1-414
1.27.8 Minimum Receiving Level(RSRP) Offset During Cell Selection ...............1-415
1.27.9 Maximum UE Transmission Power .......................................................1-416
1.27.10 Urgent Call Access Parameters ..........................................................1-417
1.27.11 Probability Factor of Signaling Access.................................................1-417
1.27.12 Signaling Access-Deny Time ..............................................................1-418
1.27.13 Access Parameters of Signaling Access Level.....................................1-419
1.27.14 Probability Factor of Call Access ........................................................1-420
1.27.15 Call Access-Deny Time ......................................................................1-421
1.27.16 Access Parameters of Call Access Level.............................................1-421
1.27.17 Reselection Hysteresis of Serving Cell ................................................1-422
1.27.18 Time Window Length in Deciding Medium/High-Speed Movement
Status .................................................................................................1-423
1.27.19 Leaving Duration of Medium/High-Speed Movement Status .................1-424
1.27.20 Cell Reselection Times in High-Speed Movement Status......................1-425
1.27.21 Cell Reselection Times in Medium-Speed Movement Status.................1-426
1.27.22 Additional Hysteresis in Medium-Speed Movement Status ...................1-427
1.27.23 Additional Hysteresis in High-Speed Movement Status ........................1-427
1.27.24 Whether Configure Snonintrasearch Parameters .................................1-428
1.27.25 Decision Threshold of Same/Lower Priority RSRP Measurement..........1-429
1.27.26 Lower Threshold of Serving Carrier.....................................................1-430
1.27.27 Maximum UE Transmission Power of Intra-Frequency Reselection .......1-431
1.27.28 Maximum UE Transmission Power of Intra-Frequency Reselection
Offset ..................................................................................................1-432
1.27.29 Reselection Priority of Intra-Frequency Cell .........................................1-433
1.27.30 Minimum Receiving Level of Intra-Frequency Cell Reselection .............1-434
1.27.31 Whether Configure Intra-Frequency RSRP Threshold ..........................1-435
1.27.32 RSRP Decision Threshold of Intra-Frequency Measurement ................1-435
1.27.33 Reselection Decision Timer Duration of Intra-Frequency Cell................1-436
1.27.34 Indicator for Intra-Frequency Linked Cell to Use Antenna Port 1 ...........1-437
1.27.35 Time Scale Factor for Intra-Frequency Cell in Medium-Speed
Status .................................................................................................1-438
1.27.36 Time Scale Factor for Intra-Frequency Cell in High-Speed Status .........1-439
1.27.37 Inter-Frequency Number ....................................................................1-440
1.27.38 Inter-Frequency Reselection Configuration..........................................1-441
XV

1.27.39 Minimum Receiving Level(RSRQ) During Cell Selection.......................1-441
1.27.40 Minimum Receiving Level(RSRQ) Offset During Cell Selection.............1-442
1.27.41 Voice Access-Deny Factor of Multimedia Call ......................................1-443
1.27.42 Voice Access-Deny Time of Multimedia Call ........................................1-444
1.27.43 Voice Access Level of Multimedia Call ................................................1-445
1.27.44 Video Access-Deny Factor of Multimedia Call......................................1-445
1.27.45 Video Access-Deny Time of Multimedia Call........................................1-446
1.27.46 Video Access Level of Multimedia Call ................................................1-447
1.27.47 Intra-FrequencyDecision RSRQ Threshold..........................................1-448
1.27.48 Decision Threshold of Same/Lower Priority RSRQ Measurement .........1-449
1.27.49 Minimum Value of Intra-Frequency RSRQ ...........................................1-450
1.27.50 RSRQ Threshold (in dB) of the Serving Cell When Reselecting
Towards a Lower Priority RAT/ Frequency .............................................1-451
1.27.51 Cell Reselection Priority Base SPID....................................................1-452
1.27.52 Srxlev (RSRP) Threshold of Intra-Frequency Measurement for Cell
Re-Selection........................................................................................1-453
1.27.53 Srxlev (RSRP) Threshold of Inter-Frequency Measurement for Cell
Re-Selection........................................................................................1-453
1.27.54 Switch for Threshold (in dB) of the Serving Cell When Reselecting
Towards a Lower Priority RAT/ Frequency RSRQ (Release 9).................1-454
1.27.55 Speed State Reselection Parameter Configuration Flag .......................1-455
1.27.56 Barring Factor of CSFB......................................................................1-456
1.27.57 Access-Deny Time of CSFB ...............................................................1-457
1.27.58 Access Level of CSFB .......................................................................1-458
1.27.59 Additional Frequency Band Indicator Configuration for Each
Inter-Frequency ...................................................................................1-458
1.28 UTRAN FDD Cell Reselection ........................................................................1-459
1.28.1 UTRAN FDD Cell Reselection ID..........................................................1-459
1.28.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-460
1.28.3 UTRAN FDD Frequency Number..........................................................1-461
1.28.4 UTRAN FDD Frequency Reselection Configuration ...............................1-462
1.28.5 Additional Frequency Band Indicator Configuration for Each UTRAN
FDD Frequency ...................................................................................1-463
1.29 UTRAN TDD Cell Reselection ........................................................................1-463
1.29.1 UTRAN TDD Cell Reselection ID..........................................................1-463
1.29.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-464
1.29.3 UTRAN TDD Frequency Number..........................................................1-465
1.29.4 UTRAN TDD Frequency Reselection Configuration ...............................1-466
XVI

1.30 CDMA2000 SIB8 Content ..............................................................................1-467
1.30.1 CDMA2000 SIB8 Content ID ................................................................1-467
1.30.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-468
1.30.3 Window Size for Searching Neighbor Pilot ............................................1-468
1.30.4 HRPD Pre-Registration Indication.........................................................1-469
1.30.5 HRPD Pre-Registration Area ID............................................................1-470
1.30.6 HRPD Pre-Registration Area Secondary ID...........................................1-471
1.30.7 Number of HRPD Frequency Bands .....................................................1-471
1.30.8 HRPD Frequency Band Reselection Configuration ................................1-472
1.30.9 Decision Timer Duration of Reselecting CDMA HRPD Cell.....................1-473
1.30.10 Time Scale Factor of Reselecting CDMA HRPD Cell in Medium-Speed
Status .................................................................................................1-474
1.30.11 Time Scale Factor of Reselecting CDMA HRPD Cell in High-Speed
Status .................................................................................................1-474
1.30.12 1xRTT Pre-Registration Indication ......................................................1-475
1.30.13 Number of 1xRTT Frequency Bands ...................................................1-476
1.30.14 1xRTT Frequency Band Reselection Configuration ..............................1-477
1.30.15 Decision Timer Duration of Reselecting CDMA 1xRTT Cell ..................1-478
1.30.16 Time Scale Factor of Reselecting CDMA 1xRTT Cell in Medium-Speed
Status .................................................................................................1-478
1.30.17 Time Scale Factor of Reselecting CDMA 1xRTT Cell in High-Speed
Status .................................................................................................1-479
1.30.18 AC-Barring 0-9 ..................................................................................1-480
1.30.19 AC-Barring 10 ...................................................................................1-481
1.30.20 AC-Barring 11....................................................................................1-482
1.30.21 AC-Barring 12 ...................................................................................1-482
1.30.22 AC-Barring 13 ...................................................................................1-483
1.30.23 AC-Barring 14 ...................................................................................1-484
1.30.24 AC-Barring 15 ...................................................................................1-485
1.30.25 AC-Barring Factor for Message Transmission......................................1-485
1.30.26 AC-Barring Factor for Autonomous Registration ..................................1-486
1.30.27 AC-Barring Factor for Urgent Call/Message Transmission ....................1-487
1.30.28 The Number of HRPD Pre-Registration Area Secondary ID..................1-488
1.30.29 The SID of the Selected Adjacent Cell to Get pre-registration
Parameters..........................................................................................1-489
1.30.30 The NID of the Selected Adjacent Cell to Get pre-registration
Parameters..........................................................................................1-490
1.30.31 The MSC MarketID of the Selected Adjacent Cell to Get pre-registration
Parameters..........................................................................................1-491
XVII

1.30.32 The MSC Switch Number of the Selected Adjacent Cell to Get
pre-registration Parameters ..................................................................1-491
1.30.33 The Cell Id of the Selected Adjacent Cell to Get pre-registration
Parameters..........................................................................................1-492
1.30.34 The Sector ID of the Selected Adjacent Cell to Get pre-registration
Parameters..........................................................................................1-493
1.30.35 The HRPD Sector ID of the Selected Adjacent HRPD Cell for
pre-registration ....................................................................................1-494
1.30.36 Switch for CSFB Supporting DualRx UE..............................................1-495
1.31 GERAN Cell Reselection ...............................................................................1-496
1.31.1 GERAN Cell Reselection ID .................................................................1-496
1.31.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-497
1.31.3 Decision Timer Duration of Reselecting GERAN Cell .............................1-497
1.31.4 Time Scale Factor of Reselecting GERAN Cell in Medium-Speed
Status .................................................................................................1-498
1.31.5 Time Scale Factor of Reselecting GERAN Cell in High-Speed Status ......1-499
1.31.6 Number of GERAN Carriers .................................................................1-500
1.31.7 GERAN Carrier Reselection Configuration ............................................1-501
1.31.8 Whether to Transmit Maximum Tansmit Power of UE in GERAN When
Cell Selection ......................................................................................1-502
1.32 UE E-UTRAN Measurement...........................................................................1-503
1.32.1 UE Measurement Configuration ID .......................................................1-503
1.32.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-504
1.32.3 Measurement Configuration Index ........................................................1-505
1.32.4 Triggered Event Quantity .....................................................................1-505
1.32.5 Quantity of Measurement Reports ........................................................1-507
1.32.6 Reporting Rule ....................................................................................1-508
1.32.7 Event ID .............................................................................................1-509
1.32.8 RSRP Absolute Threshold of Event Decision ........................................1-510
1.32.9 RSRQ Absolute Threshold of Event Decision ........................................ 1-511
1.32.10 RSRP Absolute Threshold 2 of A5 Event Decision ...............................1-512
1.32.11 RSRQ Absolute Threshold 2 of A5 Event Decision...............................1-513
1.32.12 Decision Hysteresis Range ................................................................1-514
1.32.13 Time to Trigger ..................................................................................1-515
1.32.14 Periodical Reporting Interval of Triggered Events.................................1-516
1.32.15 Periodical Reporting Times of Triggered Events...................................1-517
1.32.16 Reporting Interval of Periodical Report Rule ........................................1-518
1.32.17 Reporting Times of Periodical Report Rule ..........................................1-519
XVIII

1.32.18 Maximum Reported Cells ...................................................................1-520
1.32.19 Whether A3 Event Exit Reporting........................................................1-521
1.32.20 Measurement Configuration Function..................................................1-522
1.32.21 A3 Event Offset .................................................................................1-523
1.32.22 A6 Event Offset .................................................................................1-524
1.32.23 Purpose of Periodical Measurement Report ........................................1-525
1.33 UE RAT Measurement ...................................................................................1-526
1.33.1 UE RAT Measurement ID.....................................................................1-526
1.33.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-527
1.33.3 RAT Measurement Configuration Index.................................................1-527
1.33.4 Measurement Configuration Function ...................................................1-528
1.33.5 E-UTRAN Measurement Quantity.........................................................1-530
1.33.6 Reporting Rule of Intersystem Measurement .........................................1-531
1.33.7 Maximum Reported Cells .....................................................................1-532
1.33.8 Intersystem Measurement Event ID ......................................................1-533
1.33.9 Absolute Decision Threshold of E-UTRAN Serving Cell for RSRP
Measurement ......................................................................................1-534
1.33.10 Absolute Decision Threshold of E-UTRAN Serving Cell for RSRQ
Measurement ......................................................................................1-535
1.33.11 Absolute Decision Threshold of UTRAN System for RSCP
Measurement ......................................................................................1-536
1.33.12 Absolute Decision Threshold of UTRAN System for Ec/No
Measurement ......................................................................................1-537
1.33.13 Decision Hysteresis Range ................................................................1-538
1.33.14 Time Difference Between Event Occurrence and Reporting..................1-539
1.33.15 Periodical Reporting Interval of Triggered Events.................................1-540
1.33.16 Periodical Reporting Times of Triggered Events...................................1-541
1.33.17 Reporting Interval of Periodical Report Rule ........................................1-542
1.33.18 Reporting Times of Periodical Report Rule ..........................................1-543
1.33.19 Absolute Decision Threshold of GERAN System Measurement ............1-544
1.33.20 Absolute Decision Threshold of CDMA System Measurement ..............1-545
1.33.21 Report Quantity of Utran-Fdd .............................................................1-546
1.34 Measurement Parameter ...............................................................................1-547
1.34.1 Measurement Parameter ID .................................................................1-547
1.34.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-548
1.34.3 Measurement Config Group ID .............................................................1-548
1.34.4 Inter-Frequency Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration..........................1-549
1.34.5 Switch of Dual Measurement................................................................1-550
XIX

1.34.6 Enable Intra-Frequency Periodical Measurement...................................1-551
1.34.7 Switch for Inter-Frequency Periodical Measurement ..............................1-552
1.34.8 Switch for Inter-RAT Periodical Measurementof GERAN ........................1-553
1.34.9 Switch for Inter-RAT Periodical Measurement of UTRAN........................1-554
1.34.10 GERAN CCO Network Control Command ...........................................1-554
1.34.11 Switch for Preventing the Ping-Pong Handover....................................1-556
1.34.12 Number of Candidate Cells in Handover..............................................1-556
1.34.13 Maximum Number of HO Cells for Load Balance .................................1-557
1.34.14 Time of short handover ......................................................................1-558
1.34.15 Neighbor Cell Measurement Configuration ..........................................1-559
1.34.16 RAT Priority.......................................................................................1-560
1.34.17 RAT Priority OffFreq-delta ..................................................................1-561
1.34.18 Target System of Idle Ue for CS Fallback ............................................1-562
1.34.19 Target System of Connected Ue for CS Fallback .................................1-562
1.34.20 Switch for CS Fallback Based Measurement .......................................1-563
1.34.21 CSFB Method of UTRAN ...................................................................1-564
1.34.22 CSFB Method of GERAN ...................................................................1-565
1.34.23 CSFB Method of CDMA2000..............................................................1-566
1.34.24 Gap Delay.........................................................................................1-568
1.34.25 Offset of The Serving Cell ..................................................................1-568
1.34.26 Absolute Decision Threshold for
Intra-Frequency/Inter-Frequency/Intersystem Measurement ...................1-569
1.34.27 RSRP Layer-3 Filtering Coefficient in Measurement.............................1-570
1.34.28 RSRQ Layer-3 Filtering Coefficient in Measurement ............................1-571
1.34.29 Maximum Intra-Frequency Measurement Bandwidth............................1-573
1.34.30 Priority of Intra Frequency in Intra-LTE Load Balancing ........................1-574
1.34.31 Inter-Frequency Number ....................................................................1-574
1.34.32 Inter-Frequency Measurement Configuration.......................................1-575
1.34.33 GERAN-Frequency Number ...............................................................1-576
1.34.34 Layer-3 Filtering Coefficient in GERAN Measurement ..........................1-577
1.34.35 GERAN-Frequency Measurement Configuration..................................1-578
1.34.36 UTRAN-Frequency Number ...............................................................1-578
1.34.37 Measurement Quantity of UTRAN FDD System...................................1-579
1.34.38 Layer-3 Filtering Coefficient in UTRAN Measurement ..........................1-580
1.34.39 UTRAN-Frequency Measurement Configuration ..................................1-581
1.34.40 CDMA-Frequency Number .................................................................1-582
1.34.41 CDMA2000-Frequency Measurement Configuration ............................1-583
1.34.42 Switch for CS Fallback base LAI.........................................................1-584
XX

1.34.43 Multi-PLMN Local Strategy for CSFB ..................................................1-584
1.34.44 Intra-Freq Measurement Switch for Handover to Small Cell ..................1-585
1.34.45 Min-Stay Time for Handover from Macro to Small Cell .........................1-586
1.34.46 Threshold of Pingpong Handover from Macro to Small Cell ..................1-587
1.34.47 Switch of Measure Based Voice..........................................................1-588
1.34.48 Forbidden Time of Handover Between Macro and Small Cell................1-589
1.34.49 Threshold of Measurement Reconfiguration Based Voice .....................1-589
1.34.50 Switchof Cover Handover Algorithm Based on Load ............................1-590
1.34.51 Load Alert Threshold of Handover Target Cell......................................1-591
1.34.52 RSRQ Threshold for Target Neighbor Cell ...........................................1-592
1.34.53 RSRQ Threshold for Server Cell.........................................................1-592
1.34.54 Trigger Quantity of Target Cell order based HO ...................................1-593
1.34.55 Multi-PLMN Local Strategy for PS.......................................................1-594
1.34.56 Multi-PLMN Local Strategy for Redirection ..........................................1-595
1.34.57 Switch of Voice Admission..................................................................1-595
1.34.58 UE Type Judge Switch .......................................................................1-596
1.34.59 The Operation Method of LTE to GERAN ............................................1-597
1.34.60 The Operation Method of LTE to UTRAN ............................................1-598
1.34.61 Multi-PLMN Local Strategy for RRC connectionRe-establishment.........1-599
1.34.62 Switch of SRVCC Based VoLTE Quality ..............................................1-599
1.34.63 The Trigger Method Based VoLTE Quality ...........................................1-600
1.34.64 Switch of Inter-Frequency Handover Based VoLTE Quality...................1-601
1.35 PUCH and PDCH ..........................................................................................1-602
1.35.1 Physical Channel ID ............................................................................1-602
1.35.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-603
1.35.3 PUSCH Frequency Hopping Mode .......................................................1-603
1.35.4 PUSCH Frequency Hopping Offset.......................................................1-604
1.35.5 Number of Sub-Bands for PUSCH Frequency Hopping ..........................1-605
1.35.6 Maximum Transmission Times of SR ....................................................1-606
1.35.7 The Switch of SRS Configuration..........................................................1-607
1.35.8 Downlink Frequency Selection .............................................................1-607
1.35.9 PHICH Allocated Group Calculation Factor ...........................................1-608
1.35.10 Downlink Distributed Resource Allocation Supported ...........................1-609
1.35.11 PHICH Symbol Length .......................................................................1-610
1.35.12 Number of Mappings From Virtual RB to Physical RB in Distributed
Transmission ....................................................................................... 1-611
1.35.13 SRS Bandwidth Configuration ............................................................1-612
1.35.14 Switch of Dynamic Adjust CQI Mode...................................................1-612
XXI

1.35.15 The Method of Feedbacking CQI for PUSCH.......................................1-613
1.35.16 Cycle Shift Number for PUCCH Format 1/1a/1b...................................1-614
1.35.17 Number of PUCCH Channel for ACK/NACK of Downlink SPS
Scheduling ..........................................................................................1-615
1.35.18 Number of Ack/Nack Repetition PUCCH .............................................1-616
1.35.19 The Number of SR PUCCH ................................................................1-616
1.35.20 Maximum User Number can be Carried By PUCCH Format1 per
RB ......................................................................................................1-617
1.35.21 PUCCH Blanking ...............................................................................1-618
1.35.22 Numbers of Blanked RB of PUCCH ....................................................1-619
1.35.23 RB Number of PUCCH Format 2/2a/2b ...............................................1-620
1.35.24 The Configuration of CQI/PMI Report Period for UE.............................1-620
1.35.25 The Number of TTI Corresponding to the CQI/PMI Report Period for
UE ......................................................................................................1-621
1.35.26 The Configuration of SR Transmission Period for UE ...........................1-622
1.35.27 The Number of Channel Corresponding to the SR Transmission Period
for UE in Cell Configuration ..................................................................1-623
1.35.28 Uplink Frequency Selection ................................................................1-624
1.35.29 SRS Subframe Configuration .............................................................1-625
1.35.30 SRS Hopping Bandwidth....................................................................1-625
1.35.31 SRS Initial Bandwidth ........................................................................1-626
1.35.32 The Cell Identity in the Function of CoMP............................................1-627
1.35.33 Switch of TTI Bundling .......................................................................1-628
1.35.34 The Number of Cyclic Shift Used for PUCCH Formats 1/1a/1b in a
Resource Block Used for a Mix of Formats 1/1a/1b and 2/2a/2b..............1-628
1.35.35 The Support Indicator for Transmitting ACK/NACK and SRS in a Same
Subframe ............................................................................................1-629
1.35.36 The RB Number of PUCCH Format 3..................................................1-630
1.35.37 Number of PUCCH Format 1b ............................................................1-631
1.35.38 Downlink PRB Random Select Mode ..................................................1-632
1.35.39 PUCCH SORTD Mode Enable ...........................................................1-632
1.35.40 Aperiodic SRS Switch ........................................................................1-633
1.35.41 Power Threshold of UL CoMP ............................................................1-634
1.35.42 Judge Threshold of UL CoMP Cell ......................................................1-635
1.35.43 The Channel Numbers of Channel Selection PUCCH Format 1b for
Two Ports P1 .......................................................................................1-635
1.35.44 Open TTI Bundling SINR Threshold....................................................1-636
1.35.45 Close TTI Bundling SINR Threshold ...................................................1-637
1.35.46 UL Extended BSR Switch...................................................................1-638
XXII

1.35.47 Transmit Antenna Selection Mode ......................................................1-638
1.35.48 Uplink PRB Random Allocation Mode .................................................1-639
1.35.49 Uplink PRB Random Bias ..................................................................1-640
1.35.50 Downlink PRB Random Allocation Mode .............................................1-641
1.35.51 Downlink PRB Random Bias ..............................................................1-641
1.35.52 The RB number of PUCCH Dynamic Area Rollback .............................1-642
1.35.53 Open TTI Bundling PL Threshold........................................................1-643
1.35.54 Close TTI Bundling PL Threshold .......................................................1-644
1.35.55 Open TTI Bundling SINR Threshold When UE' Service Type Includes
QCI1 ...................................................................................................1-644
1.35.56 Close TTI Bundling SINR Threshold When UE' Service Type Includes
QCI1 ...................................................................................................1-645
1.35.57 Whether Simultaneous PUCCH And PUSCH Transmissions Is
Configured...........................................................................................1-646
1.35.58 DMRS With OCC Activated ................................................................1-647
1.35.59 Transmission Port Number of PUSCH for Uplink..................................1-648
1.35.60 Submode of Mode1-1 in TM9 and CSI-RS 8 Port.................................1-649
1.35.61 The Configuration of SRS Period for UE Normal Power .......................1-649
1.35.62 The Number of SRS Time-Division Resource for UE Normal Power ......1-650
1.35.63 Minimum Reference Period for the Segment of SRS Resource.............1-651
1.35.64 The Configuration of SRS Period Over the Threshold of SRS PL for
UE ......................................................................................................1-652
1.35.65 The Number of SRS Resource Over the Threshold of SRS PL for
UE ......................................................................................................1-653
1.36 Admission Control .........................................................................................1-654
1.36.1 Admission Control ID ...........................................................................1-654
1.36.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-654
1.36.3 Admission Queuing Algorithm Switch....................................................1-655
1.36.4 Admission Control Algorithm Switch for Hardware Resource Based
GBR Service........................................................................................1-656
1.36.5 Admission Control Algorithm Switch for Downlink PRB Based GBR
Service................................................................................................1-657
1.36.6 Admission Control Algorithm Switch for Uplink PRB Based GBR
Service................................................................................................1-658
1.36.7 Admission Switch of S1 GBR Bandwidth...............................................1-658
1.36.8 Admission Control Algorithm Switch for Hardware Resource Based
NGBR Service .....................................................................................1-659
1.36.9 Admission Control Algorithm Switch for Downlink PRB Based NGBR
Service................................................................................................1-660
XXIII

1.36.10 Admission Control Algorithm Switch for Uplink PRB Based NGBR
Service................................................................................................1-661
1.36.11 Admission Switch of S1 NGBR Bandwidth...........................................1-662
1.36.12 MAC Measurement Report Period ......................................................1-662
1.36.13 Admission Control Algorithm Switch for Downlink Power Limitation.......1-663
1.36.14 Admission Control Switch for Emergency Call .....................................1-664
1.36.15 Threshold of RRC Connection User Number .......................................1-665
1.36.16 Threshold of Active E-RAB Number ....................................................1-665
1.36.17 User Reserved for Handover ..............................................................1-666
1.36.18 Switch for Congestion Control ............................................................1-667
1.36.19 Maximum Number of GBR Service be Preempted ...............................1-668
1.36.20 The First Rank of Pre-Emption QCI.....................................................1-669
1.36.21 The Second Rank of Pre-Emption QCI................................................1-669
1.36.22 Admission Control Switch for Probable Rejection.................................1-670
1.36.23 Uplink Threshold of Probable Rejection Admission ..............................1-671
1.36.24 Downlink Threshold of Probable Rejection Admission ..........................1-672
1.36.25 Probable Rejection Admission Factor..................................................1-673
1.36.26 Switch of Redirection for Admit Failure................................................1-673
1.36.27 RRC User Number Resource Ratio of Operator n in Network
Sharing ...............................................................................................1-674
1.36.28 Window Length Of RRC User Number ................................................1-675
1.36.29 Admission Control Algorithm Switch for RRC User Number of Operator
in Network Sharing...............................................................................1-676
1.36.30 Switch of CA User Restrict .................................................................1-677
1.36.31 Threshold of Forbid Configured As Scell .............................................1-677
1.36.32 Switch of CSFB High Priorty Admission ..............................................1-678
1.37 PRACH.........................................................................................................1-679
1.37.1 Prach ID .............................................................................................1-679
1.37.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-680
1.37.3 Prach Configuration Index....................................................................1-680
1.37.4 Starting RB Number of Random Access Preamble ................................1-681
1.37.5 Cell High-Speed Attribute.....................................................................1-682
1.37.6 Number of Random Access Preamble Signatures Based on Contention
Conflict................................................................................................1-683
1.37.7 Starting Index of Logical Root Sequence to Generate 64 Preamble ........1-684
1.37.8 Cyclic Shift Parameters Based on Logical Root Sequence .....................1-685
1.37.9 Number of Preamble Signatures in Group A..........................................1-686
1.37.10 PRACH Power Ascending Step ..........................................................1-686
XXIV

1.37.11 Maximum Transmission Times of PRACH Preamble ............................1-687
1.37.12 PRACH Initial Preamble Transmission Power ......................................1-688
1.37.13 Message Length of Random Access Preamble Group .........................1-689
1.37.14 Transmission Power Offset of Group B Preamble ................................1-690
1.37.15 Receiving Search Window for Random Access Preamble
Response............................................................................................1-691
1.37.16 Maximum Transmission Times of Message 3.......................................1-691
1.37.17 The Number of Non-Contention Random Access Preambles for
MAC ...................................................................................................1-692
1.37.18 MAC Contention Resolution Timer ......................................................1-693
1.37.19 The Switch of PRACH Starting RB Configuration Method .....................1-694
1.37.20 Switch for PRACH Ultimate Capacity Test ...........................................1-695
1.38 UL Power Control ..........................................................................................1-695
1.38.1 UL Power Control ID............................................................................1-695
1.38.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-696
1.38.3 Cell Nominal Power Required for Data Transmission in PUSCH
Semi-Static Scheduling Authorization Mode...........................................1-697
1.38.4 Cell Nominal Power Required for Data Transmission in PUSCH
Dynamic Scheduling Authorization Mode...............................................1-698
1.38.5 Path Loss Compensation Factor for PUSCH Transmission Power ..........1-699
1.38.6 Related Nominal Power Used By PUCCH Physical Channel ..................1-700
1.38.7 Physical Channel Power Compensation for PUCCH Format 1 ................1-700
1.38.8 Physical Channel Power Compensation for PUCCH Format 1b ..............1-701
1.38.9 Physical Channel Power Compensation for PUCCH Format 2 ................1-702
1.38.10 Physical Channel Power Compensation for PUCCH Format 2a ............1-703
1.38.11 Physical Channel Power Compensation for PUCCH Format 2b ............1-704
1.38.12 Power Offset Based on PRACH Message ...........................................1-704
1.38.13 RSRP Filtering Factor for Power Control .............................................1-705
1.38.14 PUSCH Indicated By PDCCH DCI 3/3A Valid or Not ............................1-706
1.38.15 Power Control Step Range for PDCCH DCI 3/3A Indicated PUSCH
TPC Command ....................................................................................1-707
1.38.16 PUCCH Indicated By PDCCH DCI 3/3A Valid or Not ............................1-707
1.38.17 Power Control Step Range for PDCCH DCI 3/3A Indicated PUCCH
TPC Command ....................................................................................1-708
1.38.18 Power Offset of SRS Relative to PUSCH ............................................1-709
1.38.19 Switch for PUSCH Closed-Loop Power Control ...................................1-710
1.38.20 Switch for PUCCH Closed-Loop Power Control ................................... 1-711
1.38.21 Target IoT Value ................................................................................ 1-711
XXV

1.38.22 Window Length of Noise and Interference ...........................................1-712
1.38.23 PHR Control Switch ...........................................................................1-713
1.38.24 Delta MCS Enabled ...........................................................................1-714
1.38.25 Power Control Adjust Accumulation Enabled .......................................1-714
1.38.26 Downlink EventRSRP Measurement Switch ........................................1-715
1.38.27 Downlink Period RSRP Measurement Switch ......................................1-716
1.38.28 The Margin of Close-Loop Power Control for Msg3 ..............................1-717
1.38.29 PUSCH Power Offset of UE in Dynamic Schedule or Semi-Static
Scheduling ..........................................................................................1-717
1.38.30 PUCCH Power Offset of UE ...............................................................1-718
1.38.31 Delta OI Switch of Closed-Loop Power Control ....................................1-719
1.38.32 The UE Max Transmission Power at Middle Point ................................1-720
1.38.33 The UE MCS Target at Middle Point....................................................1-720
1.38.34 PUCCH Target Ps High Limit..............................................................1-721
1.38.35 PUCCH Target Ps Low Limit...............................................................1-722
1.39 DL Power Control ..........................................................................................1-723
1.39.1 DL Power Control ID............................................................................1-723
1.39.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-724
1.39.3 Power Offset Between BCCH and Cell RS (P_A_BCCH) .......................1-724
1.39.4 Power Offset Between CCCH and Cell RS (P_A_CCCH) .......................1-725
1.39.5 Power Offset Between PCCH and Cell RS (P_A_PCCH) .......................1-726
1.39.6 Power Offset Between MSG2 and Cell RS (P_A_MSG2) .......................1-728
1.39.7 Power Offset Between DCCH and Cell RS (P_A_DCCH) .......................1-729
1.39.8 Power Offset Between PDSCH and Cell RS (P_A_DTCH) .....................1-730
1.39.9 PCFICH Power Offset to DTCH_PA......................................................1-731
1.39.10 PHICH Power Offset to DTCH_PA ......................................................1-732
1.39.11 PDCCH Power Offset to DTCH_PA for DCI Format 0 ...........................1-733
1.39.12 PDCCH Power Offset to DTCH_PA for DCI Format 1...........................1-734
1.39.13 PDCCH Power Offset to DTCH_PA for DCI Format 1A.........................1-735
1.39.14 PDCCH Power Offset to DTCH_PA for DCI Format 1B.........................1-736
1.39.15 PDCCH Power Offset to DTCH_PA for DCI Format 1C ........................1-737
1.39.16 PDCCH Power Offset to DTCH_PA for DCI Format 1D ........................1-739
1.40 ICIC..............................................................................................................1-744
1.40.1 ICIC ID ...............................................................................................1-744
XXVI

1.40.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-745
1.40.3 Uplink ICIC Mode Select Flag...............................................................1-745
1.40.4 Uplink RB Resources Active Bitmap .....................................................1-747
1.40.5 The High Threshold of IOT for Generating OI with IOT...........................1-748
1.40.6 The Low Threshold of IOT for Generating OI with IOT............................1-749
1.40.7 Downlink ICIC Mode Select Flag ..........................................................1-750
1.40.8 Downlink RBG Resources Active Bitmap ..............................................1-751
1.40.9 Bit Mask for Enabling ICIC (hex)...........................................................1-752
1.40.10 Bit Map of Center Area Frequency for Uplink (hex) ..............................1-753
1.40.11 Bit Map of Edge Area Frequency for Uplink (hex).................................1-754
1.40.12 Borrowed Bit Map of Center Area Frequency for Uplink (hex) ...............1-755
1.40.13 Initial PA Value for Center Users .........................................................1-756
1.40.14 UL ICIC Switch For Macro-Micro Cell..................................................1-757
1.40.15 DL ICIC Switch For Macro-Micro Cell..................................................1-758
1.40.16 Aggressor Cell UL ICIC Bitmap ..........................................................1-759
1.40.17 Aggressor Cell DL ICIC Bitmap ..........................................................1-760
1.40.18 HighWay ICIC Frequency Partition......................................................1-761
1.41 EMLP ...........................................................................................................1-762
1.41.1 EMLP ID .............................................................................................1-762
1.41.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-763
1.41.3 EMLP Index ........................................................................................1-764
1.41.4 Logical Channel Direction ....................................................................1-765
1.41.5 The Number of QCI Corresponds to the Given EMLP ............................1-766
1.41.6 QCI Mapping for EMLP........................................................................1-766
1.41.7 Scheduler Algorithm ............................................................................1-767
1.41.8 Alpha Factor .......................................................................................1-768
1.41.9 Beta Factor .........................................................................................1-769
1.41.10 PF Weight Factor...............................................................................1-770
1.41.11 GBR Weight Factor............................................................................1-771
1.41.12 AMBR Weight Factor .........................................................................1-772
1.41.13 Delay Weight Factor ..........................................................................1-773
1.41.14 Scheduling Weight for All ARP ...........................................................1-774
1.41.15 Scheduling Weight for All QCIs...........................................................1-775
1.41.16 Service Weight ..................................................................................1-776
1.42 Cell QoS .......................................................................................................1-777
1.42.1 Cell QoS ID.........................................................................................1-777
1.42.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-778
XXVII

1.42.3 The Weight Factor for ARPs.................................................................1-779
1.42.4 The Weight Factor for Service Levels for Downlink ................................1-780
1.42.5 The Weight Factor for Service Levels for Uplink ....................................1-781
1.43 Scheduling SI................................................................................................1-782
1.43.1 Scheduling SI ID .................................................................................1-782
1.43.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-783
1.43.3 SI Identity ...........................................................................................1-783
1.43.4 SI Periodicity.......................................................................................1-784
1.43.5 Flag for Whether SIB2 is in System Information.....................................1-785
1.43.10 Flag for Whether SIB7 is in System Information ...................................1-789
1.43.13 Flag for Whether SIB10 is in System Information .................................1-791
1.44 SON Switch ..................................................................................................1-794
1.44.1 SON Switch Object ID .........................................................................1-794
1.44.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-795
1.44.3 Service Type .......................................................................................1-796
1.44.4 Service Switch ....................................................................................1-796
1.45 SON ANR Policy ...........................................................................................1-797
1.45.1 SON ANR Policy Object ID ..................................................................1-797
1.45.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-798
1.45.3 Policy ID .............................................................................................1-799
1.45.4 ANR Refer Point Policy........................................................................1-800
1.45.5 ANR Enable ........................................................................................1-800
1.45.6 ANR Min DRX Cycle............................................................................1-801
1.45.7 ANR Measure Object Choice Counter...................................................1-802
1.45.8 Service Type .......................................................................................1-803
1.45.9 Run Mode ...........................................................................................1-804
1.45.10 Policy Grade .....................................................................................1-805
1.45.11 Intra-LTE Neighbor Cell Relation Bidirectional Configuration Switch ......1-806
1.45.12 Intra-LTE ANR Self-Delete Switch.......................................................1-807
XXVIII

1.45.13 Inter-System GERAN ANR Switch ......................................................1-807
1.45.14 Inter-System GERAN ANR Self-Delete Switch.....................................1-808
1.45.15 Inter-System UTRAN ANR Switch ......................................................1-809
1.45.16 Inter-System UTRAN ANR Self-Delete Switch .....................................1-810
1.45.17 HO Times Threshold to Modify NoHO Attribute.................................... 1-811
1.45.18 HO Failure Ratio Threshold to Modify NoHO Attribute ..........................1-812
1.45.19 Inter-System CDMA ANR Switch ........................................................1-813
1.45.20 Inter-System CDMA ANR Self-Delete Switch.......................................1-814
1.45.21 The Number of Neighbor Cell to Trigger ANR Self-Delete Function .......1-814
1.45.22 The Grade of ANR Statistic Timer Length............................................1-815
1.45.23 Timer Length for ANR Temporary Neighbor Cell Statistic......................1-816
1.45.24 Timer Length for ANR Self Delete Neighbor Cell Statistic .....................1-817
1.45.25 The Total HO Counter Threshold for Neighbour Cell Deleted ................1-818
1.45.26 The Maximum Number of Neighbour Cell Deleted Once.......................1-819
1.45.27 Switch of Nbr Cell Handover Success Rate Detection ..........................1-820
1.45.28 Timer Length for NoHO Attribute Modify Statistic .................................1-821
1.45.29 Control ANR Switch by Self-healing ....................................................1-822
1.45.30 Self Learn Switch ..............................................................................1-823
1.45.31 Switch of ANR Report at Appointed Time ............................................1-823
1.45.32 Start Time of ANR Report at Appointed Time.......................................1-824
1.45.33 End Time of ANR Report at Appointed Time........................................1-825
1.45.34 Operation Adopt After Nbr Cell Low Handover Success Rate
Detected .............................................................................................1-826
1.45.35 reservedBySoneNBPolicy ..................................................................1-827
1.45.36 reservedBySonCellPolicy ...................................................................1-828
1.45.37 Intra-LTE Centralize Neighbor Cell Relation Bidirectional Configuration
Switch .................................................................................................1-829
1.46 SON X2 Policy ..............................................................................................1-830
1.46.1 SON X2 Policy Object ID .....................................................................1-830
1.46.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-830
1.46.3 Policy ID .............................................................................................1-831
1.46.4 X2 Refer Point Policy...........................................................................1-832
1.46.5 X2 Self Setup Enable...........................................................................1-833
1.46.6 X2 Self Delete Enable..........................................................................1-834
1.46.7 X2 Self Delete Detection Start Threshold ..............................................1-834
1.46.8 Service Type .......................................................................................1-836
1.46.9 Run Mode ...........................................................................................1-836
1.46.10 Policy Grade .....................................................................................1-837
XXIX

1.46.11 S1 HO Success Threshold .................................................................1-838
1.46.12 X2 HO Success Threshold .................................................................1-839
1.46.13 X2 Self-Setup/Self-Delete Statistic Timer Length .................................1-840
1.46.14 X2 Self Learn Switch .........................................................................1-840
1.47 SON PCI Policy.............................................................................................1-842
1.47.1 SON PCI Policy Object ID ....................................................................1-842
1.47.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-843
1.47.3 Policy ID .............................................................................................1-844
1.47.4 PCI Refer Point Policy .........................................................................1-844
1.47.5 Switch of PCI Conflict Resolve .............................................................1-845
1.47.6 Resolve Manner when PCI is Conflict or Confusion ...............................1-846
1.47.7 Enable to Detect Neighbor Cell By UE ..................................................1-847
1.47.8 Periodic Number of Detect Neighbor Cell By UE....................................1-848
1.47.9 Service Type .......................................................................................1-849
1.47.10 Run Mode .........................................................................................1-850
1.47.11 Policy Grade......................................................................................1-851
1.47.12 Resolving PCI Conflict or Confusion at The Appointed Time Switch ......1-852
1.47.13 The Appointed Time Used to Resolving PCI Conflict or Confusion ........1-853
1.47.14 The Appointed Time Used to Detecting Neighbour Cell by UE ..............1-853
1.47.15 Periodic Interval of Detect Neighbor Cell by UE ...................................1-854
1.47.18 Switch of PCI Confusion Resolve........................................................1-857
1.48 SON MRO Policy...........................................................................................1-857
1.48.1 SON MRO Policy Object ID..................................................................1-858
1.48.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-858
1.48.3 Policy ID .............................................................................................1-859
1.48.4 MRO Refer Point Policy .......................................................................1-860
1.48.5 MRO Enable .......................................................................................1-861
1.48.6 Timer of eNodeB Statistics MRO Error Information ................................1-861
1.48.7 The Minimum Time Interval Between MRO Parameter Optimization .......1-862
1.48.8 The Maximum Value Adjusted By MRO Parameter Optimization.............1-863
1.48.9 The Distinguish Threshold of Parameter Optimization Type....................1-864
1.48.10 Service Type .....................................................................................1-865
1.48.11 Run Mode .........................................................................................1-866
1.48.12 Policy Grade .....................................................................................1-867
XXX

1.48.13 Whether to Switch on MRO Function According to KPI.........................1-868
1.48.14 Call Dropping Rate Threshold to Trigger MRO.....................................1-868
1.48.15 RRC Re-Establishment Threshold to Trigger MRO ..............................1-869
1.48.16 Period of OAM Statistics KPI ..............................................................1-870
1.48.17 Threshold ofPing-Pong Handover Parameter Optimization ...................1-870
1.48.18 Threshold of Last Serving Cell RSRP for SON CCO ............................1-871
1.48.19 Threshold of Neighbour Cell RSRP for SON CCO ...............................1-872
1.48.20 Switch of Inter-System UTRA MRO ....................................................1-873
1.48.21 Timer of eNodeB Statistics MRO Error Information of IRAT ..................1-874
1.48.22 Minimum Time Interval Between MRO Parameter Optimization of
IRAT ...................................................................................................1-875
1.48.23 Threshold of Too Early Handover In Total Inter-RAT Handover for The
Same Frequency .................................................................................1-876
1.48.24 Threshold of Too Early Handover Parameter Optimization....................1-876
1.48.25 Threshold of Too Early Handover Nbr Cell of The Same Frequency ......1-877
1.48.26 The Maximum Value Adjusted by Inter-RAT MRO OFN Parameter
Optimization ........................................................................................1-878
1.48.27 The Coefficient of Converting IRat Unnecessary HO to IntraSys Too
Late HO ..............................................................................................1-879
1.48.28 The Threshold of Too Early Handover and Too Late Handover
Parameter Optimization........................................................................1-880
1.48.29 Timer Length for Grade of MRO Statistic .............................................1-881
1.48.32 The Threshold Of The Total Handover Out Number .............................1-883
1.48.33 The Maximum Number of Cells To Optimize ........................................1-884
1.48.34 The Threshold Of The Handover Too Late Rate...................................1-885
1.48.35 HO Fault Ratio Threshold to Trigger MRO Warning..............................1-886
1.49 SON RO Policy .............................................................................................1-887
1.49.1 SON RO Policy Object ID ....................................................................1-887
1.49.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-887
1.49.3 Policy ID .............................................................................................1-888
1.49.4 RO Refer Point Policy ..........................................................................1-889
1.49.5 RO Power Control Optimization Enable ................................................1-890
1.49.6 Service Type .......................................................................................1-891
1.49.7 Run Mode ...........................................................................................1-892
1.49.8 Policy Grade .......................................................................................1-893
1.49.9 Power Control Monitor Counter for RACH Optimization..........................1-893
XXXI

1.49.10 Power Control Monitor Timer for RACH Optimization ...........................1-894
1.49.11 First Detection Miss Probability Threshold for RACH Optimization.........1-895
1.49.12 Number of Preamble Sent Target for RACH Optimization .....................1-896
1.49.13 RO Resource Optimization Enable .....................................................1-896
1.49.14 Resource Allocation Monitor Counter for RACH Optimization ...............1-897
1.49.15 Resource Allocation Monitor Timer for RACH Optimization...................1-898
1.49.18 Switch of RO Logic Root Sequence Optimization.................................1-901
1.50 SON eNodeB Policy ......................................................................................1-902
1.50.1 SON eNodeB Policy Object ID .............................................................1-902
1.50.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-903
1.50.3 Service Type .......................................................................................1-903
1.50.4 SON ANR Policy .................................................................................1-904
1.50.5 SON X2 Policy ....................................................................................1-905
1.50.6 SON PCI Policy...................................................................................1-906
1.50.7 SON MRO Policy.................................................................................1-906
1.50.8 SON RO Policy ...................................................................................1-907
1.50.9 SON Energy Saving Configure .............................................................1-908
1.50.10 SON MLB Configure ..........................................................................1-909
1.50.11 SON Self-healing Policy .....................................................................1-909
1.50.12 SON CoMP Relation Self Configure....................................................1-910
1.51 SON Cell Policy............................................................................................. 1-911
1.51.1 SON Cell Policy Object ID.................................................................... 1-911
1.51.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-912
1.51.3 Service Type .......................................................................................1-912
1.51.4 SON ANR Policy .................................................................................1-913
1.51.5 SON PCI Policy...................................................................................1-914
1.51.6 SON MRO Policy.................................................................................1-915
1.51.7 SON RO Policy ...................................................................................1-915
1.51.8 SON Energy Saving Configure .............................................................1-916
1.51.9 SON MLB Configure ............................................................................1-917
1.51.10 SON Self-healing Policy .....................................................................1-918
1.52 Explicit Congestion Notification.......................................................................1-918
1.52.1 Explicit Congestion Notification ID ........................................................1-918
1.52.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-919
1.52.3 ECN Enable ........................................................................................1-920
XXXII

1.52.4 ECN Dl Buffer Queue Using Rate Threshold .........................................1-921
1.52.5 ECN Dl Retransmission Queue Using Rate Threshold ...........................1-921
1.52.6 ECN Dl Sending Queue Using Rate Threshold ......................................1-922
1.52.7 ECN Dl Memory Resource Using Rate Threshold ..................................1-923
1.52.8 ECN Ul Memory Resource Using Rate Threshold ..................................1-924
1.53 Service DRX .................................................................................................1-925
1.53.1 Service DRX ID ...................................................................................1-925
1.53.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-926
1.53.4 UE Short DRX CycleCapacity Configuration Indicator ............................1-927
1.53.5 Long DRX Cycle..................................................................................1-928
1.53.6 Short DRX Cycle .................................................................................1-929
1.53.7 DRX Short Cycle Timer........................................................................1-930
1.53.8 On Duration Timer ...............................................................................1-931
1.53.9 DRX Inactivity Timer ............................................................................1-932
1.53.10 DRX Retransmission Timer ................................................................1-933
1.54 Control Plane Timer.......................................................................................1-933
1.54.1 Control Plane Timer ID ........................................................................1-934
1.54.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-934
1.54.3 Initial UE Timer....................................................................................1-935
1.54.4 Path Switch Timer ...............................................................................1-936
1.54.5 RRC Reconfig Timer............................................................................1-937
1.54.6 RRC Re-Establish Timer ......................................................................1-938
1.54.7 RRC Setup Timer ................................................................................1-939
1.54.8 RRC Connection Release Timer...........................................................1-940
1.54.9 S1 HO Prepare Timer ..........................................................................1-941
1.54.10 S1 HO Overall Timer..........................................................................1-942
1.54.11 The Timer for S1 Release Request .....................................................1-943
1.54.12 X2 HO Prepare Timer ........................................................................1-944
1.54.13 X2 HOOverall Timer...........................................................................1-945
1.54.14 The Timer for UE to Wait for Capability Respose .................................1-946
1.54.15 UE Setup Fail Timer...........................................................................1-947
1.54.16 CCO Release Timer...........................................................................1-948
1.54.17 S1 Setup Default Resend Timer .........................................................1-949
1.54.18 S1 Update Default Resend Timer .......................................................1-950
1.54.19 X2 Setup Default Resend Timer .........................................................1-951
1.54.20 X2 Update Default Resend Timer .......................................................1-952
XXXIII

1.54.21 S1 Wait for Setup Response Timer .....................................................1-953
1.54.22 S1 Wait for Reset Ack Timer...............................................................1-954
1.54.23 S1 Wait for Update Ack Timer.............................................................1-955
1.54.24 X2 Wait for Setup Response Timer .....................................................1-956
1.54.25 X2 Wait for Reset Ack Timer...............................................................1-957
1.54.26 X2 Wait for Update Ack Timer.............................................................1-958
1.54.27 The Timer for NACC RIM Waiting for Initial-Report...............................1-959
1.54.28 The Timer for NACC RIM Waiting for Resending Multi-Report
Request ..............................................................................................1-960
1.54.29 The Timer for NACC RIMReceiving End Message and Waiting for
Resending ...........................................................................................1-961
1.54.30 The Timer for NACC RIM Waiting for Stopping ACK.............................1-962
1.54.31 The Timer for Waittig X2 Resource Status Response ...........................1-963
1.54.32 The Timer for Waiting CSFB Measurement Report...............................1-964
1.54.33 Wait for ANR Report Timer.................................................................1-965
1.54.34 CDMA Tunneling HO Prepare Timer for 1xRTT ...................................1-965
1.54.35 Store UE Context Timer .....................................................................1-967
1.54.36 Timer of Voice Measurement ..............................................................1-967
1.54.37 Ping-Pong Timer................................................................................1-968
1.55 UTRAN Cell Reselection................................................................................1-969
1.55.1 UTRAN Cell Reselection ID..................................................................1-969
1.55.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-970
1.55.3 The Timer for Cell Reselection in UTRAN .............................................1-971
1.55.4 Scale Factor for UTRAN Cell Reselection in Medium-Speed ..................1-972
1.55.5 Scale Factor for UTRAN Cell Reselection in High-Speed .......................1-973
1.56 CDMA 1x Plan Table......................................................................................1-974
1.56.1 CDMA 1x Plan Table ID .......................................................................1-974
1.56.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-975
1.56.3 1xRTT System ID ................................................................................1-975
1.56.4 1xRTT Network ID ...............................................................................1-976
1.56.5 1xRTT Base Station ID ........................................................................1-977
1.56.6 CDMA2000 Band Class .......................................................................1-978
1.56.7 Carrier Frequency within a CDMA2000 Band ........................................1-978
1.56.8 PN Offset ............................................................................................1-979
1.56.9 MSC-Market ID ...................................................................................1-980
1.56.10 The Switch Number Definition of MSC ID ............................................1-981
1.56.11 The Cell ID of 1xRTT Cell...................................................................1-981
1.56.12 The Sector ID of 1xRTT Cell...............................................................1-982
XXXIV

1.56.13 The Indicator for Sector ID Needing Configuration ...............................1-983
1.56.14 BSC ID .............................................................................................1-984
1.56.15 1xRTT Registration Zone ...................................................................1-984
1.56.16 Mobile Country Code for 1xRTT .........................................................1-985
1.56.17 MCC of Neighbouring Cell..................................................................1-986
1.56.18 MNC of Neighbouring Cell..................................................................1-987
1.57 SON Energy Saving Configure .......................................................................1-988
1.57.1 SON Energy Saving Configure ID.........................................................1-988
1.57.2 MO Description ...................................................................................1-988
1.57.3 Policy ID .............................................................................................1-989
1.57.4 Switch for SON Energy Saving Function ...............................................1-990
1.57.5 ES Refer Point Policy ..........................................................................1-991
1.57.6 Service Type .......................................................................................1-992
1.57.7 Run Mode ...........................................................................................1-993
1.57.8 Policy Grade .......................................................................................1-993
1.57.9 SON ES Special Time..........................................................................1-994
1.57.10 Workday Start Time of Energy Saving.................................................1-995
1.57.11 Workday End Time of Energy Saving ..................................................1-996
1.57.12 Weekend Start Time of Energy Saving ................................................1-997
1.57.13 Weekend End Time of Energy Saving .................................................1-998
1.57.14 Switch of Determined ES Time ...........................................................1-999
1.57.15 The Static Period of ES....................................................................1-1000
1.57.16 The Shortest Time of ES Allowed .....................................................1-1001
1.57.17 The Max Tolerance Load Threshold Uplink of Energy Saving Cell while
Switching Off .....................................................................................1-1001
1.57.18 The Max Tolerance Load Threshold Downlink of Energy Saving Cell
while Switching Off.............................................................................1-1002
1.57.19 Threshold of PRB for Uplink ES........................................................1-1003
1.57.20 Threshold of PRB for Downlink ES ...................................................1-1004
1.57.21 The Max Tolerance Number of Failure Remove UE for Energy Saving
Cell ...................................................................................................1-1005
1.57.22 The Time Window of Switching off for ES Cell ...................................1-1006
1.57.23 DTX Enable ....................................................................................1-1007
1.57.24 PA Adjust Enable.............................................................................1-1008
1.57.25 MAC Statistic Interval.......................................................................1-1009
1.57.26 Threshold for Close Sub Frame ........................................................1-1009
1.57.27 Threshold for Open Sub Frame ........................................................1-1010
1.57.28 How Many Short Windows in One Long Window ............................... 1-1011
XXXV

1.57.29 Short Window for Statistic Allot RB Numbers .....................................1-1012
1.57.30 Increase RB Numbers......................................................................1-1013
1.57.31 Hysteresis of Energy Saving Cell to be Awakened Re-Enter the Energy
Saving...............................................................................................1-1014
1.57.32 Maximum Number of UE for Energy Saving Cell Allowing to be
Closed ..............................................................................................1-1015
1.57.33 The Switch of NGBR Service Occupation PRB Conversion ................1-1015
1.57.34 Switch for Rf Shutdown Energy Saving Function ...............................1-1016
1.57.35 The Delay Time of Rf Shutdown .......................................................1-1017
1.57.36 Switch of Getting Inter-RAT Cell Load for ES Cell ..............................1-1018
1.57.37 The Max Tolerance Load Threshold Downlink While Channel Off........1-1019
1.57.38 The Max Tolerance Load Threshold Downlink While Channel On........1-1020
1.57.39 The Max Tolerance Number of UE in RRC CONNECTED While
Channel Off .......................................................................................1-1021
1.57.40 The Max Tolerance Number of UE in RRC CONNECTED While
Channel on........................................................................................1-1022
1.57.41 The Numbers of Detection of Energy-Saving Condition ......................1-1023
1.57.42 reservedBySoneNBPolicy ................................................................1-1024
1.57.43 reservedBySonCellPolicy .................................................................1-1025
1.57.44 Energy Saving Enhance DTX Switch ................................................1-1025
1.58 LTE Public Function Table............................................................................1-1026
1.58.1 LTE Public Function Table ID..............................................................1-1026
1.58.2 MO Description .................................................................................1-1027
1.58.3 RSSI Level 1 ALM Thresh..................................................................1-1028
1.58.4 RSSI Level 1 ALM Raise Times..........................................................1-1029
1.58.5 RSSI Level 1 ALM Clear Times ..........................................................1-1029
1.58.6 RSSI Level 2 ALM Thresh..................................................................1-1030
1.58.7 RSSI Level 2 ALM Raise Times..........................................................1-1031
1.58.8 RSSI Level 2 ALM Clear Times ..........................................................1-1031
1.58.9 RF Channel Power Difference Alarm Threshold...................................1-1032
1.58.10 RF Channel Power Difference Alarm Detection Counting ...................1-1033
1.58.11 RF Channel Power Difference Alarm Clear Counting..........................1-1034
1.58.12 RF Channel Power Linear Smoothing Factor.....................................1-1034
1.59 Mobile Speed Handover...............................................................................1-1035
1.59.1 Mobile Speed Handover ID ................................................................1-1035
1.59.2 MO Description .................................................................................1-1036
1.59.3 The Timer for Going into High/Medium Speed State ............................1-1037
1.59.4 Threshold of Handovers for Judging High Mobility State.......................1-1038
XXXVI

1.59.5 Threshold of Handovers for Judging Medium Mobility State..................1-1039
1.59.6 The Timer for Leaving High/Medium Speed State ................................1-1040
1.59.7 Scaling Factor of Trigger Time Applied in Medium Mobility State ..........1-1041
1.59.8 Scaling Factor of Trigger Time Applied in High Mobility State ...............1-1041
1.59.9 Speed State HO Measurement Parameter Configuration Flag ..............1-1042
1.59.10 Switch of Mobility Speed Handover...................................................1-1043
1.59.11 Number of Cell for Judging UE Speed ...............................................1-1044
1.59.12 Threshold for High Speed ................................................................1-1045
1.59.13 Radius for Large Cell .......................................................................1-1046
1.59.14 Radius for Medium Cell....................................................................1-1047
1.59.15 Radius for Small Neighbor Cell .........................................................1-1048
1.59.16 Radius for Very Small Neighbour Cell ...............................................1-1049
1.60 HetNet Macro-Micro Cell Relationship...........................................................1-1049
1.60.1 HetNet Macro-Micro Cell RelationshipID .............................................1-1050
1.60.2 MO Description .................................................................................1-1050
1.60.3 Cell Type ..........................................................................................1-1051
1.60.4 Mobile Country Code .........................................................................1-1052
1.60.5 Mobile Network Code ........................................................................1-1053
1.60.6 Neighbor eNB Identity........................................................................1-1054
1.60.7 H-Cell Identity ...................................................................................1-1055
1.61 HetNet eICIC Configuration..........................................................................1-1055
1.61.1 HetNet eICIC Configuration ID ...........................................................1-1055
1.61.2 MO Description .................................................................................1-1056
1.61.3 ABS Configuration Mode....................................................................1-1057
1.61.4 ABS Pattern Configuration Index ........................................................1-1058
1.61.5 Connected Bias for CRE ....................................................................1-1059
1.62 Co-eNodeB X2+ Port IP Link Table ...............................................................1-1060
1.62.1 Co-eNodeB X2+ Port IP Link Table ID.................................................1-1060
1.62.2 MO Description .................................................................................1-1061
1.62.3 Cooperating eNodeB ID .....................................................................1-1062
1.62.4 X2+ Port IP Address ..........................................................................1-1062
1.62.5 IP Link Transmission Delay ................................................................1-1063
1.63 X2+ Set(FDD) .............................................................................................1-1064
1.63.1 Object ID of X2+ Set..........................................................................1-1064
1.63.2 MO Description .................................................................................1-1065
1.64 X2+(FDD) ...................................................................................................1-1065
1.64.1 Object ID of X2+................................................................................1-1066
XXXVII

1.64.2 MO Description .................................................................................1-1066
1.64.3 Port Number .....................................................................................1-1067
1.64.4 Port Working Mode............................................................................1-1068
1.64.5 reservedByXCIpLayerConfig ..............................................................1-1068
1.65 X2+ IP Configuration(FDD) ..........................................................................1-1069
1.65.1 Object ID of X2+ IP Configuration .......................................................1-1069
1.65.2 MO Description .................................................................................1-1070
1.65.3 IP Address ........................................................................................1-1071
1.65.4 Network Mask ...................................................................................1-1072
1.65.5 Gateway IP .......................................................................................1-1072
1.65.6 VLAN ID ...........................................................................................1-1073
1.65.7 Used X2+ Port ..................................................................................1-1074
1.65.8 X2+ Transmission Bandwidth .............................................................1-1075
1.66 SON MLB Configure ....................................................................................1-1075
1.66.1 SON MLB Configure ID......................................................................1-1075
1.66.2 MO Description .................................................................................1-1076
1.66.3 Policy ID ...........................................................................................1-1077
1.66.4 MLB Refer Point Policy ......................................................................1-1078
1.66.5 Service Type .....................................................................................1-1078
1.66.6 Run Mode .........................................................................................1-1079
1.66.7 Policy Grade .....................................................................................1-1080
1.66.8 Switch for Intra Frequency MLB TLB Type Optimization .......................1-1081
1.66.9 Switch for Intra Frequency MLB CLB Type Optimization.......................1-1082
1.66.10 Switch for Inter Frequency MLB TLB Type Optimization .....................1-1082
1.66.11 Switch for Inter Frequency MLB CLB Type Optimization .....................1-1083
1.66.12 Switch of UTRAN TLB Optimization for MLB .....................................1-1084
1.66.13 Switch of UTRAN CLB Optimization for MLB .....................................1-1085
1.66.14 Threshold of Intra-LTE UL PRB Load ................................................1-1086
1.66.15 Threshold of Intra-LTE DL PRB Load ................................................1-1087
1.66.16 Threshold of Neighbor Cell UL PRB Load .........................................1-1087
1.66.17 Threshold of Neighbor Cell DL PRB Load .........................................1-1088
1.66.18 Threshold of Load Difference Evaluation for MLB ..............................1-1089
1.66.19 Threshold of Load Difference Resume for MLB..................................1-1090
1.66.20 Total Adjust Allowed for MLB ............................................................1-1091
1.66.21 Threshold of Intra Freqence Load Difference Evaluation for MLB........1-1091
1.66.22 Threshold of Inter Frequency Load Difference Evaluation for MLB ......1-1092
1.66.23 Threshold of Inter RAT Load Difference Evaluation for MLB ...............1-1093
XXXVIII

1.66.24 Maximum Number of Adjust Neighbors for MLB.................................1-1094
1.66.25 Period of Load Evaluation for MLB....................................................1-1095
1.66.26 Adjust Parameter Valid Timer for MLB...............................................1-1096
1.66.27 Adjust Parameter Interval Timer for MLB ...........................................1-1096
1.66.28 The Switch of NGBR Service Occupation PRB Conversion ................1-1097
1.66.29 Switch of Getting Inter-RAT Cell Load for MLB ..................................1-1098
1.66.30 Threshold of Hardware Load Difference Evaluation for MLB ...............1-1099
1.66.31 Threshold of DL S1 bandwidth Load Difference Evaluation................. 1-1100
1.66.32 Threshold of UL S1 Bandwidth Load Difference Evaluation ................ 1-1100
1.66.33 reservedBySoneNBPolicy ................................................................ 1-1101
1.66.34 UE Threshold of the Peer of Receiving TLB Negotiation to Reject
Negotiation ........................................................................................ 1-1102
1.66.35 reservedBySonCellPolicy ................................................................. 1-1103
1.67 SON Self-healing Policy............................................................................... 1-1104
1.67.1 SON Self-healing Policy Object ID ...................................................... 1-1104
1.67.2 MO Description ................................................................................. 1-1105
1.67.3 Policy ID ........................................................................................... 1-1105
1.67.4 Self-healing Refer Point Policy ........................................................... 1-1106
1.67.5 Sleeping Cell Self-healing Enable....................................................... 1-1107
1.67.6 Start Time of Sleeping Cell Detection.................................................. 1-1108
1.67.7 End Time of Sleeping Cell Detection ................................................... 1-1109
1.67.8 Sleeping Cell Self-Healing Detection Period ........................................ 1-1109
1.67.9 Sleeping Cell Self-Healing Gathering KPI Period ................................. 1-1110
1.67.10 Self-healing Action Interval Time....................................................... 1-1112
1.67.11 Service Type ................................................................................... 1-1112
1.67.12 Run Mode ....................................................................................... 1-1113
1.67.13 Policy Grade ................................................................................... 1-1114
1.67.14 KPI Cell Self-healing Switch ............................................................. 1-1115
1.67.15 Switch of Self-healing Recover for Outage Cell Based on KPI ............ 1-1116
1.67.16 Switch of Determined Mobility Parameter Change for Outage Cell
Based on KPI .................................................................................... 1-1116
1.67.17 Self-Healing Period Unit ................................................................... 1-1117
1.67.18 The Period of Performance Fault Cell Detection Timer ....................... 1-1118
1.67.19 The Period of Waiting for Manual Recovering Performance Fault Cell
Timer ................................................................................................ 1-1119
1.67.20 The Adjusted Value of parameter for Outage Cell .............................. 1-1120
1.67.21 KPI Indication of Performance Fault Cell Detection ............................ 1-1121
1.67.22 Threshold of RRC Connection Establishment Success Rate............... 1-1122
XXXIX

1.67.23 Threshold of E-RAB Setup Success Rate.......................................... 1-1123
1.67.24 Threshold of ERAB Abnormal Release Rate...................................... 1-1124
1.67.25 Threshold of RRC Connection Establishment Request Number .......... 1-1125
1.67.26 Threshold of E-RAB Setup Request Number ..................................... 1-1126
1.67.27 Threshold of E-RAB Release Number ............................................... 1-1127
1.67.28 Poor Performance Cell Self-Healing Threshold of Handover Attempts
Number ............................................................................................. 1-1128
1.67.29 Threshold of Handover Failure Rate ................................................. 1-1129
1.67.30 The Statistic Period of No Handover for Self-healing .......................... 1-1129
1.67.31 Self-Healing Recovery Switch for Cell Outage ................................... 1-1130
1.67.32 Self-Healing Compensation Switch for Cell Outage............................ 1-1131
1.67.33 Cell Outage Self-healing Action Delay Time ...................................... 1-1132
1.67.34 Sleeping Cell Self-Healing Recover Switch........................................ 1-1133
1.67.35 Sleeping Cell Self-Healing Compensation Switch............................... 1-1133
1.67.36 Sleeping Cell Self-Healing Recover Policy......................................... 1-1134
1.67.37 Threshold of Historical Attempted RRC Connection Establishment
Number ............................................................................................. 1-1135
1.67.38 Threshold of Historical Incoming Handover Attempts Number............. 1-1136
1.67.39 Poor Performance Cell Self-Healing InterFreq Ocn Adjusted Parameter
Value................................................................................................. 1-1137
1.67.40 Uplink Interference Self-Healing Detection Switch.............................. 1-1137
1.67.41 Uplink Interference Self-Healing Detection Period.............................. 1-1138
1.67.42 Uplink Interference Self-Healing Fault Threshold of NI ....................... 1-1139
1.67.43 Uplink Interference Self-Healing PRB Ratio Fault Threshold............... 1-1140
1.67.44 Uplink Interference Self-Healing Recover Number ............................. 1-1141
1.67.45 Uplink Interference Self-Healing PRB Ratio Recover Threshold.......... 1-1142
1.67.46 Sleep CellRefered Histroy Period...................................................... 1-1142
1.67.47 Self-Healing Switch of Reset Board Related Cell State....................... 1-1143
1.67.48 Sleeping Cell Self-Healing Manual Recovering Period ....................... 1-1144
1.67.49 reservedBySoneNBPolicy ................................................................ 1-1145
1.67.50 reservedBySonCellPolicy ................................................................. 1-1145
1.67.51 Self-Healing Maximum Number of Repeated Recover Action ............. 1-1146
1.67.52 Switch for judging CPUstatus whenSelf-Healing Detection ................. 1-1147
1.67.53 Outage Serving Cell Self-Healing Related Board Alarm Switch ........... 1-1148
1.68 Service MAC............................................................................................... 1-1149
1.68.1 Service MAC Object ID ...................................................................... 1-1149
1.68.2 MO Description ................................................................................. 1-1149
1.68.3 Maximum Transmission Number for HARQ ......................................... 1-1150
XL

1.68.4 Periodic BSR Timer ........................................................................... 1-1151
1.68.5 BSR Retransmission Timer ................................................................ 1-1152
1.68.6 The Downlink Total PRB Ratio Threshold of PCell(Active SCell) ........... 1-1153
1.68.7 The Downlink Total PRB Ratio Threshold of SCell(Active SCell) ........... 1-1154
1.68.8 The Downlink Total PRB Ratio Threshold of PCell(DeActive SCell)....... 1-1155
1.68.9 The Downlink Total PRB Ratio Threshold of SCell(DeActive SCell)....... 1-1156
1.68.10 The MCS Threshold Of SCell DeActive ............................................. 1-1157
1.68.11 Switch for User SpeedTest Care ....................................................... 1-1158
1.69 Local Strategy for Multi-PLMN...................................................................... 1-1159
1.69.1 Local Strategy for Multi-PLMN Object ID ............................................. 1-1159
1.69.2 MO Description ................................................................................. 1-1159
1.69.3 Serving MCC in Local Strategy........................................................... 1-1160
1.69.4 Serving MNC in Local Strategy........................................................... 1-1161
1.69.5 Function of Local Strategy.................................................................. 1-1162
1.69.6 High Priority MCC in Local Strategy .................................................... 1-1163
1.69.7 High Priority MNC in Local Strategy .................................................... 1-1163
1.69.8 Medium Priority MCC in Local Strategy ............................................... 1-1164
1.69.9 Medium Priority MNC in Local Strategy ............................................... 1-1165
1.69.10 Low Priority MCC in Local Strategy................................................... 1-1166
1.69.11 Low Priority MNC in Local Strategy ................................................... 1-1167
1.69.12 Forbidden MCC in Local Strategy ..................................................... 1-1167
1.69.13 Forbidden MNC in Local Strategy ..................................................... 1-1168
1.70 CSI RS Config............................................................................................. 1-1169
1.70.1 CSI RS Config ID .............................................................................. 1-1169
1.70.2 MO Description ................................................................................. 1-1170
1.70.3 Switch of CSI RS............................................................................... 1-1171
1.70.4 CSI RS Period................................................................................... 1-1171
1.70.5 CSI-RS Resource Config Index .......................................................... 1-1172
1.70.6 Antenna Ports Count of CSI-RS ......................................................... 1-1173
1.70.7 Mapping Between Antenna Channels and CSI-RS Ports...................... 1-1174
1.71 Cloud Scheduling Cluster............................................................................. 1-1174
1.71.1 Cloud Scheduling Cluster ID .............................................................. 1-1174
1.71.2 MO Description ................................................................................. 1-1175
1.71.3 Cluster Number ................................................................................. 1-1176
1.71.4 Connected Board .............................................................................. 1-1177
1.71.5 reservedByCSCell ............................................................................. 1-1177
1.72 Cloud Scheduling Parameter........................................................................ 1-1178
XLI

1.72.1 Cloud Scheduling Parameter ID ......................................................... 1-1178
1.72.2 MO Description ................................................................................. 1-1179
1.72.3 Cloud Scheduling Process Duration.................................................... 1-1180
1.72.4 Calculating QoS Info Duration ............................................................ 1-1181
1.72.5 The interference report period is a multiple of QoS info report
period................................................................................................ 1-1181
1.72.6 Minimum RBG Number Reserved for OC Resource............................. 1-1182
1.72.7 OC Resource Extending Step............................................................. 1-1183
1.72.8 OC Resource Shrinking Step ............................................................. 1-1184
1.73 Cloud Scheduling Transmission.................................................................... 1-1184
1.73.1 Cloud SchedulingTransmission ID ...................................................... 1-1184
1.73.2 MO Description ................................................................................. 1-1185
1.73.3 eNodeB Id......................................................................................... 1-1186
1.73.4 Cloud Scheduler IP Address .............................................................. 1-1187
1.73.5 Controlled Cell IP Address ................................................................. 1-1187
1.73.6 reservedByCSCell ............................................................................. 1-1188
1.74 Cloud Scheduling Cell ................................................................................. 1-1189
1.74.1 Cloud Scheduling Cell ID ................................................................... 1-1189
1.74.2 MO Description ................................................................................. 1-1190
1.74.3 Connected Cloud SchedulingTransmission ......................................... 1-1191
1.74.4 L3 Cell Id .......................................................................................... 1-1191
1.74.5 Connected Cloud Scheduling Cluster.................................................. 1-1192
1.75 Positioning Configure................................................................................... 1-1193
1.75.1 Positioning Configure Object ID.......................................................... 1-1193
1.75.2 MO Description ................................................................................. 1-1194
1.75.3 Uplink E-CID Positioning Switch ......................................................... 1-1194
1.75.4 OTDOA Positioning Switch ................................................................ 1-1195
1.75.5 The Max Number of Neighbour Cells for RSTD Measurement .............. 1-1196
1.75.6 PRS Bandwidth ................................................................................. 1-1197
1.75.7 PRS Configuration Index.................................................................... 1-1197
1.75.8 PRS Consecutive Downlink Subframes............................................... 1-1198
1.75.9 The Length of PRS Muting Configuration Bit String.............................. 1-1199
1.75.10 PRS Muting Configuration Bit String (hex) .........................................1-1200
1.75.11 PRS Power Offset............................................................................1-1201
1.76 PCI Section Config ......................................................................................1-1201
1.76.1 PCI Section Config ID ........................................................................1-1201
1.76.2 MO Description .................................................................................1-1202
1.76.3 Start of PCI for Macro Cell .................................................................1-1203
XLII

1.76.4 End of PCI for Macro Cell ..................................................................1-1204
1.76.5 Start of PCI for Hybrid........................................................................1-1205
1.76.6 Number of PCI for Hybrid ...................................................................1-1205
1.76.7 Start of PCI for CSG ..........................................................................1-1206
1.76.8 Number of PCI for CSG .....................................................................1-1207
1.77 Measurement Config Group .........................................................................1-1208
1.77.1 Measurement Config Group ID ...........................................................1-1208
1.77.2 MO Description .................................................................................1-1209
1.77.3 User Label ........................................................................................1-1210
1.77.4 Measurement Config Group No. ......................................................... 1-1211
1.77.5 Close Inter-Frequency or Intersystem Measurement Configuration
Index................................................................................................. 1-1211
1.77.6 Open Inter-Frequency Measurement Configuration Index.....................1-1212
1.77.7 Open Intersystem Measurement Configuration Index...........................1-1213
1.77.8 Redirection Measurement Configuration Index ....................................1-1214
1.77.9 Coverage-Based Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement
Configuration Index ............................................................................1-1215
1.77.10 InterFreq Measurement Configuration Index for Handover..................1-1216
1.77.11 ICIC Measurement Configuration Index .............................................1-1217
1.77.12 ReportCGI Measurement Configuration Index for ANR Function .........1-1218
1.77.13 GERAN Measurement Configuration Index .......................................1-1219
1.77.14 WCDMA Measurement Configuration Index ......................................1-1220
1.77.15 TDS Measurement Configuration Index.............................................1-1221
1.77.16 CDMA2000 HRPD Measurement Configuration Index........................1-1222
1.77.17 CDMA2000 1xRTT Measurement Configuration Index .......................1-1223
1.77.18 GERAN CSFB Measurement Configuration Index..............................1-1224
1.77.19 WCDMA CSFB Measurement Configuration Index.............................1-1225
1.77.20 TDS CSFB Measurement Configuration Index...................................1-1225
1.77.21 CDMA2000 1xRTT CSFB Measurement Configuration Index .............1-1226
1.77.22 Intra-Frequency Periodical Measurement Configuration Index ............1-1227
1.77.23 Downlink Period RSRP Measurement Configuration Index .................1-1228
1.77.24 Downlink EventRSRP Measurement Configuration Index ...................1-1229
1.77.25 Intra-LTE Load Balance Measurement Configuration Index ................1-1230
1.77.26 GERAN Load Balance Measurement Configuration Index ..................1-1231
1.77.27 WCDMA Load Balance Measurement Configuration Index .................1-1232
1.77.28 TDS Load Balance Measurement Configuration Index .......................1-1232
1.77.29 GERAN ANR Measurement Configuration Index ...............................1-1233
1.77.30 UTRAN ANR Measurement Configuration Index ................................1-1234
XLIII

1.77.31 CDMA ANR Measurement Configuration Index..................................1-1235
1.77.32 Index for Inter-Frequency Periodical Measurement Configuration .......1-1236
1.77.33 Index for Inter-RAT Periodical Measurement Configuration of
GERAN .............................................................................................1-1236
1.77.34 Index for Inter-RAT Periodical Measurement Configuration of
UTRAN .............................................................................................1-1237
1.77.35 eICIC Measurement Configuration Index...........................................1-1238
1.77.36 Add Scell Measurement Configuration Index .....................................1-1239
1.77.37 Remove Scell Measurement Configuration Index...............................1-1240
1.77.38 Modify Scell Measurement Configuration Index .................................1-1241
1.77.39 ANR Measurement Configuration Index ............................................1-1241
1.77.40 Measurement Configuration Index of Handover between Macro Cell
and Small Cell ...................................................................................1-1242
1.77.41 MeasurementEvent for Moving UE ...................................................1-1243
1.77.42 TDS Measurement Configuration Index Based Voice .........................1-1244
1.77.43 Geran Measurement Configuration Index Based Voice.......................1-1245
1.77.44 UE Rx-Tx Time Diff Period Measure Configuration.............................1-1246
1.77.45 WCDMA Measurement Configuration Index Based Voice ...................1-1246
1.77.46 Open Intersystem Measurement Based Voice Configuration Index ......1-1247
1.77.47 reservedByEUtranCellMeasurement .................................................1-1248
1.77.48 Inter-Freq Measurement Configuration Index Based Voice
Measurement ....................................................................................1-1249
1.77.49 Extend Intra-LTE Load Balance Measurement Configuration Index ......1-1249
1.77.50 UL COMP Measurement Configuration Index ....................................1-1250
1.77.51 DL COMP Measurement Configuration Index ....................................1-1251
1.77.52 ANR A2 Measurement Configuration ................................................1-1252
1.77.53 Measurement Index of SRVCC to TDS Based VoLTE Quality .............1-1253
1.77.54 Measurement Index of SRVCC to WCDMA Based VoLTE Quality.......1-1254
1.77.55 Measurement Index of SRVCC to GERAN Based VoLTE Quality ........1-1254
1.77.56 Measurement Index of Inter-Freq Handover Based VoLTE Quality ......1-1255
1.78 PDCP Parameters .......................................................................................1-1256
1.78.1 PDCP Parameters ID.........................................................................1-1256
1.78.2 MO Description .................................................................................1-1257
1.78.3 Label Number of Service Class ..........................................................1-1258
1.78.4 PDCP Status Report Required Indicator..............................................1-1259
1.78.5 ROHC Profile0x0001 .........................................................................1-1259
1.78.6 ROHC Profile0x0002 .........................................................................1-1260
1.78.7 ROHC Profile0x0004 .........................................................................1-1261
XLIV

1.78.8 ROHC Profile0x0006 .........................................................................1-1262
1.78.9 Maximum CID of PDCP ROHC...........................................................1-1263
1.79 SCA Configuration.......................................................................................1-1263
1.79.1 SCA Configuration ID ........................................................................1-1264
1.79.2 MO Description .................................................................................1-1264
1.79.3 Referenced UDP ...............................................................................1-1265
1.79.4 Referenced SCTP .............................................................................1-1266
1.80 Service Prior ...............................................................................................1-1267
1.80.1 Service Prior ID .................................................................................1-1267
1.80.2 MO Description .................................................................................1-1267
1.80.3 Label Number of Service Class ..........................................................1-1268
1.80.4 Allocation and Retention Priority .........................................................1-1269
1.80.5 Downlink Service Priory Level ............................................................1-1270
1.80.6 Uplink Service Priory Level ................................................................1-1272
1.81 SPS Configuration .......................................................................................1-1273
1.81.1 SPS Configuration ID.........................................................................1-1273
1.81.2 MO Description .................................................................................1-1274
1.81.3 Uplink SPS Activation MCS Lower Threshold ......................................1-1274
1.81.4 Uplink SPS Activation MCS Higher Threshold .....................................1-1275
1.81.5 The UL SPS Scheduling Resource Ratio ............................................1-1276
1.81.6 Downlink SPS Activation MCS Lower Threshold..................................1-1277
1.81.7 Downlink SPS Activation MCS Higher Threshold .................................1-1278
1.81.8 The DL SPS Scheduling Resource Ratio ............................................1-1279
1.82 SON CoMP Relation Self Configure..............................................................1-1280
1.82.1 SON CoMP Relation Self Configure ID ...............................................1-1281
1.82.2 MO Description .................................................................................1-1281
1.82.3 Policy ID ...........................................................................................1-1282
1.82.4 CS Refer Point Policy ........................................................................1-1283
1.82.5 Service Type .....................................................................................1-1283
1.82.6 Run Mode .........................................................................................1-1284
1.82.7 Policy Grade .....................................................................................1-1285
1.82.8 CoMP Self Configure Switch ..............................................................1-1286
1.82.9 Cooperative Relationship Type ...........................................................1-1286
1.82.10 Start Time of CoMP Report at Appointed Time ..................................1-1287
1.82.11 End Time of CoMP Report at Appointed Time....................................1-1288
1.82.12 reservedBySoneNBPolicy ................................................................1-1289
1.82.13 Grade for CoMP Statistic..................................................................1-1289
XLV

1.83 Frequency Priority Based PLMN...................................................................1-1290
1.83.1 Frequency Priority Based PLMN ID ....................................................1-1290
1.83.2 MO Description .................................................................................1-1291
1.83.3 Serving Mobile Country Code.............................................................1-1292
1.83.4 Serving Mobile Network Code ............................................................1-1292
1.83.5 Frequency Number............................................................................1-1293
1.83.6 Downlink Center Carrier Frequency Parameters ..................................1-1294
Chapter 2 Struct.......................................................................................... 2-1

2.1 PLMN List.......................................................................................................... 2-1
2.1.1 MCC........................................................................................................ 2-1
2.1.2 MNC........................................................................................................ 2-2
2.2 ENBFunction List ............................................................................................... 2-3
2.2.1 MCC........................................................................................................ 2-3
2.2.2 MNC........................................................................................................ 2-4
2.2.3 eNodeB ID............................................................................................... 2-4
2.3.1 MCC........................................................................................................ 2-5
2.3.2 MNC........................................................................................................ 2-6
2.3.3 eNodeB ID............................................................................................... 2-7
2.4.1 MCC........................................................................................................ 2-7
2.4.2 MNC........................................................................................................ 2-8
2.4.3 eNodeB ID............................................................................................... 2-9
2.5 EUtran Reselection Inter-Frequency Parameters................................................ 2-10
2.5.1 Band Indication for Frequency................................................................. 2-10
2.5.2 Inter-Frequency...................................................................................... 2-10
2.5.3 Minimum Received RSRP Level During Inter-Frequency Reselection ........ 2-14
2.5.4 Maximum Transmit Power in Inter-Frequency Reselection ........................ 2-15
2.5.5 The Timer for Cell Reselection in Inter-Frequency .................................... 2-15
2.5.6 Switch for Using Antenna Port 1 for Inter-Frequency Cell Reselection........ 2-16
2.5.7 Time Scale Factor for Inter-Frequency Reselection in Medium-Speed........ 2-17
2.5.8 Time Scale Factor for Inter-Frequency Reselection in High-Speed............. 2-18
2.5.9 RSRP Threshold for Reselecting to Inter-Frequency High Priority Cell ....... 2-19
2.5.10 RSRP Threshold for Reselecting to Inter-Frequency Low Priority Cell ...... 2-20
2.5.11 Inter-Frequency Cell Reselection Priority................................................ 2-21
2.5.12 Inter-Frequency Offset .......................................................................... 2-21
2.5.13 Minimum Value of Inter-Frequency RSRQ.............................................. 2-22
XLVI

2.5.14 RSRQ Threshold for Reselecting to Inter-Frequency High Priority Cell ..... 2-23
2.5.15 RSRQ Threshold for Reselecting to Inter-Frequency Low Priority Cell...... 2-24
2.6 Additional Frequency Band Indicator Configuration for Each Inter-Frequency ....... 2-25
2.6.1 Equivalent Frequency Band Indicator 1.................................................... 2-25
2.7 UTRAN FDD Reselection Frequency Parameters............................................... 2-31
2.7.1 UTRAN FDD ARFCN ............................................................................. 2-31
2.7.2 UTRAN FDDCell Reselection Priority ...................................................... 2-31
2.7.3 Minimum Required UTRAN FDD Cell Rx Level when Cell Selection .......... 2-32
2.7.4 RSRP Threshold for Reselecting to High Priority UTRAN FDD Cell ........... 2-33
2.7.5 RSRP Threshold for Reselecting to Low Priority UTRAN FDD Cell ............ 2-34
2.7.6 Maximum Allowed Tx Power ................................................................... 2-35
2.7.7 Minimum Quantity Required UTRAN FDD Cell Selection .......................... 2-36
2.7.8 RSRQ threshold for reselecting higher priority UTRAN FDD cell................ 2-36
2.7.9 RSRQ threshold for reselecting lower priority FDD UTRAN cell ................. 2-37
2.8 Additional Frequency Band Indicator Configuration for Each UTRAN FDD
Frequency...................................................................................................... 2-38
2.9 UTRAN TDD Reselection Frequency Parameters............................................... 2-44
2.9.1 UTRAN TDD ARFCN ............................................................................. 2-44
2.9.2 UTRAN TDD Cell Reselection Priority...................................................... 2-45
2.9.3 Minimum Required UTRAN TDD Cell Rx Level When Cell Selection ......... 2-46
2.9.4 RSRP Threshold for Reselecting to High Priority UTRAN TDD Cell ........... 2-46
2.9.5 RSRP Threshold for Reselecting to Low Priority UTRAN TDD Cell ............ 2-47
2.9.6 Maximum Allowed Tx Power ................................................................... 2-48
XLVII

2.10 HRPD Band Frequency Reselection Parameters .............................................. 2-49
2.10.1 HRPD Band Class ................................................................................ 2-49
2.10.2 HRPD Cell Reselection Priority.............................................................. 2-50
2.10.3 Threshold for Reselecting to High Priority HRPD Cell ............................. 2-51
2.10.4 Threshold for Reselecting to Low Priority HRPD ..................................... 2-51
2.11 1xRTT Band Reselection Parameters .............................................................. 2-52
2.11.1 1xRTT Band Class................................................................................ 2-52
2.11.2 1xRTT Cell Reselection Priority ............................................................. 2-53
2.11.3 Threshold for Reselecting to High Priority 1xRTT Cell ............................. 2-54
2.11.4 Threshold for Reselecting to Low Priority 1xRTT Cell .............................. 2-55
2.12 GERAN Reselection Frequency Parameters .................................................... 2-56
2.12.1 Band Indication .................................................................................... 2-56
2.12.2 Representation of the Remaining ARFCN .............................................. 2-57
2.12.3 Equally Spaced ARFCN Value .............................................................. 2-57
2.12.4 the Number of the Remaining Equally Spaced ARFCN Values ................ 2-58
2.12.5 Minimum Required GERAN Cell RX Level when Cell Selection ............... 2-59
2.12.6 Maximum Tansmit Power of UE in GERAN When Cell Selection.............. 2-60
2.12.7 Threshold for Reselecting to High Priority GERAN Cell ........................... 2-60
2.12.8 Threshold for Reselecting to Low Priority GERAN Cell............................ 2-61
2.12.9 GERAN Cell Reselection Priority ........................................................... 2-62
2.12.10 The First ARFCN Value....................................................................... 2-63
2.12.11 NCC Indication for GERAN Reselection ............................................... 2-64
2.12.12 Explicit ARFCN1................................................................................. 2-64
2.12.13 Explicit ARFCN2................................................................................. 2-65
2.12.14 Explicit ARFCN3................................................................................. 2-66
2.12.15 Explicit ARFCN4................................................................................. 2-66
2.12.16 Explicit ARFCN5................................................................................. 2-67
2.12.17 Explicit ARFCN6................................................................................. 2-68
2.12.18 Explicit ARFCN7................................................................................. 2-69
2.12.19 Explicit ARFCN8................................................................................. 2-69
2.12.20 Explicit ARFCN9................................................................................. 2-70
2.12.21 Explicit ARFCN10............................................................................... 2-71
2.12.22 Explicit ARFCN11 ............................................................................... 2-71
2.12.23 Explicit ARFCN12............................................................................... 2-72
2.12.24 Explicit ARFCN13............................................................................... 2-73
2.12.25 Explicit ARFCN14............................................................................... 2-74
2.12.26 Explicit ARFCN15............................................................................... 2-74
XLVIII

2.12.27 Explicit ARFCN16............................................................................... 2-75
2.12.28 Explicit ARFCN17............................................................................... 2-76
2.12.29 Explicit ARFCN18............................................................................... 2-76
2.12.30 Explicit ARFCN19............................................................................... 2-77
2.12.31 Explicit ARFCN20............................................................................... 2-78
2.12.32 Explicit ARFCN21............................................................................... 2-79
2.12.33 Explicit ARFCN22............................................................................... 2-79
2.12.34 Explicit ARFCN23............................................................................... 2-80
2.12.35 Explicit ARFCN24............................................................................... 2-81
2.12.36 Explicit ARFCN25............................................................................... 2-81
2.12.37 Explicit ARFCN26............................................................................... 2-82
2.12.38 Explicit ARFCN27............................................................................... 2-83
2.12.39 Explicit ARFCN28............................................................................... 2-84
2.12.40 Explicit ARFCN29............................................................................... 2-84
2.12.41 Explicit ARFCN30............................................................................... 2-85
2.12.42 Explicit ARFCN31............................................................................... 2-86
2.13 EUtran Inter-frequency Measurement Parameters ............................................ 2-86
2.13.1 InterFreq Allowed Measurement Bandwidth ........................................... 2-86
2.13.2 Band Indication for DL Frequency.......................................................... 2-87
2.13.3 Inter-Frequency.................................................................................... 2-88
2.13.4 Offset Frequency.................................................................................. 2-91
2.13.5 E-UTRAN Frequency Redirection Priority............................................... 2-92
2.13.6 Priority of Inter Frequency in Intra-LTE Load Balancing ........................... 2-93
2.13.7 Ofn of Inter Frequency in Intra-LTE Load Balancing ................................ 2-94
2.13.8 Inter Frequency ANR Switch ................................................................. 2-94
2.13.9 VOIP Ability of Inter-Frequency ............................................................. 2-95
2.14 UTRAN Measurement Parameters .................................................................. 2-96
2.14.1 Duplex Mode........................................................................................ 2-96
2.14.2 Band Indicator for FDD DL Frequency ................................................... 2-97
2.14.3 UTRAN Frequency for FDD................................................................... 2-97
2.14.4 Band Indicator for TDD DL Frequency ................................................... 2-99
2.14.5 UTRAN Frequency for TDD..................................................................2-100
2.14.6 UTRAN OffsetFreq Rat ........................................................................2-101
2.14.7 UTRAN Frequency Redirection Priority .................................................2-101
2.14.8 UTRAN Frequency CSFB Priority .........................................................2-102
2.14.9 UTRAN Frequency ANR Indicator ........................................................2-103
2.15 GERAN Measurement Parameters .................................................................2-104
XLIX

2.15.2 GERAN OffsetFreq Rat........................................................................2-105
2.15.3 The Bitmap to Represent Whether the NCC is Permitted for
Monitoring ...........................................................................................2-106
2.15.4 GERAN Frequency CSFB Priority.........................................................2-106
2.15.5 GERAN Frequency Redirection Priority.................................................2-107
2.15.6 GERAN Frequency ANR Indicator ........................................................2-108
2.15.7 The First ARFCN Value .......................................................................2-109
2.15.8 Explicit ARFCN1 .................................................................................2-109
2.15.9 Explicit ARFCN2 ................................................................................. 2-110
2.15.10 Explicit ARFCN3................................................................................ 2-111
2.15.11 Explicit ARFCN4 ................................................................................ 2-112
2.15.12 Explicit ARFCN5................................................................................ 2-112
2.15.13 Explicit ARFCN6................................................................................ 2-113
2.15.14 Explicit ARFCN7................................................................................ 2-114
2.15.15 Explicit ARFCN8................................................................................ 2-114
2.15.16 Explicit ARFCN9................................................................................ 2-115
2.15.17 Explicit ARFCN10.............................................................................. 2-116
2.15.18 Explicit ARFCN11 .............................................................................. 2-117
2.15.19 Explicit ARFCN12.............................................................................. 2-117
2.15.20 Explicit ARFCN13.............................................................................. 2-118
2.15.21 Explicit ARFCN14.............................................................................. 2-119
2.15.22 Explicit ARFCN15.............................................................................. 2-119
2.15.23 Explicit ARFCN16..............................................................................2-120
2.15.24 Explicit ARFCN17..............................................................................2-121
2.15.25 Explicit ARFCN18..............................................................................2-122
2.15.26 Explicit ARFCN19..............................................................................2-122
2.15.27 Explicit ARFCN20..............................................................................2-123
2.15.28 Explicit ARFCN21..............................................................................2-124
2.15.29 Explicit ARFCN22..............................................................................2-124
2.15.30 Explicit ARFCN23..............................................................................2-125
2.15.31 Explicit ARFCN24..............................................................................2-126
2.15.32 Explicit ARFCN25..............................................................................2-127
2.15.33 Explicit ARFCN26..............................................................................2-127
2.15.34 Explicit ARFCN27..............................................................................2-128
2.15.35 Explicit ARFCN28..............................................................................2-129
2.15.36 Explicit ARFCN29..............................................................................2-129
2.15.37 Explicit ARFCN30..............................................................................2-130

2.15.38 Explicit ARFCN31..............................................................................2-131
2.16 CDMA2000 Measurement Parameters............................................................2-132
2.16.1 CDMA Measurement Searching Window Present ..................................2-132
2.16.2 Search Window Size is Used to Assist in Searching for the Neighboring
Pilots...................................................................................................2-132
2.16.3 CDMA2000 Type .................................................................................2-133
2.16.4 CDMA2000 Band Class .......................................................................2-134
2.16.5 Carrier Frequency within a CDMA2000 Band ........................................2-135
2.16.6 CDMA OffsetFreq Rat..........................................................................2-135
2.16.7 CDMA2000 Frequency CSFB Priority ...................................................2-136
2.16.8 CDMA2000 Frequency Redirection Priority ...........................................2-137
2.16.9 CDMA Frequency ANR Indicator ..........................................................2-138
2.17 RAT Priority...................................................................................................2-139
2.17.1 EUTRAN-FDD RAT Priority ..................................................................2-139
2.17.2 EUTRAN-TDD RAT Priority ..................................................................2-139
2.17.3 GERAN RAT Priority............................................................................2-140
2.17.4 UTRAN-FDD RAT Priority ....................................................................2-141
2.17.5 UTRAN-TDD RAT Priority ....................................................................2-142
2.17.6 CDMA2000-HRPD RAT Priority ............................................................2-142
2.17.7 CDMA2000-1xRTT RAT Priority ...........................................................2-143
2.18 RAT Priority OffFreq-Delta .............................................................................2-144
2.18.1 RAT Priority 1 OffFreq-Delta.................................................................2-144
2.19 Reference Point List ......................................................................................2-149
2.19.1 Reference Point ID ..............................................................................2-149
2.19.2 Break Point Flag..................................................................................2-150
2.19.3 Break Point TimeOut Length ................................................................2-150
2.19.4 Break Point TimeOut Policy..................................................................2-151
2.20 Target System of Idle Ue for CS Fallback ........................................................2-152
2.20.1 GERAN Target System of Idle Ue for CS Fallback .................................2-152
2.20.2 UTRAN-FDD Target System of Idle Ue for CS Fallback..........................2-153
2.20.3 UTRAN-TDD Target System of Idle Ue for CS Fallback..........................2-153
2.20.4 CDMA2000-1xRTT Target System of Idle Ue for CS Fallback .................2-154
LI

2.21 StructRatPriCnPara .......................................................................................2-155
2.21.1 GERAN Target System of Connected Ue for CS Fallback.......................2-155
2.21.2 UTRAN-FDD Target System of Connected Ue for CS Fallback ...............2-155
2.21.3 UTRAN-TDD Target System of Connected Ue for CS Fallback ...............2-156
2.21.4 CDMA2000-1xRTT Target System of Connected Ue for CS Fallback ......2-157
2.22 SON ES Special Time....................................................................................2-158
2.22.1 Special Time ID ...................................................................................2-158
2.22.2 Special Date Start Date of Energy Saving .............................................2-158
2.22.3 Special Date End Date of Energy Saving ..............................................2-159
2.22.4 Special Date Star Time of Energy Saving..............................................2-160
2.22.5 Special Date End Time of Energy Saving ..............................................2-160
2.23 Target RAT of SRVCC ...................................................................................2-161
2.23.1 GERAN Target RAT of SRVCC.............................................................2-161
2.23.2 UTRAN-FDD Target RAT of SRVCC .....................................................2-162
2.23.3 UTRAN-TDD Target RAT of SRVCC .....................................................2-163
2.23.4 CDMA2000-1xRTT Target RAT of SRVCC ............................................2-164
2.24 Downlink Center Carrier Frequency Parameters ..............................................2-165
2.24.1 Band Indicator for DL Frequency ..........................................................2-165
2.24.2 Downlink Center Carrier Frequency ......................................................2-166
2.24.3 Frequency Priority Based PLMN...........................................................2-169
LII

About This Manual
Purpose
This manual provides information about parameters of FDD-LTE Base Station,including
LTE eNodeB Parameters and Struct.
Intended Audience
This manual is intended for:
l Base station deploy engineers
l Maintenance engineers
l Network management engineers
Intended Audience
This manual has the following chapters:
Chapter Summary
1,LTE eNodeB Describes the LTE eNodeB parameters

Parameters
2,Struct Describes the struct details , whose paramter format is "struct" in the page
"LTE eNodeB Parameters"
Each parmater has the following items:
Paramter Item Explanation
MO Name Management object class the parameters belongs to
Parameter Name The parameter full name that shown on the GUI
Short Name The parameter short field name that shown on the EMS interface
Parameter Description Brief description of the parameter
Range and Step if there is no step shown, it means the

Valid value range and step

step is 1
Default Value The initial value of the parameter set by the system
Unit Unit of the parameter value
Data Type Type of the parameter value

l long: 32-bit signed integer
l unsigned long: 32-bit unsigned integer
l string: string
l sequence: a data set with the same value type
l struct: the structured attributes which contains a group of parameters

When To Take Effect When the existing parameters are modified, there are three methods for
them to take effect: eNodeB resetting, cell resetting and immediately
Set Rule Gives the information on configuration restriction of parameter, if there is

any
Relevant Parameter Gives all the related parameters
Relevant Parameters Gives the relationship information between the related parameters
Relationship
EMS Path Gives the path information of the parameter shown on the GUI
A/M/No change Mark to indicate whether there is difference compared with the previous
version
Board Type Indicates the parameter applied to what kind of baseband board
II

Chapter 1
LTE eNodeB Parameters
Table of Contents
LTE FDD ....................................................................................................................1-3
S1AP........................................................................................................................1-31
X2AP........................................................................................................................1-36
Baseband Resource.................................................................................................1-39
UE Paging................................................................................................................1-54
Load Management ...................................................................................................1-59
Security Management ..............................................................................................1-96
Mobility Management ...............................................................................................1-99
UE Parameters Configuration.................................................................................1-104
Global Switch ......................................................................................................... 1-116
Global QoS Parameter ...........................................................................................1-168
QoS Service Class .................................................................................................1-178
QCI and DSCP Mapping ........................................................................................1-194
QCI and PBR Mapping ...........................................................................................1-199
QoS Basic Priority ..................................................................................................1-204
E-UTRAN FDD Cell................................................................................................1-210
E-UTRAN FDD Neighbor Cell.................................................................................1-273
E-UTRAN TDD Neighbor Cell.................................................................................1-292
UTRAN FDD Neighbor Cell ....................................................................................1-309
UTRAN TDD Neighbor Cell ....................................................................................1-327
GERAN Neighbor Cell ............................................................................................1-341
CDMA2000 Neighbor Cell ......................................................................................1-355
E-UTRAN Neighbor Relation ..................................................................................1-373
UTRAN Neighbor Relation .....................................................................................1-393
GERAN Neighbor Relation .....................................................................................1-400
CDMA2000 Neighbor Relation ...............................................................................1-405
E-UTRAN Cell Reselection.....................................................................................1-409
UTRAN FDD Cell Reselection ................................................................................1-459
UTRAN TDD Cell Reselection ................................................................................1-463
CDMA2000 SIB8 Content.......................................................................................1-467
GERAN Cell Reselection........................................................................................1-496
UE E-UTRAN Measurement...................................................................................1-503
UE RAT Measurement............................................................................................1-526
Measurement Parameter........................................................................................1-547
PUCH and PDCH ...................................................................................................1-602
Admission Control ..................................................................................................1-654
PRACH ..................................................................................................................1-679
1-1

ZXSDR UniRAN Parameter Reference
UL Power Control ...................................................................................................1-695

DL Power Control ...................................................................................................1-723
ICIC........................................................................................................................1-744
EMLP .....................................................................................................................1-762
Cell QoS ................................................................................................................1-777
Scheduling SI .........................................................................................................1-782
SON Switch............................................................................................................1-794
SON ANR Policy ....................................................................................................1-797
SON X2 Policy .......................................................................................................1-830
SON PCI Policy......................................................................................................1-842
SON MRO Policy ...................................................................................................1-857
SON RO Policy ......................................................................................................1-887
SON eNodeB Policy ...............................................................................................1-902
SON Cell Policy...................................................................................................... 1-911
Explicit Congestion Notification ..............................................................................1-918
Service DRX ..........................................................................................................1-925
Control Plane Timer................................................................................................1-933
UTRAN Cell Reselection ........................................................................................1-969
CDMA 1x Plan Table ..............................................................................................1-974
SON Energy Saving Configure ...............................................................................1-988
LTE Public Function Table ....................................................................................1-1026
Mobile Speed Handover .......................................................................................1-1035
HetNet Macro-Micro Cell Relationship ..................................................................1-1049
HetNet eICIC Configuration ..................................................................................1-1055
Co-eNodeB X2+ Port IP Link Table.......................................................................1-1060
X2+ Set(FDD) ......................................................................................................1-1064
X2+(FDD).............................................................................................................1-1065
X2+ IP Configuration(FDD)...................................................................................1-1069
SON MLB Configure.............................................................................................1-1075
SON Self-healing Policy ....................................................................................... 1-1104
Service MAC ........................................................................................................ 1-1149
Local Strategy for Multi-PLMN.............................................................................. 1-1159
CSI RS Config...................................................................................................... 1-1169
Cloud Scheduling Cluster ..................................................................................... 1-1174
Cloud Scheduling Parameter................................................................................ 1-1178
Cloud Scheduling Transmission ........................................................................... 1-1184
Cloud Scheduling Cell .......................................................................................... 1-1189
Positioning Configure ........................................................................................... 1-1193
PCI Section Config ...............................................................................................1-1201
Measurement Config Group .................................................................................1-1208
PDCP Parameters................................................................................................1-1256
SCA Configuration................................................................................................1-1263
Service Prior ........................................................................................................1-1267
SPS Configuration................................................................................................1-1273
SON CoMP Relation Self Configure .....................................................................1-1280
1-2

Chapter 1 LTE eNodeB Parameters
Frequency Priority Based PLMN...........................................................................1-1290
1.1 LTE FDD

This IOC Represents eNodeB Functionality. for More Information about the eNodeB, see
3GPP TS 23.002 [19]
1.1.1 LTE FDD ID

Parameter Name
Full Name LTE FDD ID
Abbreviated Name ENBFunctionFDDId
Managed Object ENBFunctionFDD
Data Item Description
Reference protocol N/A
Related feature N/A
Description MO instance Identity,A Distinguished Name (DN) is used to uniquely

identify a MO within a name space. A DN is built from a series of
"name components", referred to as Relative Distinguished Names
(RDNs).see 3GPP TS 32.300.
Value type unsigned long
Range [0..1048575]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
Configuration Rule N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD
Prerequisites for modification Unmodifiable
How to take effect Effective immediately
Constrained association rules N/A
Impact services or Not N/A
Impact on services N/A
Impact on system N/A
Related parameter N/A
1.1.2 MO Description
Parameter Name
1-3

Full Name MO Description
Abbreviated Name description
Related feature N/A
Description User-Friendly Description of Object, Generated by the System.
Value type string
Range ENB SiteNo=%,##eNBId
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1.1.3 User Label

Parameter Name
Full Name User Label
Abbreviated Name userLabel
Related feature N/A
Description User Label
Value type string

PlainText[&'"<>]
Range [0..128]
1-4

Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
Prerequisites for modification N/A
1.1.4 eNodeB ID
Parameter Name
Full Name eNodeB ID
Abbreviated Name eNBId
Reference protocol 3GPPTS32.762
Related feature N/A
Description eNB ID
Value type long
Range [0..1048575]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule Must be unique within one PLMN, and subnet ID+eNodeB ID must
be unique within one OMMB.
How to take effect eNB Reset
Impact services or Not Y
Impact on services Effective when eNB Reset
1-5

1.1.5 eNodeB Name

Parameter Name
Full Name eNodeB Name
Abbreviated Name enbName
Related feature N/A
Description eNodeB Name
Value type string

PlainText[&!"#$%*<>@[\]^_`;{|}~]
Range [0..150]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
Configuration Rule Planning parameter
1.1.6 PLMN
Parameter Name
Full Name PLMN
Abbreviated Name refPlmn
1-6

Related feature N/A
Description PLMN
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
How to take effect N/A
1.1.7 X2 Black List

Parameter Name
Full Name X2 Black List
Abbreviated Name x2BlackList
Related feature N/A
Description This is a List of DNs of ENBFunction and ExternalENBFunction.

If the Target Node DN is a Member of the Source Node's
ENBFunction.x2BlackList, the Source Node Is:1 Prohibited From
Sending X2 Connection Request to Target Node; 2 Forced to Tear
Down Established X2 Connection to Target Node3 not Allowed to
Accept Incoming X2 Connection Request From Target Node.The
Same DN May Appear Here and in ENBFunction.x2WhiteList. In
Such Case, the DN in x2WhiteList Shall be Treated as If It is Absent.
1-7

Value type sequence[StructBlackENodeBList, 63]
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
Impact on services If the target node DN is a member of the source nodes

ENBFunction.x2BlackList, the source node is:
Prohibited from sending X2 connection request to target node;
Forced to tear down established X2 connection to target node
Not allowed to accept incoming X2 connection request from target
node.
1.1.8 X2 White List

Parameter Name
Full Name X2 White List
Abbreviated Name x2WhiteList
Related feature N/A
Description This is a List of DNs of ENBFunction and Externalenbfunction.

If the Target Node DN is a Member of the Source Node's
ENBFunction.X2WhiteList, the Source Node is: 1 Allowed to
Request the Establishment of X2 Connection With the Target
Node; 2 Not Allowed to Initiate the Tear Down of Established X2
Connection to Target Node. The Same DN May Appear Here and
in ENBFunction.x2BlackList. In Such Case, the DN Here Shall be
Treated as If It is Absent.
Value type sequence[StructWhiteENodeBList, 63]
1-8

Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
Impact on services If the target node DN is a member of the source nodes

ENBFunction.x2WhiteList, the source node :
- Is allowed to request the establishment of X2 connection with the
target node;
- Is not allowed to initiate the tear down of established X2 connection
to target node
The same DN may appear here and in ENBFunction.x2BlackList. In
such case, the DN here shall be treated as if it is absent.
1.1.9 X2 HO Black List

Parameter Name
Full Name X2 HO Black List
Abbreviated Name x2HOBlackList
Related feature N/A
Description This is a List of DNs of ENBFunction. The ENBFunction.x2HOBlack-

List Identifies a List of Neighbour ENBFunction With Whom the
Subject ENBFunction is Prohibited to Use X2 Interface for Hos Even
If the X2 Interface Exists Between Them.
Value type sequence[StructHOBlackENodeBList, 63]
Range N/A
Unit N/A
1-9

Default Value N/A
Impact on services his is a list of DNs of ENBFunction. The ENBFunction.x2HOBlackList

identifies a list of neighbour ENBFunction with whom the subject
ENBFunction is prohibited to use X2 interface for HOs even if the
X2 interface exists between them.
1.1.10 Holdover Time-Out Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name Holdover Time-Out Switch
Abbreviated Name holdoverSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description Holdover Time-Out Switch
Value type long
Range 0:Disable,1:Enable
Unit N/A
Default Value Enable[1]
1-10

1.1.11 Holdover Time-Out Threshold

Parameter Name
Full Name Holdover Time-Out Threshold
Abbreviated Name holdoverTime
Related feature N/A
Description Holdover Time-Out Threshold
Value type long
Range [0..240]
Unit min
Default Value 60
1.1.12 The Shift Time Length for X2 Self Setup Function

Parameter Name
Full Name The Shift Time Length for X2 Self Setup Function
Abbreviated Name shiftNumber
1-11

Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the time length from X2 policy parameters
and ANR policy parameters are configured to used.
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit hr
Default Value 100
1.1.13 Threshold for RSRP Statistic

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold for RSRP Statistic
Abbreviated Name rsrpStatisticThd
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is a threshold for RSRP Statistic
Value type long
Range [-141..-44]
Unit N/A
Default Value -105
1-12

1.1.14 Threshold for UL SINR Statistic

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold for UL SINR Statistic
Abbreviated Name ulSINRThd
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is a threshold for UL SINR Statistic
Value type long
Range [-50..50]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
1-13

1.1.15 Threshold for DL SINR Statistic

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold for DL SINR Statistic
Abbreviated Name dlSINRThd
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is a threshold for DL SINR Statistic
Value type long
Range [-50..50]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
1.1.16 Max Scell Num for CA

Parameter Name
Full Name Max Scell Num for CA
Abbreviated Name maxScellNum
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is Max Scell Num for CA
1-14

Value type long
Range [1..4]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
1.1.17 PLMN Encoding Method

Parameter Name
Full Name PLMN Encoding Method
Abbreviated Name plmnEncodInd
Related feature N/A
Description PLMN Encoding Method
Value type long
Range 0:24301 Encoding Method,1:36413 Encoding Method
Unit N/A
Default Value 24301 Encoding Method[0]
How to take effect eNB Reset
1-15

1.1.18 Mode to Stop SIB10

Parameter Name
Full Name Mode to Stop SIB10
Abbreviated Name sib10StopMode
Related feature N/A
Description The way of the SIB10 to stop
Value type long
Range 0:CBE Control,1:CBE and Timer Control
Unit N/A
Default Value CBE and Timer Control[1]
1.1.19 The Length of Timer to Stop SIB10

Parameter Name
Full Name The Length of Timer to Stop SIB10
Abbreviated Name sib10StopTimerLen
1-16

Related feature N/A
Description The timer for the SIB10 to stop.
Value type long
Range [1..300]
Unit s
Default Value 6
1.1.20 ETWS Sending Method

Parameter Name
Full Name ETWS Sending Method
Abbreviated Name ewtsSendMed
Related feature N/A
Description ETWS is to notify all the UEs in a specific area of emergency

situation like Earthquake or Tsunami. The message can be send
continuously or periodically.
Value type long
Range 0:Continuous Send,1:Period Send
Unit N/A
Default Value Continuous Send[0]
1-17

1.1.21 Target HeNBID Encoding Method

Parameter Name
Full Name Target HeNBID Encoding Method
Abbreviated Name tarHeNBIDEncMeth
Related feature N/A
Description If ucTarHeNBIDEncMeth equal to 28bit, the Global eNBID will be

Home eNB ID in S1&X2 handover for open, CSG, Hybrid cell;If
ucTarHeNBIDEncMeth equal to 20bit, the Global eNBID will be
Macro eNB ID in S1&X2 handover for open, CSG, Hybrid cell.
Value type long
Range 0:20bit,1:28bit
Unit N/A
Default Value 28bit[1]
1-18

1.1.22 Timer for Decide No Data

Parameter Name
Full Name Timer for Decide No Data
Abbreviated Name decideNoDataTimer
Related feature N/A
Description Timer for decide No Data. After the timer expires, the user will be
diverted RRC Only state, and release PUCCH resources.
Value type long
Range [1..200]
Unit s
Default Value 30
Related parameter UE Parameters Configuration.tUserInac
1.1.23 SR Threshold for Start State Transfer

Parameter Name
Full Name SR Threshold for Start State Transfer
Abbreviated Name startUserStateTransThr
1-19

Related feature N/A
Description SR Threshold for Start State Transfer. Cell SR resources is less

than this threshold Start User State transfer function.
Value type long
Range [50..100]
Unit %
Default Value 90
1.1.24 Super Cell Recovery Service Policy

Parameter Name
Full Name Super Cell Recovery Service Policy
Abbreviated Name scRecvPolicy
Related feature N/A
Description AS FS breakdown/main CP board breakdown/main CP RRU link

breakdown Super Cell may be out of service.For recovery service
quickly, system support auto-recovery service policy.
Value type long
Range 0:Manual Recovery,1:Keep Super Cell Relation,2:Rollback Normal

Cell
Unit N/A
1-20

Default Value Manual Recovery[0]
1.1.25 Threshold of ENodeB User Number

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of ENodeB User Number
Abbreviated Name permitRRCNum
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is the maximum of admission RRC connection user

to eNB. It can be configured according to the numbers of client
purchase. But the max value configured will not larger than memory
capacity of main control board.
Value type long
Range [0..21600]
Unit N/A
Default Value 10800
1-21

1.1.26 Threshold of Board User Number

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Board User Number
Abbreviated Name boardPermitRRCNum
Managed Object LTE FDD
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is the maximum of admission RRC connection user

to Board. It can be configured according to the numbers of client
purchase. But the max value configured will not larger than capacity
of BPL board.
Value type long
Range [0..5000]
Unit N/A
Default Value 3600
Configuration Rule This parameter is set according to the board's access capability.
The value cannot be set higher than the capability of the baseband
board.
1-22

1.1.27 Time Delay for Base Station Alarm

Parameter Name
Full Name Time Delay for Base Station Alarm
Abbreviated Name bsAlarmOnDelay
Related feature N/A
Description Time Delay for Base Station Alarm
Value type long
Range [0..900]
Unit s
Default Value 60
1.1.28 Time Delay for Base Station Alarm Clear

Parameter Name
Full Name Time Delay for Base Station Alarm Clear
Abbreviated Name bsAlarmOffDelay
Related feature N/A
Description Time Delay for Base Station Alarm Clear
1-23

Value type long
Range [0..900]
Unit s
Default Value 30
1.1.29 Time Delay for Cell Alarm

Parameter Name
Full Name Time Delay for Cell Alarm
Abbreviated Name cellAlarmOnDelay
Related feature N/A
Description Time Delay for Cell Alarm
Value type long
Range [0..900]
Unit s
Default Value 60
1-24

1.1.30 Time Delay for Cell Alarm Clear

Parameter Name
Full Name Time Delay for Cell Alarm Clear
Abbreviated Name cellAlarmOffDelay
Related feature N/A
Description Time Delay for Cell Alarm Clear
Value type long
Range [0..900]
Unit s
Default Value 30
1.1.31 Time Delay for S1 Interface Alarm

Parameter Name
Full Name Time Delay for S1 Interface Alarm
Abbreviated Name s1AlarmOnDelay
1-25

Related feature N/A
Description Time Delay for S1 Interface Alarm
Value type long
Range [0..900]
Unit s
Default Value 30
1.1.32 Time Delay for S1 Interface Alarm Clear

Parameter Name
Full Name Time Delay for S1 Interface Alarm Clear
Abbreviated Name s1AlarmOffDelay
Related feature N/A
Description Time Delay for S1 Interface Alarm Clear
Value type long
Range [0..900]
Unit s
Default Value 30
1-26

1.1.33 Time Delay for X2 Interface Alarm

Parameter Name
Full Name Time Delay for X2 Interface Alarm
Abbreviated Name x2AlarmOnDelay
Related feature N/A
Description Time Delay for X2 Interface Alarm
Value type long
Range [0..3600]
Unit s
Default Value 600
1-27

1.1.34 Time Delay for X2 Interface Alarm Clear

Parameter Name
Full Name Time Delay for X2 Interface Alarm Clear
Abbreviated Name x2AlarmOffDelay
Related feature N/A
Description Time Delay for X2 Interface Alarm Clear
Value type long
Range [0..3600]
Unit s
Default Value 30
1.1.35 DLMCS Threshold for VoLTE Worse

Parameter Name
Full Name DLMCS Threshold for VoLTE Worse
Abbreviated Name dlMCSThrd4VoLTEWorse
Related feature N/A
1-28

Description This parameter is the DLMCS threshold of VoLTE quality worse. If

VoLTE UE MCS is lower than this threshold, eNodeb will trigger
Intra-Freq Handover or SRVCC.
Value type long
Range [0..10]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule It is not suggested to modify this parameter.
1.1.36 DLMCS Threshold for VoLTE Better

Parameter Name
Full Name DLMCS Threshold for VoLTE Better
Abbreviated Name dlMCSThrd4VoLTEBetter
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is the DLMCS threshold of VoLTE quality better.

If VoLTE UE MCS is higher than this threshold, eNodeb consider
VoLTE quality is good enough, and will stop Intra-Freq Handover
and SRVCC procedure based VoLTE quality.
Value type long
Range [0..10]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
1-29

1.1.37 UL SINR Threshold for VoLTE Worse

Parameter Name
Full Name UL SINR Threshold for VoLTE Worse
Abbreviated Name ulSINRThrd4VoLTEWorse
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is the UL SINR threshold of VoLTE quality worse.

If VoLTE UE SINR is lower than this threshold, eNodeb will trigger
Intra-Freq Handover or SRVCC.
Value type long
Range [0..30]
Unit N/A
Default Value 5
1-30

1.1.38 UL SINR Threshold for VoLTE Better

Parameter Name
Full Name UL SINR Threshold for VoLTE Better
Abbreviated Name ulSINRThrd4VoLTEbetter
Related feature N/A

If VoLTE UE SINR is lower than this threshold, eNodeb consider
Value type long
Range [0..30]
Unit N/A
Default Value 7
1.2 S1AP
S1AP Object
1.2.1 S1AP ID
Parameter Name
Full Name S1AP ID
Abbreviated Name S1ApId
1-31

Managed Object S1Ap
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/Resource Interface Configuration/S1AP
Parameter Name
Managed Object S1Ap
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
1-32

Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1.2.3 User Label

Parameter Name
Managed Object S1Ap
Related feature N/A
Value type string

PlainText[&'"<>]
Range [0..128]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-33

1.2.4 Global Unique MME ID

Parameter Name
Full Name Global Unique MME ID
Abbreviated Name globalUniqueMmeId
Managed Object S1Ap
Related feature N/A
Description Global Unique MME ID
Value type string

PlainText[&'"<>]
Range [0..128]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1.2.5 Referenced SCTP

Parameter Name
Full Name Referenced SCTP
Abbreviated Name refSctp
Managed Object S1Ap
1-34

Related feature N/A
Description Referenced SCTP
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1.2.6 S1 Priority
Parameter Name
Full Name S1 Priority
Abbreviated Name priority
Managed Object S1Ap
Related feature N/A
Description S1 Priority
Value type long
Range 0:Master,1:Backup
Unit N/A
Default Value Master[0]
1-35

1.3 X2AP
X2AP Object
1.3.1 X2AP ID
Parameter Name
Full Name X2AP ID
Abbreviated Name X2ApId
Managed Object X2Ap
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/Resource Interface Configuration/X2AP
1-36

Parameter Name
Managed Object X2Ap
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1.3.3 User Label

Parameter Name
Managed Object X2Ap
1-37

Related feature N/A
Value type string

PlainText[&'"<>]
Range [0..128]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Parameter Name
Managed Object X2Ap
Related feature N/A
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-38

1.4 Baseband Resource

Baseband Resource
1.4.1 Baseband Resource Configuration ID

Parameter Name
Full Name Baseband Resource Configuration ID
Abbreviated Name ECellEquipmentFunctionId
Managed Object ECellEquipmentFunction
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/Resource Interface Configuration/Base-

band Resource
1-39

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

band Resource
1.4.3 RF Port Object

Parameter Name
1-40

Full Name RF Port Object
Abbreviated Name refRfDevice
Related feature N/A
Description RF Port Object
Value type sequence[LDN,8]
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

band Resource
1.4.4 Downlink Ant Configure Bitmap

Parameter Name
Full Name Downlink Ant Configure Bitmap
Abbreviated Name antMapDl
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is the number of uplink antenna and the specific
antenna
1-41

Value type long

PlainText{0x[00..FF]}
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule Can not be modified

band Resource
1.4.5 Uplink Ant Configure Bitmap

Parameter Name
Full Name Uplink Ant Configure Bitmap
Abbreviated Name antMapUl
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is the number of downlink antenna and the specific
antenna
Value type long

Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

band Resource
1-42

1.4.6 Up Active Ant Bitmap

Parameter Name
Full Name Up Active Ant Bitmap
Abbreviated Name upActAntBitmap
Related feature N/A
Description Up Active Ant Bitmap
Value type long

Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule Basically, the antenna bitmap is activated. It can be part of the
uplink antenna set.

band Resource
How to take effect Cell Reset
Impact on services Effective when Cell Reset
1-43

1.4.7 Connected Baseband Device

Parameter Name
Full Name Connected Baseband Device
Abbreviated Name refBpDevice
Related feature N/A
Description The Baseband Device for Cable Cascading Connection.
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

band Resource
Prerequisites for modification This parameter is not quoted by other objects.
1.4.8 BPL Port

Parameter Name
Full Name BPL Port
Abbreviated Name bplPort
Related feature N/A
Description BPL Port
1-44

Value type long
Range [0..2]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

band Resource
1.4.9 Mapping of Antenna Port and Antenna Channel

Parameter Name
Full Name Mapping of Antenna Port and Antenna Channel
Abbreviated Name anttoPortMap
Related feature N/A
Description Mapping of Antenna Port and Antenna Channel
Value type sequence[long,8]
Range [0..3],[15..15]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule Mapping the antenna to the ports equally.

band Resource
1-45

1.4.10 Uplink Tilt of AAS

Parameter Name
Full Name Uplink Tilt of AAS
Abbreviated Name aasTiltUl
Related feature N/A
Description Control the uplink carrier tilt of AAS, that will affect the coverage
area.
Value type long
Range [-20..20] step 0.5
Unit degree
Default Value 0

band Resource
1-46

1.4.11 Downlink Tilt of AAS

Parameter Name
Full Name Downlink Tilt of AAS
Abbreviated Name aasTiltDl
Related feature N/A
Description Control the downlink carrier tilt of AAS, that will affect the coverage
area.
Value type long
Range [-20..20] step 0.5
Unit degree
Default Value 0

band Resource
1.4.12 Cell Mode

Parameter Name
Full Name Cell Mode
Abbreviated Name cellMod
Related feature N/A
1-47

Description This parameter is used to set the performance to the best by

choosing the appropriate schedule algorithm, based on the
relationship between cell number and antenna number
Value type long
Range 0:Three Cells Eight Ants,

1:Six Cells Four Ants,
2:Single Cell,
3:Two Cells
Unit N/A
Default Value Six Cells Four Ants[1]
Configuration Rule Planning parameter, all the cells configured on one baseband board
must have the same cell mode.

band Resource
1.4.13 Maximum Transmission Power of BP Resource

Parameter Name
Full Name Maximum Transmission Power of BP Resource
Abbreviated Name maxCPTransPwr
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the maximum transmit power of a cp in cell.
Value type long
Range [0..60] step 0.1
Unit dBm
1-48

Default Value 60

band Resource
1.4.14 Real Transmit Power of BP Resource

Parameter Name
Full Name Real Transmit Power of BP Resource
Abbreviated Name cpTransPwr
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the transmit power of a CP in cell
Value type long
Unit dBm
Default Value 0

band Resource
1-49

1.4.15 Referenced Signal Power of BP Resource

Parameter Name
Full Name Referenced Signal Power of BP Resource
Abbreviated Name cpSpeRefSigPwr
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the transmit power every resource element
of cell-specific reference signals of servered CP. The unit is dBm.
Value type long
Range [-60..50] step 0.1
Unit dBm
Default Value 12

band Resource
1.4.16 reservedByEUtranCellFDD
Parameter Name
Full Name N/A
Abbreviated Name reservedByEUtranCellFDD
1-50

Related feature N/A
Description N/A
Value type sequence<LDN>
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

band Resource
1.4.17 CP ID
Parameter Name
Full Name CP ID
Abbreviated Name cpId
Related feature N/A
Description Cell Portion Identity
Value type long
Range [0..254]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
1-51


band Resource
1.4.18 RF Unit Application Mode

Parameter Name
Full Name RF Unit Application Mode
Abbreviated Name rfAppMode
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used to configure cell RF unit application mode

when configuring ECellEquipmentFunction. Normal mode means
that a single RF unit is used. Combination mode means that more
than one RF unit are combined logically to offer a single RF unit with
multiple antenna number. Sharing cell mode means that more than
one RF unit share the same cell.
Value type long
Range 0:Normal Mode,

1:Combination Mode},
3:Mergence mode(PB Networking),
4:Mergence Mode 2
Unit N/A
Default Value Normal Mode[0]

band Resource
1-52

1.4.19 Used RRU

Parameter Name
Full Name Used RRU
Abbreviated Name ref1SdrDeviceGroup
Related feature N/A
Description Used RRU
Value type sequence<LDN,32>
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

band Resource
1-53

1.5 UE Paging
UE Paging
1.5.1 UE Paging ID
Parameter Name
Full Name UE Paging ID
Abbreviated Name PagingId
Managed Object Paging
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN Service Configuration/UE

Paging
Parameter Name
1-54

Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Paging
1.5.3 Paging Occasion Factor

Parameter Name
Full Name Paging Occasion Factor
Abbreviated Name nB
Reference protocol 3GPP TS36.331
Related feature N/A
1-55

Description This parameter is a paging occasion factor and used for a UE to

calculate the positions of system frames and subframes that listen
to paging. The value of this parameter is a multiple of the default
paging cycle (T). For example, the value of 4T corresponds to four
times the default paging cycle. (Refer to 36.304 for the calculation
formula.)
Value type long
Range 0:4T,1:2T,2:T,3:1/2T,4:1/4T,5:1/8T,6:1/16T,7:1/32T
Unit N/A
Default Value T[2]
Configuration Rule Set a bigger value when there are more Ues in the paging zone.

Paging
1.5.4 Paging Repeated Times

Parameter Name
Full Name Paging Repeated Times
Abbreviated Name pagingRepeatTime
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the number of times to transmit a paging

message repeatedly. If it is configured to a non-zero value, the
eNodeB transmits a paging message repeatedly within consecutive
cycles when delivering the paging message. For example, if it
is set to 1, the UE transmits a paging message twice within two
consecutive cycles.
1-56

Value type long
Range 0:0,1:1,2:2,3:4
Unit N/A
Default Value 0[0]
Configuration Rule It is recommended that this parameter be set to 0 and the

mechanism of repeated paging be triggered by the CN. A larger
parameter value indicates the greater number of times to transmit a
paging message repeatedly and thus causes a waste of resources.

Paging
1.5.5 BCCH Modification Period

Parameter Name
Full Name BCCH Modification Period
Abbreviated Name modificationPeriodCoeff
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is used to determine BCCH modification period:

BCCH modification period = N * DRX cycle length for paging. BCCH
modification period must be multiple of DRX cycle length for paging
in order to guarantee that UE in idle can monitor system information
change message.
Value type long
Range 0:2,1:4,2:8,3:16
Unit N/A
Default Value 4[1]
1-57

Configuration Rule The larger the value is, the longer delay to obtain the new SIB
message.

Paging
1.5.6 DRX Cycle for Paging

Parameter Name
Full Name DRX Cycle for Paging
Abbreviated Name defaultPagingCycle
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates a paging DRX cycle in IDLE state and
is delivered through system broadcast. When a UE receives this
parameter, it compares this parameter value with the configured one
and takes the smaller one as the cycle for paging channel listening.
One subframe is listened to in each cycle. This parameter affects
the paging cycle.
Value type long
Range 0:32 Radio Frames,1:64 Radio Frames,2:128 Radio Frames,3:256

Radio Frames
Unit N/A
Default Value 128 Radio Frames[2]
Configuration Rule If this parameter is set too small, the power consumption of a UE
increases because the UE listens to the paging channel frequently.
If this parameter is set too large, calls may be severely delayed due
to delayed paging.
1-58


Paging
1.6 Load Management

Load Management
1.6.1 Load Management ID

Parameter Name
Full Name Load Management ID
Abbreviated Name LoadManagementId
Managed Object LoadManagement
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN Service Configuration/Load

Management
1-59

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Management
1.6.3 Load Management Switch of Load Balancing Algorithm

Parameter Name
1-60

Full Name Load Management Switch of Load Balancing Algorithm
Abbreviated Name lbSwch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables the load balancing function in

load management. If it is set to 0, the function is disabled. If it is
set to 1, the function is enabled and the blind handover method is
selected. If it is set to 2, the function is enabled and the handover
method based on event measurement is selected. When this
function is enabled, UEs are handed over to the neighboring cell
with light load to decrease the load if there are too many UEs in a
cell with heavy load.
Value type long
Range 0:Close,1:Open, Based on Blind HO,2:Open, Based on

Measurement
Unit N/A
Default Value Close[0]
Configuration Rule During the initial network deployment period, this parameter can be
set to 0 because the number of UEs is small. With the increase of
the cell load and the number of UEs, this parameter can be set to 1
or 2 as needed. The value 1 is applicable to the networking scenario
where the neighboring cells with different frequencies share the
same coverage or one neighboring cell includes another neighboring
cell. The value 2 is applicable to any networking scenario.

Management
1-61

1.6.4 Load Management Switch of Load Control Algorithm

Parameter Name
Full Name Load Management Switch of Load Control Algorithm
Abbreviated Name lcSwch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables the load control function in load
management and it determines whether the load control function is
enabled for the eNodeB. When this function is enabled, the services
of some UEs are disassembled or the rate of the GBR service is
lowered to decrease the load if the cell is overloaded.
Value type long
Range 0:Close,1:Open
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule When this function is enabled, the load of an overloaded cell can
be decreased.

Management
1.6.5 Inter-Freq/RAT Camp Load Balancing Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name Inter-Freq/RAT Camp Load Balancing Switch
Abbreviated Name interCLBSwitch
1-62

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables the Camp Load Balancing

function. When this function is enabled, the potential load can be
decreased in the way that the dedicated cell reselection priority is
configured for UEs if the load of a cell is heavy.
Value type long
Range 0:Close,1:General Strategy,2:WCP Strategy
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule When this function is enabled, the potential load of a heavy-loaded
cell can be decreased.

Management
1.6.6 Switch of Inter-Manufacturer Load Balancing

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of Inter-Manufacturer Load Balancing
Abbreviated Name interManuLBSwch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter determines whether inter-manufacturer load

balancing is enabled.
Value type long
1-63

Unit N/A
Configuration Rule In a scenario where the devices from different manufacturers are
deployed, this parameter is configured by operators as required.

Management
1.6.7 Switch of Cell Load Log

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of Cell Load Log
Abbreviated Name cellLoadLogSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter determines whether to output the cell load log.
Value type long
Unit N/A

Management
1-64

1.6.8 Switch of Frequency Priority in Intra-LTE Load Balancing

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of Frequency Priority in Intra-LTE Load Balancing
Abbreviated Name intraLBFreqPriorSwch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables the frequency priority policy for
intra-LTE load balancing. If it is set to 0, the frequency priority policy
is disabled. If it is set to 1, the frequency priority policy is enabled
and the universal policy is used. If it is set to 2, the frequency priority
policy is enabled and the WCP custom policy is used.
Value type long
Range 0:Close,1:General Strategy,2:WCP Strategy
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule In a multi-frequency scenario, this parameter is configured by

operators as required

Management
Related parameter Load Management.lbSwch
1-65

1.6.9 Load Control Switch Based on GBR Compression

Parameter Name
Full Name Load Control Switch Based on GBR Compression
Abbreviated Name gbrCompressLCSwch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables load control based on GBR

downspeeding.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter is configured by operators as required. If this

function is enabled, GBR downspeeding is used for load control.
If this function is disabled, service disassembling is used for load
control.

Management
1.6.10 Load Balancing RAT Priority

Parameter Name
Full Name Load Balancing RAT Priority
Abbreviated Name lbRATPriority
1-66

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the priority of a candidate target system

for load balancing. The eNodeB selects a target system based
on this priority. In this one-dimensional array, the array members
correspond to the priorities of the EUTRA-FDD, EUTRA-TDD,
GERAN, UTRA-FDD, UTRA-TDD, CDMA2000-HRPD, and
CDMA2000-1xRTT systems in turn.
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 255;254;0;0;0;0;0
Configuration Rule The values of the array members for each system range from 0
to 255. A high value indicates a high priority. The default value
0 indicates that there is no applicable neighboring cell for the
corresponding system. For each non-isolated serving cell, a load
balancing RAT priority should be configured for the corresponding
neighboring cells in the background.

Management
1.6.11 Threshold of Intra-LTE Neighbor Cell in Overload State in

Uplink
Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Intra-LTE Neighbor Cell in Overload State in Uplink
Abbreviated Name intraNeighborLoadThrdUl
1-67

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the load threshold of an intra-LTE

neighboring cell in the uplink. If the PRB usage of an intra-LTE
neighboring cell in the uplink exceeds this threshold, this cell cannot
be used as a candidate target cell for intra-LTE load balancing.
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit %
Default Value 60
Configuration Rule A larger value indicates that more cells can be selected as the
candidate target cells for load balancing and the cells with heavy
load are more likely to be selected. A smaller value indicates that
fewer cells can be selected as the candidate target cells for load
balancing and the cells with heavy load are less likely to be selected.

Management
1.6.12 Threshold of Intra-LTE Neighbor Cell in Overload State in

Downlink
Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Intra-LTE Neighbor Cell in Overload State in Downlink
Abbreviated Name intraNeighborLoadThrdDl
Related feature N/A
1-68

Description This parameter indicates the threshold of an intra-LTE neighboring

cell in the downlink. If the PRB usage of an intra-LTE neighboring
cell in the downlink exceeds this threshold, this cell cannot be used
as a candidate target cell for intra-LTE load balancing.
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit %
Default Value 60
Configuration Rule A larger value indicates that more cells can be selected as the
candidate target cells for load balancing and the cells with heavy
load are more likely to be selected. A smaller value indicates that
fewer cells can be selected as the candidate target cells for load
balancing and the cells with heavy load are less likely to be selected.

Management
1.6.13 Threshold to Execute Intra-Manufacturer PRB Load

Balancing in Uplink
Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold to Execute Intra-Manufacturer PRB Load Balancing in

Uplink
Abbreviated Name prbLBExeThrdZUl
Related feature N/A
1-69

Description This parameter indicates the threshold for triggering ZTE load
balancing in the uplink. If the average PRB usage of an LTE serving
cell in the uplink exceeds this threshold within the statistical window,
ZTE load balancing is performed in the uplink.
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit %
Default Value 65
Configuration Rule A large value may lead to a delay in initiating load balancing caused
by radio resources. A too small value may cause unnecessary
handover.

Management
1.6.14 Threshold to Execute Intra-Manufacturer PRB Load

Balancing in Downlink
Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold to Execute Intra-Manufacturer PRB Load Balancing in

Downlink
Abbreviated Name prbLBExeThrdZDl
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates a threshold to perform the ZTE load

balancing function in the downlink. If the average PRB usage of an
LTE serving cell in the downlink exceeds this threshold within the
statistical window, ZTE load balancing occurs in the downlink.
1-70

Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit %
Default Value 65
Configuration Rule A large value may lead to a delay in initiating load balancing caused
by radio resources. A too small value may cause unnecessary
handover.

Management
1.6.15 Threshold to Execute Inter-Manufacturer PRB Load

Balancing in Uplink
Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold to Execute Inter-Manufacturer PRB Load Balancing in

Uplink
Abbreviated Name prbLBExeThrdNZUl
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates a threshold to perform the

cross-manufacturer load balancing function in the uplink. If the
average PRB usage of an LTE serving cell in the uplink exceeds
this threshold within the statistical window, cross-manufacturer load
balancing occurs in the uplink.
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit %
1-71

Default Value 70
Configuration Rule A large value may lead to a delay in initiating load balancing among
cross-manufacturer equipment caused by radio resources.

Management
1.6.16 Threshold to Execute Inter-Manufacturer PRB Load

Balancing in Downlink
Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold to Execute Inter-Manufacturer PRB Load Balancing in

Downlink
Abbreviated Name prbLBExeThrdNZDl
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates a threshold to perform the

cross-manufacturer load balancing function in the downlink. If the
average PRB usage of an LTE serving cell in the downlink exceeds
this threshold within the statistical window, cross-manufacturer load
balancing occurs in the downlink.
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit %
Default Value 70
Configuration Rule A large value may lead to a delay in initiating load balancing among
cross-manufacturer equipment caused by radio resources.
1-72


Management
1.6.17 Candidate Target Cell Type Indication

Parameter Name
Full Name Candidate Target Cell Type Indication
Abbreviated Name targCellTypeInd
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is a decimal number indicating the neighboring

cell coverage attribute "bitmap". bitmap consists of four bits,
corresponding to the types of overlapping, including, included, and
neighboring in turn from highest to lowest. The value 0 of a bit
in bitmap means that the neighboring cells of the corresponding
coverage type in the measurement report are not selected as
the candidate target cells in load balancing based on event
measurement. The value 1 of a bit in bitmap means that this type of
neighboring cells can be considered.
Value type long
Range [1..15]
Unit N/A
Default Value 15
Configuration Rule This parameter is set according to the coverage type of which
neighboring cells are allowed to be selected as the target cells for
load balancing.

Management
1-73

1.6.18 Enable Switch Load Pre-estimate of Neighbour Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Enable Switch Load Pre-estimate of Neighbour Cell
Abbreviated Name ldPreestimSwch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables the function of load estimate

for neighboring cells. If this parameter is set to 1, the function is
enabled. The function of load estimate for neighboring cells is a
CSL custom policy. With this function enabled, a cell is selected as
the target cell for load balancing in the way that the decrease of load
unbalance is estimated.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule If the CSL custom policy is enabled, the universal policy is disabled.

Management
1-74

1.6.19 Number of Frequency to Modify Cell Reselection Priority

Parameter Name
Full Name Number of Frequency to Modify Cell Reselection Priority
Abbreviated Name clbFreqNum
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the number of frequencies that are

used for configuring the UE-specific cell reselection priority for
inter-freq/inter-system camp load balancing.
Value type long
Range [1..128]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
Configuration Rule If this parameter is set to a large value, the number of frequencies
that are used for configuring high priority is large.

Management
1.6.20 Threshold to Execute Inter-freq/RAT Camp Load Balancing

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold to Execute Inter-freq/RAT Camp Load Balancing
1-75

Abbreviated Name clbExeThrd
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates a threshold to enable or disable the camp

load balancing function. If either the total PRB usage of a cell in the
uplink or the total PRB usage of a cell in the downlink is greater than
this threshold, the cell triggers the camp load balancing function.
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit %
Default Value 70
Configuration Rule A large value may cause a delay in initiating camp load balancing. A
too small value may cause unnecessary configuration of UE-specific
cell reselection priority.

Management
1.6.21 Enable Switch Cell Load Pre-Estimate

Parameter Name
Full Name Enable Switch Cell Load Pre-Estimate
Abbreviated Name cellLdPreestSwch
Related feature N/A
1-76

Description The function of load estimate for neighboring cells is a CSL custom
policy. This parameter enables or disables cell-based load estimate
for neighboring cells. The value of 0 indicates eNodeB-based load
estimate for neighboring cells and the value of 1 indicates cell-based
load estimate for neighboring cells.
Value type long
Range 0:Based on ENB Class,1:Based on Cell Class
Unit N/A
Default Value Based on ENB Class[0]
Configuration Rule This parameter is reserved as required by operators.

Management
1.6.22 Threshold of Inter-RAT Neighbor Cell in Overload State in

Uplink
Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Inter-RAT Neighbor Cell in Overload State in Uplink
Abbreviated Name interNeighborLoadThrdUl
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the threshold of an inter-system

neighboring cell in the uplink. If the load value of an inter-system
neighboring cell in the uplink exceeds this threshold, this cell cannot
be used as a candidate target cell for inter-system load balancing.
Value type long
Range [0..100]
1-77

Unit %
Default Value 60
Configuration Rule A larger value indicates that more neighboring cells can be selected
as the candidate target cells for load balancing.

Management
1.6.23 Threshold of Inter-RAT Neighbor Cell in Overload State in

Downlink
Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Inter-RAT Neighbor Cell in Overload State in Downlink
Abbreviated Name interNeighborLoadThrdDl
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the threshold of an inter-system

neighboring cell in the downlink. If the load value of an inter-system
neighboring cell in the downlink exceeds this threshold, this cell
cannot be used as a candidate target cell for inter-system load
balancing.
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit %
Default Value 60
Configuration Rule A larger value indicates that more neighboring cells can be selected
as the candidate target cells for inter-system load balancing.
1-78


Management
1.6.24 Threshold of Cell PRB into Overload State in Downlink

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Cell PRB into Overload State in Downlink
Abbreviated Name prbDlovldThrd
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the overload threshold of the PRB of a

cell in the downlink.
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit %
Default Value 90
Configuration Rule A larger value indicates that a cell is less likely to be overloaded.

Management
1-79

1.6.25 Threshold of Cell PRB into Overload State in Uplink

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Cell PRB into Overload State in Uplink
Abbreviated Name prbUlovldThrd
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the overload threshold of the PRB of a

cell in the uplink.
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit %
Default Value 90
Configuration Rule A larger value indicates that a cell is less likely to be overloaded.

Management
1.6.26 Threshold of Cell PRB into Recovery State in Downlink

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Cell PRB into Recovery State in Downlink
Abbreviated Name prbDlrecoveryThrd
1-80

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the load recovery threshold of the PRB
of a cell in the downlink.
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit %
Default Value 80
Configuration Rule A smaller value indicates that the appropriate load of a cell is less
likely to be recovered.

Management
1.6.27 Threshold of Cell PRB into Recovery State in Uplink

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Cell PRB into Recovery State in Uplink
Abbreviated Name prbUlrecoveryThrd
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the load recovery threshold of the PRB of
a cell in the uplink.
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit %
1-81

Default Value 80
Configuration Rule A smaller value indicates that the appropriate load of a cell is less
likely to be recovered.

Management
1.6.28 Number of Service to Drop

Parameter Name
Full Name Number of Service to Drop
Abbreviated Name numDrpSvc
Related feature N/A
Description The Number of service, which is selected to drop to reduce the load
of present cell.
Value type long
Range [1..10]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1

Management
1-82

1.6.29 Time to Protect the UE to be Handover Again

Parameter Name
Full Name Time to Protect the UE to be Handover Again
Abbreviated Name timePrtUE
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is a extend measure configuration index for

Intra-LTE Load Balancing. It corresponds to a record of Measure
configuration for neighborhood centre and edge user.
Value type long
Range [1..10]
Unit min
Default Value 2

Management
1.6.30 Traffic Type Selection Indication

Parameter Name
1-83

Full Name Traffic Type Selection Indication
Abbreviated Name lbTraffTypeInd
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is traffic type selection indication. Each element of

array indicates UE which has this QCI type of traffic can be selected
as candidate user. or not. The value 0 of array member means be
forbidden. The value 1 of array member means is allowed. From the
first array member, each denotes QCI = 1, QCI = 2, QCI = 3, QCI =
4, QCI = 5, QCI = 6, QCI = 7, QCI = 8, QCI = 9, the last 16 members
are reserved. The parameter is valid when ucLBTraffTypeSwch
is open.
Range [0..1]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1

Management
1.6.31 Switch of Traffic Type Selection

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of Traffic Type Selection
Abbreviated Name lbTraffTypeSwch
1-84

Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is switch of traffic type selection. This switch

determines whether traffic type selection is valid or not. "Close"
stands for "NOT valid", "Open" stands for "valid".
Value type long
Unit N/A

Management
1.6.32 Weight Factor of PRB Queue for Handover

Parameter Name
Full Name Weight Factor of PRB Queue for Handover
Abbreviated Name prbQueueWeight
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is weight factor of PRB queue for handover. The
weight factor ucPRBQueueWeight reflects influence of PRB usage
of UE for Queuing, 100- ucPRBQueueWeight reflects influence of
basic prior of QoS for Queuing.
Value type long
Range [0..100] step 10
1-85

Unit %
Default Value 70

Management
1.6.33 Threshold of UE PRB Used Rate Report

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of UE PRB Used Rate Report
Abbreviated Name uePrbUseRptThrd
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is threshold of UE PRB used rate report. The CMAC
reports the PRB used rate of a UE to the RRM when the PRB used
rate of the UE excced or equale to the ucUePrbUseRptThrd.
Value type long
Range [1..100]
Unit %
Default Value 1

Management
1-86

1.6.34 Switch to Protect UE NOT to Handover Again

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch to Protect UE NOT to Handover Again
Abbreviated Name prtUESwch
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is switch to protect UE NOT to handover again. This

switch determines whether scheme to protect UE NOT to handover
again is valid or not. "Close" stands for "NOT valid", "Open" stands
for "valid".
Value type long
Unit N/A
Default Value Open[1]

Management
1-87

1.6.35 Switch of Measurement Report Order

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of Measurement Report Order
Abbreviated Name lbMeasOrderSwch
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is switch for measurement report order scheme.

This switch determines whether measurement report order scheme
is valid or not. "Close" stands for "NOT valid", "Open" stands for
"valid".
Value type long
Unit N/A

Management
1.6.36 Switch of UE PRB Threshold

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of UE PRB Threshold
Abbreviated Name lbUEPRBThrdSwch
1-88

Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is switch for UE PRB threshold scheme. This switch
determines whether UE PRB threshold scheme is valid or not.
"Close" stands for "NOT valid", "Open" stands for "valid".
Value type long
Unit N/A

Management
1.6.37 Switch of UE Position Information

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of UE Position Information
Abbreviated Name lbUEPosInfSwch
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is switch for UE position information scheme. This

switch determines whether UE position information scheme is valid
or not. "Close" stands for "NOT valid", "Open" stands for "valid".
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-89


Management
1.6.38 Switch of UE Class Information

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of UE Class Information
Abbreviated Name lbUEClassInfSwch
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is switch for UE class information scheme. This

switch determines whether UE class information scheme is valid or
not. "Close" stands for "NOT valid", "Open" stands for "valid".
Value type long
Unit N/A

Management
1-90

1.6.39 Switch of CA Load Adjust

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of CA Load Adjust
Abbreviated Name caLASwch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is the switch of CA Load Adjust. When the switch
is open, if the load of CA cell is higher than threshold, eNodeb will
choose CA UE and move the load to other CA cell, this make load
of CA Cell counterbalance.
Value type long
Unit N/A

Management
1.6.40 PRB Threshold of CA Load Adjust

Parameter Name
1-91

Full Name PRB Threshold of CA Load Adjust
Abbreviated Name caLAPrbThrd
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is the Threshold of CA Load Adjust. When the

load of CA cell is higher than this threshold, eNodeb will choose
CA UE and move the load to other CA cell, this make load of CA
Cell counterbalance.
Value type long
Range [1..100]
Unit %
Default Value 50

Management
1.6.41 Number of Allowed High Load Neighbor Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Number of Allowed High Load Neighbor Cell
Abbreviated Name allowHLNbrNum
Managed Object Load Management
Related feature N/A
1-92

Description When the number of high load neighbor cell doesn't exceed this
parameter, it is possible to start load balancing function.
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule If the value of this parameter is higher, it is easier to trigger the load
balancing function.

Management
1.6.42 Period for Load Balancing

Parameter Name
Full Name Period for Load Balancing
Abbreviated Name lbPeriod
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter determines the period for Load Balancing.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit s
Default Value 30
1-93

Configuration Rule If the value of this parameter is higher, the frequency of implementing
load balancing is lower, and the load is reduced less effectively.
On the contrary, if the frequency of implementing load balancing is
higher, the load is reduced more effectively.

Management
1.6.43 Number of UE Selected to Handover

Parameter Name
Full Name Number of UE Selected to Handover
Abbreviated Name numHOUE
Related feature N/A
Description The max number of UE, which is selected to perform handover to

reduce the load of present cell.
Value type long
Range [1..10]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
Configuration Rule If the value of this parameter is higher, there are more handover
users in each period. On the contrary, if the value of this parameter
is lower, there are fewer handover users during each period.

Management
1-94

1.6.44 Number of UE Configured Event Measurement

Parameter Name
Full Name Number of UE Configured Event Measurement
Abbreviated Name numMeasureUE
Related feature N/A
Description The number of UE, which are informed event measurement

configuration on the scheme based on measurement of event.
Value type long
Range [1..50]
Unit N/A
Default Value 10
Configuration Rule If the value of this parameter is higher, there are more UEs that
are allocated with measurement configurations. On the contrary, if
the value of this parameter is lower, there are fewer UEs that are
allocated with measurement configurations.

Management
1-95

1.7 Security Management

Security Management Object
1.7.1 Security Management ID

Parameter Name
Full Name Security Management ID
Abbreviated Name SecurityManagementId
Managed Object SecurityManagement
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN Service Configuration/Security

Management
Parameter Name
1-96

Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Management
1.7.3 Encryption Algorithm Priority (from High to Low)

Parameter Name
Full Name Encryption Algorithm Priority (from High to Low)
Abbreviated Name encrypAlgPriority
Related feature N/A
1-97

Description This parameter indicates the encryption algorithm priority (from

highest to lowest) available for the access layer. Each array element
corresponds to an encryption algorithm. The first encryption
algorithm has the highest priority and is selected first, the second
one has the second highest priority, and the last one has the lowest
priority.
Range 0:EEA0,1:128-EEA1,2:128-EEA2,3:128-EEA3,4:NULL
Unit N/A
Default Value 128-EEA2[2];128-EEA1[1];NULL[4];NULL[4]
Configuration Rule This parameter is configured as required by operators. The

encryption algorithms used by an operator are put into this list
according to the priority order required by the operator.

Management
1.7.4 Integrity Protection Priority (from High to Low)

Parameter Name
Full Name Integrity Protection Priority (from High to Low)
Abbreviated Name integProtAlgPriority
Related feature N/A
1-98

Description This parameter indicates the integrity protection priority (from

highest to lowest) available for the access layer. Each array element
corresponds to an integrity protection algorithm. The first integrity
protection algorithm has the highest priority and is selected first, the
second one has the second highest priority, and the last one has
the lowest priority.
Range 0:EIA0,1:128-EIA1,2:128-EIA2,3:128-EIA3,5:NULL
Unit N/A
Default Value 128-EIA2[2];128-EIA1[1];NULL[4];NULL[4]
Configuration Rule This parameter is configured as required by operators. The integrity

protection algorithms used by an operator are put into this list
according to the priority order required by the operator.

Management
1.8 Mobility Management

Mobility Management
1.8.1 Mobility Management ID

Parameter Name
Full Name Mobility Management ID
Abbreviated Name MobilityManagementId
Managed Object MobilityManagement
Related feature N/A
1-99


Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN Service Configuration/Mobility

Management
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-100


Management
1.8.3 Switch for NACC

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for NACC
Abbreviated Name switchForNacc
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables NACC on the network side.

If the NACC function is enabled, an LTE cell obtains the system
broadcast information of a GERAN cell through RIM and transmits
this information to a UE through a CCO command to reduce the
handover delay of the UE. If the NACC function is disabled, a UE
obtains the system information of a GERAN cell by itself during the
CCO process. In this case, the handover delay is long.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule According to the real network deployment, this parameter can
be set to "Open" only when RIM is supported by both LTE and
GERAN networks because NACC obtains the GERAN system
information through RIM that must be supported by both LTE and
GERAN systems. If both LTE and GERAN networks support RIM,
this parameter should be set to "Open" to reduce the inter-system
handover delay of UEs as possible.
1-101


Management
1.8.4 Switch for UTRAN RIM

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for UTRAN RIM
Abbreviated Name switchUtranRim
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables UTRAN RIM. If this parameter is

set to "Open", the eNodeB makes a request to the UTRAN system
for the broadcast information of URTAN neighboring cells. If this
parameter is set to "Close", the eNodeB cannot obtain the broadcast
information of URTAN neighboring cells.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter can be set to "Open" if both the MME and UTRAN
networks support RIM and NACC and R9 redirection must be
enabled for the eNodeB; otherwise, it is set to "Close".

Management
1-102

1.8.5 Number of GERAN Cell for R9 Redirection

Parameter Name
Full Name Number of GERAN Cell for R9 Redirection
Abbreviated Name geranCellNum4R9Red
Managed Object Mobility Management
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is the Number of GERAN cell for R9 Redirection.
Value type long
Range [1..32]
Unit N/A
Default Value 8
Configuration Rule If the value of this parameter is set too large, there will be too
many R9 redirection messges and the messages will not be sent
successfully.
If the value of this parameter is set too small, the cells of R9
redirection will be few. Redirection delay will be affected.

Management
1-103

1.8.6 Number of UTRAN Cell for R9 Redirection

Parameter Name
Full Name Number of UTRAN Cell for R9 Redirection
Abbreviated Name utranCellNum4R9Red
Managed Object Mobility Management
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is the Number of UTRAN cell for R9 Redirection.
Value type long
Range [1..16]
Unit N/A
Default Value 8
Configuration Rule If the value of this parameter is set too high, there will be too many
R9 redirection messges and messages will not be sent successfully.
If the value of this parameter is set too low, the cells of R9 redirection
will be few. Redirection delay will be affected.

Management
1.9 UE Parameters Configuration

UE Parameters Configuration
1.9.1 UE Timer ID
Parameter Name
Full Name UE Timer ID
1-104

Abbreviated Name UeTimerId
Managed Object UeTimer
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Parameters Configuration
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
1-105

Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.9.3 Timer for UE to Monitor Radio Link Failure (T310_UE)

Parameter Name
Full Name Timer for UE to Monitor Radio Link Failure (T310_UE)
Abbreviated Name t310_Ue
Reference protocol 3GPP TS 36.331
Related feature N/A
Description Upon detecting radio link problems, the UE shall start T310_UE.
Upon receiving N311 _UE consecutive in-sync indications from
lower layers, upon triggering the handover procedure and upon
initiating the connection re-establishment procedure. If security
is not activated: go to RRC_IDLE else: initiate the connection
re-establishment procedure
Value type long
Range 0:0,1:50,2:100,3:200,4:500,5:1000,6:2000
Unit ms
Default Value 2000[6]
1-106


1.9.4 Timer for UE to Monitor Radio Link Failure to Idle (T311_UE)

Parameter Name
Full Name Timer for UE to Monitor Radio Link Failure to Idle (T311_UE)
Abbreviated Name t311_Ue
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the time length for UE switch to idle upon
initiating the RRC connection re-establishment procedure. Upon
initiating the RRC connection re-establishment procedure, UE
starts this timer. When selection of a suitable E-UTRA cell or a cell
using another RAT, UE stops this timer. When timer is expired, UE
switches to IDLE.
Value type long
Range 0:1000,1:3000,2:5000,3:10000,4:15000,5:20000,6:30000
Unit ms

1-107

1.9.5 Timer for UE to Wait for RRC Connection Response (T300)

Parameter Name
Full Name Timer for UE to Wait for RRC Connection Response (T300)
Abbreviated Name t300
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates Timer for UE to wait for RRC connection
response. UE will start T300 after sending RRC CONNECTION
REQUEST message.The T300 will be stopped before it expires if :
1. UE received RRCConnectionSetup or RRCConnectionReject;
2. cell re-selection occurred;
3. UE NAS layer terminated RRC connection establishment
procedure;
When T300 expires, UE will:
1.reset MAC
2.release the MAC configuration
3.re-establish RLC for all RBs that are established, and inform upper
layers about the failure of establish the RRC connection.
Value type long
Range 0:100,1:200,2:300,3:400,4:600,5:1000,6:1500,7:2000
Unit ms

1-108

1.9.6 Timer for UE to Wait for RRC Re-Connection Response (T301)

Parameter Name
Full Name Timer for UE to Wait for RRC Re-Connection Response (T301)
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates Timer for UE to wait for RRC

connection re-establishment response. UE shall start T301
after RRCConnectionReestabilshmentRequest message is
transmitted.When UE receives the RRCConnectionReestablishment
or RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject message, UE shall stop
this timer.When Timer is expired, UE switches to IDLE.
Value type long
Range 0:100,1:200,2:300,3:400,4:600,5:1000,6:1500,7:2000
Unit ms

1-109

1.9.7 Timer for UE to Wait for RRC Re-Connection Request (T302)

Parameter Name
Full Name Timer for UE to Wait for RRC Re-Connection Request (T302)
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the time length for UE to wait for RRC
connection request retry after reception of RRC connection reject.
When UE receives RRC connection reject, UE will start Timer
(T302). When T302 expires, UE will retry RRC connection request
Value type long
Range [1..16]
Unit s
Default Value 3

1.9.8 Timer for UE to Wait for Successful Handover (T304)

Parameter Name
Full Name Timer for UE to Wait for Successful Handover (T304)
1-110

Related feature N/A
Description During the intra LTE handover, when UE receives handover

command, UE will start T304. If handover is successful, UE
will stop T304. If T304 expired, UE will start T311 and perform
re-establishment on the 'best cell'.
Value type long
Range 0:50,1:100,2:150,3:200,4:500,5:1000,6:2000
Unit ms

1.9.9 Timer for UE to Wait for Successful Handover (T304_Cco)

Parameter Name
Full Name Timer for UE to Wait for Successful Handover (T304_Cco)
Abbreviated Name t304_Cco
Related feature N/A
Description During the handover from LTE to GERAN via CCO, when UE
receives handover command, UE will start T304. If handover is
successful, UE will stop T304. If T304 expired, UE will start T311
and perform re-establishment on the 'best cell'.
Value type long
1-111

Range 0:100,1:200,2:500,3:1000,4:2000,5:4000,6:8000
Unit ms

Related parameter Control Plane Timer.ccoRelTimer
1.9.10 Priority Timer for Cell Reselection (T320)

Parameter Name
Full Name Priority Timer for Cell Reselection (T320)
Related feature N/A
Description Upon receiving Cell re-selection priority expiry timer, UE will start
T320. When T320 is running , the Cell re-selection priority provided
by the idleModeMobilityControlInfo or inherited from another RAT
is valid. When T320 expires, the Cell re-selection priorityprovided
by the idleModeMobilityControlInfo or inherited from another RAT
is invalid, ue should apply the cell reselection priority information
broadcast in the system information. The parameter is the mobility
parameter in idle.
Value type long
Range 0:5,1:10,2:20,3:30,4:60,5:120,6:180
Unit min
Default Value 5[0]
1-112


1.9.11 Maximum Number of Downlink Out-Of-Synchronization

Indications (N310_UE)
Parameter Name
Full Name Maximum Number of Downlink Out-Of-Synchronization Indications

(N310_UE)
Abbreviated Name n310
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates maximum number of consecutive

"out-of-sync" indications received from lower layers.
Value type long
Range 0:1,1:2,2:3,3:4,4:6,5:8,6:10,7:20
Unit N/A
Default Value 6[4]

1-113

1.9.12 Maximum Number of Downlink Synchronization Indications

Received By UE (N311)
Parameter Name
Full Name Maximum Number of Downlink Synchronization Indications

Received By UE (N311)
Abbreviated Name n311
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates maximum number of consecutive "in-sync"

indications received from lower layers.
Value type long
Range 0:1,1:2,2:3,3:4,4:5,5:6,6:8,7:10
Unit N/A
Default Value 1[0]

1.9.13 User-Inactivity Timer on Control Panel

Parameter Name
1-114

Full Name User-Inactivity Timer on Control Panel
Abbreviated Name tUserInac
Related feature N/A
Description This timer defines the interval during which UE is in inactivity state
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:1s,1:2s,2:3s,3:5s,4:7s,5:10s,6:15s,7:20s,8:25s,9:30s,10:40s,11:5
0s,12:1min,13:1min20s,14:1min40s,15:2min,16:2min30s,17:3min,1
8:3min30s,19:4min,20:5min,21:6min,22:7min,23:8min,24:9min,25:1
0min,26:12min,27:14min,28:17min,29:20min,30:24min,31:28min,32
:33min,33:38min,34:44min,35:50min,36:1hr,37:1hr30min,38:2hr,3
9:2hr30min,40:3hr,41:3hr30min,42:4hr,43:5hr,44:6hr,45:8hr,46:10
hr,47:13hr,48:16hr,49:20hr,50:1day,51:1day12hr,52:2day,53:2day-
12hr,54:3day,55:4day,56:5day,57:7day,58:10day,59:14day,60:19d-
ay,61:24day,62:30day,63:MoreThan30day
Unit N/A
Default Value 10s[5]

1.9.14 User-Inactivity Timer for Mobile

Parameter Name
Full Name User-Inactivity Timer for Mobile
Abbreviated Name tUserInacforMobile
1-115

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates User-inactivity timer for Mobile.
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:1s,1:2s,2:3s,3:5s,4:7s,5:10s,6:15s,7:20s,8:25s,9:30s,10:40s,11:5
0s,12:1min,13:1min20s,14:1min40s,15:2min,16:2min30s,17:3min,1
8:3min30s,19:4min,20:5min,21:6min,22:7min,23:8min,24:9min,25:1
0min,26:12min,27:14min,28:17min,29:20min,30:24min,31:28min,32
:33min,33:38min,34:44min,35:50min,36:1hr,37:1hr30min,38:2hr,3
9:2hr30min,40:3hr,41:3hr30min,42:4hr,43:5hr,44:6hr,45:8hr,46:10
hr,47:13hr,48:16hr,49:20hr,50:1day,51:1day12hr,52:2day,53:2day-
12hr,54:3day,55:4day,56:5day,57:7day,58:10day,59:14day,60:19d-
ay,61:24day,62:30day,63:MoreThan30day
Unit N/A
Default Value 5s[3]

1.10 Global Switch

Global Switch
1.10.1 Global Service Switch ID

Parameter Name
Full Name Global Service Switch ID
1-116

Abbreviated Name GlobleSwitchInformationId
Managed Object GlobleSwitchInformation
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN Service Configuration/Global

Switch
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
1-117

Range GlobalSwitchInformation=%,##GlobleSwitchInformationId
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Switch
1.10.3 Partial Admission for Intra-eNodeB Handover

Parameter Name
Full Name Partial Admission for Intra-eNodeB Handover
Abbreviated Name swicthForHoPartCac
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter determines whether an intra-eNodeB handover

is successful when the intra-eNodeB handover service bearer is
partially accepted successfully by the target cell. If this parameter
is set to "Open", an intra-eNodeB handover is successful when
the intra-eNodeB handover service bearer is partially accepted
successfully by the target cell; otherwise, the handover fails and a
handover failure procedure is performed.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-118

Configuration Rule By default, an intra-eNodeB handover is successful only when the

intra-eNodeB handover service bearer is fully accepted successfully
by the target cell. If the network is in poor condition, this parameter
can be set to "Open" to increase the success rate of intra-eNodeB
handover.

Switch
1.10.4 Base Station Uplink Frequency Division Selection

Parameter Name
Full Name Base Station Uplink Frequency Division Selection
Abbreviated Name ulBaseStationFDS
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is used to determine the strategy of the division of

frequency resource for uplink. The value Close shows that ICIC
for uplink is close and base stations use the same frequency for
networking, the value Static shows that ICIC for uplink is statical and
the division of frequency resource is decided statically, the value
Dynamic shows that ICIC for uplink is dynamic and the division of
frequency resource is decided dynamically.
Value type long
Range 0:Close,1:Static,2:Dynamic,3:Reserved
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule Configure parameter based on field requirement
1-119


Switch
1.10.5 MME Load Balancing Algorithm Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name MME Load Balancing Algorithm Switch
Abbreviated Name switchForMMELB
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables MME load balancing. For the
eNodeB connected to multiple MMEs, if this function is enabled,
MMEs are selected for a newly accessed UE according to the
relative MME capacity; if this function is disabled, MMEs are
randomly selected.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule It is recommended to enable this function to select an appropriate

MME based on the load of MMEs.

Switch
1-120

1.10.6 CPU Usage Access Control Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name CPU Usage Access Control Switch
Abbreviated Name swichForCpuAC
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables CPU usage-based admission

control. It is usually used for the eNodeBs with too many UEs and
too heavy load. When this parameter is set to "Open", the eNodeB
determines whether the CPU usage of the main control board is too
high and thus denies the access of new UEs and the establishment
of new services. Close: The CPU usage-based admission control
algorithm is disabled. Open: The CPU usage-based admission
control algorithm is enabled.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter is configured as required. This parameter is set to

"Open" by default. If the CPU usage of the main control board of the
eNodeB is always low, this parameter is set to "Close".

Switch
1-121

1.10.7 User-Inactivity Enabled

Parameter Name
Full Name User-Inactivity Enabled
Abbreviated Name switchForUserInactivity
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables the UE inactivity function. When

this function is enabled, a UE can be released to save air interface
resources if the UE does not transmit and receive data during a
period of time.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule When this function is enabled, a UE can be released to save air
interface resources if the UE does not transmit and receive data
during a period of time.

Switch
1-122

1.10.8 Switch of ETWS

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of ETWS
Abbreviated Name etwsSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables the ETWS function for the
eNodeB. If this parameter is set to "Open", the eNodeB supports
the ETWS function and processes the ETWS alarm messages
delivered by the CN. If this parameter is set to "Close", the eNodeB
does not support the ETWS function and ignores the ETWS alarm
messages delivered by the CN.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter is configured as required.

Switch
1.10.9 Enable PA Input Voltage Dynamic Adjustment

Parameter Name
Full Name Enable PA Input Voltage Dynamic Adjustment
Abbreviated Name enablePaIVDA
1-123

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables dynamic adjustment of the input

voltage of a PA. For a scenario with low load, if this parameter is set
to "Open", the efficiency of the PA can be increased to save energy.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter can be configured as required. In practice, this

function can be always enabled. Enabling of this function has no
effect on services.

Switch
1.10.10 FTP Enable of CN UBAS Server

Parameter Name
Full Name FTP Enable of CN UBAS Server
Abbreviated Name cnUbFtpEnable
Related feature N/A
1-124

Description This parameter enables or disables the FTP function from the
eNodeB to the UBAS of the CN. If this function is enabled, the
eNodeB reports the statistics that reflect the busy-idle condition of
cells to the CN and the CN then makes inter-cell traffic balancing
adjustment according to the information. If this function is disabled,
the eNodeB does not report traffic control information to the CN.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule If this parameter is set to "Open", the eNodeB reports the cell load
information to the CN in time, which contributes to inter-cell traffic
balancing and proper resource usage.

Switch
1.10.11 FTP Address of CN UBAS Server

Parameter Name
Full Name FTP Address of CN UBAS Server
Abbreviated Name cnUbFtpAddr
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the IP address of the CN UBAS server to

which the eNodeB periodically reports traffic control information.
Value type string

IP
1-125

Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
Configuration Rule During network planning, if the IP address of this CN FTP server
changes, this parameter indicates the modified address.

Switch
1.10.12 UE Call Record ID Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name UE Call Record ID Switch
Abbreviated Name ueRecordIdSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables non-standard IEs.

If this parameter is set to "Open", the non-standard IE "RecordId"
can be carried during S1 and X2 handovers.
This parameter is used for CDT call record association. Enabling of
this function may affect S1 and X2 handovers between the eNodeBs
from different manufacturers.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-126

Configuration Rule If this parameter is set to "Open", the non-standard IE "RecordId"

can be carried during S1 and X2 handovers.
This parameter is used for CDT call record association. Enabling of
this function may affect S1 and X2 handovers between the eNodeBs
from different manufacturers.

Switch
1.10.13 CMAS Sending Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name CMAS Sending Switch
Abbreviated Name cmasSwch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is set to "Close" as required by operators or if this

function is not provided for the operator. This parameter is set to
"Open" if this function is provided for the operator. This parameter
affects only this function.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter is set to "Close" as required by operators or if this

function is not provided for the operator. This parameter is set to
"Open" if this function is provided for the operator. This parameter
affects only this function.
1-127


Switch
1.10.14 Switch of Periodic ANR

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of Periodic ANR
Abbreviated Name periodicANRSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables periodic ANR for the system.
If this parameter is set to "Open", periodic ANR is enabled. A
neighboring cell can be detected and selected as a candidate target
cell before a handover. In this way, the handover success rate can
be improved, but the traffic in the cells may be slightly affected.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter can be configured as required.

If this parameter is set to "Open", periodic ANR is enabled. A
neighboring cell can be detected and selected as a candidate target
cell before a handover. In this way, the handover success rate can
be improved, but the traffic in the cells may be slightly affected.

Switch
1-128

1.10.15 Support Management Based MDT Function Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name Support Management Based MDT Function Switch
Abbreviated Name manageBasedMdtSwch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables the management-based MDT

function for the eNodeB.
If this function is enabled, the eNodeB can perform
management-based tracing.
Value type long
Unit N/A

Switch
1-129

1.10.16 Support Signaling Based MDT Function Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name Support Signaling Based MDT Function Switch
Abbreviated Name signalBasedMdtSwch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables the signaling-based MDT

function for the eNodeB.
If this function is enabled, the eNodeB can perform signaling-based
tracing.
Value type long
Unit N/A

Switch
1.10.17 UE Category4 Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name UE Category4 Switch
Abbreviated Name ueCat4Sch
1-130

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables the access of category-4 UEs. If

this parameter is set to "Open", the eNodeB can allocate appropriate
resources to category-4 UEs. If this parameter is set to "Close", the
eNodeB forcibly lowers the level of category-4 UEs from 4 to 3 and
allocates the resources corresponding to category 3 to the UEs.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule If this function is enabled, the eNodeB can serve UEs better
according to the capability of UEs.

Switch
1.10.18 UE Category5 Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name UE Category5 Switch
Abbreviated Name ueCa5Sch
Related feature N/A
1-131

Description This parameter enables or disables the access of category-5 UEs. If

this parameter is set to "Open", the eNodeB can allocate appropriate
resources to category-5 UEs. If this parameter is set to "Close", the
eNodeB forcibly lowers the level of category-5 UEs. If the switch for
UE category-4 is on, the eNodeB lowers the category level from 5 to
4. If the switch for UE category-4 is off, the eNodeB allocates the
resources corresponding to category level 3 to the UEs.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule If this function is enabled, the eNodeB can serve UEs better
according to the capability of UEs.

Switch
1.10.19 The Switch of 8 DRB for a UE

Parameter Name
Full Name The Switch of 8 DRB for a UE
Abbreviated Name erabSwitch
Related feature N/A
1-132

Description This parameter determines whether the number of DRBs set up by

a UE can be more than four. If this parameter is set to "Open", the
number of DRBs set up by a UE can be allowed to be more than
four. If this parameter is set to "Close", the maximum number of
DRBs set up by a UE is four. If the number is more than four, the
extra DRBs fail to be accepted.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule If this parameter is set to "Open", a UE can support more than
four services.

Switch
1.10.20 CCO Function Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name CCO Function Switch
Abbreviated Name cCOSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables the handover from LTE cells
to GSM cells through CCO. If this function is enabled, a UE can
be handed over to a GSM cell through CCO when the eNodeB
detects that the UE meets the handover conditions. If this function is
disabled, the eNodeB does not enable the handover of UEs from an
LTE cell to a GSM cell through CCO.
1-133

Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule If this function is enabled, the eNodeB can serve users better based
on the system resources.

Switch
1.10.21 GL PS Handover Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name GL PS Handover Switch
Abbreviated Name glPsHoSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables the PS handover from LTE cells
to GSM cells. If this function is enabled, a UE can be handed over
to a GSM cell when the eNodeB detects that the UE meets the
handover conditions. If this function is disabled, the eNodeB does
not enable the PS handover of UEs from an LTE cell to a GSM cell.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-134


Switch
1.10.22 CL PS Handover Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name CL PS Handover Switch
Abbreviated Name clPsHoSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables the PS handover from LTE cells
to GSM cells. If this function is enabled, a UE can be handed over
to a CDMA cell when the eNodeB detects that the UE meets the
handover conditions. If this function is disabled, the eNodeB does
not enable the PS handover of UEs from an LTE cell to a CDMA cell.
Value type long
Unit N/A

Switch
1-135

1.10.23 SPID based Mobility Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name SPID based Mobility Switch
Abbreviated Name spidSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables SPID-based mobility. If this

parameter is set to "Open", the eNodeB supports the SPID-based
mobility function. If this parameter is set to "Close", the eNodeB
does not support the SPID-based mobility function.
Value type long
Unit N/A

Switch
1-136

1.10.24 FDD and TDD handover Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name FDD and TDD handover Switch
Abbreviated Name fddTddHoSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables the PS handover from LTE

FDD cells to LTE TDD cells. If this function is enabled, a UE can
be handed over to a TDD cell when the eNodeB detects that the
UE meets the handover conditions. If this function is disabled, the
eNodeB does not enable the PS handover of UEs from an LTE FDD
cell to an LTE TDD cell.
Value type long
Unit N/A

Switch
1.10.25 UL SRVCC Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name UL SRVCC Switch
Abbreviated Name utranSrvccSwitch
1-137

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables the SRVCC mobility from LTE
cells to UTRAN cells. If this function is enabled, a voice service can
be handed over to a UTRAN cell when the eNodeB detects that
the UE meets the SRVCC mobility conditions. If this parameter is
set to "Close", the eNodeB does not enable a voice service to be
handed over to a UTRAN cell.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule If this function is enabled, the eNodeB can provide better voice
service for users based on the system resources.

Switch
1.10.26 GL SRVCC Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name GL SRVCC Switch
Abbreviated Name gsmSrvccSwitch
Related feature N/A
1-138

cells to GSM cells. If this function is enabled, a voice service can
be handed over to a GSM cell when the eNodeB detects that the
UE meets the SRVCC mobility conditions. If this parameter is set to
"Close", the eNodeB does not enable a voice service to be handed
over to a GSM cell.
Value type long
Unit N/A

Switch
1.10.27 CL SRVCC Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name CL SRVCC Switch
Abbreviated Name cdmaSrvccSwitch
Related feature N/A
cells to CDMA cells. If this function is enabled, a voice service can
be handed over to a CDMA cell when the eNodeB detects that the
UE meets the SRVCC mobility conditions. If this parameter is set to
"Close", the eNodeB does not enable a voice service to be handed
over to a CDMA cell.
1-139

Value type long
Unit N/A

Switch
1.10.28 GL CSFB Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name GL CSFB Switch
Abbreviated Name gsmCsfbSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables the CSFB mobility from LTE
cells to GSM cells. If this function is enabled, a voice service can be
fell back to a GSM cell when the eNodeB detects that the UE meets
the CSFB mobility conditions. If this parameter is set to "Close",
the eNodeB does not enable a voice service to be fell back to a
GSM cell.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-140


Switch
1.10.29 CL CSFB Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name CL CSFB Switch
Abbreviated Name cdmCsfbSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables the CSFB mobility from LTE
cells to CDMA cells. If this function is enabled, a voice service
can be fell back to a CDMA cell when the eNodeB detects that the
UE meets the CSFB mobility conditions. If this parameter is set
to "Close", the eNodeB does not enable a voice service to be fell
back to a CDMA cell.
Value type long
Unit N/A

Switch
1-141

1.10.30 UL Load Balancing Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name UL Load Balancing Switch
Abbreviated Name utranLBSwch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables load balancing from LTE cells to
UTRAN cells. If this function is enabled, the eNodeB transfers load
to a UTRAN cell when it detects that the load of the serving cell is
too high and the load balancing conditions are met. If this function is
disabled, the eNodeB does not transfer load to a UTRAN cell when
it detects that the load of the serving cell is too high.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule Enabling of this function contributes to the proper usage of UTRAN
resources.

Switch
1-142

1.10.31 GL Load Balancing Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name GL Load Balancing Switch
Abbreviated Name gsmLBSwch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables load balancing from LTE cells
to GSM cells. If this function is enabled, the eNodeB transfers load
to a GSM cell when it detects that the load of the serving cell is too
high and the load balancing conditions are met. If this function is
disabled, the eNodeB does not transfer load to a GSM cell when it
detects that the load of the serving cell is too high.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule Enabling of this function contributes to the proper usage of GSM
resources.

Switch
1-143

1.10.32 Extended QCI Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name Extended QCI Switch
Abbreviated Name extendedQCISwitch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables an extended QCI data bearer. If

this function is enabled, the DRB bearer, of which the QCI is greater
than eight, requested by the CN can be enabled. If this function is
disabled, the DRB bearer, of which the QCI is greater than eight,
requested by the CN can be enabled.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule If this parameter is set to "Open", the extended services with the
QCI greater than eight are supported.

Switch
1.10.33 TCP Reordering Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name TCP Reordering Switch
Abbreviated Name tcpOrderEnable
1-144

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables TCP re-sorting. If this function is

enabled, the disordered TCP services from the CN are re-sorted on
the eNodeB and are transmitted to the air interface in order of TCP
SNs. If this function is disabled, the eNodeB transmits the service
data to the air interface in the order of TCP reception from the CN.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule Enabling of this function can decrease the transit delay and jitter of
TCP services.

Switch
1.10.34 Depth ROHC Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name Depth ROHC Switch
Abbreviated Name deRohcSch
Related feature N/A
1-145

Description This parameter enables or disables the ROHC function for the
eNodeB. If this parameter is set to "Open", the eNodeB supports
the ROHC function. If this parameter is set to "Close", the eNodeB
does not support this function.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule Enabling of this function helps save the resources of the air interface
because the VoIP service compresses transmitted data on the air
interface.

Switch
1.10.35 TCP Fluid Control Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name TCP Fluid Control Switch
Abbreviated Name tcpFluidCtrlSwch
Related feature N/A
1-146

Description This parameter enables or disables the TCP traffic control function
for the eNodeB. The TCP traffic control function determines whether
the RNLU controls the TCP traffic fluctuation caused by the network.
If this parameter is set to "Open", the user plane controls the traffic
of TCP packets to avoid TCP packet loss caused by the traffic burst
in the network. However, enabling of this function may increase the
overhead of the RNLU. If this parameter is set to "Close", the TCP
traffic burst in the network cannot be controlled.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule If this parameter is set to "Open", the user plane controls the traffic
of TCP packets to avoid TCP packet loss caused by the traffic burst
in the network. However, enabling of this function may increase the
overhead of the RNLU. If this parameter is set to "Close", the TCP
traffic burst in the network cannot be controlled.

Switch
1.10.36 Reporting PCI Conflict or Confusion Alarm Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name Reporting PCI Conflict or Confusion Alarm Switch
Abbreviated Name enablePciAlarm
Related feature N/A
1-147

Description This parameter enables or disables PCI conflict or confusion alarm

reporting. If this parameter is set to "Open", the eNodeB reports
a PCI conflict or confusion alarm to the OMC if a PCI conflict
or confusion is detected. When the PCI conflict or confusion is
resolved, the eNodeB sends an alarm clearing message to the
OMC. If this parameter is set to "Close", the eNodeB does not report
a PCI conflict or confusion alarm to the OMC if a PCI conflict or
confusion is detected.
Value type long
Unit N/A

Enabling of this function has no effect on the system or services.

Switch
1.10.37 Reporting MRO Alarm Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name Reporting MRO Alarm Switch
Abbreviated Name enableMroAlarm
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables MRO alarm reporting. It

determines whether an MRO alarm is reported after handover
parameter optimization. If this parameter is set to "Open", an MRO
alarm is reported after handover parameter optimization.
1-148

Value type long
Unit N/A

Enabling of this function has no effect on other functions.

Switch
1.10.38 Switch of MTC AC Restriction

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of MTC AC Restriction
Abbreviated Name swchOfMtcACRest
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables the restriction on MTC

admission. If this parameter is set to "Open", the eNodeB rejects the
access of an MTC UE to the MME that is overloaded and returns
extendedwatiTime in the RRCConnectionRelease message that
instructs the MTC UE to wait for a period of time and then to initiate
the NAS signaling when the MTC terminal fails to be accepted or
the MME is overloaded. In this way, network overload caused by
frequent accesses of MTC UEs can be avoided. If this parameter
is set to "Close", the eNodeB does not reject the accesses of MTC
UEs to the MME.
Value type long
1-149

Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter is configured by operators as required.

Switch
1.10.39 Measurement Configuration Index of Handover from Macro

Cell to Small Cell
Parameter Name
Full Name Measurement Configuration Index of Handover from Macro Cell to

Small Cell
Abbreviated Name macro2SmallPingPSwch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used to indicate whether open pingpong detect

between Macro and small cell
Value type long
Unit N/A

Switch
1-150

1.10.40 Switch of Inter PLMN HO

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of Inter PLMN HO
Abbreviated Name interPlmnHOSwch
Related feature N/A
Description None
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter is configured as required by operators. If this

parameter is set to "Open", inter-PLMN handover is enabled;
otherwise, inter-PLMN handover is disabled.

Switch
1-151

1.10.41 UL COMP JE Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name UL COMP JE Switch
Abbreviated Name compJESwchUL
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables the camp joint equalization

function in the uplink. If this parameter is set to "Open", the joint
equalization function is enabled to improve system performance.
If this parameter is set to "Close", this function can be replaced with
soft combining and is widely applicable.
Value type long
Range 0:Close,
1:Open
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This function is applicable for boards and cannot be controlled
from the EMS. It is recommended to configure this function for test
instead of commercial use.

Switch
1.10.42 ETWS Repetition Check Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name ETWS Repetition Check Switch
1-152

Abbreviated Name etwsRepetitionCheck
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables the ETWS repetition check

function. It determines whether the eNodeB performs an ETWS
repetition check when it receives an alarm from the CN. When the
eNodeB receives a Write-Replace Warning Request message,
it determines how to broadcast the message according to
serialNumber and messageIdentifier in the message.
If this parameter is set to "Open", the eNodeB discards the newly
received message if serialNumber and messageIdentifier in the
Write-Replace Warning Request message that is broadcast are the
same, and responds to the MME with a Write-Replace Warning
Response message.
If this parameter is set to "Close", the eNodeB always broadcasts
the newly received messages.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter is set to "Open" if users require that the UU interface
does not overwrite the current ETWS alarm message with a new
message when the new alarm message delivered by the CN is the
same as the previous one.
This parameter is set to "Close" if users require that the UU interface
overwrites the current ETWS alarm message with a new message
when the new alarm message delivered by the CN is the same as
the previous one.

Switch
1-153

1.10.43 Switch of CPU Load Control

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of CPU Load Control
Abbreviated Name cpuLoadMngSwch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables the CPU load control function
that limits the CPU load of the CC board to a safe range. If this
parameter is set to "Close", the call traffic on the CC board is not
restricted. In this case, some faults, such as CPU overload, eNodeB
restart, and out of service of cells, may occur in case of heavy traffic.
If this parameter is set to "Open", the eNodeB restricts the CPU
load of the CC board to a safe range by controlling the call traffic
on the board.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter should be configured based on the handling capacity
of the hardware of the eNodeB, the universal outgoing traffic model,
and the CPU load control threshold that is obtained through tests
to ensure a proper CPU load. By default, this parameter is set to
"Open" on site. It should be set to "Close" for high capacity, heavy
traffic, and system performance tests.

Switch
1-154

1.10.44 Switch for System Time Sending in SIB8

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for System Time Sending in SIB8
Abbreviated Name sib8SysTimeSwch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the way in which the system time is
delivered in SIB8.
If it is set to "Close", only the re-selection and blind redirection
between LTE and CDMA is allowed.
If it is set to "SynchronousSystemTime", handover,
measurement-based redirection, and measurement-based
enhanced 1xRTT CSFB from LET to CDMA can be performed if
there is no timing deviation between E UTRA and CDMA2000.
If it is set to "AsynchronousSystemTime", handover,
measurement-based redirection, and measurement-based
enhanced 1xRTT CSFB from LET to CDMA can be performed if
there is a timing deviation between E UTRA and CDMA2000.
Value type long
Range 0:Close,1:Synchronous System Time,2:Asynchronous System Time
Unit N/A

Switch
1-155

1.10.45 Ran Sharing Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name Ran Sharing Switch
Abbreviated Name ranSharSwch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables the RAN sharing function. If it

is set to "0", RAN sharing is disabled and all the carrier resources
of the eNodeB are available for only one operator. If it is set to 1,
RAN sharing is enabled and all the carrier resources of the eNodeB
are available for multiple operators. If it is set to 2, RAN sharing is
enabled and the carrier resources are shared in a dedicated way.
Value type long
Range 0:Close,1: RAN Sharing Carrier Mode,2: RAN Dedicated Carrier

Mode
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule The same carrier resource of the eNodeB is available for only one
operator but different carrier resources can be available for multiple
operators.

Switch
1.10.46 Switch for User State Transfer

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for User State Transfer
1-156

Abbreviated Name userStateTransSwch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables UE state transition. The eNodeB

periodically detects the states of UEs and releases the resources
(except the RRC connections) occupied the UEs that do not receive
and transmit service data during a period of time. The released
resources can be used by other UEs to improve the resource usage
rate.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter can be set to "Open" if there are many UEs in a cell
and the resources required by the UEs are less than those available
in this cell. With this function enabled, radio resources are re-used
by different UEs to improve the resource usage rate.

Switch
1.10.47 UL COMP CloudIrc Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name UL COMP CloudIrc Switch
Abbreviated Name ulCOMPCloudIrcSwch
1-157

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables the COMP CloudIrc function

in the uplink. This parameter is set to "Open" if the cross-shelf
delay is long. In this case, the performance is lower than that of
soft combining. It is recommended to configure this function for
test instead of commercial use.
If this parameter is set to "Close", this function can be replaced with
soft combining.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter can be set to "Open" if the cross-shelf delay
is long. In this case, soft combining may be affected to some
extent. For other scenarios, soft combining is recommended. It is
recommended to disable this function for commercial use.

Switch
1.10.48 The Switch of X2 Self-Setup TNL Interactive Control

Parameter Name
Full Name The Switch of X2 Self-Setup TNL Interactive Control
Abbreviated Name x2PassProcSwch
Related feature N/A
1-158

Description This parameter enables or disables X2 self-setup TNL interactive

control. If this parameter is set to "Open", the passive X2 self-setup
TNL responds to the TNL requests initiated by X2 self-setup. If this
parameter is set to "Close', the passive X2 self-setup TNL ignores
the TNL requests initiated by X2 self-setup.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter is configured as required.

Switch
1.10.49 TMSI Track Codec Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name TMSI Track Codec Switch
Abbreviated Name tmsiCodecSwch
Related feature N/A
Description None
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-159

Configuration Rule This parameter should be set to "Open" if it is necessary to trace

TMSIs. When the local eNodeB is interfaced to the eNodeB from
other manufacturers, this parameter can be set to "Open" only when
the peer end supports non-standard IEs. During TMSI tracing, task
information is carried in non-standard messages to the target.
For S1 and X2 handovers, if this parameter is set to "Open",
non-standard TMSI information is carried to the target; otherwise,
non-standard TMSI information is not carried.
Enabling of this function may affect S1 and X2 handovers between
the eNodeBs from different manufacturers.

Switch
1.10.50 Handover Switch Base Voice

Parameter Name
Full Name Handover Switch Base Voice
Abbreviated Name hoBaseVoiceSwch
Related feature N/A
Description If hoBaseVoiceSwch is equal to Open, LTE cell will try to handover

to LTE FDD neighbor cell, or SRVCC to UMTS, When receive ERAB
SETUP REQUEST that contain QCI=1 ERAB.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-160


Switch
1.10.51 UL CSFB Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name UL CSFB Switch
Abbreviated Name utranCsfbSwch
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is the switch of CSFB between LTE and UTRAN.
Value type long
Unit N/A

Switch
1-161

1.10.52 Switch of Notify OMC Based on X2 Update

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of Notify OMC Based on X2 Update
Abbreviated Name x2UpdateOMCSwch
Related feature N/A
Description If the switch is set to open, after eNB receive X2 configuration

update message, eNB will update neighbor information which stored
in eNB and notify OMC update neighbor information by messages.
If the switch is set to close, eNB will only update the neighbor
information stored in eNB.
Value type long
Unit N/A

Switch
1.10.53 Switch for Up-ftp and Down-ftp Transmitting at The Same

Time
Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for Up-ftp and Down-ftp Transmitting at The Same Time
Abbreviated Name uldlFtpSwch
1-162

Related feature N/A
Description Switch for Up-ftp and Down-ftp transmitting at the same time
Value type long
Unit N/A

Switch
1.10.54 Switch for Inter-eNB RRC Reestablishment Feature

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for Inter-eNB RRC Reestablishment Feature
Abbreviated Name interEnbReestabSwch
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is the switch for Inter-eNB RRC Reestablishment

feature, and is used to Open/Close the Inter-eNB RRC
Reestablishment feature of the eNB according to the demand of
operator.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-163


Switch
1.10.55 Switch for RLF KPI E-RAB Drop Report

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for RLF KPI E-RAB Drop Report
Abbreviated Name rlfKpiReportSwch
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is the switch for RLF KPI E-RAB Drop Report, and is
used to Open/Close the SRS stub card, UL HARQ FAIL, DL HARQ
FAIL, MSG0 no response E-RAB Drop KPI Report.0 is used to close
all, if 0 is configed, can't config others
Value type sequence<long,10>

ComboBox[radioMode]
Range 0:ALL Close,

1:The SRS Stub Card,
2:UL HARQ FAIL,
4:DL HARQ FAIL,
8:MSG0 No Response E-RAB Drop KPI Report
Unit N/A
Default Value ALL Close[0]
1-164


Switch
1.10.56 UL PS Handover Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name UL PS Handover Switch
Abbreviated Name psHoSwchUL
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is the switch of PS Handover between LTE and

UTRAN.
Value type long
Unit N/A

Switch
1-165

1.10.57 Switch for QoS Basic Priority Based PLMN

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for QoS Basic Priority Based PLMN
Abbreviated Name priBasedPLMNSwch
Related feature N/A
Description Switch for QoS Basic Priority Based PLMN.When

ucPriBasedPLMNSwch is Open, QoS Basic Priority can Distinguish
according to different PLMNs; when ucPriBasedPLMNSwch is
Close, the QoS Basic Priority for all UE not according to PLMN
differentiated, are taken as QoS Basic Priority corresponding to
the global PLMN.
Value type long
Unit N/A

Switch
1.10.58 Switch for MFBI(Multiple Frequency Band Indicator)

Parameter Name
1-166

Full Name Switch for MFBI(Multiple Frequency Band Indicator)
Abbreviated Name mfbiSwch
Managed Object Global Switch
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is the switch for MFBI (Multiple Frequency Band
Indicator) feature, and is used to Open/Close the MFBI feature of
the eNB according to the demand of operator.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter is enabled or disabled as requiredd.

Switch
1.10.59 Handover Switch Based Frequency Priority with PLMN

Parameter Name
Full Name Handover Switch Based Frequency Priority with PLMN
Abbreviated Name hoBaseFreqPriSwch
Managed Object Global Switch
Related feature N/A
1-167

Description Handover switch based Frequency Priority with PLMN. When the
switch is opened,if the access/handover-in frequency is not the
same with all configured frequency in 'Frequency Priority Based
PLMN'(Downlink Center Carrier Frequency in 'Frequency Priority
Based PLMN'), the new access/handover-in user will be handover
to the high priority frequency according to the configurataion based
PLMN(Downlink Center Carrier Frequency in 'Frequency Priority
Based PLMN').
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule By default, this function is disabled. This function is applicable to the
improvement and deployment of large-scale networks in network
sharing. In the boundary of the shared network and non-shared
network, this function is enabled. In the eNB area that is in the
boundary loop for shared networks, the users are handed over to
the preferred frequency point immediately, avoiding co-channel
interference.

Switch
1.11 Global QoS Parameter

Global QoS Parameter
1.11.1 Global QoS ID

Parameter Name
Full Name Global QoS ID
Abbreviated Name GlobalQoSId
1-168

Managed Object GlobalQoS
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/QoS Configuration/Global QoS

Parameter
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
1-169

Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Parameter
1.11.3 ARP Segment Number

Parameter Name
Full Name ARP Segment Number
Abbreviated Name arpSegNum
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the number of ARP segments. An ARP is

segmented to map related QCI parameters, such as basic priority,
DSCP, and PBR. This parameter should be configured based on the
ARP threshold values. If the number of APR segments is greater
than 1, the number of ARP threshold values cannot be less than
the difference between the number of APR segments and 1. If the
number of APR segments is 1, the number of ARP threshold values
cannot be less than the number of APR segments.
Value type long
Range [1..15]
Unit N/A
Default Value 3
1-170

Configuration Rule This parameter is used to configure the number of ARP segments.
A larger value indicates more accurate basic priority mapping
and more complex mapping relationship. It is recommended that
the ARP with the value ranging from 1 to 15 be divided into three
segments, representing three levels respectively: gold, silver, and
copper. In this way, the user services with different segment levels
can be processed separately. This parameter should be configured
based on ARPThresh. If the value of ARPSegNum is greater than
1, the number of ARPThresh cannot be less than the difference
between ARPSegNum and 1. If the value of ARPSegNum is 1, the
number of ARPThresh cannot be less than ARPSegNum.

Parameter
1.11.4 ARP Segment Threshold

Parameter Name
Full Name ARP Segment Threshold
Abbreviated Name arpThresh
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the threshold of an ARP. An ARP is

segmented to map other priority types, such as basic priority and
application priority.
Range [1..15]
Unit N/A
Default Value 5;10
1-171

Configuration Rule An ARP is segmented to map other priority types, such as basic
priority, DSCP, and PBR. This parameter should be configured
based on the number of ARP segments. If the number of APR
segments is greater than 1, the number of ARP threshold values
cannot be less than the difference between the number of APR
segments and 1. If the number of APR segments is 1, the number
of ARP threshold values cannot be less than the number of APR
segments. If the ARP with the value ranging from 1 to 15 is divided
into three segments, two thresholds are required. The first threshold
is 5, which indicates that the values 1 to 5 represent the segment
level of copper. The second threshold is 10, which indicates that the
values 6 to 10 represent the segment level of silver, and 11 to 15 the
segment level of gold. In this way, the user services with different
segment levels can be processed separately.

Parameter
1.11.5 The Number of Threshold for GBR Traffic Delay

Parameter Name
Full Name The Number of Threshold for GBR Traffic Delay
Abbreviated Name gbrDelaySegNum
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the number of GBR service delay

segments. GBR services can be segmented according to the
service delay. In this way, the GBR services in different delay
segments can be provided with different QoSs.
Value type long
1-172

Range [1..15]
Unit N/A
Default Value 3
Configuration Rule GBR services are segmented based on delay and the segments are
used as the reference for basic priority. The delay threshold is also
divided into three segments. More segments indicate more complex
processing. There are fewer types of GBR services; therefore it is
unnecessary to divide the services into more segments currently.

Parameter
1.11.6 Threshold for GBR Delay for Traffic Class

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold for GBR Delay for Traffic Class
Abbreviated Name gbrDelayTh
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the threshold of the delay of a GBR

service. Priority is configured based on the number of segments
(ucGBRDelaySegNum). The eNodeB obtains different basic
priorities according to this parameter of different GBR services.
Range [0..65535]
Unit ms
Default Value 50;100
1-173

Configuration Rule GBR services are segmented based on delay and the segments are
used as the reference for basic priority. The delay threshold is also
divided into three segments. More segments indicate more complex
processing. There are fewer types of GBR services; therefore it is
unnecessary to divide the services into more segments currently.
By default, the GBR services with the delay threshold equal to or
less than 50 ms are class 1 services (short delay services), greater
than 50 ms and equal to or less than 100 ms class 2 services,
and greater than 100 ms class 3 services. This parameter can be
modified by operators as required.

Parameter
1.11.7 The Segment Number of Threshold for NGBR Service Delay

Parameter Name
Full Name The Segment Number of Threshold for NGBR Service Delay
Abbreviated Name ngbrDelaySegNum
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the number of NGBR service delay

segments. NGBR services can be segmented according to the
service delay. In this way, the NGBR services in different delay
segments can be provided with different QoSs.
Value type long
Range [1..15]
Unit N/A
Default Value 3
1-174

Configuration Rule NGBR services are segmented based on delay and the segments
are used as the reference for basic priority. The delay threshold is
also divided into three segments. More segments indicate more
complex processing. There are fewer types of NGBR services;
therefore it is unnecessary to divide the services into more segments
currently.

Parameter
1.11.8 The Threshold for NGBR Traffic Delay

Parameter Name
Full Name The Threshold for NGBR Traffic Delay
Abbreviated Name ngbrDelayTh
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the threshold of the delay of a GBR

service. The eNodeB obtains different basic priorities according to
this parameter of different NGBR services.
Range [0..65535]
Unit ms
1-175

Configuration Rule NGBR services are segmented based on delay and the segments
are used as the reference for basic priority. The delay threshold is
also divided into three segments. More segments indicate more
complex processing. There are fewer types of NGBR services;
therefore it is unnecessary to divide the services into more segments
currently. By default, the NGBR services with the delay threshold
equal to or less than 100 ms are class 1 services (short delay
services), greater than 100 ms and equal to or less than 300 ms
class 2 services, and greater than 300 ms class 3 services.

Parameter
1.11.9 ARP of Emergency Call Configured By Operator

Parameter Name
Full Name ARP of Emergency Call Configured By Operator
Abbreviated Name arpForEMC
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the ARP value for emergency service
bearers that can be configured by operators.
If the ARP value for a UE to set up a service matches the value
of this parameter, the service is an emergency call service. If this
function is supported, the network gives priority to the bearer if the
service is identified as an emergency call service.
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:Not Support,1:1,2:2,3:3,4:4,5:5,6:6,7:7,8:8,9:9,10:10,11:11,12:12,

13:13,14:14,15:15
1-176

Unit N/A
Default Value Not Support[0]
Configuration Rule This parameter is set to "Not Support" by default because it is not
available currently. If this function is supported, the network gives
priority to the bearer if the service is identified as an emergency
call service.

Parameter
1.11.10 Packet Loss Rate Threshold

Parameter Name
Full Name Packet Loss Rate Threshold
Abbreviated Name pktLsRtThrd4NGBR
Related feature N/A
Description None
Value type long
Range [0..1] step 0.000001
Unit N/A
Default Value 0.000001
1-177

Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the threshold of the packet loss rate.
If the packet loss rate is less than or equal to this threshold,
downlink forwarding should be enabled. The receiver performs data
forwarding. Protocols defines that the minimum packet loss rate
is 1.0E-6. If this parameter is set to a large value, the coverage
of data forwarding during a handover is large, but the packet loss
rate of a service is low. If this parameter is set to a small value, the
packet loss rate is high. Data forwarding is usually not required
for UM services.

Parameter
1.12 QoS Service Class

QoS Service Class
1.12.1 QoS Service Class ID

Parameter Name
Full Name QoS Service Class ID
Abbreviated Name QoSServiceClassId
Managed Object QoSServiceClass
Related feature N/A

1-178

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/QoS Configuration/QoS Service Class
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-179

1.12.3 Label Number of Service Class

Parameter Name
Full Name Label Number of Service Class
Abbreviated Name qCI
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the QoS Classification Identity (QCI) of a

service. It can be configured in the background for the eNodeB
to search QoS parameters of a service according to the QCI
index in the SAE setup messages for configuration personnel's
reference. A standard QCI indicates the QoS attributes, such as
packet scheduling, processing delay, and the packet loss rate.
EPS parameters can be transferred among different EPS NEs
through standard QCI parameters. Thus devices from different
manufacturers can communicate with each other and operators
can configure the devices flexibly.
Value type long
Range [0..256]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
Configuration Rule QCI 1-9 are configured according to 3GPP TS 23.203. If extended
QCIs are required, new QCIs must meet the requirements of the
core network.
1-180

1.12.4 Service Packet QoS Delay Parameter

Parameter Name
Full Name Service Packet QoS Delay Parameter
Abbreviated Name srvPacketDelay
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the service packet QoS delay (in ms). It
is defined by 3GPP 23 serial protocols that specifies that a packet
is not necessarily discarded even if the real delay is greater than
the Packet Delay Budget (PDB).
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit ms
Default Value 100
Configuration Rule This parameter cannot be modified in the background and is used
only for reference.
1.12.5 Service Packet QoS Loss Parameter

Parameter Name
Full Name Service Packet QoS Loss Parameter
Abbreviated Name srvPacketLoss
1-181

Related feature N/A
Description This is a QoS Packet Loss Rate (PLR) parameter and indicates the
upper limit of the SDU packet loss rate without network congestion.
It is a performance indicator reflecting the process from delivering at
the sender to demodulating at the receiver.
Value type long
Range [0..1] step 0.000001
Unit N/A
Default Value 0.000001
Configuration Rule It is defined by 3GPP 23 serial protocols. This parameter cannot be

modified in the background and is used only for reference.
1.12.6 Service Class Name

Parameter Name
Full Name Service Class Name
Abbreviated Name srvClassName
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the name of a service, corresponding to

the related QCI example service.
1-182

Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 1:CVoIP,2:CLSoIP,3:RealGaming,4:BSoIP,5:IMS Signaling,6:Prior

IP Service,7:LSoIP,8:VIP Default Bearer,9:NVIP Default
Bearer,[10..256]
Unit N/A
Default Value CVoIP[1]
Configuration Rule Typical QCI service names can be modified as required by

operators.
1.12.7 Service Priority

Parameter Name
Full Name Service Priority
Abbreviated Name srvPrior
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates a service priority associated with a QCI.

Each QCI (for GBR and non-GBR services) is associated with a
priority level. Priority level 1 indicates the highest priority. The
priority levels are used to differentiate SDF aggregation of the same
UE or different UEs through QC and SDF aggregation associated
with a priority level and a PDB.
Value type long
Range [1..256]
Unit N/A
1-183

Default Value 2
Configuration Rule A smaller value indicates a higher priority.
1.12.8 Service Bearer Type(GBR/Non-GBR)

Parameter Name
Full Name Service Bearer Type(GBR/Non-GBR)
Abbreviated Name srvBearerType
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates a service bearer type. Guaranteed Bit

Rate (GBR) services have requirements on the bit rate. Non-GBR
services have no requirements on the bit rate.
Value type long
Range 0:GBR,1:Non-GBR
Unit N/A
Default Value GBR[0]
Configuration Rule This parameter cannot be modified freely because QCIs vary with
service bearer types.
1-184

1.12.9 Timer for Periodic PHR Reporting

Parameter Name
Full Name Timer for Periodic PHR Reporting
Abbreviated Name prdPhrTimer
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the timer of PHR reporting. If this timer
expires, PHR reporting is triggered.
Value type long
Range 0:sf10,1:sf20,2:sf50,3:sf100,4:sf200,5:sf500,6:sf1000,7:Infinity
Unit N/A
Default Value sf1000[6]
Configuration Rule It is recommended to configure this parameter to a large value

to improve the availability of power control and to prevent PHR
reporting from occupying extra resources. A larger value indicates
the greater number of PHR reporting times and fewer uplink
resources occupied.
1-185

1.12.10 Timer for Prohibit PHR Reporting

Parameter Name
Full Name Timer for Prohibit PHR Reporting
Abbreviated Name phtPhrTimer
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the timer for disabling PHR reporting.
PHR reporting is triggered if this timer expires and the change of
path loss exceeds the pass loss change threshold since the last
transmission of a PHR when there are UL resources available for a
new transmission for UEs.
Value type long
Range 0:sf0,1:sf10,2:sf20,3:sf50,4:sf100,5:sf200,6:sf500,7:sf1000
Unit N/A
Default Value sf10[1]
Configuration Rule It is recommended to configure this parameter to a small value

that it is less likely to trigger PHR reporting.
1.12.11 DL Pathloss Change Threshold for PHR Reporting

Parameter Name
Full Name DL Pathloss Change Threshold for PHR Reporting
Abbreviated Name dlPathlossChgTh
1-186

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the DL path loss change threshold for PHR
reporting. PHR reporting is triggered if the timer ucPhtPhrTimer
expires and the change of path loss exceeds the pass loss change
threshold since the last transmission of a PHR when there are UL
resources available for a new transmission for UEs.
Value type long
Range 0:dB1,1:dB3,2:dB6,3:Infinity
Unit N/A
Default Value dB3[1]
Configuration Rule It is recommended to configure this parameter to a small value

that it is less likely to trigger PHR reporting.
1.12.12 RLC Type

Parameter Name
Full Name RLC Type
Abbreviated Name rlcMode
Related feature N/A
1-187

Description This parameter indicates the RLC mode for applications.

If it is set to "Unacknowledged Mode", the transmitting entity adds
necessary control protocol overhead to the high-layer PDUs and
transports them. In this case, it is not guaranteed that the PDUs are
transmitted to the peer entity and no retransmission protocol is used.
If it is set to "Acknowledged Mode", the transmitting entity adds
necessary control protocol overhead to the high-layer data and
transports them. In this case, it is guaranteed that the data are
transmitted to the peer entity. Due to ARQ, if the RLC receives an
error RLC PDU, it notifies the RLC of the transmitter to re-transmit
this PDU.
Value type long
Range 1:Acknowledged Mode,2:Unacknowledged Mode
Unit N/A
Default Value Acknowledged Mode[1]
Configuration Rule The QCI delay and packet loss requirements are specified by
protocols. In Acknowledged mode, few packets are lost but the
delay is long. In Unacknowledged mode, more packets are lost but
the delay is short.
1.12.13 Service Factor for a QCI

Parameter Name
Full Name Service Factor for a QCI
Abbreviated Name factorForQCI
Related feature N/A
1-188

Description This parameter indicates the priority factor corresponding to each

QCI. It is used for the calculation of QCI priority.
Value type long
Range [1..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 64
Configuration Rule A higher value indicates a higher QCI priority if other parameters are
the same. This parameter is configured as required by operators.
1.12.14 PDCP SN Length

Parameter Name
Full Name PDCP SN Length
Abbreviated Name sequenNumLenth
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the number of PDCP PDU SN bits.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-189

Configuration Rule In UM mode, this parameter is the SN size of PDCP PDUs. The SN
size depends on the lost synchronization probability of the value
of COUNT between the eNodeB and the UE. A larger SN size
indicates more overhead. A long SN is generally used for the data
with a large IP packet size, such as file transfer, Web browsing,
and e-mail services.
1.12.15 RLC Sequence Number Type

Parameter Name
Full Name RLC Sequence Number Type
Abbreviated Name sequenceNumType
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the SN size range (in bits) in UM mode.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule In UM mode, this parameter is the RLC SN size. The SN size
depends on the lost synchronization probability. If this parameter is
set to 1 (10bit), extra overhead may be introduced.
1-190

1.12.16 Measurement Gap Repetition Period

Parameter Name
Full Name Measurement Gap Repetition Period
Abbreviated Name meaGRP
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the interval of inter-frequency/system

measurement. If it is set to 40, the measurement interval is 40 ms; if
it is set to 80, the measurement interval is 80 ms.
Value type long
Range 0:40,1:80
Unit ms
Default Value 80[1]
Configuration Rule This parameter is configured to 80 ms in case of traffic preference

and to 40 ms in other cases.
1-191

1.12.17 PDCP SDU Discard Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name PDCP SDU Discard Timer
Abbreviated Name discardTimer
Reference protocol 36.321,36.331
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the duration of the timer for discarding
PDCP SDUs. This timer starts when the PDCP receives an SDU
from the upper layer. If no indication is received from the RLC layer
when the timer expires, the SDU is discarded.
Value type long
Range 0:50,1:100,2:150,3:300,4:500,5:750,6:1500,7:infinity
Unit ms
Configuration Rule The configuration of this parameter depends on the requirements of

the packet loss rate and service delay. A large value is applicable
for the service with the requirements of low packet loss rate and a
small value is applicable for the service with the requirements of
short delay. For example, if this parameter is configured too large
for the QCI1 voice service, the voice quality may be affected.
1.12.18 Uplink Semi-persistently Period

Parameter Name
Full Name Uplink Semi-persistently Period
1-192

Abbreviated Name spsIntervalUL
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the uplink SPS period and is used for
uplink SPS. It is configured when uplink SPS is reconfigured.
Value type long
Range 0:10,1:20,2:32,3:40,4:64,5:80,6:128,7:160,8:320,9:640
Unit N/A
Default Value 20[1]
Configuration Rule This parameter is associated with the packet arriving period of the
QCI service configured with SPS. If one packet arrives per 20
ms, it is recommended to configure this parameter to 20 ms. The
configuration of the SPS period for other QCIs depends on the
packet arriving rules. In these cases, packets arrive regularly not
always in a fixed interval. This parameter is configured according to
the packet arriving rules of the QCI services enabling SPS. If there
are multiple services enabling SPS, the SPS period of the UE is the
minimum value of the periods configured for these services. Only
QCI1 can enable SPS currently.
1.12.19 Downlink Semi-persistently Period

Parameter Name
Full Name Downlink Semi-persistently Period
Abbreviated Name spsIntervalDL
1-193

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the downlink SPS period and is used for
downlink SPS. It is configured when downlink SPS is reconfigured.
Value type long
Range 0:10,1:20,2:32,3:40,4:64,5:80,6:128,7:160,8:320,9:640
Unit N/A
Default Value 20[1]
Configuration Rule This parameter is associated with the packet arriving period of the
QCI service configured with SPS. If one packet arrives per 20
ms, it is recommended to configure this parameter to 20 ms. The
configuration of the SPS period for other QCIs depends on the
packet arriving rules. In these cases, packets arrive regularly not
always in a fixed interval. This parameter is configured according to
the packet arriving rules of the QCI services enabling SPS. If there
are multiple services enabling SPS, the SPS period of the UE is the
minimum value of the periods configured for these services. Only
QCI1 can enable SPS currently.
1.13 QCI and DSCP Mapping

QCI and DSCP Mapping
1.13.1 QCI and DSCP Mapping ID

Parameter Name
Full Name QCI and DSCP Mapping ID
Abbreviated Name QoSDSCPMappingId
1-194

Managed Object QoSDSCPMapping
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/QoS Configuration/QCI and DSCP

Mapping
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
1-195

Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Mapping

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the QCI ID corresponding to DSCP QCI

mapping. A standard QCI indicates the QoS attributes, such as
packet scheduling, processing delay, and the packet loss rate.
EPS parameters can be transferred among different EPS NEs
through standard QCI parameters. Thus devices from different
manufacturers can communicate with each other and operators
can configure the devices flexibly. DSCP configuration parameters
take QCIs as the primary key.
Value type long
Range [1..256]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
1-196

Configuration Rule QCI 1-9 are configured according to 3GPP TS 23.203. If extended
QCIs are required, new QCIs must meet the requirements of the
core network.

Mapping
1.13.4 ARP Segment

Parameter Name
Full Name ARP Segment
Abbreviated Name arpSegID
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the ARP segment ID. An ARP is divided
into several segments based on the related thresholds. Then the
ARP segment ID is obtained.
Value type long
Range [1..15]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
Configuration Rule A new QCI should be added when it is necessary to configure DRX
parameters for a new QCI.

Mapping
1-197

1.13.5 DSCP ID
Parameter Name
Full Name DSCP ID
Abbreviated Name dscpValue
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the DSCP ID. During the mapping between
QCI and ARP, the ARP segment ID and QCI map this DSCP ID.
Value type long
Range [0..63]
Unit N/A
Default Value 46
Configuration Rule This parameter is configured according to the characteristics of

each QCI service. For a specific NGBR service, this parameter is
configured as required (refer to RFC4594). At the same time, the
configuration should meet the network planning requirements of
operators. In case of the transmission coupling with 2G and 3G
networks, the DSCP value should be adjusted according to the
priority.

Mapping
1-198

1.14 QCI and PBR Mapping

QCI and PBR Mapping
1.14.1 QCI and PBR Mapping ID

Parameter Name
Full Name QCI and PBR Mapping ID
Abbreviated Name QoSPBRMappingId
Managed Object QoSPBRMapping
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/QoS Configuration/QCI and PBR

Mapping
1-199

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Mapping
1.14.3 QCI Index

Parameter Name
Full Name QCI Index
Related feature N/A
1-200

Description This parameter indicates the QCI of a service. It can be configured

in the background for the eNodeB to search QoS parameters of a
service according to the QCI index in the SAE setup messages for
configuration personnel's reference. A standard QCI indicates the
QoS attributes, such as packet scheduling, processing delay, and
the packet loss rate. EPS parameters can be transferred among
different EPS NEs through standard QCI parameters. Thus devices
from different manufacturers can communicate with each other and
operators can configure the devices flexibly. The PBR configuration
parameters take QCIs as the primary key.
Value type long
Range [5..256]
Unit N/A
Default Value 5
Configuration Rule A new QCI should be added when it is necessary to configure DRX
parameters for a new QCI.

Mapping
1.14.4 ARP Segment

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
1-201

Description This parameter indicates the ARP segment ID. An ARP is divided
into several segments based on ARP segments and ARP segment
threshold.
Value type long
Range [1..15]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
Configuration Rule If the number of ARP segments is increased, the related parameters
should be configured accordingly.

Mapping
1.14.5 Logical Channel Direction

Parameter Name
Full Name Logical Channel Direction
Abbreviated Name lchDirection
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the logical channel direction, uplink and
downlink. It is used to determine whether the PBR is configured for
the uplink or the downlink directions.
Value type long
Range 0:Uplink,1:Downlink
Unit N/A
Default Value Uplink[0]
1-202

Configuration Rule The PBR configuration of each QCI must contain these two logical
channel directions.

Mapping
1.14.6 Prioritised Bit Rate

Parameter Name
Full Name Prioritised Bit Rate
Abbreviated Name pbrValue
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the lowest guaranteed rate of NGBR

services. This parameter is used to evaluate resources to be used
and the cell load during MAC scheduling and bearer access.
Value type long
Range [0..10000000]
Unit kbps
Default Value 32
Configuration Rule The value 0 is not recommended because lower-priority NGRB

services cannot obtain resources in case of resource shortage if the
lowest guaranteed rate is 0. This parameter must be configured
according to the actual services corresponding to a specific QCI.
If the value is too large, NGRB services occupy a large amount
of PRBs and the cell load is heavy. If the value is too small, user
experience degrades. An appropriate value must be configured
according to the service attributes.
1-203


Mapping
1.15 QoS Basic Priority

QoS Basic Priority
1.15.1 QoS Basic Priority ID

Parameter Name
Full Name QoS Basic Priority ID
Abbreviated Name QoSPRIMappingId
Managed Object QoSPRIMapping
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/QoS Configuration/QoS Basic Priority
1-204

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1.15.3 ARP Segment

Parameter Name
1-205

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates an ARP segment ID. The value range is
from 1 to ARPSegNum (the number of allocated and reserved ARP
segments). This parameter corresponds to an ARP segment.
Value type long
Range [1..15]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
Configuration Rule If the number of ARP segments increases, configurations must be

added for the additional ARP segments.
1.15.4 QoS Service Class

Parameter Name
Full Name QoS Service Class
Abbreviated Name qosSrvClass
Related feature N/A
1-206

Description This parameter indicates the QoS service type. The total number of
service types is one more than the sum of GBRDelaySegNum and
NGBRDelaySegNum (GBRDelaySegNum + NGBRDelaySegNum +
1). Where, GBRDelaySegNum indicates the number of GBR service
delay segments and NGBRDelaySegNum indicates the number of
NGBR service delay segments.
0: SIP
1: GBR1 (delay GBRDelayTh[0])
2: GBR2 (GBRDelayTh[0] < delay GBRDelayTh[1])
3: GBR3 (GBRDelayTh[1] < delay GBRDelayTh[2])

i: GBRi (GBRDelayTh[GBRDelaySegNum 2] < delay
GBRDelayTh[GBRDelaySegNum 1])
i+1: NGBR1 (delay NGBRDelayTh[0])
i+2: NGBR2 (NGBRDelayTh[0] < delay NGBRDelayTh[1])
i+3: NGBR2 (NGBRDelayTh1] < delay NGBRDelayTh[2])

i+j: NGBRi (NGBRDelayTh[NGBRDelaySegNum 2] <
delay NGBRDelayTh[NGBRDelaySegNum 1]) Where, i =
GBRDelaySegNum and j = NGBRDelaySegNum.
Value type long
Range 0:SIP,[1..30]
Unit N/A
Default Value SIP[0]
Configuration Rule If the number of GBR PDB segments or NGBR PDB segments
increases, the value range must be expanded with the corresponding
values.
1.15.5 QoS Basic Priority

Parameter Name
1-207

Full Name QoS Basic Priority
Abbreviated Name qosBasicPrio
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the priority corresponding to a service

type. The value range from 0 to 15 is determined according to the
mapping of ARP and Service Class. The value 15 indicates the
highest priority.
Value type long
Range [0..15]
Unit N/A
Default Value 15
Configuration Rule The basic priority can be adjusted according to the charging policies
of the operator.
1.15.6 Mobile Country Code

Parameter Name
Full Name Mobile Country Code
Abbreviated Name mcc
Related feature N/A
Description Mobile Country Code
1-208

Value type string

PlainText[+###]
Range [3..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1.15.7 Broadcast Mobile Network Code

Parameter Name
Full Name Broadcast Mobile Network Code
Abbreviated Name mnc
Related feature N/A
Description Broadcast Mobile Network Code
Value type string

PlainText[+###]
Range [2..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-209

1.16 E-UTRAN FDD Cell

E-UTRAN FDD Cell
1.16.1 E-UTRAN FDD Cell ID

Parameter Name
Full Name E-UTRAN FDD Cell ID
Abbreviated Name EUtranCellFDDId
Managed Object EUtranCellFDD
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN FDD Cell
1-210

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range cellLocalId=%,##cellLocalId
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1.16.3 User Label

Parameter Name
1-211

Related feature N/A
Value type string

PlainText[&'"<>]
Range [0..128]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1.16.4 Cell ID
Parameter Name
Full Name Cell ID
Abbreviated Name cellLocalId
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the cell ID.
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule Created by system,can not be modified
1-212

1.16.5 PLMN List

Parameter Name
Full Name PLMN List
Abbreviated Name refPlmn
Related feature N/A
Description PLMN List
Value type sequence[LDN,6]
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1.16.6 Baseband Resources Configuration

Parameter Name
1-213

Full Name Baseband Resources Configuration
Abbreviated Name refECellEquipmentFunction
Related feature N/A
Description Baseband Resource Configuration
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1.16.7 PCI
Parameter Name
Full Name PCI
Abbreviated Name pci
Related feature N/A
1-214

Description The parameter is used to identify a cell. There are 504 unique
physical-layer cell identities. The physical-layer cell identities are
grouped into 168 unique physical-layer cell-identity groups, each
group containing three unique identities. The grouping is such
that each physical-layer cell identity is part of one and only one
physical-layer cell-identity group. And the physical cell identities
are space multiplexing and programmed by network programming
people.
Value type long
Range [0..503]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
1.16.8 PCI List

Parameter Name
Full Name PCI List
Abbreviated Name pciList
Related feature N/A
Description None
Range [0..503]
Unit N/A
1-215

Default Value 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
Configuration Rule This parameter must be configured by the network management

system. Manual configuration is not allowed.
1.16.9 Emergency Alarm Area Code

Parameter Name
Full Name Emergency Alarm Area Code
Abbreviated Name eai
Related feature N/A
Description Emergency alarm area code. If the value is the same as the value
received from core network, the earthquake and tsunami message
will be send to UE.
Value type long
Range [0..16777215]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
1-216

1.16.10 TAC
Parameter Name
Full Name TAC
Abbreviated Name tac
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is used to identify a tracking area within the scope of
a PLMN.The parameter is used for UE location management.The
parameter is configured by operator.
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule TAC must falls into the area supported by core network, and should
be same as the MME side.
1.16.11 Cell Radius

Parameter Name
1-217

Full Name Cell Radius
Abbreviated Name cellRadius
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the size of cell radius.
Value type long
Range [5..12000]
Unit 10 m
Default Value 53
1.16.12 CP Selection for Physical Channel for Non-MBSFN

Parameter Name
Full Name CP Selection for Physical Channel for Non-MBSFN
Abbreviated Name phyChCPSel
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the cyclic preamble length used all downlink
physical channels except PRACH in non MBSFN subframe. If the
cyclic preamble length is normal_cyclic_prefix, there are 7 OFDM
symbol in a slot. If the cyclic preamble length is extended cyclic
prefix, there are 6 OFDM symbol in a slot.
1-218

Value type long
Range 0:Normal Cyclic Prefix,1:Extended Cyclic Prefix
Unit N/A
Default Value Normal Cyclic Prefix[0]
Configuration Rule You can Set this parameter to Extended Cyclic Prefix in a very far
cell scenario.
1.16.13 Cell Coverage Attribute

Parameter Name
Full Name Cell Coverage Attribute
Abbreviated Name cellSize
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the cover attribution. It is used to determine

some physical channel parameters,for example,it is used to
determine" cyclic prefix length" and so on.
Value type long
Range 0:Outdoor Micro Cell,1:Outdoor Macro Cell,2:Outdoor Super

Cell,3:Outerdoor Compensatory Cell,4:Indoor Cell
Unit N/A
Default Value Outdoor Macro Cell[1]
Configuration Rule Configure parameter based on the networking type
1-219

1.16.14 Number of Tx Antenna Port in Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Number of Tx Antenna Port in Cell
Abbreviated Name cellRSPortNum
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the number of antenna port in a cell.

Transmit diversity and spatial multiplexing will use multi-antenna
port.
Value type long
Range 0:1,1:2,2:4
Unit N/A
Default Value 2[1]
Configuration Rule The port number should be less than or equal to the antenna number
1-220

1.16.15 Band Indication for Frequency

Parameter Name
Full Name Band Indication for Frequency
Abbreviated Name freqBandInd
Reference protocol 3GPP TS36.101TS36.104
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the frequency band for downlink and uplink
frequency. The downlink and uplink frequency is own to the same
band.
Value type long
Range [1..5],[7..14],[17..28],[101..101]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
1.16.16 Uplink Center Carrier Frequency

Parameter Name
Full Name Uplink Center Carrier Frequency
Abbreviated Name earfcnUl
Reference protocol 3GPP 32.762
Related feature N/A
1-221

Description Uplink Center Carrier Frequency, According to Band Indication

for Frequency, the Range is Different:(1:1920-1980, 2:1850-1910,
3:1710-1785, 4:1710-1755, 5:824-849, 7:2500-2570, 8:880-915,
9:1749.9-1784.9, 10:1710-1770, 11:1427.9-1452.9, 12:698-716,
13:777-787, 14:788-798, 17:704-716, 18:815-830, 19:830-845,
20:832-862, 21:1447.9-1462.9, 22:3410-3490, 23:2000-2020,
24:1626.5-1660.5, 25:1850-1915, 26:814-849, 27:807-824,
28:703-748)Mhz.
Value type long
Range {freqBandInd==1}[1920..1980] step 0.1,

{freqBandInd==2}[1850..1910] step 0.1,
{freqBandInd==9}[1749.9..1784.9] step 0.1,
{freqBandInd==101}[962..977] step 0.1
Unit MHz
1-222

Default Value {freqBandInd==1}[1920..1980] step 0.1,

{freqBandInd==101}[962..977] step 0.1{freqBandInd==1}[1930],
{freqBandInd==2}[1860],
{freqBandInd==9}[1759.9],
1-223

{freqBandInd==101}[970]
Related parameter E-UTRAN FDD Cell.bandWidthUl
1.16.17 Downlink Center Carrier Frequency

Parameter Name
Full Name Downlink Center Carrier Frequency
Abbreviated Name earfcnDl
Related feature N/A
Description Downlink Center Carrier Frequency, According to Band Indication

for Frequency, the Range is Different:(1:2110-2170, 2:1930-1990,
3:1805-1880, 4:2110-2155, 5:869-894, 7:2620-2690, 8:925-960,
9:1844.9-1879.9, 10:2110-2170, 11:1475.9-1500.9, 12:728-746,
13:746-756, 14:758-768, 17:734-746, 18:860-875, 19:875-890,
20:791 -821, 21:1495.9-1510.9, 22:3510-3590, 23:2180-2200,
24:1525-1559, 25:1930-1995, 26:859-894, 27:852-869,
28:758-803)MHZ.
Value type long
1-224


{freqBandInd==9}[1844.9..1879.9] step
0.1,
0.1,
0.1,
Unit MHz

0.1,
0.1,
1-225


0.1,
1-226

Related parameter E-UTRAN FDD Cell.bandWidthDl
1.16.18 Signal Power Ratio (PB)

Parameter Name
Full Name Signal Power Ratio (PB)
Abbreviated Name pb
Related feature N/A
Description For each UE, the ratio of PDSCH EPRE to cell-specific RS

EPRE among PDSCH REs in all the OFDM symbols containing
cell-specific RS is equal and is denoted by Rho_B. The cell-specific
ratio Rho_B / Rho_A is according to cell-specific parameter P_B
signalled by higher layers and the number of configured eNB cell
specific antenna ports.
Value type long
Range 0:0,1:1,2:2,3:3
Unit N/A
Default Value 1[1]
Configuration Rule A larger or smaller value can not guarantee the power allocated
to PDSCH.
1-227

1.16.19 Cell MBSFN Attribute

Parameter Name
Full Name Cell MBSFN Attribute
Abbreviated Name cellResvInfo
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the attribution about MBSFN in a cell. If

it indicates MBSFN-dedicated cell, MBMS service is only served
in the cell and UE can combine MBMS service in multi-cell. If it
indicates Non _MBSFN_cell, non MBMS service is only served in
the cell. If it indicates Non_MBSFN_and_MBSFN_multiplex_cell,
non MBMS service and MBMS service are served in the cell.
Value type long
Range 0:Non MBSFN Cell,1:Non MBSFN and MBSFN Multiplex

Cell,2:MBSFN-Dedicated Cell
Unit N/A
Default Value Non MBSFN Cell[0]
1.16.20 Cell Reserved for Operator

Parameter Name
1-228

Full Name Cell Reserved for Operator
Abbreviated Name cellReservedForOptUse
Reference protocol 3GPPTS 36.331
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is cell reserved indicator for operator use. If the value
is 'reserved', the cell cannot be camped on, except for particular
UEs, if so indicated in the system information.
Range 0:Reserved,1:Not Reserved
Unit N/A
Default Value Not Reserved[1];Not Reserved[1];Not Reserved[1];Not

Reserved[1];Not Reserved[1];Not Reserved[1]
1.16.21 Downlink System Bandwidth

Parameter Name
Full Name Downlink System Bandwidth
Abbreviated Name bandWidthDl
Related feature N/A
1-229

Description The parameter indicates the downlink system band width. It is used
to determine the position of frequency for downlink physical channel
and the resource allocation
Value type long
Range 0:1.4(6RB),1:3(15RB),2:5(25RB),3:10(50RB),4:15(75RB),5:20(1
00RB)
Unit MHz
Default Value 20(100RB)[5]
1.16.22 Uplink System Bandwidth

Parameter Name
Full Name Uplink System Bandwidth
Abbreviated Name bandWidthUl
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the uplink system band width. It is used
to determine the position of frequency for uplink physical channel
and the resource allocation
Value type long
00RB)
Unit MHz
1-230

1.16.23 DRX Switch for GBR

Parameter Name
Full Name DRX Switch for GBR
Abbreviated Name switchForGbrDrx
Related feature N/A
Description The DRX Switch for GBR service controls whether DRX for GBR
service is closed or not. If he DRX Switch for GBR service is closed,
discontinuous reception (DRX) can not be used for a UE with GBR
services.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule If the UE data service is GBR,such as voice, video, then NMS
use this parameter to notifies whether or not enable the UE DRX
function.
1-231

1.16.24 DRX Switch for NGBR

Parameter Name
Full Name DRX Switch for NGBR
Abbreviated Name switchForNGbrDrx
Related feature N/A
Description The DRX Switch for NGBR service controls whether DRX for NGBR
service is closed or not. If he DRX Switch for NGBR service is
closed, discontinuous reception (DRX) can not be used for a UE
with NGBR services.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Default Value {cellCapaLeveInd==0}[0], {cellCapaLeveInd==1}[0],

{cellCapaLeveInd==2}[1], {cellCapaLeveInd==3}[1]
Configuration Rule If the UE data service is NGBR,such as e-mail, then NMS use this
parameter to notifies whether or not enable the UE DRX function.
1-232

1.16.25 UE Transmission Mode

Parameter Name
Full Name UE Transmission Mode
Abbreviated Name ueTransMode
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used to configure DL transmission mode for UE.
Value type long
Range 0:TM1,1:TM2,2:TM3,3:TM4,4:TM5,5:TM6,6:TM7,7:Auto Inter-Mode
Unit N/A
Default Value TM3[2]
Related parameter E-UTRAN FDD Cell.cellRSPortNum
1.16.26 Latitude
Parameter Name
Full Name Latitude
Abbreviated Name latitude
Related feature N/A
Description Latitude of Cell
1-233

Value type long
Range [-90..90] step 0.000001
Unit N/A
Default Value -90
Configuration Rule It is needed to configure manually
1.16.27 Longitude
Parameter Name
Full Name Longitude
Abbreviated Name longitude
Related feature N/A
Description Longitude of cell
Value type long
Range [-180..180] step 0.000001
Unit N/A
Default Value -180
Configuration Rule It is needed to configure manually
1-234

1.16.28 Minimum Value of Uplink MCS

Parameter Name
Full Name Minimum Value of Uplink MCS
Abbreviated Name minMCSUl
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the Minimum MCS Value for Uplink
configured by high layer for cell .
Value type long
Range [0..12]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule The default value is strongly recommended
Related parameter E-UTRAN FDD Cell.maxMCSUl
1.16.29 Maximum Value of Uplink MCS

Parameter Name
Full Name Maximum Value of Uplink MCS
Abbreviated Name maxMCSUl
1-235

Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the Maximum MCS Value for Uplink
Value type long
Range [0..28]
Unit N/A
Default Value 28
Related parameter E-UTRAN FDD Cell.maxMCSUl
1.16.30 Minimum Value of Downlink MCS

Parameter Name
Full Name Minimum Value of Downlink MCS
Abbreviated Name minMCSDl
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the Minimum MCS Value for Downlink
Value type long
Range [0..28]
Unit N/A
1-236

Default Value 0
Related parameter E-UTRAN FDD Cell.maxMCSDl
1.16.31 Maximum Value of Downlink MCS

Parameter Name
Full Name Maximum Value of Downlink MCS
Abbreviated Name maxMCSDl
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the Maximum MCS Value for Downlink
Value type long
Range [0..28]
Unit N/A
Default Value 28
1-237

Related parameter E-UTRAN FDD Cell.maxMCSDl
1.16.32 Maximum RBs Allocated for Downlink UE

Parameter Name
Full Name Maximum RBs Allocated for Downlink UE
Abbreviated Name maxUeRbNumDl
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the Maximum RB number for UE in

Downlink configured by high layer for cell .
Value type long
Range [1..100]
Unit N/A
Default Value 100
Configuration Rule It has relationship with bandwidth, the default value is highly
recommended
1.16.33 Maximum RBs Allocated for Uplink UE

Parameter Name
Full Name Maximum RBs Allocated for Uplink UE
Abbreviated Name maxUeRbNumUl
1-238

Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the Maximum RB number for UE in Uplink

Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:1,1:2,2:3,3:4,4:5,5:6,6:8,7:9,8:10,9:12,10:15,11:16,12:18,13:20,14
:24,15:25,16:27,17:30,18:32,19:36,20:40,21:45,22:48,23:50,24:54,2
5:60,26:64,27:72,28:75,29:80,30:81,31:90,32:96,33:100
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule It has relationship with bandwidth, the default value is highly
recommended
1.16.34 Time Alignment Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name Time Alignment Timer
Abbreviated Name timeAlignTimer
Related feature N/A
Description Specifies the number of consecutive subframe(s) the UE should

consider itself as UL synchronized. When non UL synchronized,
the UE shall use the Random Access procedure to request a Time
Alignment Command prior to any UL transmission
1-239

Value type long
Range 0:500,1:750,2:1280,3:1920,4:2560,5:5120,6:10240,7:Infinity
Unit sf
Default Value Infinity[7]
1.16.35 CFI Selection

Parameter Name
Full Name CFI Selection
Abbreviated Name cFI
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the CFI Value configured by high layer for
cell . The CFI Value could be 1, 2 , 3 or could be configured as
auto-adjusted.
Value type long
Range 0:Auto-Adjusted,1:1,2:2,3:3,4:4
Unit N/A
Default Value 2[2]
Configuration Rule The same value should be set for cells on one BPL0 board
1-240


PUCH and PDCH.phichDuration
E-UTRAN FDD Cell.bandWidthUl
1.16.36 Redirection Algorithm for Coverage

Parameter Name
Full Name Redirection Algorithm for Coverage
Abbreviated Name rd4ForCoverage
Related feature N/A
Description This is a switch for the algorithm applied for coverage based redirect.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule Set it to open When redirection is to be enabled, and set it to close
when redirection is disenbaled.
Set it to open when inter-system handover is not supported.
1-241

1.16.37 Transmission Mode

Parameter Name
Full Name Transmission Mode
Abbreviated Name flagSwiMode
Related feature N/A
Description The switch of modes switching selection.
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:Inter-TransMode,1:TM1,2:TM2,3:TM3 Intra-TransMode

Adaption,4:Fixed SFBC in TM3,5:Fixed RI = 2 Open-loop
SM in TM3,6:TM4 Intra-TransMode Adaption,7:Fixed SFBC
in TM4,8:Fixed RI = 1 Close-loop SM in TM4,9:Fixed RI = 2
Close-loop SM in TM4,10:TM6 Intra-TransMode Adaption,11:Fixed
SFBC in TM6,12:Fixed RI=1 Closed-Loop SM In TM6,20:Fixed
TM3/TM4 Inter-TransMode,30:Fixed TM2/TM3/TM4/TM6
Inter-TransMode,31:Fixed TM2/TM3 Inter-TransMode,32:Fixed
TM2/TM4 Inter-TransMode
Unit N/A
Default Value 3
Configuration Rule It has relationship with the antenna number and port number
1.16.38 UL 64QAM Demodulation Support Indicator

Parameter Name
Full Name UL 64QAM Demodulation Support Indicator
1-242

Abbreviated Name qam64DemSpIndUl
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the 64QAM capability of eNodeB.
Value type long
Range 0:Not Support,1:Support
Unit N/A
Default Value Support[1]
1.16.39 Cell Manual Operation State

Parameter Name
Full Name Cell Manual Operation State
Abbreviated Name adminState
Related feature N/A
Description Cell Manual Operation
Range 0:Unblock,1:shutting down,4194304:Block
Unit N/A
Default Value Unblock[0]
1-243

Prerequisites for modification This field is unconfigurable.
1.16.40 Sample Rate Mode Configuration

Parameter Name
Full Name Sample Rate Mode Configuration
Abbreviated Name sampleRateCfg
Related feature N/A
Description The sample rate determines the optical capacity. The lower the
sample rate, the smaller the optical capacity.
Value type long
Range [0..2]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
1-244

1.16.41 Switch of Loading Test

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of Loading Test
Abbreviated Name loadtestSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description It is set to Open when loading test is needed. It is set to Close by

default.
Value type long
Range 0:Close,
1:Open
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule It is set to Close, if the loading test is needed, set it to Open.
1.16.42 Offset Angle

Parameter Name
Full Name Offset Angle
Abbreviated Name offsetAngle
Related feature N/A
1-245

Description Offset Angle
Value type long
Range [-360..360]
Unit degree
Default Value -360
1.16.43 Is Energy Saving Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Is Energy Saving Cell
Abbreviated Name energySavControl
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is used to determine whether the cell is energy

saving or not.
Value type long
Range 0:Non-Energy Saving Cell,

1:Energy Saving Cell
Unit N/A
Default Value Non-Energy Saving Cell[0]
Configuration Rule If there is a saving-energy cell, set it to Open, otherwise set it to

Close.
1-246

1.16.44 Cell Test State

Parameter Name
Full Name Cell Test State
Abbreviated Name testState
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is the cell test state. If the cell state is Normal, the
cell alarm and performance data is reported. If the cell state is
Testing, the cell alarm and performance data is not reported. If
the cell state is FM Testing, the cell alarm is not reported and and
performance data is. If the cell state is PM Testing, the cell alarm is
reported and and performance data is not.
Value type long
Range 0:Normal,
2:Testing,
5:FM Testing,
6:PM Testing
Unit N/A
Default Value Normal[0]
Configuration Rule Set it to a appropriate status under commissioning
1-247

1.16.45 BitMap of UL RB Interference (hex)

Parameter Name
Full Name BitMap of UL RB Interference (hex)
Abbreviated Name rbInterferenceBitMapUl
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is the RB uplink interference bitmap, it is used to

notify the first 100 RBs are interferenced or not.

PlainText{0x[00000000..FFFFFFFF]}
Range [0..4294967295]
Unit hex
Default Value 0;0;0;0
Configuration Rule The first 100 bits represents the RB usage. Bit 0 is 1 means the first
RB encounters fierce interference, and bit 0 is 0 means the first RB
does not encounter fierce interference.
1.16.46 BitMap of DL RB Interference (hex)

Parameter Name
1-248

Full Name BitMap of DL RB Interference (hex)
Abbreviated Name rbInterferenceBitMapDl
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is the RB downlink interference bitmap, it is used to

notify the first 100 RBs are interferenced or not.

Range [0..4294967295]
Unit hex
Configuration Rule The first 100 bits represents the RB usage. Bit 0 is 1 means the first
RB encounters fierce interference, and bit 0 is 0 means the first RB
does not encounter fierce interference.
1.16.47 CCE Aggregation for BCCH&PCCH

Parameter Name
Full Name
Abbreviated Name commCCENumDl
Related feature N/A
Description CCE Aggregation for BCCH&PCCH
1-249

Value type long
Range 0:4CCE+3DB,1:8CCE+0DB,2:8CCE+3DB
Unit N/A
Default Value 4CCE+3DB[0]
1.16.48 The CCE Aggregation

Parameter Name
Full Name The CCE Aggregation
Abbreviated Name cceAdaptMod
Related feature N/A
Description CCE Aggregation
Value type long
Range 0:1,1:2,2:4,3:8,4:Adaption
Unit N/A
Default Value Adaption[4]
1-250

1.16.49 Noise Matrix Type

Parameter Name
Full Name Noise Matrix Type
Abbreviated Name matrixType
Related feature N/A
Description Noise Matrix Type
Value type long
Range 0:MRC,1:IRC
Unit N/A
Default Value IRC[1]
Configuration Rule It can only be set to MRC on TM1 mode, and IRC is prefer to set
when the uplink antenna number larger than or equal to 2.
1.16.50 RB Sharing Mode

Parameter Name
Full Name RB Sharing Mode
Abbreviated Name rbSharMode
1-251

Related feature N/A
Description The RB sharing mode when multiple operators sharing the cell radio
resource. The parameter is valid when the PLMN number of this cell
is more than one.
Case1: each operator occupies a certain ratio of the cell radio
resource, and there are sharing radio resource which all of the
operators can use, and resource snatch is not permitted between
operators.
Case2: each operator occupy a certain ratio of the cell radio
resource, and there are no sharing radio resource which all of the
operators can use, and resource snatch is not permitted between
operators.
Case3: all operators share the all radio resource of the cell, i.e.
close the RB sharing function.
Case4: each operator occupy a certain ratio of the cell radio
resource, and there are no sharing radio resource which all of
the operators can use, and resource snatch is permitted between
operators.
Value type long
Range 0:Certain and Shared Ratio,Non-Preemptive,

1:Certain and No Shared Ratio,Non-Preemptive,
2:Fully Shared,
3:Certain and No Shared Ratio,Preemptive
Unit N/A
Default Value Fully Shared[2]
1-252

1.16.51 Resource Ratio of Operator in Network Sharing

Parameter Name
Full Name Resource Ratio of Operator in Network Sharing
Abbreviated Name ratioOperatorn
Related feature N/A
Description Resource Ratio of Operator in Network Sharing, each value from

ucRatioOperatorn[0] is respectively corresponding to the each
PLMN ID in R_SRVCEL which consistuted with aucMCC and
aucMNC.
Range [0..100]
Unit %
Default Value 0;0;0;0;0;0
1.16.52 Resource Ratio of Shared in Network Sharing

Parameter Name
Full Name Resource Ratio of Shared in Network Sharing
Abbreviated Name ratioShared
1-253

Related feature N/A
Description Resource Ratio of Shared in Network Sharing.
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit %
Default Value 100
1.16.53 Additional Spectrum Emission

Parameter Name
Full Name Additional Spectrum Emission
Abbreviated Name addiSpecEmiss
Related feature N/A
Description The UE requirements related to IE AdditionalSpectrumEmission are

defined in TS 36.101 [42, table 6.2.4.1].
Value type long
Range [1..32]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
1-254

1.16.54 Transmission Mode of PUSCH for Uplink

Parameter Name
Full Name Transmission Mode of PUSCH for Uplink
Abbreviated Name flagSwiModeUl
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the transmission mode of PUSCH for

Uplink. This parameter is added in protocol release10,
Value type long
Range 0:TM1,1:TM2
Unit N/A
Default Value TM1[0]
1-255

1.16.55 DL MU-MIMO Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name DL MU-MIMO Switch
Abbreviated Name bfmumimoEnableDl
Related feature N/A
Description Bitmap indicates SU mode or MU mode for TM7,TM8 and TM9.

Bit 0 indicates TM7, bit 1 indicates TM8, bit 2 indicates TM9. 0 is
SU ,1 is MU.
Value type long
Range 0:TM7 SU TM8 SU TM9 SU,1:TM7 MU TM8 SU TM9 SU,2:TM7 SU

TM8 MU TM9 SU,3:TM7 MU TM8 MU TM9 SU,4:TM7 SU TM8 SU
TM9 MU,5:TM7 MU TM8 SU TM9 MU,6:TM7 SU TM8 MU TM9
MU,7:TM7 MU TM8 MU TM9 MU
Unit N/A
Default Value TM7 SU TM8 SU TM9 SU[0]
1.16.56 UL MU-MIMO Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name UL MU-MIMO Switch
Abbreviated Name mumimoEnableUl
1-256

Related feature N/A
Description Switch of UL-MIMO
Value type long
Range 0:Close,
1:Open
Unit N/A
1.16.57 Switch of RLF Function

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of RLF Function
Abbreviated Name rlfSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description UE RLF detection function enable switch, just used traffic static value
Value type long
Range 0:Close,
1:Open
Unit N/A
Default Value {cellCapaLeveInd==0}[0], {cellCapaLeveInd==1}[0],

{cellCapaLeveInd==2}[1], {cellCapaLeveInd==3}[1]
1-257

1.16.58 Switch of pulling card judgment

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of pulling card judgment
Abbreviated Name pullCardJudgeSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description UE Radio Link Failure detection function enable switch, just used
SRS. The main purpose is to release the abnormal UE from the
network.
Value type long
Range 0:Close,
1:Open
Unit N/A
1-258

1.16.59 SI Window Length

Parameter Name
Full Name SI Window Length
Abbreviated Name siWindowLength
Related feature N/A
Description SI Window Length
Value type long
Range 0:1,1:2,2:5,3:10,4:15,5:20,6:40
Unit ms
Default Value 20[5]
1.16.60 4*4 MIMO Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name 4*4 MIMO Switch
Abbreviated Name tm34T4RSwch
1-259

Related feature N/A
Description 4*4 MIMO Switch, 4*4 MIMO will be used when switch is open in
TM3, 4*2 MIMO or 2*2 MIMO will be used when it's closed in TM3.
Value type long
Range 0:Close,
1:Open
Unit N/A
1.16.61 Threshold of Frequently Efficiency for Faulty Cell Based

on Uplink Interference
Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Frequently Efficiency for Faulty Cell Based on Uplink
Interference
Abbreviated Name upInterfFreqEffThr
Related feature N/A
Description When uplink frequent efficiency of cell is higher than threshold

parameter, then cell satisfy the Fault condition of uplink frequent
efficiency.
Value type long
1-260

Range 0:0.25,1:0.6,2:0.75,3:1,4:2,5:3,6:4,7:5,8:6,9:7,10:8,11:9,12:10,13:11
,14:12,15:13,16:14,17:15,18:16,19:17,20:18,21:19,22:20,23:21,24:2
2,25:23,26:24,27:25,28:26,29:27,30:28,31:29,32:30,33:31,34:32,35:
33,36:34,37:35,38:36,39:37,40:38,41:39,42:40,43:41,44:42,45:43,4
6:44,47:45,48:46,49:47,50:48,51:49,52:50
Unit M
Default Value 4[6]
1.16.62 Switch of FullConfig

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of FullConfig
Abbreviated Name fullConfigSwch
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is used to set the Cell license State.
Value type long
Range 0:Close,
1:Open
Unit N/A
1-261

1.16.63 reservedByEUtranRelation
Parameter Name
Full Name N/A
Abbreviated Name reservedByEUtranRelation
Related feature N/A
Description N/A
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1.16.64 reservedBySuperCellRelation
Parameter Name
1-262

Full Name N/A
Abbreviated Name reservedBySuperCellRelation
Related feature N/A
Description N/A
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1.16.65 Switch of DL Simulate Load

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of DL Simulate Load
Abbreviated Name simuLoadSwchDl
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether dl simulate load is valid. If the

parameter is close, user cann't config the dl simulate load function,
the cell will return the error code.
Value type long
1-263

Unit N/A
1.16.66 VoLTE Admission Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name VoLTE Admission Switch
Abbreviated Name voLTESwch
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is the switch of admission of QCI=1 ERAB.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-264

1.16.67 MIMOScenarios
Parameter Name
Full Name MIMOScenarios
Abbreviated Name mimoScenarios
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used in switched mode under different scenarios

to optimize the performance, when opening TM3/7 mode adaptive
need to configure this parameter. Where dense urban scenarios is
representative of dense urban, urban scenarios is representative
of the general urban, suburban scenarios is representative of
the suburbs,rural scenarios is representative of rural, indoor
scenarios is representative of the indoor, and adaptive scenarios is
representative of adaptive selecting scenarios.
Value type long
Range 0:Dense Urban,

1:Urban,
2:Suburban,
3:Rural,
4:Indoor,
5:Adaptive
Unit N/A
Default Value Adaptive[5]
1-265

1.16.68 Delayed Release Timer for Radio Link Failure

Parameter Name
Full Name Delayed Release Timer for Radio Link Failure
Abbreviated Name rlfDelayTime
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is a delayed release timer for RLF. This parameter
is determined for delaying release the user which is judged RLF
by eNB, when the user configure VOIP or video services, or the
operators claim to delay release of RLF user.
Value type long
Range [0..10]
Unit s
Default Value 10
1.16.69 Scene Configuration

Parameter Name
Full Name Scene Configuration
Abbreviated Name sceneCfg
1-266

Related feature N/A
Description Switch of High Way Coverage or Air Line Coverage
Value type long
Range 0:Normal,1:Air Line,2:High Way
Unit N/A
1.16.70 Cell Capacity Level Indicator

Parameter Name
Full Name Cell Capacity Level Indicator
Abbreviated Name cellCapaLeveInd
Managed Object E-UTRAN FDD Cell
Related feature N/A
1-267

Description The parameter is cell capacity related, and is used to support

different cell capacity requirements. It is configured according
to specific capacity. The value zero indicates at least 1200 users
configured SR/SRS resources. The value one indicates at least
600 users configured SR /CQI /SRS resources, specially TDD
uplink-downlink configuration 2/4 support 576 users configured SR
/CQI. The value two indicates at least 200 users configured SR /CQI
/SRS resources in TDD, and at least 400 users configured SR /CQI
/SRS resources in FDD. The value three indicates at least 50 users
configured SR /CQI /SRS resources.
Value type long
Range 0:1200 User Capacity,

1:600 User Capacity,
2:400 User Capacity,
3:50 User Capacity
Unit N/A
Default Value 400 User Capacity[2]
Configuration Rule This parameter is set according to the capacity of the cell.
1.16.71 List of Additional Frequency Band Indicators

Parameter Name
Full Name List of Additional Frequency Band Indicators
Abbreviated Name addiFreqBand
Related feature N/A
1-268

Description List of additional frequency band indicators that the serving cell
belongs to.
Range [0..5],[7..14],[17..28],[31..31],[101..102]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
Configuration Rule This parameter is modified if the additional equivalent freqency band
of the serving cell is added or deleted.
1.16.72 Additional Spectrum Emission Requirements for Each

Additonal Frequency Band
Parameter Name
Full Name Additional Spectrum Emission Requirements for Each Additonal

Frequency Band
Abbreviated Name addiSpecEmissForAddiFreq
Related feature N/A
Description One entry corresponding to each additional frequency band listed in

the same order as in additional frequency band indicator list, and
indicates the additional spectrum emission requirements to the UE
for the corresponding frequency band.
Range [1..33]
Unit N/A
1-269

Configuration Rule This parameter is modified according to network planning and

network optimization.
1.16.73 Downlink Qos Adaptive Policy Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name Downlink Qos Adaptive Policy Switch
Abbreviated Name qosAdpSwchDL
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is the downlink Qos adaptive policy switch, and is
used to support different cell capacity requirements. It is configured
according to the different needs of customers. The value one
indicates the Qos adaptive strategies based on cell capacity. The
value zero indicates closing function.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Default Value {cellCapaLeveInd==0}[1],

{cellCapaLeveInd==1}[1],
{cellCapaLeveInd==3}[0]
1-270

Configuration Rule This parameter is set according to the capacity of the cell. If the
capacity of the cell is large, such as meeting room or stadium, the
parameter is set to Autonegotiate. Generally, this parameter is set
to Disable.
1.16.74 Uplink Qos Adaptive Policy Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name Uplink Qos Adaptive Policy Switch
Abbreviated Name qosAdpSwchUL
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is the uplink Qos adaptive policy switch, and is used
to support different cell capacity requirements. It is configured
according to the different needs of customers. The value one
indicates the Qos adaptive strategies based on cell capacity. The
value zero indicates closing function.
Value type long
Unit N/A

1-271

Configuration Rule This parameter is set according to the capacity of the cell. If the
capacity of the cell is large, such as meeting room or stadium, the
parameter is set to Autonegotiate. Generally, this parameter is set
to Disable.
1.16.75 Inner AMC CQI Expire Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name Inner AMC CQI Expire Timer
Abbreviated Name cqiExpiredTimer
Related feature N/A
Description Inner AMC CQI expire timer, CQI will expire when time is longer
than the timer.
Value type long
Range [1..65536]
Unit ms

Configuration Rule This parameter is modified according to the value of

cellCapaLeveInd.
1-272

1.17 E-UTRAN FDD Neighbor Cell

This IOC Represents the Common Properties of External E-UTRAN FDD Cell.
1.17.1 E-UTRAN FDD Neighbor Cell ID

Parameter Name
Full Name E-UTRAN FDD Neighbor Cell ID
Abbreviated Name ExternalEUtranCellFDDId
Managed Object ExternalEUtranCellFDD
Related feature N/A

Range [0..1048575]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/Neighbor Cell Configuration/E-UTRAN

FDD Neighbor Cell
1-273

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range ExternalEUtranCellFDD=%(%,%,%,%),##ExternalEUtranCellFD-
DId,mcc,mnc,eNBId,cellLocalId
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

FDD Neighbor Cell
1.17.3 User Label

Parameter Name
1-274

Related feature N/A
Value type string

PlainText[&'"<>]
Range [0..128]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

FDD Neighbor Cell
1.17.4 Cell Type

Parameter Name
Full Name Cell Type
Abbreviated Name cellType
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the neighboring cell type. 0: Macro cell; 1:
Micro cell, which corresponds to the outdoor micro cell. 2: Pico cell
in Open mode, which corresponds to the indoor micro cell.
Value type long
1-275

Range 0:Macro Cell,

1:Micro Cell,
2:Pico Cell
Unit N/A
Default Value Macro Cell[0]
Configuration Rule This parameter is set according to the actual cell type.

FDD Neighbor Cell
1.17.5 MCC of Neighbouring Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name MCC of Neighbouring Cell
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the mobile country code in the PLMN that
the neighboring FDD cell belongs to. The combination of a mobile
country code and a mobile network code uniquely identifies the
home network operator of the base station. The attribute value must
be unique, containing at most three digits, for example 362.
Value type string

PlainText[+###]
Range [3..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-276

Configuration Rule This parameter is set based on network planning. The combination
of the mobile country code and mobile network code must be unique.

FDD Neighbor Cell
1.17.6 MNC of Neighbouring Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name MNC of Neighbouring Cell
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the mobile network code in the PLMN that
Value type string

PlainText[+###]
Range [2..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

FDD Neighbor Cell
1-277

1.17.7 eNodeB ID
Parameter Name
Full Name eNodeB ID
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the eNB identification of the neighboring

FDD cell.
Value type long
Range [0..268435455]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule This parameter is set based on network planning.

FDD Neighbor Cell
1-278

1.17.8 Cell ID
Parameter Name
Full Name Cell ID
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the cell ID of a neighboring FDD cell,

uniquely identifying a cell.
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule This parameter is set based on network planning. When a cell
is created, a cell ID is automatically assigned for the cell. This
parameter is automatically generated by the system and cannot
be modified.

FDD Neighbor Cell

Parameter Name
1-279

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the frequency band that the

cell belongs to (refer to Table 5.5-1 in 36.101). Different
frequency bands have different value ranges (1:1920-1980,
2:1850-1910, 3:1710-1785, 4:1710-1755, 5:824-849, 7:2500-2570,
8:880-915, 9:1749.9-1784.9, 10:1710-1770, 11:1427.9-1452.9,
12:698-716, 13:777-787, 14:788-798, 17:704-716
18:815-83019:830-845,20:832-862,21:1447.9-1462.9,
22:3410-3490,23:2000-2020,24:1626.5-1660.5,25:1850-
1915,26:814-849,27:807-824,28:703-748,101:962-977) MHz
Value type long
Range [1..5],[7..14],[17..28],[101..101]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
Configuration Rule This parameter is set based on the on-site frequency band plan.

FDD Neighbor Cell

Parameter Name
Abbreviated Name earfcnUl
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the center carrier frequency for the uplink.
1-280

Value type long

Unit MHz

1-281



FDD Neighbor Cell
1-282


Parameter Name
Abbreviated Name earfcnDl
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the center carrier frequency for the
downlink.
Value type long

0.1,
0.1,
0.1,
1-283


Unit MHz

0.1,
0.1,
0.1,
1-284


FDD Neighbor Cell
1.17.12 PCI
Parameter Name
Full Name PCI
Reference protocol 3GPP TS 32.762/ TS 36.211
Related feature N/A
1-285

Description This parameter indicates the cell ID at the physical layer.

Neighboring cells cannot be configured with the same cell ID, while
other cells can be configured with the same cell ID.
Value type long
Range [0..503]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule This parameter is set based on network planning, and must be the
same as that of the serving cell at the peer end.

FDD Neighbor Cell
1.17.13 TAC
Parameter Name
Full Name TAC
Reference protocol
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter identifies the tracking area in the PLMN. It is used for
managing UE locations. This parameter is set through the back end.
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
1-286

Configuration Rule This parameter must be the same as that of the serving cell at the
peer end. For the shared network configuration, multiple TAIs can
have different PLMNs but can only have the same TAC.

FDD Neighbor Cell
1.17.14 PLMN List

Parameter Name
Full Name PLMN List
Abbreviated Name plmnIdList
Related feature N/A
Description PLMN List.
Value type sequence[StructPlmnIdentity,6]
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

FDD Neighbor Cell
1-287


Parameter Name
Abbreviated Name bandWidthDl
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the system frequency bandwidth (M) for
downlink cells.
Value type long
00RB)
Unit MHz
Configuration Rule This parameter must be the same as that of the serving cell at
the peer end.

FDD Neighbor Cell
1.17.16 Uplink System Bandwidth

Parameter Name
Full Name Uplink System Bandwidth
1-288

Abbreviated Name bandWidthUl
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the system frequency bandwidth (M) for
uplink cells.
Value type long
00RB)
Unit MHz
the peer end.

FDD Neighbor Cell
1.17.17 Whether All the Inter-Freq Neighbor Cells Use Antenna

Port 1
Parameter Name
Full Name Whether All the Inter-Freq Neighbor Cells Use Antenna Port 1
Abbreviated Name antPort1
Related feature N/A
1-289

Description This parameter indicates whether an FDD cell uses antenna port 1
to deliver the dedicated reference signal of the cell.
Value type long
Range 0:False,1:True
Unit N/A
Default Value FALSE[0]
Configuration Rule If this parameter is not set properly, the UE RSRP/RSRQ

measurements are inaccurate. If the cell uses more than one
antenna port, this parameter is set to "Yes"; otherwise, it is set to
"No". If the parameters of all the inter-frequency neighboring cells
are set to "Yes", the BTS delivers a PresenceAntennaPort1 message
that is set to "true" through SIB3 and SIB5, otherwise, the BTS
delivers a PresenceAntennaPort1 message that is set to "false".

FDD Neighbor Cell
Parameter Name
Full Name N/A
Related feature N/A
Description N/A
Range N/A
Unit N/A
1-290

Default Value N/A

FDD Neighbor Cell
1.17.19 VoLTE Switch of FDD-LTE Neighbor Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name VoLTE Switch of FDD-LTE Neighbor Cell
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the VoLTE capability of FDD-LTE neighbor

cell.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value Yes[1]

FDD Neighbor Cell
1-291


Parameter Name
Managed Object E-UTRAN FDD Neighbor Cell
Related feature N/A
Description List of additional frequency band indicators that the adjacent cell
belongs to, corresponding to the IE multiBandInfoList in SIB1 of
the adjacent cell
Range [0..5],[7..14],[17..28],[31..31],[101..102]
Unit N/A

FDD Neighbor Cell
1.18 E-UTRAN TDD Neighbor Cell

This IOC Represents the Common Properties of External E-UTRAN Cell TDD
1-292

1.18.1 E-UTRAN TDD Neighbor Cell ID

Parameter Name
Full Name E-UTRAN TDD Neighbor Cell ID
Abbreviated Name ExternalEUtranCellTDDId
Managed Object ExternalEUtranCellTDD
Related feature N/A

Range [0..1048575]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

TDD Neighbor Cell
Parameter Name
1-293

Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range ExternalEUtranCellTDD=%(%,%,%,%),##ExternalEUtranCellTD-
DId,mcc,mnc,eNBId,cellLocalId
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

TDD Neighbor Cell
1.18.3 User Label

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string

PlainText[&'"<>]
Range [0..128]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-294


TDD Neighbor Cell
1.18.4 Cell Type

Parameter Name
Full Name Cell Type
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the TDD neighboring cell type. 0: Macro
cell; 1: Micro cell, which corresponds to the outdoor micro cell. 2:
Pico cell in Open mode, which corresponds to the indoor micro cell.
3: RN cell in Relay mode. 4: Donor cell in Relay mode.
Value type long
Range 0:Macro Cell,

1:Micro Cell,
2:Pico Cell,
3:RN Cell,
4:Donor Cell
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter is set according to the actual cell type.

TDD Neighbor Cell
1-295


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
the neighboring TDD cell belongs to. The combination of a mobile
Value type string

PlainText[+###]
Range [3..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

TDD Neighbor Cell
1-296


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
the neighboring TDD cell belongs to. The combination of a mobile
Value type string

PlainText[+###]
Range [2..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

TDD Neighbor Cell
1-297

1.18.7 eNodeB ID
Parameter Name
Full Name eNodeB ID
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the eNB identification that the neighboring
TDD cell belongs to.
Value type long
Range [0..268435455]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

TDD Neighbor Cell
1.18.8 Cell ID
Parameter Name
Full Name Cell ID
Related feature N/A
1-298

Description This parameter indicates the cell ID of a neighboring TDD cell,

uniquely identifying a cell.
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
be modified.

TDD Neighbor Cell

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the non-standard frequency band. The

non-standard frequency band refers to the restricted standard
frequency band.
Value type long
Range [30..64]
Unit N/A
1-299

Default Value 33
Configuration Rule This parameter is adaptive at the front end, and cannot be modified.

TDD Neighbor Cell
1.18.10 Center Carrier Frequency

Parameter Name
Full Name Center Carrier Frequency
Abbreviated Name earfcn
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the center carrier frequency.
Value type long

1-300


Unit MHz

1-301


1-302


TDD Neighbor Cell
1.18.11 PCI
Parameter Name
Full Name PCI
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the cell ID at the physical layer.

Neighboring cells cannot be configured with the same cell ID, while
other cells can be configured with the same cell ID.
Value type long
Range [0..503]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
same as that of the serving cell at the peer end.

TDD Neighbor Cell
1-303

1.18.12 TAC
Parameter Name
Full Name TAC
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter identifies the tracking area in the PLMN. It is used for
managing UE locations. This parameter is set through the back end.
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
the peer end.

TDD Neighbor Cell
1-304

1.18.13 PLMN List

Parameter Name
Full Name PLMN List
Related feature N/A
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

TDD Neighbor Cell

Parameter Name
Abbreviated Name bandWidth
Related feature N/A
1-305

Description This parameter indicates the system frequency bandwidth (M) of a

cell.
Value type long
00RB)
Unit MHz
the peer end.

TDD Neighbor Cell
1.18.15 Antenna Port 1 Used By Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Antenna Port 1 Used By Cell
Abbreviated Name antPort1
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether a TDD cell uses antenna port 1 to
deliver the dedicated reference signal of the cell.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Default Value FALSE[0]
1-306

Configuration Rule If this parameter is not set properly, the UE RSRP/RSRQ

measurements are inaccurate. If the cell uses more than one
antenna port, this parameter is set to "Yes"; otherwise, it is set to
"No". If the parameters of all the inter-frequency neighboring cells
are set to "Yes", the BTS delivers a PresenceAntennaPort1 message
that is set to "true" through SIB3 and SIB5, otherwise, the BTS
delivers a PresenceAntennaPort1 message that is set to "false".

TDD Neighbor Cell
Parameter Name
Full Name N/A
Related feature N/A
Description N/A
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

TDD Neighbor Cell
1-307

1.18.17 VoLTE Switch of TDD-LTE Neighbor Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name VoLTE Switch of TDD-LTE Neighbor Cell
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the VoLTE capability of TDD-LTE neighbor

cell.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A

TDD Neighbor Cell
1-308


Parameter Name
Managed Object E-UTRAN TDD Neighbor Cell
Related feature N/A
Description List of additional frequency band indicators that the adjacent cell
belongs to, corresponding to the IE multiBandInfoList in SIB1 of
the adjacent cell
Range [0..0],[30..30],[32..65]
Unit N/A

FDD Neighbor Cell
1.19 UTRAN FDD Neighbor Cell

UTRAN FDD Neighbor Cell
1.19.1 UTRAN FDD Neighbor Cell ID

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN FDD Neighbor Cell ID
1-309

Abbreviated Name ExternalUtranCellFDDId
Managed Object ExternalUtranCellFDD
Related feature N/A

Range [0..1048575]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/Neighbor Cell Configuration/UTRAN

FDD Neighbor Cell
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
1-310

Range ExternalUtranCellFDD=%(%,%,%,%),##ExternalUtranCellFD-
DId,mcc,mnc,rncId,cId
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

FDD Neighbor Cell
1.19.3 User Label

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string

PlainText[&'"<>]
Range [0..128]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

FDD Neighbor Cell
1-311


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string

PlainText[+###]
Range [3..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

FDD Neighbor Cell
1-312


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string

PlainText[+###]
Range [2..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

FDD Neighbor Cell
1-313

1.19.6 RNC ID
Parameter Name
Full Name RNC ID
Abbreviated Name rncId
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the extended RNC ID or the RNC ID of a

neighboring UTRAN FDD cell. If the parameter value is in the range
of 0 to 4095, it indicates the RNC ID. If the parameter value is in the
range of 4096-65535, it indicates the extended RNC ID.
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

FDD Neighbor Cell
1.19.7 Cell ID
Parameter Name
Full Name Cell ID
Abbreviated Name cId
1-314

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the cell ID of a neighboring UTRAN FDD

cell, uniquely identifying a cell.
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule This parameter is automatically generated by the system and

cannot be modified.

FDD Neighbor Cell
1.19.8 Band Indication for UTRAN Frequency

Parameter Name
Full Name Band Indication for UTRAN Frequency
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the UTRAN frequency band of the

neighboring UTRAN FDD cell. The frequency point range of each
frequency band is defined in the related specifications.
Value type long
1-315

Range 0:bandI,1:bandII,2:bandIII,3:bandIV,4:bandV,5:bandVI,6:band-
VII,7:bandVIII,8:bandIX,9:bandX,10:bandXI,11:bandXII,12:bandXIII,
13:bandXIV,18:bandXIX,19:bandXX,20:bandXXI,21:bandXXII,24:
bandXXV,25:bandXXVI
Unit N/A
Default Value bandI[0]

FDD Neighbor Cell

Parameter Name
Abbreviated Name uarfcnUl
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the center carrier frequency for the uplink
of a neighboring UTRAN FDD cell.
Value type long
1-316

Range {freqBandInd==0}[1922.4..1977.6] step 0.2,

{freqBandInd==25}[816.4..846.6] step 0.2
Unit MHz
Default Value {freqBandInd==0}[1922.4..1977.6] step 0.2,

{freqBandInd==25}[816.4..846.6] step 0.2{freqBandInd==0}[1930],
1-317


FDD Neighbor Cell

Parameter Name
Abbreviated Name uarfcnDl
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the center carrier frequency for the
downlink of a neighboring UTRAN FDD cell.
1-318

Value type long
Range {freqBandInd==0}[2112.4..2167.6] step 0.2,

Unit MHz
Default Value {freqBandInd==0}[2112.4..2167.6] step 0.2,

{freqBandInd==25}[861.4..891.6] step 0.2{freqBandInd==0}[2140],
1-319

{freqBandInd==25}[876.4]

FDD Neighbor Cell
1.19.11 Cell Primary Scrambling Code

Parameter Name
Full Name Cell Primary Scrambling Code
Abbreviated Name primaryScramblingCode
Related feature N/A
1-320

Description This parameter indicates the primary scrambling codes of a

neighboring UTRAN FDD cell.
Value type long
Range [0..511]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule This parameter in the LTE network must be properly set in
accordance with the actual configuration in the UTRAN.

FDD Neighbor Cell
1.19.12 Location Area Code

Parameter Name
Full Name Location Area Code
Abbreviated Name lac
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the location area code of a neighboring

UTRAN FDD cell.
Value type long

NumberText
Range [1..65533],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
1-321


FDD Neighbor Cell
1.19.13 Routing Area Code

Parameter Name
Full Name Routing Area Code
Abbreviated Name rac
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the route area code of a neighboring

UTRAN FDD cell.
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

FDD Neighbor Cell
1-322

1.19.14 UTRAN Neighbor Cell Supported VoIP

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN Neighbor Cell Supported VoIP
Abbreviated Name isSupportVoIP
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates voip capbility for UTRAN-FDD neighbour

cell.Because LTE is IP systemand UTRAN-FDD support between
CS domain and PS domain, when the voice service of UE handover
from LTE to UTRAN-FDDif target cell support the VOIP handover
capability, then it can trigger PS handover.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]
Configuration Rule This parameter is set based on the PS HO capability of the

neighboring cell. If the neighboring cell does not support PS HO,
this parameter is set to No; otherwise, it is set to Yes.

FDD Neighbor Cell
1-323

1.19.15 UTRAN Neighbor Cell Supported PS HO

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN Neighbor Cell Supported PS HO
Abbreviated Name isSupportPSHO
Related feature N/A
Description PS HO capbility for UTRAN-FDD neighbour cell. When UTRAN-FDD

neighbour cell support the capability. Service cell can trigger PS
handover.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter is set based on the actual capability of the
neighboring cell. If this parameter is set to No, the serving cell
cannot initiate the PS handover to the UTRAN neighboring cell.

FDD Neighbor Cell
1.19.16 HSUPA and HSDPA Supported

Parameter Name
Full Name HSUPA and HSDPA Supported
Abbreviated Name isSupportHSPA
1-324

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether the UTRAN FDD cell supports
HSUPA or HSDPA.
Value type long
Range 0:Not Support HSUPA and HSDPA,

1:Support HSDPA and DCH,
2:Support only SHDPA,
3:Support HSUPA,HSDPA, and DCH,
4:Support HSUPA and HSDPA
Unit N/A
Default Value Not Support HSUPA and HSDPA[0]
Configuration Rule This parameter is set based on the actual network deployment. An
improper configuration may lead to a wrong handover triggered by
the eNB.

FDD Neighbor Cell
1.19.17 PLMN List

Parameter Name
Full Name PLMN List
Related feature N/A
1-325

Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

FDD Neighbor Cell
1.19.18 reservedByUtranRelation
Parameter Name
Full Name N/A
Abbreviated Name reservedByUtranRelation
Related feature N/A
Description N/A
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

FDD Neighbor Cell
1-326

1.20 UTRAN TDD Neighbor Cell

UTRAN TDD Neighbor Cell
1.20.1 UTRAN TDD Neighbor Cell ID

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN TDD Neighbor Cell ID
Abbreviated Name ExternalUtranCellTDDId
Managed Object ExternalUtranCellTDD
Related feature N/A

Range [0..1048575]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

TDD Neighbor Cell
1-327

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range ExternalUtranCellTDD=%(%,%,%,%),##ExternalUtranCellTD-
DId,mcc,mnc,rncId,cId
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

TDD Neighbor Cell
1.20.3 User Label

Parameter Name
1-328

Related feature N/A
Value type string

PlainText[&'"<>]
Range [0..128]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

TDD Neighbor Cell

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
the neighboring UTRAN TDD cell belongs to. The combination of a
mobile country code and a mobile network code uniquely identifies
the home network operator of the base station. The attribute value
must be unique, containing at most three digits, for example 362.
1-329

Value type string

PlainText[+###]
Range [3..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

TDD Neighbor Cell

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
the neighboring UTRAN TDD cell belongs to. The combination of a
mobile country code and a mobile network code uniquely identifies
the home network operator of the base station. The attribute value
must be unique, containing at most three digits, for example 362.
Value type string

PlainText[+###]
Range [2..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-330


TDD Neighbor Cell
1.20.6 RNC ID
Parameter Name
Full Name RNC ID
Abbreviated Name rncId
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the extended RNC ID or the RNC ID of a

neighboring UTRAN TDD cell. If the parameter value is in the range
of 0 to 4095, it indicates the RNC ID. If the parameter value is in the
range of 4096-65535, it indicates the extended RNC ID.
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

TDD Neighbor Cell
1-331

1.20.7 Cell ID
Parameter Name
Full Name Cell ID
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the cell ID of a neighboring UTRAN TDD

cell, uniquely identifying a cell.
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
be modified.

TDD Neighbor Cell
1-332

1.20.8 Band Indication for UTRAN Frequency

Parameter Name
Full Name Band Indication for UTRAN Frequency
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the UTRAN frequency band of a

neighboring UTRAN TDD cell. The frequency point range of each
frequency band is defined in the related specifications.
Value type long
Range 0:a,1:b,2:c,3:d,4:e,5:f
Unit N/A
Default Value a[0]

TDD Neighbor Cell
1.20.9 Center Carrier Frequency

Parameter Name
Full Name Center Carrier Frequency
Abbreviated Name uarfcn
1-333

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the center carrier frequency of a

neighboring UTRAN TDD cell.
Value type long
Range {freqBandInd==0}[1900.8..1919.2][2010.8..2024.2] step 0.2,

{freqBandInd==1}[1850.8..1909.2][1930.8..1989.2] step 0.2,
Unit MHz
Default Value {freqBandInd==0}[1910],


TDD Neighbor Cell
1.20.10 Cell Primary Scrambling Code

Parameter Name
Full Name Cell Primary Scrambling Code
Abbreviated Name primaryScramblingCode
Related feature N/A
1-334

Description This parameter indicates the primary scrambling codes of a

neighboring UTRAN TDD cell.
Value type long
Range [0..127]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule This parameter is set based on the actual situation.

TDD Neighbor Cell
1.20.11 Cell Location Area Code

Parameter Name
Full Name Cell Location Area Code
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the location area code of a neighboring

UTRAN TDD cell.
Value type long

NumberText
Range [1..65533],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
1-335


TDD Neighbor Cell
1.20.12 Cell Routing Area Code

Parameter Name
Full Name Cell Routing Area Code
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the route area code of a neighboring

UTRAN TDD cell.
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

TDD Neighbor Cell
1-336

1.20.13 UTRAN Neighbor Cell Supported VoIP

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN Neighbor Cell Supported VoIP
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter describes the VoIP capability of a UTRAN TDD

neighboring cell. The LTE system is an all-IP PS system, while the
TD system supports both the CS and PS services. During the LTE
voice-service handover to the UTRAN-FDD network, if the target
UTRAN-FDD cell supports VoIP, the PS handover is initiated.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]
Configuration Rule This parameter is set based on the actual capability of the
neighboring cell. If this parameter is set to No, the serving cell
cannot initiate the PS handover to the UTRAN neighboring cell.

TDD Neighbor Cell
1-337

1.20.14 UTRAN Neighbor Cell Supported PS HO

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN Neighbor Cell Supported PS HO
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter describes the PS HO capability of a UTRAN TDD

neighboring cell. If the UTRAN neighboring cell supports PS HO, the
serving cell can initiate a PS handover to the UTRAN neighboring
cell.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter is set based on the PS HO capability of the

neighboring cell. If the neighboring cell does not support PS HO,
this parameter is set to No; otherwise, it is set to Yes.

TDD Neighbor Cell
1.20.15 HSUPA and HSDPA Supported

Parameter Name
Full Name HSUPA and HSDPA Supported
Abbreviated Name isSupportHSPA
1-338

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether the UTRAN TDD cell supports
HSUPA or HSDPA.
Value type long
Range 0:Not Support HSUPA and HSDPA,

1:Support HSDPA and DCH,
2:Support Only SHDPA,
3:Support HSUPA, HSDPA, and DCH,
4:Support HSUPA and HSDPA
Unit N/A
Default Value Not Support HSUPA and HSDPA[0]
Configuration Rule This parameter is set based on the actual networking configurations.
An improper configuration may lead to a wrong handover triggered
by the eNB.

TDD Neighbor Cell
1.20.16 PLMN List

Parameter Name
Full Name PLMN List
Related feature N/A
1-339

Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

TDD Neighbor Cell
1.20.17 reservedByUtranRelation
Parameter Name
Full Name N/A
Abbreviated Name reservedByUtranRelation
Related feature N/A
Description N/A
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

TDD Neighbor Cell
1-340

1.21 GERAN Neighbor Cell

Object of GERAN Neighbor Cell
1.21.1 GERAN Neighbor Cell ID

Parameter Name
Full Name GERAN Neighbor Cell ID
Abbreviated Name ExternalGsmCellId
Managed Object ExternalGsmCell
Related feature N/A

Range [0..1048575]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/Neighbor Cell Configuration/GERAN

Neighbor Cell
1-341

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range ExternalGsmCell=%(%,%,%,%),##ExternalGsmCel-
lId,mcc,mnc,lac,cellIdentity
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Neighbor Cell
1.21.3 User Label

Parameter Name
1-342

Related feature N/A
Value type string

PlainText[&'"<>]
Range [0..128]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Neighbor Cell

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
the neighboring GSM cell belongs to. The combination of a mobile
1-343

Value type string

PlainText[+###]
Range [3..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Neighbor Cell

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
the neighboring GSM cell belongs to. The combination of a mobile
Value type string

PlainText[+###]
Range [2..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-344


Neighbor Cell
1.21.6 Location Area Code

Parameter Name
Full Name Location Area Code
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the location area code of a GSM

neighboring.
Value type long

NumberText
Range [0..65533],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

Neighbor Cell
1-345

1.21.7 Cell ID
Parameter Name
Full Name Cell ID
Abbreviated Name cellIdentity
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter identifies the neighboring GSM cell.
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

Neighbor Cell
1.21.8 Cell Routing Area Code

Parameter Name
Full Name Cell Routing Area Code
1-346

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the route area code of a cell, identifying a
route area in a GSM network.
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule This parameter is set based on the actual network deployment, and
must be the same as that of the serving cell at the peer end.

Neighbor Cell
1.21.9 Network Color Code

Parameter Name
Full Name Network Color Code
Abbreviated Name ncc
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the network color code, corresponding to

the low 3 bits of the GERAN physical cell ID. The GERAN physical
cell ID consists of the network and the BTS color code.
Value type long
1-347

Range [0..7]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule The GERAN cell NCC is already planned. The NCC configuration in
the LTE network must be the same as that of the GERAN.

Neighbor Cell
1.21.10 Base Station Color Code

Parameter Name
Full Name Base Station Color Code
Abbreviated Name bcc
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the BTS color code, corresponding to the
low 3 bits of the GERAN physical cell ID. The GERAN physical cell
ID consists of the network and the BTS color code.
Value type long
Range [0..7]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule The GERAN cell BCC is already planned. The BCC configuration in
the LTE network must be the same as that of the GERAN.

Neighbor Cell
1-348

1.21.11 Frequency Range

Parameter Name
Full Name Frequency Range
Abbreviated Name freqBand
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter configures the frequency band that the downlink
carrier frequency belongs to.
Value type long
Range 0:Reserved,1:Reserved,2:Reserved,3:Reserved,4:Re-
served,5:GSM850,6:GSM900,7:EXT900,8:R-
GSM,9:DCS1800,10:PCS1900
Unit N/A
Default Value GSM850[5]
Configuration Rule This parameter in the GERAN cell is already planned. The
parameter configuration in the LTE network must be the same as
that of the GERAN.

Neighbor Cell
1-349

1.21.12 BCCH ARFCN

Parameter Name
Full Name BCCH ARFCN
Abbreviated Name bcchFrequency
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the ARFCN (absolute radio frequency

channel number) of the BCCH carrier.
Value type long
Range {freqBand==5}[128..251] step 1,{freqBand==6}[1..124]

step 1,{freqBand==7}[0..124][975..1023] step 1,{fre-
qBand==8}[0..124][955..1023] step 1,{freqBand==9}[512..885] step
1,{freqBand==10}[512..810] step 1
Unit N/A
Default Value {freqBand==5}[128],{freqBand==6}[1],{freqBand==7}[0],{fre-

qBand==8}[0],{freqBand==9}[512],{freqBand==10}[512]
Configuration Rule The parameter of the GERAN cell is already planned. The
parameter configuration in the LTE network must be the same as
that of the GERAN.

Neighbor Cell
1-350

1.21.13 PS HO Supported By GERAN Neighbor Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name PS HO Supported By GERAN Neighbor Cell
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter describes the PS HO capability of a GSM

neighboring cell. If the GSM neighboring cell supports PS HO, the
serving cell can initiate a PS handover to the UTRAN neighboring
cell.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A

Neighbor Cell
1.21.14 DTM Supported By GERAN Neighbor Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name DTM Supported By GERAN Neighbor Cell
Abbreviated Name isSupportDTM
1-351

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter describes the DTM and DTM HO capability of a

GERAN neighboring cell. During the SRVCC handover attempt, the
SRVCC HO Indication IE of the handover Require message must be
filled in according to the actual configuration.
Value type long
Range 0:Supports DTM and DTM HO,1:Supports DTM,Not Support DTM

HO,2:Not Support DTM
Unit N/A
Default Value Supports DTM and DTM HO[0]

Neighbor Cell
1.21.15 VoIP Supported By GERAN Neighbor Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name VoIP Supported By GERAN Neighbor Cell
Related feature N/A
1-352

Description This parameter describes the VoIP capability of a GSM neighboring

cell. The LTE system is an all-IP system that supports the VoIP
service, while the GSM system supports both the CS and VoIP
voice services. During the LTE voice-service handover to the GSM
network, if the target GSM cell supports VoIP, the PS handover is
initiated.
Value type long
Range 0:Not Support VoIP,1:Support VoIP
Unit N/A
Default Value Not Support VoIP[0]

Neighbor Cell
1.21.16 PLMN List

Parameter Name
Full Name PLMN List
Related feature N/A
Description PLMN Number for FDD
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-353


Neighbor Cell
1.21.17 reservedByGsmRelation
Parameter Name
Full Name N/A
Abbreviated Name reservedByGsmRelation
Related feature N/A
Description N/A
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Neighbor Cell
1-354

1.22 CDMA2000 Neighbor Cell

CDMA2000 Neighbor Cell
1.22.1 CDMA2000 Neighbor Cell ID

Parameter Name
Full Name CDMA2000 Neighbor Cell ID
Abbreviated Name ExternalSectorId
Managed Object ExternalSector
Related feature N/A

Range [0..1048575]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/Neighbor Cell Configuration/CDMA2000

Neighbor Cell
1-355

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Neighbor Cell
1.22.3 User Label

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
1-356

Value type string

PlainText[&'"<>]
Range [0..128]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Neighbor Cell

Parameter Name
Reference protocol 3GPP2 NRM IRP Rev D
Related feature N/A
Description Mobile Country Code
Value type string

PlainText[+###]
Range [3..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the PLMN information of this neighboring
cell. This parameter is filled in according to the actual situation,
and cannot be set in advance.
1-357


Neighbor Cell

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Description Mobile Network Code
Value type string

PlainText[+###]
Range [2..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the PLMN information of this neighboring
cell. This parameter is filled in according to the actual situation,
and cannot be set in advance.

Neighbor Cell
1-358

1.22.6 Cell Type

Parameter Name
Full Name Cell Type
Related feature N/A
Description CDMA Cell type
Value type long
Range 0:1xRTT,1:HRPD
Unit N/A
Default Value 1xRTT[0]
same as that of the peer end. If the configured CDMA neighboring
cell type is 1xRTT, this parameter is set to 1xRTT. If the CDMA
neighboring cell is HRPD, this parameter is set to HRPD.

Neighbor Cell
1.22.7 1xRTT System ID

Parameter Name
Full Name 1xRTT System ID
1-359

Abbreviated Name oneXrttSID
Related feature N/A
Description 1xRTT System ID
Value type long
Range [0..32767]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule This parameter is set based on network planning, and must be
the same as that of the peer end. This parameter is set according
to the actual SID filled in the neighboring cell relation table of the
corresponding CDMA 1xRTT neighboring cell.

Neighbor Cell
1.22.8 1xRTT Network ID

Parameter Name
Full Name 1xRTT Network ID
Abbreviated Name oneXrttNID
Related feature N/A
Description 1xRTT Network ID
Value type long
1-360

Range [0..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
to the actual NID filled in the neighboring cell relation table of the

Neighbor Cell
1.22.9 MSC-Market ID
Parameter Name
Full Name MSC-Market ID
Abbreviated Name mscMarketId
Related feature N/A
Description The MarketID definition of MSC ID
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
same as that of the peer end. This parameter is set according to the
actual MscMktId filled in the neighboring cell relation table of the
1-361


Neighbor Cell
1.22.10 The Switch Number Definition of MSC ID

Parameter Name
Full Name The Switch Number Definition of MSC ID
Abbreviated Name mscSwitchNum
Related feature N/A
Description The SwitchNumber definition of MSC ID
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
actual MscSwchNum filled in the neighboring cell relation table of
the corresponding CDMA 1xRTT neighboring cell.

Neighbor Cell
1-362

1.22.11 The Cell ID of 1xRTT cell

Parameter Name
Full Name The Cell ID of 1xRTT cell
Related feature N/A
Description The Cell ID of 1xRTT cell
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
to the actual CId filled in the neighboring cell relation table of the

Neighbor Cell
1.22.12 The Sector ID of 1xRTT Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name The Sector ID of 1xRTT Cell
1-363

Abbreviated Name oneXrttSectorID
Related feature N/A
Description The Sector ID of 1xRTT Cell
Value type long
Range [0..15]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
actual Sector ID filled in the neighboring cell relation table of the

Neighbor Cell
1.22.13 General Configuration for HRPD Sector ID

Parameter Name
Full Name General Configuration for HRPD Sector ID
Abbreviated Name generalCfg
Related feature N/A
Description General Configuration for HRPD Sector ID
1-364

Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
actual aucGenCfg[16] filled in the neighboring cell relation table of
the corresponding CDMA HRPD neighboring cell.

Neighbor Cell
1.22.14 BSC ID
Parameter Name
Full Name BSC ID
Abbreviated Name bscID
Related feature N/A
Description BSC ID
Value type long
Range [0..4095]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule This parameter is set based on the operators' planning.

Neighbor Cell
1-365

1.22.15 CDMA2000 Band Class

Parameter Name
Full Name CDMA2000 Band Class
Abbreviated Name bandClass
Related feature N/A
Description Band Class of CDMA Cell
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:bc0,1:bc1,2:bc2,3:bc3,4:bc4,5:bc5,6:bc6,7:bc7,8:bc8,9:bc9,10:bc-
10,11:bc11,12:bc12,13:bc13,14:bc14,15:bc15,16:bc16,17:bc17,18:
bc18-v9a0,19:bc19-v9a0,20:bc20-v9a0,21:bc21-v9a0
Unit N/A
Default Value bc0[0]

Neighbor Cell
1-366

1.22.16 PN Offset
Parameter Name
Full Name PN Offset
Abbreviated Name pNOffset
Related feature N/A
Description PN offset
Value type long
Range [0..511]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

Neighbor Cell
1.22.17 Carrier Frequency within a CDMA2000 Band

Parameter Name
Full Name Carrier Frequency within a CDMA2000 Band
Abbreviated Name carriFreq
Related feature N/A
Description CDMA cell carrier frequency
1-367

Value type long
Range [0..2047]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

Neighbor Cell
1.22.18 1xRTT Registration Zone

Parameter Name
Full Name 1xRTT Registration Zone
Abbreviated Name oneXrttRegZone
Related feature N/A
Description The CDMA2000 1xRTT Registration zone
Value type long
Range [0..4095]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule This parameter is configured according to the actual network plans.

Neighbor Cell
1-368

1.22.19 1xRTT Current Authentication Mode

Parameter Name
Full Name 1xRTT Current Authentication Mode
Abbreviated Name curAuthMode
Related feature N/A
Description Current authentication mode.

AUTHs is set to '00' or mobile station unable to perform
authentication.
AUTH - Authentication mode.
If mobile stations are to include standard authentication data
in Access Channel messages, the base station shall set this field
to '01'. If mobile stations are not to include
authentication data in Access Channel messages, the base
station shall set this field to '00'. All other values are reserved.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]

Neighbor Cell
1-369

1.22.20 1xRTT MAX Carrying SO Number Allowed

Parameter Name
Full Name 1xRTT MAX Carrying SO Number Allowed
Abbreviated Name oneXrttMaxSO
Related feature N/A
Description Maximum number of alternative service options allowed by UE
Value type long
Range [0..7]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

Neighbor Cell
1.22.21 1xRTT Pilot Increment

Parameter Name
Full Name 1xRTT Pilot Increment
Abbreviated Name oneXrttPilotInc
1-370

Related feature N/A
Description Pilot PN sequence offset index increment.
Value type long
Range [1..15]
Unit N/A
Default Value 4

Neighbor Cell
1.22.22 Base ID
Parameter Name
Full Name Base ID
Abbreviated Name baseId
Related feature N/A
Description Base Station ID
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
1-371


Neighbor Cell
1.22.23 reservedByCDMA2000Relation
Parameter Name
Full Name N/A
Abbreviated Name reservedByCDMA2000Relation
Related feature N/A
Description N/A
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Neighbor Cell
1-372

1.23 E-UTRAN Neighbor Relation

E-UTRAN Neighbor Relation
1.23.1 E-UTRAN Neighbor Relation ID

Parameter Name
Full Name E-UTRAN Neighbor Relation ID
Abbreviated Name EUtranRelationId
Managed Object EUtranRelation
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/Neighbor Ralation Configuration/E-

UTRAN Neighbor Relation
Parameter Name
1-373

Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range cellLocalId=%,##parent.cellLocalId
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.23.3 Neighbor Cell within eNodeB

Parameter Name
Full Name Neighbor Cell within eNodeB
Abbreviated Name refEUtranCellFDD
Related feature N/A
Description Neighbor Cell within eNodeB.
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
1-374

Default Value N/A

1.23.4 E-UTRAN FDD Neighbor Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name E-UTRAN FDD Neighbor Cell
Abbreviated Name refExternalEUtranCellFDD
Related feature N/A
Description Neighbor E-UTRAN FDD Cell.
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1-375

1.23.5 E-UTRAN TDD Neighbor Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name E-UTRAN TDD Neighbor Cell
Abbreviated Name refExternalEUtranCellTDD
Related feature N/A
Description Neighbor E-UTRAN TDD Cell.
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.23.6 Switch for Removing Neighbor Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for Removing Neighbor Cell
Abbreviated Name isRemoveAllowed
1-376

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter controls whether the LTE neighboring cell can be
deleted. If this parameter is set to True, the neighboring cell cannot
be automatically deleted by the ANR; otherwise, this neighboring
cell can be automatically deleted by the ANR.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule In the actual network deployment scenario, if the network planning
staff confirms that a certain cell is the neighboring cell of the serving
cell, this parameter is set to Yes, meaning that the cell cannot be
deleted; otherwise, this parameter is set to No, meaning that the
neighboring cell can be deleted.

1.23.7 Switch for X2

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for X2
Abbreviated Name isX2HOAllowed
Related feature N/A
1-377

Description This parameter controls whether the LTE neighboring cell supports
the X2 interface handover. Yes: it is not allowed to trigger the X2
interface handover to this cell. No: it is allowed to trigger the X2
interface handover to this cell.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule During the actual network deployment, if the eNB of this cell has
established an X2 interface fiber connection with the neighboring
eNB, it means that this cell supports the X2 interface handover;
otherwise, this cell does not support the X2 interface handover. This
parameter is set based on the actual network deployment scenarios.

1.23.8 Switch for HO

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for HO
Abbreviated Name isHOAllowed
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter controls whether the LTE neighboring cell supports
a handover. It can only trigger redirection. Yes: The cell can only
trigger redirection, but cannot trigger a handover. No: This cell can
trigger a handover.
1-378

Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule During the actual configuration, because the serving cell has not
established a handover path with the target cell, or because the
operator does not require a handover, this parameter is set to No;
otherwise, it is set to Yes. This parameter is set based on the actual
network deployment scenarios.

1.23.9 Intra-LTE Neighbor Relation

Parameter Name
Full Name Intra-LTE Neighbor Relation
Abbreviated Name shareCover
Related feature N/A
1-379

Description This parameter indicates the coverage relation of the serving cell
and the EUTRAN intra-RAT neighboring cell, including neighboring,
coverage, inclusion and included relations.
Neighboring: This cell and the neighboring cell is overlapped, or the
neighboring cell covers the coverage hole of the serving cell and the
neighboring cell is not included by the serving cell.
Coverage: The neighboring cell and the serving cell cover the same
area.
Inclusion: The neighboring cell includes the serving cell, which
means that the coverage of the serving cell is smaller than that of
the neighboring cell, and the coverage of the serving cell is included
in that of the neighboring cell.
Included relation: The neighboring cell is included in the serving cell,
which means that the coverage of the serving cell is larger than that
of the neighboring cell, and the coverage of the neighboring cell is
included in that of the serving cell.
Value type long
Range 0:Neighboring,1:Same Coverage,2:Containing,3:Contained
Unit N/A
Default Value Neighboring[0]
improper configuration may lead to a blind handover or the wrong
selection of the target cell during redirection.

1.23.10 Cell Q-Offset

Parameter Name
Full Name Cell Q-Offset
Abbreviated Name qofStCell
1-380

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the neighboring cell offset to the

serving cell. During the measurement that measures whether the
neighboring cell satisfies the requirements of the measurement
report or cell reselection, this parameter is used as the frequency
point offset or the cell dedicated offset.
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:-24,1:-22,2:-20,3:-18,4:-16,5:-14,6:-12,7:-10,8:-8,9:-6,10:-5,11:-
4,12:-3,13:-2,14:-1,15:0,16:1,17:2,18:3,19:4,20:5,21:6,22:8,23:10,2
4:12,25:14,26:16,27:18,28:20,29:22,30:24
Unit dB
Default Value 0[15]
Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the neighboring cell dedicated offset to the
serving cell during the cell reselection. It is used as the neighboring
cell correction in R rule. The higher the parameter is, the harder the
target cell can be reselected. However this parameter cannot be
set too high, otherwise the cell reselection is not triggered even if
the serving cell quality is poor.

1.23.11 Configured By ANR

Parameter Name
Full Name Configured By ANR
Abbreviated Name isAnrCreated
1-381

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter identifies whether the neighboring cell is configured

by manual or by ANR.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]
Configuration Rule If the neighboring cell is configured by manual, this parameter is set
to No. If the neighboring cell is configured by ANR, this parameter is
set to Yes.

1.23.12 Neighbor Cell Priority

Parameter Name
Full Name Neighbor Cell Priority
Abbreviated Name nCelPriority
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the neighboring cell priorities.
Value type long
Range 0:Low,1:Middle,2:High
1-382

Unit N/A
Default Value High[2]
Configuration Rule Discarded.

1.23.13 S1 Handover Data Direct Forward Supported

Parameter Name
Full Name S1 Handover Data Direct Forward Supported
Abbreviated Name s1DataFwdFlag
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether the S1 handover supports

handover path forwarding. If this parameter is set to No, the S1
interface transmission is used. If it is set to Yes, the X2 interface
transmission is used.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]
Configuration Rule During the actual network deployment, if the user plane links of
the X2 interface are established, this parameter can be set to Yes;
otherwise, it is set to No.

1-383

1.23.14 Cell Individual Offset

Parameter Name
Full Name Cell Individual Offset
Abbreviated Name cellIndivOffset
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the cell dedicated offset, which is used
for the UE to estimate the triggering conditions of measurement
reports. The path loss differences between different cells can be
adjusted through this parameter.
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:-24,1:-22,2:-20,3:-18,4:-16,5:-14,6:-12,7:-10,8:-8,9:-6,10:-5,11:-
4,12:-3,13:-2,14:-1,15:0,16:1,17:2,18:3,19:4,20:5,21:6,22:8,23:10,2
4:12,25:14,26:16,27:18,28:20,29:22,30:24
Unit dB
Default Value 0[15]
Configuration Rule The higher this parameter is, the handover condition of this cell is
easier to be satisfied. The lower this parameter is, the handover
condition of this cell is more difficult to be satisfied. The default value
is set to 0, which can be optimized based on the actual network
conditions. An improper configuration may raise the handover
failure rate to the target cell.

1-384

1.23.15 Status Indication

Parameter Name
Full Name Status Indication
Abbreviated Name stateInd
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the neighboring cell status. 0: RRC_IDLE

only. It indicates that only the UE in idle state is allowed to be
reselected to this cell, but the UE in connected state is not allowed.
1: RRC_CONNECTED only. It indicates that only the UE in
connected state is allowed to be handed over to this cell, but not
allowed to be reselected. 2: RRC_IDLE+ RRC_CONNECTED. It
indicates that the UE both in idle and connected state are allowed
to be handed over or reselected to this cell.
Value type long
Range 0:RRC_IDLE Only,1:RRC_CONNECTED Only,2:RRC_IDLE+

RRC_CONNECTED
Unit N/A
Default Value RRC_IDLE+ RRC_CONNECTED[2]
Configuration Rule This parameter indicates whether the current neighboring cell is
used for the cell reselection of the UE in idle state or for handover
of the UE in connected state. It is set based on the actual network
deployment. An improper configuration may lead to a wrong target
cell during the cell reselection or handover.

1-385

1.23.16 Energy Saving Cellis Covered by the Adjacent Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Energy Saving Cellis Covered by the Adjacent Cell
Abbreviated Name isESCoveredBy
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether the energy-saving cell is covered

by the neighboring cell. This neighboring cell provides three
coverage state to the serving cell: does not provide the basic
coverage, provides the basic coverage, and provides the partial
coverage. In the current stage, this parameter indicates whether the
neighboring provides the basic coverage to the serving cell.
Value type long
Range 0:None Coverage,1:All Coverage,2:Partial Coverage
Unit N/A
Default Value None Coverage[0]
Configuration Rule This parameter is configured for the energy-saving cell. If the
intra-RAT neighboring cell completely covers the serving cell
(energy-saving cell), this parameter is set to "All coverage". If
the intra-RAT neighboring cell partially covers the serving cell
(energy-saving cell), this parameter is set to "Partial coverage".
If the intra-RAT neighboring cell does not cover the serving cell
(energy-saving cell), this parameter is set to "None coverage".

1-386

1.23.17 Cover Energy Saving Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Cover Energy Saving Cell
Abbreviated Name coverESCell
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is configured for the serving cell, and indicates
whether the serving cell provides basic coverage to the neighboring
cell.
Value type long
Range 0:None Coverage,1:Coverage
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter is configured for the serving cell that provides basic
coverage to the neighboring cell. If the serving cell completely
covers the neighboring cell (energy-saving cell), this parameter is
set to "Coverage". If the serving cell does not cover the neighboring
cell (energy-saving cell), this parameter is set to "None coverage".

1-387

1.23.18 Threshold of PRB for Uplink ES

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of PRB for Uplink ES
Abbreviated Name resPRBUp
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the PRB threshold for the uplink energy
saving. It mainly compensates the insufficient number of uplink
PRBs caused by the UE channel quality difference between the
energy-saving cell and the compensation cell.
Value type long
Range [1..10]
Unit N/A
Default Value 5
Configuration Rule This parameter is used to close the idle uplink resources of the
basic coverage cell that the energy-saving is handed over to. If this
parameter is set too high, the cell is not easy to be closed, affecting
the energy-saving efficiency. If this parameter is set too low, service
admission fails after the subscriber is handed over to the basic
coverage cell, affecting user experience. It is recommended to use
the default value.

1-388

1.23.19 Threshold of PRB for Downlink ES

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of PRB for Downlink ES
Abbreviated Name resPRBDown
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the PRB threshold for the downlink energy
saving. It mainly compensates the insufficient number of downlink
PRBs caused by the UE channel quality difference between the
energy-saving cell and the compensation cell.
Value type long
Range [1..10]
Unit N/A
Default Value 5
Configuration Rule This parameter is used to close the idle downlink resources of the
basic coverage cell that the energy-saving is handed over to. If this
parameter is set too high, the cell is not easy to be closed, affecting
the energy-saving efficiency. If this parameter is set too low, service
admission fails after the subscriber is handed over to the basic
coverage cell, affecting user experience. It is recommended to use
the default value.

1.23.20 The Time Window of Switching on for ES Cell

Parameter Name
1-389

Full Name The Time Window of Switching on for ES Cell
Abbreviated Name switchonTimeWindow
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the time window for observing the cell load
when the energy-saving cell is opened.
Value type long
Range [1..2]
Unit min
Default Value 1
Configuration Rule To not affect the user experience, opening the energy-saving cell
must follows the load variation. Thus this parameter should be set
as small as possible. It is recommended to use the default value.

1.23.21 Offset of Intra-Frequency Measurement in Load Balancing

Parameter Name
Full Name Offset of Intra-Frequency Measurement in Load Balancing
Abbreviated Name lbIntraMeasureOffset
Related feature N/A
1-390

Description During the load balance based on the event A4 intra-frequency

measurement, the cells in the measurement report is selected as
the load balancing candidate based on the following principle: the
signal quality must be equal to or greater than the serving cell signal
quality plus the load intra-frequency measurement offset.
Value type long
Range [-15..15]
Unit dB
Default Value -3
Configuration Rule The larger the parameter is, the higher signal quality of the
intra-frequency candidate cell is required, but it is easier to avoid
ping-pong handover. The smaller the parameter is, the less signal
quality of the intra-frequency candidate cell is required, but it is
harder to avoid ping-pong handover.

1.23.22 The Max Tolerance Number of RRC Connectiong Number

for Cover Cell when switching on the ES Cell
Parameter Name
Full Name The Max Tolerance Number of RRC Connectiong Number for Cover
Cell when switching on the ES Cell
Abbreviated Name numRRCCntNumCov
Related feature N/A
1-391

Description This parameter indicates the maximum number of RRC connections

that the basically covered cell allowed.
Value type long
Range [500..1200]
Unit N/A
Default Value 700
Configuration Rule This parameter reflects the maximum number of RRC connections
that the basic coverage cell allows when the serving cell provides
compensation to the other energy-saving cells without affecting the
user experience. It is determined by the actual network situations.

1.23.23 Cooperative Relationship Type

Parameter Name
Full Name Cooperative Relationship Type
Abbreviated Name coperType
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used for CoMP and CA type configurations.
Value type long
Range 0:Not Support,1:Only UL Comp Support,2:Only DL Comp

Support,3:UL&DL Comp Support,8:Only DL CA Support
Unit N/A
Default Value Not Support[0]
1-392

Configuration Rule This parameter is a basic function item. It is adjusted based on

the cell planning.

1.24 UTRAN Neighbor Relation

Object of UTRAN Neighbor Relation
1.24.1 UTRAN Neighbor Relation ID

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN Neighbor Relation ID
Abbreviated Name UtranRelationId
Managed Object UtranRelation
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/Neighbor Ralation Configuration/UTRAN

Neighbor Relation
1-393

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Neighbor Relation
1-394

1.24.3 UTRAN TDD Neighbor Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN TDD Neighbor Cell
Abbreviated Name refExternalUtranCellTDD
Related feature N/A
Description UTRAN TDD Neighbor Cell.
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Neighbor Relation
1.24.4 UTRAN FDD Neighbor Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN FDD Neighbor Cell
Abbreviated Name refExternalUtranCellFDD
Related feature N/A
Description UTRAN FDD Neighbor Cell.
1-395

Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Neighbor Relation
1.24.5 Inter-RAT Neighbor Relation

Parameter Name
Full Name Inter-RAT Neighbor Relation
Abbreviated Name ratShareCover
Related feature N/A
and the UTRAN inter-RAT neighboring cell, including neighboring,
area.
1-396


Value type long
Unit N/A

Neighbor Relation
1.24.6 Handover Supported

Parameter Name
Full Name Handover Supported
Abbreviated Name isHOSupport
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether the serving cell supports to initiate
a handover to the UTRAN neighboring cell.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-397

network deployment. An improper configuration may lead to a
wrong handover triggered by the eNB.

Neighbor Relation
1.24.7 Energy Saving Cell Is Covered by the RAT Adjacent Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Energy Saving Cell Is Covered by the RAT Adjacent Cell
Abbreviated Name isRatESCoveredBy
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether the energy-saving cell is covered

by the inter-RAT neighboring cell. This neighboring cell provides
three coverage state to the serving cell: does not provide the basic
coverage, provides the basic coverage, and provides the partial
coverage. In the current stage, this parameter indicates whether the
neighboring provides the basic coverage to the serving cell.
Value type long
Range 0:None Coverage,1:All Coverage,2:Partial Coverage
Unit N/A
1-398

Configuration Rule This parameter is configured for the energy-saving cell. If the
inter-RAT neighboring cell completely covers the serving cell
(energy-saving cell), this parameter is set to "All coverage". If
the inter-RAT neighboring cell partially covers the serving cell
(energy-saving cell), this parameter is set to "Partial coverage".
If the inter-RAT neighboring cell does not cover the serving cell
(energy-saving cell), this parameter is set to "None coverage".

Neighbor Relation

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Description The Switch for the UTRAN adjacent-Cell being removed. When the
value of the parameter is "Yes", the cell can be removed by ANR
function, else it can not be.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A

Neighbor Relation
1-399

1.25 GERAN Neighbor Relation

Object of GERAN Neighbor Relation
1.25.1 GERAN Neighbor Relation ID

Parameter Name
Full Name GERAN Neighbor Relation ID
Abbreviated Name GsmRelationId
Managed Object GsmRelation
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/Neighbor Ralation Configuration/GERAN

Neighbor Relation
1-400

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Neighbor Relation
1.25.3 GERAN Neighbor Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name GERAN Neighbor Cell
1-401

Abbreviated Name refExternalGsmCell
Related feature N/A
Description GERAN Neighbor Cell
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Neighbor Relation

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
1-402

and the GERAN inter-RAT neighboring cell, including neighboring,
area.
Value type long
Unit N/A

Neighbor Relation

Parameter Name
1-403

Related feature N/A
a handover to the GSM neighboring cell.
Value type long
Unit N/A
network deployment. An improper configuration may lead to a
wrong handover triggered by the eNB.

Neighbor Relation

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
1-404

Description The Switch for the GSM adjacent-Cell being removed. When the
value of the parameter is "Yes",the cell can be removed by ANR
function, else it can not be.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A

Neighbor Relation
1.26 CDMA2000 Neighbor Relation

CDMA2000 Neighbor Relation
1.26.1 CDMA2000 Neighbor Relation ID

Parameter Name
Full Name CDMA2000 Neighbor Relation ID
Abbreviated Name CDMA2000RelationId
Managed Object CDMA2000Relation
Related feature N/A

1-405

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/Neighbor Ralation Configura-

tion/CDMA2000 Neighbor Relation
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1-406

1.26.3 CDMA2000 Neighbor Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name CDMA2000 Neighbor Cell
Abbreviated Name refExternalSector
Related feature N/A
Description CDMA2000 Neighbor Cell
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A


Parameter Name
1-407

Related feature N/A
and the GERAN inter-RAT neighboring cell, including neighboring,
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter must be set according to the actual coverage
relation between the neighboring and serving cells; otherwise, the
mobile performances such as CFFB/load sharing/energy saving and
high-speed rail performances are affected.


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
1-408

a handover to the neighboring cell. If this switch is turned on, the
handover to the neighboring cell is triggered; otherwise, only the
CCCO or redirection can be triggered.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule If this switch is turned on, the handover to the neighboring cell is
triggered; otherwise, only the CCCO or redirection can be triggered.

1.27 E-UTRAN Cell Reselection

E-UTRAN Reselection
1.27.1 E-UTRAN Cell Reselection ID

Parameter Name
Full Name E-UTRAN Cell Reselection ID
Abbreviated Name EUtranReselectionId
Managed Object EUtranReselection
Related feature N/A
1-409


Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/Cell Reselection Configuration/E-UTRAN

Cell Reselection
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-410


Cell Reselection
1.27.3 Cell Barred

Parameter Name
Full Name Cell Barred
Abbreviated Name cellBarred
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is cell barred indicator If the cell barred indicator is
set to 'barred', UEs are not permitted to select/re-select this cell,
even for emergency calls
Value type long
Range 0:Barred,1:Not Barred
Unit N/A
Default Value Not Barred[1]
Configuration Rule Set this parameter based on the cell requirement.

Cell Reselection
1-411

1.27.4 Cell Policy Shutdown Timer Length

Parameter Name
Full Name Cell Policy Shutdown Timer Length
Abbreviated Name preBlockTimer
Related feature N/A
Description When Cell Policy Shutdown Command is received from OMC, the
timer is open.And if timer is time-out,the UEs in the cell will be
moved out forcibly.
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:0s,1:1min,2:5min,3:10min,4:30min,5:1hour,6:4hour,7:16hour,8
:Reserved
Unit N/A
Default Value 5min[2]
Configuration Rule You can modify this parameter only when the ucCellBarred is set
to Barred.

Cell Reselection
1.27.5 Intra-Frequency Cell Reselection Indication

Parameter Name
1-412

Full Name Intra-Frequency Cell Reselection Indication
Abbreviated Name isIntraFreqReselection
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates whether UE can reselect to intra-frequency

cells when the highest ranked cell is barred, or treated as barred
by the UE
Value type long
Range 0:Allowed,1:Not Allowed
Unit N/A
Default Value Allowed[0]
Configuration Rule Set this parameter based on the cell requirement

Cell Reselection
1.27.6 Enable Access to CSG Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Enable Access to CSG Cell
Abbreviated Name csgIndication
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates whether UE can access in CSG cell
1-413

Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]
Configuration Rule Set this parameter based on the cell requirement

Cell Reselection
1.27.7 Minimum Receiving Level(RSRP) During Cell Selection

Parameter Name
Full Name Minimum Receiving Level(RSRP) During Cell Selection
Abbreviated Name selQrxLevMin
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the minimum required received power level
of the cell which satisfies the condition of being selected by UE Only
the measured received power level of the cell is over Sel_Qrxlevmin
can the cell be selected
Value type long
Range [-140..-44] step 2
Unit dBm
Default Value -120
Configuration Rule If this parameter is set too large, it will harder for cell to meet the cell
selection criteria. If this parameter is set too small, the cell can not
provide service for UE. The experience value is -130 dBm.
1-414


Cell Reselection
1.27.8 Minimum Receiving Level(RSRP) Offset During Cell

Selection
Parameter Name
Full Name Minimum Receiving Level(RSRP) Offset During Cell Selection
Abbreviated Name qrxLevMinOfst
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the offset of the minimum required received
power level of the cell which satisfies the condition of being selected
or reselected by UE It will affect the minimum required received
power level in the cell
Value type long
Unit dB
Default Value 2
Configuration Rule If this parameter is set too large, it will make cell not easy to meet
criteria of cell selection.

Cell Reselection
1-415

1.27.9 Maximum UE Transmission Power

Parameter Name
Full Name Maximum UE Transmission Power
Abbreviated Name intraPmax
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is Maximum allowed transmission power on an

uplink carrier frequency in dBm.The UE transmit power on one
serving cell shall not exceed the configured maximum UE output
power of the serving cell determined by this value.
Value type long
Range [-30..33]
Unit dBm
Default Value 23

Cell Reselection
1-416

1.27.10 Urgent Call Access Parameters

Parameter Name
Full Name Urgent Call Access Parameters
Abbreviated Name acBarringForEmergency
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates whether users with AC below 10 be barred

to trigger an emergency call.If The parameter is set to false, all the
user with AC0~9 can initialize emergency call.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]

Cell Reselection
1.27.11 Probability Factor of Signaling Access

Parameter Name
Full Name Probability Factor of Signaling Access
Abbreviated Name acBarringFactor
1-417

Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the access probability for mobile originating
signalling .If the random number drawn by the UE is lower than the
parameter, access is allowed; Otherwise the access is barred. It
means higher access probability as this field set to a big value, but
lower access probability as this field set to a small value.
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:0,1:0.05,2:0.1,3:0.15,4:0.2,5:0.25,6:0.3,7:0.4,8:0.5,9:0.6,10:0.7,
11:0.75,12:0.8,13:0.85,14:0.9,15:0.95,16:1
Unit N/A
Default Value 1[16]
Configuration Rule The smaller the value is the lower probability for the signal to
access.

Cell Reselection
1.27.12 Signaling Access-Deny Time

Parameter Name
Full Name Signaling Access-Deny Time
Abbreviated Name acBarringTime
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the mean access barring time of mobile
originating signalling.If the value is big, it use more time to access
signalling, otherwise little timeneeded.
1-418

Value type long
Range 0:4,1:8,2:16,3:32,4:64,5:128,6:256,7:512
Unit s
Default Value 4[0]
Configuration Rule The larger the value is, the longer time is needed for the signal to
access, and thus there will be a long time delay.

Cell Reselection
1.27.13 Access Parameters of Signaling Access Level

Parameter Name
Full Name Access Parameters of Signaling Access Level
Abbreviated Name acBarringForSpecialAC
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates access class barring for AC 11-15 of mobile
originating signalling The first/ leftmost bit is for AC 11, the second
bit is for AC 12, and so on
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0];No[0];No[0];No[0];No[0]
Configuration Rule Set this parameter based on the field requirement.

Cell Reselection
1-419

1.27.14 Probability Factor of Call Access

Parameter Name
Full Name Probability Factor of Call Access
Abbreviated Name acBarringFactorOrig
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the access probability for mobile originating
calls
If the random number drawn by the UE is lower than the parameter,
access is allowed Otherwise the access is barred
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:0,1:0.05,2:0.1,3:0.15,4:0.2,5:0.25,6:0.3,7:0.4,8:0.5,9:0.6,10:0.7,
11:0.75,12:0.8,13:0.85,14:0.9,15:0.95,16:1
Unit N/A
Default Value 1[16]
Configuration Rule The larger the value is, the higher successful probability for access
there will be.

Cell Reselection
1-420

1.27.15 Call Access-Deny Time

Parameter Name
Full Name Call Access-Deny Time
Abbreviated Name acBarringTimeOrig
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the mean access barring time of mobile
originating calls
Value type long
Range 0:4,1:8,2:16,3:32,4:64,5:128,6:256,7:512
Unit s
Default Value 4[0]
Configuration Rule The smaller the value is, the shorter time is needed for UE to access.

Cell Reselection
1.27.16 Access Parameters of Call Access Level

Parameter Name
Full Name Access Parameters of Call Access Level
1-421

Abbreviated Name acBarringForSpecialACtOrig
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates access class barring for AC 11-15 of mobile
originating calls The first/ leftmost bit is for AC 11, the second bit
is for AC 12, and so on
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A

Cell Reselection
1.27.17 Reselection Hysteresis of Serving Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Reselection Hysteresis of Serving Cell
Abbreviated Name qhyst
Reference protocol TS36.331 q-Hyst

TS36.304
Related feature N/A
1-422

Description The parameter indicates the hysteresis value for cells In cell-ranking
criterion R of cell reselection, the R value of serving cell equals to
the measured value plus the hysteresis value For detail description
please refer to TS 36304
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:0,1:1,2:2,3:3,4:4,5:5,6:6,7:8,8:10,9:12,10:14,11:16,12:18,13:20,1
4:22,15:24
Unit dB
Default Value 4[4]
Configuration Rule The larger the value is, the less probability for the cell reselection,
and thus leads to a slow response to the radio environment
change. The smaller the value is, the higher probability of leading
to ping-pong re-selection.

Cell Reselection
1.27.18 Time Window Length in Deciding Medium/High-Speed

Movement Status
Parameter Name
Full Name Time Window Length in Deciding Medium/High-Speed Movement

Status
Abbreviated Name tEvaluation
Related feature N/A
1-423

Description The parameter indicates time windows for judging medium/high

mobility state of UE If the number thatthe cell performs reselection
during time period T_Crmax exceeds NCR_H, UE will be considered
in high mobility state If the number that the cell performs reselection
during time period TCrmax exceeds NCR_M, UE will be considered
in medium mobility state
Value type long
Range 0:30,1:60,2:120,3:180,4:240
Unit s
Configuration Rule The larger the value is, the less the UE speed be determined timely.
The smaller the value is, the more chance to lead misjudgement.

Cell Reselection
1.27.19 Leaving Duration of Medium/High-Speed Movement Status

Parameter Name
Full Name Leaving Duration of Medium/High-Speed Movement Status
Abbreviated Name tCrMaxHyst
Related feature N/A
Description If criteria for high mobility state or medium mobility state are not
detected in T_Crmaxhyst, it shall enter normal mobility state
Value type long
Range 0:30,1:60,2:120,3:180,4:240
Unit s
1-424


Cell Reselection
1.27.20 Cell Reselection Times in High-Speed Movement Status

Parameter Name
Full Name Cell Reselection Times in High-Speed Movement Status
Abbreviated Name nCellChangeHigh
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates threshold of cell reselection for judging

high mobility state If number of cell reselections during time period
TCrmax exceeds NCR_H, UE will be considered in high mobility
state
Value type long
Range [1..16]
Unit N/A
Default Value 8

Cell Reselection
1-425

1.27.21 Cell Reselection Times in Medium-Speed Movement Status

Parameter Name
Full Name Cell Reselection Times in Medium-Speed Movement Status
Abbreviated Name nCellChangeMedium
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates threshold of cell reselection for judging

medium mobility state If number of cell reselections during time
period T_Crmax exceeds NCR_M, UE will be considered in medium
mobility state
Value type long
Range [1..16]
Unit N/A
Default Value 6

Cell Reselection
1-426

1.27.22 Additional Hysteresis in Medium-Speed Movement Status

Parameter Name
Full Name Additional Hysteresis in Medium-Speed Movement Status
Abbreviated Name qHystSFMedium
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates additional hysteresis applied in medium

mobility state
Value type long
Range 0:-6,1:-4,2:-2,3:0
Unit dB
Default Value 0[3]
Configuration Rule If this parameter value is set too small, it is hard to guarantee a
stable states signal of target cell, and it may cause ping-pong
re-selection.

Cell Reselection
1.27.23 Additional Hysteresis in High-Speed Movement Status

Parameter Name
Full Name Additional Hysteresis in High-Speed Movement Status
Abbreviated Name qHystSFHigh
1-427

Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates additional hysteresis applied in high

mobility state
Value type long
Range 0:-6,1:-4,2:-2,3:0
Unit dB
Default Value -2[2]
Configuration Rule If this parameter value is set too small, it is hard to guarantee a
stable states signal of target cell, and it may cause ping-pong
re-selection.

Cell Reselection
1.27.24 Whether Configure Snonintrasearch Parameters

Parameter Name
Full Name Whether Configure Snonintrasearch Parameters
Abbreviated Name sNintraSrchPre
Related feature N/A
1-428

Description The parameter is a switch indicating whether S_nonintrasearch

is configured or not If the value is False, UE always performs
measurements of inter-RAT frequencies or inter-frequencies of equal
or lower priority If the value is True, S_nonintrasearch is configured
to UE, and UE judges whether to perform the measurements of
inter-RAT frequencies or inter-frequencies of equal or lower priority
For detail description please refers to TS 36304
Value type long
Unit N/A
Default Value TRUE[1]

Cell Reselection
1.27.25 Decision Threshold of Same/Lower Priority RSRP

Measurement
Parameter Name
Full Name Decision Threshold of Same/Lower Priority RSRP Measurement
Abbreviated Name snonintrasearch
Related feature N/A
1-429

Description The parameter indicates the measurement triggering threshold for

cell reselection (S_nonintrasearch) used by UE to judge whether
inter-frequency/inter-RAT should be performed If the quality of
serving cell exceeds S_nonintrasearch, UE may choose not to
perform measurements of inter-RAT frequencies or inter-frequencies
of equal or lower priority if the quality of serving cell is not larger than
S_nonintrasearch, UE shall perform measurements of inter-RAT
frequencies or inter-frequencies cells of equal or lower priority For
detail description please refers to TS 36304
Value type long
Unit dB
Default Value 50

Cell Reselection
1.27.26 Lower Threshold of Serving Carrier

Parameter Name
Full Name Lower Threshold of Serving Carrier
Abbreviated Name threshSvrLow
Related feature N/A
1-430

Description The parameter indicates the threshold for cell reselection to a cell
on a lower priority RAT or frequency There have 3 elements fulfilled
for cell reselection criteria :
1. No cell of a higher priority RAT or frequency fulfills the criteria
above.
2. SServingCell < ThresholdServing_Low and the
SnonServingCell,x of a cell of a lower priority frequency RAT
or frequency is greater than ThresholdX_Low (including
inter-frequency and inter-RAT) during a time interval
TreselectionRAT.
3. more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the
current serving cell For detail description please refers to TS
36304.
Value type long
Unit dB
Default Value 6
Configuration Rule The larger the value is, the easier for UE to re-select to target cell.
The experience value is 6dB.

Cell Reselection
1.27.27 Maximum UE Transmission Power of Intra-Frequency

Reselection
Parameter Name
Full Name Maximum UE Transmission Power of Intra-Frequency Reselection
Abbreviated Name iIntraPmax
1-431

Related feature N/A
Description Intra_Pmax is the most uplink usable transmitting power of UE of cell

configured Intra_Pmax is used for the intra-frequency neighboring
E-UTRA cell reselection If Intra_Pmax is absent, the maximum
power according to the UE capability is used
Value type long
Range [-30..33]
Unit dBm
Default Value 23
Configuration Rule It has relation with UE type.

Cell Reselection
1.27.28 Maximum UE Transmission Power of Intra-Frequency

Reselection Offset
Parameter Name
Full Name Maximum UE Transmission Power of Intra-Frequency Reselection

Offset
Abbreviated Name iIntraPmaxOffset
Related feature N/A
Description Maximum UE Transmission Power of Intra-Frequency Reselection

Offset
Value type long
1-432

Range [0..4]
Unit dBm
Default Value 4

Cell Reselection
1.27.29 Reselection Priority of Intra-Frequency Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Reselection Priority of Intra-Frequency Cell
Abbreviated Name cellReselectionPriority
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates intra-frequency cell reselection priority The

less its value is, the lower its priority class is
Value type long
Range [0..7]
Unit N/A
Default Value 7
Configuration Rule The larger the value is, the higher priority there will be. You can Set
this parameter based on the field requirement.

Cell Reselection
1-433

1.27.30 Minimum Receiving Level of Intra-Frequency Cell

Reselection
Parameter Name
Full Name Minimum Receiving Level of Intra-Frequency Cell Reselection
Abbreviated Name intraQrxLevMin
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the minimum required received power

level of intra-frequency cell which satisfies the condition of being
reselected by UE
Value type long
Range [-140..-44] step 2
Unit dBm
Default Value -120
provide service for UE. The experience value is -130 dBm.

Cell Reselection
1-434

1.27.31 Whether Configure Intra-Frequency RSRP Threshold

Parameter Name
Full Name Whether Configure Intra-Frequency RSRP Threshold
Abbreviated Name intraSearch
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is a switch indicating whether S_intrasearch

is configured or not If the value is False, S_intrasearch is not
configured to UE, and UE performs the intra-frequency measurement
periodically according to the period inicated by the parameter
Treselections If the value is True, S_intrasearch is configured to UE,
and UE judges whether to perform the intra-frequency measurement
For detail description please refer to TS 36304
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A

Cell Reselection
1.27.32 RSRP Decision Threshold of Intra-Frequency Measurement

Parameter Name
Full Name RSRP Decision Threshold of Intra-Frequency Measurement
Abbreviated Name sIntraSearch
1-435

Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the intra-frequency measurement triggering

threshold for cell reselection (S_intrasearch) used by UE to judge
whether intra-frequency measurement should be performed if the
quality of serving cell exceeds S_Intrasearch, UE may choose to
not perform intra-frequency measurement; if the quality of serving
cell is not larger than S_intrasearch, UE performs intra-frequency
measurement For detail description please refer to TS 36304
Value type long
Unit dB
Default Value 60

Cell Reselection
1.27.33 Reselection Decision Timer Duration of Intra-Frequency

Cell
Parameter Name
Full Name Reselection Decision Timer Duration of Intra-Frequency Cell
Abbreviated Name tReselectionIntraEUTRA
1-436

Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the intra-frequency cell reselection

timerUE shall reselect the new cell of EUTRAN if the new
intra-frequency cell is better ranked than the serving cell according
to the cell-ranking criterion R during a time interval indicated by
TreselectionIntraEUTRAN
Value type long
Range [0..7]
Unit s
Default Value 1
Configuration Rule During the uctRslIntraEutr period, the EUTRAN cell can be selected
as service cell only when its status, according to R rule,is better than
the current service cell.

Cell Reselection
1.27.34 Indicator for Intra-Frequency Linked Cell to Use Antenna

Port 1
Parameter Name
Full Name Indicator for Intra-Frequency Linked Cell to Use Antenna Port 1
Abbreviated Name intraPresenceAntPort1
Related feature N/A
1-437

Description The parameter is used to indicate whether all the neighboring cells
use Antenna Port 1 for intra-frequency cell reselection When set to
TRUE, the UE may assume that at least two cell-specific antenna
ports are used in all neighboring cells
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule Set parameter based on the network requirement.

Cell Reselection
1.27.35 Time Scale Factor for Intra-Frequency Cell in Medium-Speed

Status
Parameter Name
Full Name Time Scale Factor for Intra-Frequency Cell in Medium-Speed Status
Abbreviated Name sfIntraMedium
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates scaling factor of reselection time applied

in medium mobility state.The concerned mobility control related
parameter "uctRslIntraEutra" is multiplied with "uctReselIntraSFM" if
the UE is in Medium Mobility state.
Value type long
Range 0:0.25,1:0.5,2:0.75,3:1
1-438

Unit N/A
Default Value 0.75[2]
Configuration Rule A too small value can not guarantee a stable status of the signal
quality of target cell. The experience value is 0.75

Cell Reselection
1.27.36 Time Scale Factor for Intra-Frequency Cell in High-Speed

Status
Parameter Name
Full Name Time Scale Factor for Intra-Frequency Cell in High-Speed Status
Abbreviated Name sfIntraHigh
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates scaling factor of reselection time applied in

high mobility state.The concerned mobility control related parameter
"uctRslIntraEutra" is multiplied with "uctReselIntraSFH" if the UE
is in High Mobility state.
Value type long
Range 0:0.25,1:0.5,2:0.75,3:1
Unit N/A
quality of target cell. The experience value is 0.5
1-439


Cell Reselection
1.27.37 Inter-Frequency Number

Parameter Name
Full Name Inter-Frequency Number
Abbreviated Name interFreqNum
Related feature N/A
Description Inter-Frequency Number
Value type long
Range [0..8]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

Cell Reselection
1-440

1.27.38 Inter-Frequency Reselection Configuration

Parameter Name
Full Name Inter-Frequency Reselection Configuration
Abbreviated Name eutranRslPara
Related feature N/A
Description Inter-Frequency Reselection Configuration
Value type sequence[StructEUtranRslPara,8]
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Cell Reselection
1.27.39 Minimum Receiving Level(RSRQ) During Cell Selection

Parameter Name
Full Name Minimum Receiving Level(RSRQ) During Cell Selection
Abbreviated Name cellSelQqualMin
Related feature N/A
1-441

Description This parameter indicates the minimum required quality level of the
cell which satisfies the condition of being selected by UE. Only the
measured received quality level of the cell is over ucCellSelQqualMin
can the cell be selected. Range of the parameter is actual value
which equals to the value in 36.331.
Value type long
Range [-34..-3]
Unit dB
Default Value -19
Configuration Rule The larger the value is, the harder for cell to meet the cell selection
criteria. If Set this parameter value too small, then cell may not
provide service to UE. The experience value is -20dB.

Cell Reselection
1.27.40 Minimum Receiving Level(RSRQ) Offset During Cell

Selection
Parameter Name
Full Name Minimum Receiving Level(RSRQ) Offset During Cell Selection
Abbreviated Name qQualminoffset
Related feature N/A
Description Offset to the signalled Qqualmin taken into account in the Squal
evaluation as a result of a periodic search for a higher priority PLMN
while camped normally in a VPLMN
Value type long
1-442

Range [1..8]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
Configuration Rule When the value of ucCellSelQqualMin is fixed, a too larger value my
cause the cell can not meet the cell selection criteria.

Cell Reselection
1.27.41 Voice Access-Deny Factor of Multimedia Call

Parameter Name
Full Name Voice Access-Deny Factor of Multimedia Call
Abbreviated Name voiceBarringFactor
Related feature N/A
Description Service specific access class barring for MMTEL voice originating
calls If the random number drawn by the UE is lower than this value,
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:0,1:0.05,2:0.1,3:0.15,4:0.2,5:0.25,6:0.3,7:0.4,8:0.5,9:0.6,10:0.7,
11:0.75,12:0.8,13:0.85,14:0.9,15:0.95,16:1
Unit N/A
Default Value 1[16]
1-443


Cell Reselection
1.27.42 Voice Access-Deny Time of Multimedia Call

Parameter Name
Full Name Voice Access-Deny Time of Multimedia Call
Abbreviated Name voiceBarringTime
Related feature N/A
Description Service specific access class barring for MMTEL voice originating
calls
Value type long
Range 0:4,1:8,2:16,3:32,4:64,5:128,6:256,7:512
Unit s
Default Value 4[0]

Cell Reselection
1-444

1.27.43 Voice Access Level of Multimedia Call

Parameter Name
Full Name Voice Access Level of Multimedia Call
Abbreviated Name voiceBarForSpecAC
Related feature N/A
Description Access class barring for AC 11-15 of MMTEL voice originating calls
The first/ leftmost bit is for AC 11, the second bit is for AC 12, and
so on
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This is an array type parameter, the first to fifth bit corresponding
to 11 to 15 respectively, If 0 is set for it,then the user of specific
access class can start an multi-media phone service, otherwise, he
can not start that service.

Cell Reselection
1.27.44 Video Access-Deny Factor of Multimedia Call

Parameter Name
1-445

Full Name Video Access-Deny Factor of Multimedia Call
Abbreviated Name videoBarringFactor
Related feature N/A
Description Service specific access class barring for MMTEL video originating
calls If the random number drawn by the UE is lower than this value,
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:0,1:0.05,2:0.1,3:0.15,4:0.2,5:0.25,6:0.3,7:0.4,8:0.5,9:0.6,10:0.7,
11:0.75,12:0.8,13:0.85,14:0.9,15:0.95,16:1
Unit N/A
Default Value 1[16]

Cell Reselection
1.27.45 Video Access-Deny Time of Multimedia Call

Parameter Name
Full Name Video Access-Deny Time of Multimedia Call
Abbreviated Name videoBarringTime
Related feature N/A
1-446

Description Service specific access class barring for MMTEL video originating
calls
Value type long
Range 0:4,1:8,2:16,3:32,4:64,5:128,6:256,7:512
Unit s
Default Value 4[0]

Cell Reselection
1.27.46 Video Access Level of Multimedia Call

Parameter Name
Full Name Video Access Level of Multimedia Call
Abbreviated Name videoBarForSpecAC
Related feature N/A
Description Access class barring for AC 11-15 of MMTEL video originating calls
The first/ leftmost bit is for AC 11, the second bit is for AC 12, and
so on
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
1-447

Configuration Rule This is an array type parameter, the first to fifth bit corresponding
to 11 to 15 respectively, If 0 is set for it,then the user of specific
access class can start an multi-media phone service, otherwise, he
can not start that service.

Cell Reselection
1.27.47 Intra-FrequencyDecision RSRQ Threshold

Parameter Name
Full Name Intra-FrequencyDecision RSRQ Threshold
Abbreviated Name sIntraSrchQ
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the intra-frequency measurement triggering

threshold for cell reselection (ucSIntraSrchQ) used by UE to judge
whether intra-frequency measurement should be performed. If the
quality of serving cell is not larger than ucSIntraSrchQ, UE performs
intra-frequency measurement. For detail description please refers to
TS 36.304. Range of the parameter is actual value which equals to
the value in 36.331.
Value type long
Range [0..31]
Unit dB
Default Value 4
1-448


Cell Reselection
1.27.48 Decision Threshold of Same/Lower Priority RSRQ

Measurement
Parameter Name
Full Name Decision Threshold of Same/Lower Priority RSRQ Measurement
Abbreviated Name sNintraSrchQ
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the measurement triggering threshold for

cell reselection(SnonintrasearchQ) used by UE to judge whether
inter-frequency/inter-RAT should be performed. If the quality of
serving cell exceeds Snonintrasearch, UE may choose not to
perform measurements of inter-RAT frequencies or inter-frequencies
of equal or lower priority. if the quality of serving cell is not larger
than SnonintrasearchQ, UE shall perform measurements of
inter-RAT frequencies or inter-frequencies cells of equal or lower
priority. For detail description please refers to TS 36.304. Range of
the parameter is actual value which equals to the value in 36.331.
Value type long
Range [0..31]
Unit dB
Default Value 1
1-449


Cell Reselection
1.27.49 Minimum Value of Intra-Frequency RSRQ

Parameter Name
Full Name Minimum Value of Intra-Frequency RSRQ
Abbreviated Name intraFreqQqualMin
Related feature N/A
Description Specifies the minimum required quality level in the cell in dB
Value type long
Range [-34..-3]
Unit N/A
Default Value -19
provide service for UE. The experience value is -20 dB.

Cell Reselection
1-450

1.27.50 RSRQ Threshold (in dB) of the Serving Cell When

Reselecting Towards a Lower Priority RAT/ Frequency
Parameter Name
Full Name RSRQ Threshold (in dB) of the Serving Cell When Reselecting
Towards a Lower Priority RAT/ Frequency
Abbreviated Name threshSrvLowQ
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the threshold for cell reselection to a cell
on a lower priority RAT or frequency. There have 3 elements fulfilled
for cell reselection criteria:
1. No cell of a higher priority RAT or frequency fulfills the criteria
above;
2. SServingCell < ucThreshSrvLowQ and the SnonServingCell,x
of a cell of a lower priority frequency RAT or frequency is greater
than ucThreshSvrLow (including inter-frequency and inter-RAT)
during a time interval TreselectionRAT;
3. More than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the
current serving cell. For detail description please refers to TS
36.304. Range of the parameter is actual value which equals
to the value in 36.331.
Value type long
Range [0..31]
Unit N/A
Default Value 3
Configuration Rule The larger the value is,the easier for UE to re-select to the target
cell.The experience value is 3dB.

Cell Reselection
1-451

1.27.51 Cell Reselection Priority Base SPID

Parameter Name
Full Name Cell Reselection Priority Base SPID
Abbreviated Name cellReselPrioBaseSpid
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicate the reselection priority ofRAT. The

reselcection priority of RAT is defined by SPID value sent to eNB
from EPC with S1 interface.EUTRAN, GERAN, UTRAN is divided
intoHigh , Medium, Low class, andits priorityis determined by SPID
value respectivily .
Range [0..7]
Unit N/A
Default Value 7;4;1

Cell Reselection
1-452

1.27.52 Srxlev (RSRP) Threshold of Intra-Frequency Measurement

for Cell Re-Selection
Parameter Name
Full Name Srxlev (RSRP) Threshold of Intra-Frequency Measurement for Cell

Re-Selection
Abbreviated Name r9SIntraSrchP
Related feature N/A
Description Srxlev (RSRP) threshold of intra-frequency measurement for cell

re-selection(s-NonIntraSearchP-r9 IE in SIB3). If the serving cell
fulfils Srxlev > SIntraSearchP and Squal > SIntraSearchQ, the UE
may choose not to perform intra-frequency measurements (Release
9).
Value type long
Unit dB
Default Value 60

Cell Reselection
1.27.53 Srxlev (RSRP) Threshold of Inter-Frequency Measurement

for Cell Re-Selection
Parameter Name
1-453

Full Name Srxlev (RSRP) Threshold of Inter-Frequency Measurement for Cell

Re-Selection
Abbreviated Name r9SNintraSrchP
Related feature N/A
Description Srxlev (RSRP) threshold of inter-frequency measurement for cell

re-selection (s-NonIntraSearchP-r9 IE in SIB3). If the serving cell
fulfils Srxlev > SnonIntraSearchP and Squal > SnonIntraSearchQ,
the UE may choose not to perform measurements of E-UTRAN
inter-frequencies or inter-RAT frequency cells of equal or lower
priority (Release 9)
Value type long
Unit dB
Default Value 50

Cell Reselection
1.27.54 Switch for Threshold (in dB) of the Serving Cell When
Reselecting Towards a Lower Priority RAT/ Frequency RSRQ
(Release 9)
Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for Threshold (in dB) of the Serving Cell When Reselecting
Towards a Lower Priority RAT/ Frequency RSRQ (Release 9)
Abbreviated Name threshSrvLowQSwitch
1-454

Related feature N/A
Description If select 'Open', then the parameter "Threshold (in dB) of the serving
cell when reselecting towards a lower priority RAT/ frequency RSRQ
(Release 9)" (threshServingLowQ-r9 IE) shall present in SIB3.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule Set the parameter based on the field requirement.

Cell Reselection
1.27.55 Speed State Reselection Parameter Configuration Flag

Parameter Name
Full Name Speed State Reselection Parameter Configuration Flag
Abbreviated Name reselParaBaseSpeedFlag
Related feature N/A
Description The switch of whether to send speedStateReselectionPars in

sib3 and SpeedStateScaleFactors in sib5/6/7/8. If switch is open,
speedStateReselectionPars and SpeedStateScaleFactors will be
sent
1-455

Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule Set this parameter to Open under the highway across the city or
high-speed railway coverage scenario, otherwise set it to Close.

Cell Reselection
1.27.56 Barring Factor of CSFB

Parameter Name
Full Name Barring Factor of CSFB
Abbreviated Name csfbBarringFactor
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the access probability for CSFB If the
random number drawn by the UE is lower than the parameter,
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:0,1:0.05,2:0.1,3:0.15,4:0.2,5:0.25,6:0.3,7:0.4,8:0.5,9:0.6,10:0.7,
11:0.75,12:0.8,13:0.85,14:0.9,15:0.95,16:1
Unit N/A
Default Value 1[16]
1-456


Cell Reselection
1.27.57 Access-Deny Time of CSFB

Parameter Name
Full Name Access-Deny Time of CSFB
Abbreviated Name csfbBarringTime
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the access probability for CSFB If the
random number drawn by the UE is lower than the parameter,
Value type long
Range 0:4,1:8,2:16,3:32,4:64,5:128,6:256,7:512
Unit s
Default Value 4[0]

Cell Reselection
1-457

1.27.58 Access Level of CSFB

Parameter Name
Full Name Access Level of CSFB
Abbreviated Name csfbBarForSpecAC
Related feature N/A
Description Access class barring for AC 11-15 of CSFB. The first/ leftmost bit is
for AC 11, the second bit is for AC 12, and so on
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A

Cell Reselection
1.27.59 Additional Frequency Band Indicator Configuration for

Each Inter-Frequency
Parameter Name
Full Name Additional Frequency Band Indicator Configuration for Each

Inter-Frequency
1-458

Abbreviated Name eutranRslInterFreq
Managed Object E-UTRAN Cell Reselection
Related feature N/A
Description Every 8 entry as a group in order, one group corresponding to each

carrier frequency listed in the same order as in Inter-frequency list,
and indicates the additional frequency band indicator list of the
corresponding inter- frequency
Value type sequence<StructEUtranRslInterFreq,8>
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Cell Reselection
1.28 UTRAN FDD Cell Reselection

UTRAN FDD Cell Reselection
1.28.1 UTRAN FDD Cell Reselection ID

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN FDD Cell Reselection ID
Abbreviated Name UtranReselectionFDDId
Managed Object UtranReselectionFDD
1-459

Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/Cell Reselection Configuration/UTRAN

FDD Cell Reselection
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-460


1.28.3 UTRAN FDD Frequency Number

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN FDD Frequency Number
Abbreviated Name utranFreqNum
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the number of frequency points contained

in the UTRAN FDD frequency point list. The UE in idle state can
identify and detect the measurement results on these frequency
points, and then is reselected to the suitable UTRAN FDD cell.
Value type long
Range [0..16]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule This parameter is set based on the actual network deployment. If
the actual network is planned with one UTRAN FDD frequency, this
parameter can only be set to one. Obviously, a parameter value
greater than one is not reasonable.

1-461

1.28.4 UTRAN FDD Frequency Reselection Configuration

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN FDD Frequency Reselection Configuration
Abbreviated Name utranRslPara
Related feature N/A
Description UTRAN FDD Frequency Reselection Configuration
Value type sequence[StructUtranFDDRslPara,16]
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1-462

1.28.5 Additional Frequency Band Indicator Configuration for Each

UTRAN FDD Frequency
Parameter Name
Full Name Additional Frequency Band Indicator Configuration for Each UTRAN
FDD Frequency
Abbreviated Name utranRslFreq
Managed Object UTRAN FDD Cell Reselection
Related feature N/A
Description Every 8 entry as a group in order, one group corresponding to

each carrier frequency listed in the same order as in UTRAN FDD
frequency list, and indicates the additional frequency band indicator
list of the corresponding UTRAN FDD frequency
Value type sequence<StructUtranFDDRslFreq,16>
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.29 UTRAN TDD Cell Reselection

UTRAN TDD Cell Reselection
1.29.1 UTRAN TDD Cell Reselection ID

Parameter Name
1-463

Full Name UTRAN TDD Cell Reselection ID
Abbreviated Name UtranReselectionTDDId
Managed Object UtranReselectionTDD
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

TDD Cell Reselection
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
1-464

Value type string
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.29.3 UTRAN TDD Frequency Number

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN TDD Frequency Number
Abbreviated Name utranTDDFreqNum
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the number of frequency points contained

in the UTRAN TDD frequency point list. The UE in idle state can
identify and detect the measurement results on these frequency
points, and then is reselected to the suitable UTRAN FDD cell.
Value type long
Range [0..16]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
1-465

Configuration Rule This parameter is set based on the actual network deployment. If
the actual network is planned with one UTRAN TDD frequency, this
greater than one is not reasonable.

1.29.4 UTRAN TDD Frequency Reselection Configuration

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN TDD Frequency Reselection Configuration
Abbreviated Name utranTDDRslPara
Related feature N/A
Description UTRAN TDD Frequency Reselection Configuration
Value type sequence[StructUtranTDDRslPara,16]
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1-466

1.30 CDMA2000 SIB8 Content

CDMA2000 SIB8 Content
1.30.1 CDMA2000 SIB8 Content ID

Parameter Name
Full Name CDMA2000 SIB8 Content ID
Abbreviated Name CDMA2000ReselectionId
Managed Object CDMA2000Reselection
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/Cell Reselection Configura-

tion/CDMA2000 Cell Reselection
1-467

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.30.3 Window Size for Searching Neighbor Pilot

Parameter Name
Full Name Window Size for Searching Neighbor Pilot
Abbreviated Name searchWindowSize
Related feature N/A
Description The Window Size for Searching Neighboring Pilot
1-468

Value type long
Range [0..15]
Unit N/A
Default Value 5

1.30.4 HRPD Pre-Registration Indication

Parameter Name
Full Name HRPD Pre-Registration Indication
Abbreviated Name isPreRegistAllowed
Related feature N/A
Description The para is used for indicating if UE is allowed for Pre-registration in

Ran of CDMA2000 HRPD or not
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]
Configuration Rule Set this parameter based on field requirement.

1-469

1.30.5 HRPD Pre-Registration Area ID

Parameter Name
Full Name HRPD Pre-Registration Area ID
Abbreviated Name preRegistrationZoneId
Related feature N/A
Description HRPD PreRegistration Zone Identity
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

1-470

1.30.6 HRPD Pre-Registration Area Secondary ID

Parameter Name
Full Name HRPD Pre-Registration Area Secondary ID
Abbreviated Name secPreRegistrationZoneId
Related feature N/A
Description HRPD Secondary PreRegistration Zone Identity
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

1.30.7 Number of HRPD Frequency Bands

Parameter Name
Full Name Number of HRPD Frequency Bands
Abbreviated Name hrpdBdClassNum
Related feature N/A
Description The number of HRPD band class
1-471

Value type long
Range [0..32]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

1.30.8 HRPD Frequency Band Reselection Configuration

Parameter Name
Full Name HRPD Frequency Band Reselection Configuration
Abbreviated Name cdmaHRPDPara
Related feature N/A
Description HRPD frequency Band Reselection Configuration
Value type sequence<StructCdmaHRPDPara,32>
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1-472

1.30.9 Decision Timer Duration of Reselecting CDMA HRPD Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Decision Timer Duration of Reselecting CDMA HRPD Cell
Abbreviated Name reselHrpd
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the cell reselection timerUE shall reselect
the new cell of CDMA HRPD if the new cell is better ranked than the
serving cell according to the cell-ranking criterion R during a time
interval indicated by TreselectionCDMAHRPD
Value type long
Range [0..7]
Unit s
Default Value 5
quality of target cell.

1-473

1.30.10 Time Scale Factor of Reselecting CDMA HRPD Cell in

Medium-Speed Status
Parameter Name
Full Name Time Scale Factor of Reselecting CDMA HRPD Cell in

Medium-Speed Status
Abbreviated Name reselHrpdSFM
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates time scaling factor of reselected CDMA

HRPD cell applied in medium mobility state.The concerned
mobility control related parameter "uctReselHrpd" is multiplied with
"uctReselHrpdSFM" if the UE is in Medium Mobility state.
Value type long
Range 0:0.25,1:0.5,2:0.75,3:1
Unit N/A

1.30.11 Time Scale Factor of Reselecting CDMA HRPD Cell in

High-Speed Status
Parameter Name
1-474

Full Name Time Scale Factor of Reselecting CDMA HRPD Cell in High-Speed
Status
Abbreviated Name reselHrpdSFH
Related feature N/A

HRPD cell applied in high mobility state.The concerned mobility
control related parameter "uctReselHrpd" is multiplied with
"uctReselHrpdSFH" if the UE is in High Mobility state.
Value type long
Range 0:0.25,1:0.5,2:0.75,3:1
Unit N/A

1.30.12 1xRTT Pre-Registration Indication

Parameter Name
Full Name 1xRTT Pre-Registration Indication
Abbreviated Name oneXrttRegAllow
1-475

Related feature N/A
Description The para is used for indicating if UE is allowed for Pre-registration in

Ran of CDMA2000 1XRTT or not
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]
Configuration Rule Set this parameter based on field requirement.

1.30.13 Number of 1xRTT Frequency Bands

Parameter Name
Full Name Number of 1xRTT Frequency Bands
Abbreviated Name oneXrttBdClassNum
Related feature N/A
Description The number of 1XRTT band class
Value type long
Range [0..32]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
1-476


1.30.14 1xRTT Frequency Band Reselection Configuration

Parameter Name
Full Name 1xRTT Frequency Band Reselection Configuration
Abbreviated Name cdmaOneXRTTPara
Related feature N/A
Description 1xRTT Frequency Band Reselection Configuration.
Value type sequence<StructCdmaOneXRTTPara,32>
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1-477

1.30.15 Decision Timer Duration of Reselecting CDMA 1xRTT Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Decision Timer Duration of Reselecting CDMA 1xRTT Cell
Abbreviated Name tResel1Xrtt
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the cell reselection timerUE shall reselect
the new cell of CDMA 1xRTT if the new cell is better ranked than the
serving cell according to the cell-ranking criterion R during a time
interval indicated by TreselectionCDMAOneXRTT
Value type long
Range [0..7]
Unit s
Default Value 5

1.30.16 Time Scale Factor of Reselecting CDMA 1xRTT Cell in

Medium-Speed Status
Parameter Name
Full Name Time Scale Factor of Reselecting CDMA 1xRTT Cell in

Medium-Speed Status
Abbreviated Name tResel1XrttSFM
1-478

Related feature N/A

OneXRTT cell applied in medium mobility state.The concerned
mobility control related parameter "uctResel1Xrtt" is multiplied with
"uctResel1XrttSFM" if the UE is in Medium Mobility state.
Value type long
Range 0:0.25,1:0.5,2:0.75,3:1
Unit N/A

1.30.17 Time Scale Factor of Reselecting CDMA 1xRTT Cell in

High-Speed Status
Parameter Name
Full Name Time Scale Factor of Reselecting CDMA 1xRTT Cell in High-Speed
Status
Abbreviated Name tResel1XrttSFH
Related feature N/A
1-479


OneXRTT cell applied in high mobility state.The concerned
mobility control related parameter "uctResel1Xrtt" is multiplied with
"uctResel1XrttSFH" if the UE is in High Mobility state.
Value type long
Range 0:0.25,1:0.5,2:0.75,3:1
Unit N/A

1.30.18 AC-Barring 0-9

Parameter Name
Full Name AC-Barring 0-9
Abbreviated Name acBar0to9
Related feature N/A
Description Parameter used for notifying UE the access class barring factor for
access overload classes 0 through 9
Value type long
Range [0..63]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
1-480

Configuration Rule Set this parameter based on the application

1.30.19 AC-Barring 10
Parameter Name
Full Name AC-Barring 10
Abbreviated Name acBar10
Related feature N/A
class N (N = 10) .
Value type long
Range [0..7]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

1-481

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
class N (N = 11) .
Value type long
Range [0..7]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

Parameter Name
1-482

Related feature N/A
class N (N = 12) .
Value type long
Range [0..7]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
class N (N = 13) .
Value type long
Range [0..7]
1-483

Unit N/A
Default Value 0

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
class N (N = 14) .
Value type long
Range [0..7]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

1-484

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
class N (N = 15) .
Value type long
Range [0..7]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

1.30.25 AC-Barring Factor for Message Transmission

Parameter Name
1-485

Full Name AC-Barring Factor for Message Transmission
Abbreviated Name acBarMsg
Related feature N/A
message transmissions .
Value type long
Range [0..7]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

1.30.26 AC-Barring Factor for Autonomous Registration

Parameter Name
Full Name AC-Barring Factor for Autonomous Registration
Abbreviated Name acBarReg
Related feature N/A
Description Parameter used for notifying UE the access class barring factor
for autonomous registrations .
1-486

Value type long
Range [0..7]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

1.30.27 AC-Barring Factor for Urgent Call/Message Transmission

Parameter Name
Full Name AC-Barring Factor for Urgent Call/Message Transmission
Abbreviated Name acBarEmg
Related feature N/A
emergency calls and emergency message transmissions for access
overload classes 0 through 9 .
Value type long
Range [0..7]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

1-487

1.30.28 The Number of HRPD Pre-Registration Area Secondary ID

Parameter Name
Full Name The Number of HRPD Pre-Registration Area Secondary ID
Abbreviated Name secPreRegZoneNum
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is" the number of HRPD second pre-registration

areas", for explaining the "effectivenumber of HRPD second
pre-registration areas".This parameter must be configured when
"HRPD pre-registration area secondary ID"is configured in OMC.
When number is:
0:indicating: there is no "secondaryPreRegistrationZoneIdList"in
SIB8.
1:indicating: there is the "secondaryPreRegistrationZoneIdList"in
SIB8,and only one"HRPD pre-registration area secondary
ID"included
2: indicating: there is the "secondaryPreRegistrationZoneIdList"in
SIB8,and two"HRPD pre-registration area secondary ID"included
Value type long
Range [0..2]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

1-488

1.30.29 The SID of the Selected Adjacent Cell to Get pre-registration

Parameters
Parameter Name
Full Name The SID of the Selected Adjacent Cell to Get pre-registration
Parameters
Abbreviated Name selAdjCel1XSID
Related feature N/A
Description The CSFB pre-registrationParameters in SIB8 can be fromthe

1x overhead parameters anyone of 1x adjacent cells, for the
pre-registration process only affect paging not CSFB. then, anyone
1xRTT adjacent cell can be chosento get pre-registered content.
The design parameter is SID ofthe selected 1X adjacent cell.
Value type long
Range [0..32767]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

1-489

1.30.30 The NID of the Selected Adjacent Cell to Get pre-registration

Parameters
Parameter Name
Full Name The NID of the Selected Adjacent Cell to Get pre-registration
Parameters
Abbreviated Name selAdjCel1XNID
Related feature N/A

The design parameter is NID ofthe selected 1X adjacent cell.
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

1-490

1.30.31 The MSC MarketID of the Selected Adjacent Cell to Get

pre-registration Parameters
Parameter Name
Full Name The MSC MarketID of the Selected Adjacent Cell to Get
Abbreviated Name selAdjCel1XMscMktId
Related feature N/A

The design parameter is MarketID ofthe selected 1X adjacent cell.
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

1.30.32 The MSC Switch Number of the Selected Adjacent Cell to

Get pre-registration Parameters
Parameter Name
1-491

Full Name The MSC Switch Number of the Selected Adjacent Cell to Get
Abbreviated Name selAdjCel1XMscSwchNum
Related feature N/A

The design parameter is MSC SwitchNumber ofthe selected 1X
adjacent cell.
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

1.30.33 The Cell Id of the Selected Adjacent Cell to Get

Parameter Name
Full Name The Cell Id of the Selected Adjacent Cell to Get pre-registration
Parameters
Abbreviated Name selAdjCell1xCId
1-492

Related feature N/A

The design parameter is Cell ID ofthe selected 1X adjacent cell.
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

1.30.34 The Sector ID of the Selected Adjacent Cell to Get

Parameter Name
Full Name The Sector ID of the Selected Adjacent Cell to Get pre-registration
Parameters
Abbreviated Name selAdjCel1xSecID
Related feature N/A
1-493


The design parameter is Sector ID ofthe selected 1X adjacent cell.
Value type long
Range [0..15]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

1.30.35 The HRPD Sector ID of the Selected Adjacent HRPD Cell

for pre-registration
Parameter Name
Full Name The HRPD Sector ID of the Selected Adjacent HRPD Cell for
pre-registration
Abbreviated Name selAdjCelHrpdGenCfg
Related feature N/A
Description Whenthe HRPD-preRegistrationAllowed is issued in SIB8, the target

cell for pre-registration must be selected .The design parameter
issector ID ofthe selected HRPD adjacent cell.
Range [0..255]
1-494

Unit N/A
Default Value 0

1.30.36 Switch for CSFB Supporting DualRx UE

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for CSFB Supporting DualRx UE
Abbreviated Name csfbSuptDualRx
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether it support Dual Rx 1xCSFB

method for CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT system
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule Set this parameter based on the cell requirement.

1-495

1.31 GERAN Cell Reselection

GERAN Cell Reselection
1.31.1 GERAN Cell Reselection ID

Parameter Name
Full Name GERAN Cell Reselection ID
Abbreviated Name GsmReselectionId
Managed Object GsmReselection
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/Cell Reselection Configuration/GERAN

Cell Reselection
1-496

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Cell Reselection
1.31.3 Decision Timer Duration of Reselecting GERAN Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Decision Timer Duration of Reselecting GERAN Cell
Abbreviated Name tReselectionGERAN
1-497

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the duration of the timer of reselecting to

the GERAN cell. Within the timer duration, only if the new GERAN
cell is better than the current serving cell according to the R principle,
the new GERAN cell can be selected as the new serving cell.
Value type long
Range [0..7]
Unit s
Default Value 2
Configuration Rule This timer is used to prevent the cell reselection triggered due to
some errors, for example, the signal quality of the new GERAN cell
may be instantaneously better than the serving cell, but the following
signal quality may deteriorate, so it is not a good cell for the UE to
camp on. The greater the parameter is, the reselection conditions
are more difficult to be satisfied. The smaller the parameter is,
thesignal quality of the target cell cannot be guaranteed in stable
state.

Cell Reselection
1.31.4 Time Scale Factor of Reselecting GERAN Cell in

Medium-Speed Status
Parameter Name
Full Name Time Scale Factor of Reselecting GERAN Cell in Medium-Speed

Status
Abbreviated Name sfMediumGERAN
1-498

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the scaling factor when the UE in

Medium-Mobility state is to be reselected to the GERAN cell.
When the UE is in Medium-Mobility state, the duration of the timer
that determines whether to reselect to the UTRAN cell should
be multiplied by "Scale Factor for GERAN Cell Reselection in
Medium-Speed".
Value type long
Range 0:0.25,1:0.5,2:0.75,3:1
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule For the UE in Medium-Mobility state, the timer for determining
whether to reselect to a cell should be scaled. If this parameter is
set to 1, the timer duration is not scaled. If this parameter is set
too small, the scaling range is too large, which cannot ensure the
signal quality of the target cell in stable state. This parameter is
specified by the specifications. This parameter is set based on the
field situations such the UE mobility.

Cell Reselection
1.31.5 Time Scale Factor of Reselecting GERAN Cell in High-Speed

Status
Parameter Name
Full Name Time Scale Factor of Reselecting GERAN Cell in High-Speed Status
Abbreviated Name sfHighGERAN
1-499

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the scaling factor when the UE in

High-Mobility state is to be reselected to the GERAN cell. When the
UE is in High-Mobility state, the duration of the timer that determines
whether to reselect to the GERAN cell should be multiplied by
"Scale Factor for GERAN Cell Reselection in High-Speed".
Value type long
Range 0:0.25,1:0.5,2:0.75,3:1
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule For the UE in High-Mobility state, the timer for determining whether
to reselect to a cell should be scaled. If this parameter is set to 1,
the timer duration is not scaled. If this parameter is set too small,
the scaling range is too large, which cannot ensure the signal quality
of the target cell in stable state. This parameter is specified by the
specifications. This parameter is set based on the field situations
such the UE mobility. Comparing with the medium mobility, the
difference of the adjustment principles in high-mobility state is: in
the time window in medium/high mobility, the UE mobility state is
determined by setting different reselection times.

Cell Reselection
1.31.6 Number of GERAN Carriers

Parameter Name
Full Name Number of GERAN Carriers
Abbreviated Name geranFreqNum
1-500

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the number of GERAN carrier frequency

groups.GERAN carrier frequencies are divided into several groups,
each of which uses a set of cell reselection parameters.
Value type long
Range [0..16]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule This parameter is set based on the actual network deployment.
If the actual network is planned with one frequency group, this
greater than one is not reasonable. If it is incorrectly configured, the
functions such as handover may be unavailable.

Cell Reselection
1.31.7 GERAN Carrier Reselection Configuration

Parameter Name
Full Name GERAN Carrier Reselection Configuration
Abbreviated Name gsmRslPara
Related feature N/A
Description GERAN Frequency Reselection Configuration
1-501

Value type sequence[StructGsmRslPara,16]
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Cell Reselection
1.31.8 Whether to Transmit Maximum Tansmit Power of UE in

GERAN When Cell Selection
Parameter Name
Full Name Whether to Transmit Maximum Tansmit Power of UE in GERAN

When Cell Selection
Abbreviated Name pmaxPresent
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether to deliver the maximum available

TX power of the UE to be reselected to the GERAN cell in SIB7.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]
1-502

Configuration Rule If this parameter is set to No, SIB7 contains this field; otherwise
SIB7 does not contain this field. If this parameter is set to
No, aucGeranPmax is not carried. Otherwise, aucGeranPmax
is carried.aucGeranPmax is not carried because the default
GeranPmax of the different GSM frequency band is different. More
than one GSM frequency bands exist at the same time causes
confusion. If there is only one frequency band, this parameter can
be set to Yes.

Cell Reselection
1.32 UE E-UTRAN Measurement

UE E-UTRAN Measurement.
1.32.1 UE Measurement Configuration ID

Parameter Name
Full Name UE Measurement Configuration ID
Abbreviated Name UeEUtranMeasurementId
Managed Object UeEUtranMeasurement
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
1-503

Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/Management Parameter

Configuration/UE E-UTRAN Measurement
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1-504

1.32.3 Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name measCfgIdx
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the intra-RAT measurement configuration

index, standing for different measurement configurations.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
Configuration Rule This parameter is configured in accordance with the network

measurement requirement. Some functions such as handover
cannot be used if the parameter is configured improperly.

1.32.4 Triggered Event Quantity

Parameter Name
1-505

Full Name Triggered Event Quantity
Abbreviated Name triggerQuantity
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the measurement item used to evaluate the
triggering condition for an event. When the value measured by the
UE reaches the threshold that triggers an event, the measurement
event in the cell is triggered. RSRP stands for Reference Signal
Received Power and RSRQ stands for Reference Signal Received
Quality.
RSRP: The measurement item that is used to trigger an event is
RSRP. Namely, the UE determines the condition of reporting an
event based on the RSRP. RSRQ: The measurement item that is
used to trigger an event is RSRQ. Namely, the UE determines the
condition of reporting an event based on the RSRQ. RSRP indicates
the received power of reference signals. It only reflects signal
strength. As shown in RSRQ=NRSRP/(E-UTRA carrier RSSI), the
denominator contains the downlink interference. RSRQ can be used
to indicate the downlink radio condition of the UE.
Value type long
Range 0:RSRP,1:RSRQ
Unit N/A
Default Value RSRP[0]
Configuration Rule It is suggested to configure RSRQ in high buildings, small-scale

residential areas, or indoor places where there is much interference.
In other scenarios, only RSRP needs to be configured. This
parameter is configured in accordance with the scenario of the field.

1-506

1.32.5 Quantity of Measurement Reports

Parameter Name
Full Name Quantity of Measurement Reports
Abbreviated Name reportQuantity
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates what kind of measurement item the UE

should report, RSRP or RSRQ, or the both.
sameAsTriggerQuantity: This value indicates that the measurement
item to be reported is the same as the triggering item. Namely, if
the value that is used to trigger an event is set to RSRP, only the
RSRP is reported. If the value that is used to trigger an event is set
to RSRQ, only the RSRQ is reported. Both: This value indicates
that the measurement items to be reported include both RSRP and
RSRQ.
Value type long
Range 0:SameAsTriggerQuantity,1:Both
Unit N/A
Default Value Both[1]
Configuration Rule For the configuration on field, if both RSRP and RSRQ are
considered for selecting a target cell, this parameter can be set to
"both". Otherwise, this parameter is set to "sameAsTriggerQuantity".

1-507

1.32.6 Reporting Rule

Parameter Name
Full Name Reporting Rule
Abbreviated Name reportCriteria
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the rule of reporting the measurement.

Two options are available: Event Triggered Reporting and Periodical
Reporting.
"0: Event Triggered Reporting": This value indicates that the
measurement is reported when the condition of triggering an event
is satisfied.
"1: Periodical Reporting": This value indicates that the measurement
is reported periodically in accordance with the preset period.
Value type long
Range 0:Event Triggered Reporting,1:Periodical Reporting
Unit N/A
Default Value Event Triggered Reporting[0]
Configuration Rule If you need to get the UE's measurement results periodically
and perform the performance processing, you should set this
parameter to "Periodical reporting". If you need to get the UE's
measurement results that meet certain triggering conditions and
perform operations such as handover and load balancing, you
should set this parameter to "Event triggered reporting".

1-508

1.32.7 Event ID
Parameter Name
Full Name Event ID
Abbreviated Name eventId
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the identifier of an event.

A1: This value indicates that the serving cell becomes better
than an absolute threshold. This event is used to disable
the Inter-frequency measurement/Inter-RAT measurement, or
deactivate the measurement gap.
A1: This value indicates that the serving cell becomes worse
than the absolute threshold. This event is used to enable the
Inter-frequency measurement/Inter-RAT measurement, or activate
the measurement gap.
A3: The neighboring cell becomes one absolute threshold better
than the serving cell. This event is used for the handover event
measurement based on coverage.
A4: The neighboring cell becomes better than an absolute threshold.
This event is used for the handover event measurement.
A5: The serving cell becomes worse than an absolute threshold
and the neighboring cell becomes better than another absolute
threshold. This event is used for the handover event measurement.
Value type long
Range 0:A1,1:A2,2:A3,3:A4,4:A5,5:A6
Unit N/A
Default Value A1[0]
Configuration Rule This parameter is configured according to the actual measurement.

1-509

1.32.8 RSRP Absolute Threshold of Event Decision

Parameter Name
Full Name RSRP Absolute Threshold of Event Decision
Abbreviated Name thresholdOfRSRP
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the absolute threshold of RSRP used for
Event A1/A2/A4/A5 decision for the serving cell.
The principle of the actual value of Event A1 threshold corresponding
to the value in protocol 36.331 is -140 corresponding to 1, -139
corresponding to 2, by parity of reasoning, -44 corresponding to 97,
and 0 in protocol 36.331 cannot be gotten.
Value type long
Range [-140..-43]
Unit dBm
Default Value -75
1-510

Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the RSRP value when the event triggered
condition is satisfied. The higher the parameter value is, the more
difficult it is to satisfy the event triggered condition. The event report
will be delayed. Consequently, the handover is delayed and fails.
The lower the parameter value is, the easier it is to satisfy the event
triggered condition. However, the handover may be performed too
early and fails. This parameter is selected as required. For the
events with different functions, the threshold values are configured
differently.

1.32.9 RSRQ Absolute Threshold of Event Decision

Parameter Name
Full Name RSRQ Absolute Threshold of Event Decision
Abbreviated Name thresholdOfRSRQ
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the absolute threshold of RSRQ used for
Event A1/A2/A4/A5 decision for the serving cell.
Value type long
Range [-20..-3] step 0.5
Unit dB
Default Value -8
1-511

Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the RSRQ value when the event triggered
condition is satisfied. The higher the parameter value is, the more
difficult it is to satisfy the event triggered condition. The event report
will be delayed. Consequently, the handover is delayed and fails.
The lower the parameter value is, the easier it is to satisfy the event
triggered condition. However, the handover may be performed too
early and fails. This parameter is selected as required. For the
differently.

1.32.10 RSRP Absolute Threshold 2 of A5 Event Decision

Parameter Name
Full Name RSRP Absolute Threshold 2 of A5 Event Decision
Abbreviated Name a5Threshold2OfRSRP
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the absolute threshold 2 of RSRP used for
Event A5 decision for the neighboring cell.
The principle of the actual value of event A5 threshold 2
corresponding to the value in protocol 36.331 is -140 corresponding
to 0, -139 corresponding to 1, by parity of reasoning, -44
corresponding to 96, and 97 in protocol 36.331 cannot be gotten.
Value type long
Range [-140..-43]
Unit dBm
1-512

Default Value -90
Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the absolute threshold 2 of RSRP used for
Event A5 decision for the neighboring cell. The higher the parameter
value is, the more difficult it is for the neighboring cell to satisfy the
handover condition. The lower the parameter value is, the easier
it is for the neighboring cell to satisfy the handover condition. This
parameter is selected as required. For the events with different
functions, the threshold values are configured differently.

1.32.11 RSRQ Absolute Threshold 2 of A5 Event Decision

Parameter Name
Full Name RSRQ Absolute Threshold 2 of A5 Event Decision
Abbreviated Name a5Threshold2OfRSRQ
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the absolute threshold 2 of RSRQ used for
Event A5 decision for the neighboring cell.
The principle of the actual value of event A5 threshold 2
corresponding to the value in protocol 36.331 is -19.5 corresponding
to 0, -19 corresponding to 1, by parity of reasoning, -3 corresponding
to 33, and 34 in protocol 36.331 cannot be gotten.
Value type long
Range [-20..-3] step 0.5
Unit dB
Default Value -11
1-513

Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the absolute threshold 2 of RSRQ used for
Event A5 decision for the neighboring cell. The higher the parameter
value is, the more difficult it is for the neighboring cell to satisfy the
handover condition. The lower the parameter value is, the easier
it is for the neighboring cell to satisfy the handover condition. This
parameter is selected as required. For the events with different

1.32.12 Decision Hysteresis Range

Parameter Name
Full Name Decision Hysteresis Range
Abbreviated Name hysteresis
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the hysteresis used for an event decision.
Generally, to avoid the ping-pong effect caused by the event
triggered condition, this parameter is configured to solve the jittering
problem due to UE event decision. At the base station side, this
parameter is configured. The UE makes a decision in accordance
with this parameter, the measurement result, and the formula of
the relevant event.
Value type long
Unit dB
Default Value 0
1-514

Configuration Rule Due to the fluctuation of signal strength, if the value is configured
high, the event fluctuation trigger does not occur easily. The
ping-pong effect of the cell edge is avoided. If the value is configured
too low, the ping-pong effect is generated.

1.32.13 Time to Trigger

Parameter Name
Full Name Time to Trigger
Abbreviated Name timeToTrigger
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the time period between having detected
an event and reporting the event. This event can be triggered and
reported only when the event is detected and always meets the
event triggered condition during the period specified by Time to
trigger.
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:0ms,1:40ms,2:64ms,3:80ms,4:100ms,5:128ms,6:160ms,7:256m-
s,8:320ms,9:480ms,10:512ms,11:640ms,12:1024ms,13:1280ms-
,14:2560ms,15:5120ms
Unit N/A
Default Value 256ms[7]
1-515

Configuration Rule If this parameter value is configured too high, the event will not be
triggered in time. If this parameter value is configured too low, the
event will be triggered frequently. The emulation experience shows
that the handover failure ratio is the lowest when the parameter
value is configured to 256ms or 320ms.

1.32.14 Periodical Reporting Interval of Triggered Events

Parameter Name
Full Name Periodical Reporting Interval of Triggered Events
Abbreviated Name reportInterval
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the time interval to report the measurement
results after the event is triggered. Namely, the UE reports the
measurement results one time every "ucRptInterval".
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:120ms,1:240ms,2:480ms,3:640ms,4:1024ms,5:2048ms,6:5120m-
s,7:10240ms,8:1min,9:6min,10:12min,11:30min,12:60min
Unit N/A
1-516

Configuration Rule The higher this parameter value is, the longer the measurement
report interval is. A long report interval may affect the effect of
the function. If the parameter value is too low, the measurement
report will be triggered frequently, increasing the signal loading.
This parameter is selected as required. For different functions, the
parameter values are configured differently. The default values are
recommended for all functions.

1.32.15 Periodical Reporting Times of Triggered Events

Parameter Name
Full Name Periodical Reporting Times of Triggered Events
Abbreviated Name reportAmount
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the maximum times to report the

measurement results after the event is triggered. The UE reports
the measurement results based on the report interval. If the times
of reporting the event exceed the value "ucRptAmt", the UE stops
reporting the measurement results.
Value type long
Range 0:1,1:2,2:4,3:8,4:16,5:32,6:64,7:Infinity
Unit N/A
Default Value 4[2]
1-517

Configuration Rule For various measurement application functions, the configurations

are different. The parameter is configured as required. The power
control or other functions cannot be used if the functions are
configured improperly.

1.32.16 Reporting Interval of Periodical Report Rule

Parameter Name
Full Name Reporting Interval of Periodical Report Rule
Abbreviated Name prdReportInterval
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the interval of periodical reports.

Namely, the UE reports the measurement results one time every
"ucPrdRptInterval".
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Unit N/A
1-518

report will be triggered frequently, increasing the signal loading. This
parameter is selected as required. For the periodical measurements
with different functions, the threshold values are configured
differently.

1.32.17 Reporting Times of Periodical Report Rule

Parameter Name
Full Name Reporting Times of Periodical Report Rule
Abbreviated Name prdReportAmount
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the times of reporting the periodical

reports. The UE uses the value of "ucPrdRptAmount" to determine
whether the measurement results need to be reported. If the UE
detects that the times of reporting the event exceeds the value of
"ucPrdRptAmount", the UE stops reporting the measurement results.
Value type long
Range 0:1,1:2,2:4,3:8,4:16,5:32,6:64,7:Infinity
Unit N/A

are different.
1-519


1.32.18 Maximum Reported Cells

Parameter Name
Full Name Maximum Reported Cells
Abbreviated Name maxReportCellNum
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the maximum number of the reported cells,
excluding the serving cell.
Value type long
Range [1..8]
Unit N/A
Default Value 8

are different. The parameter is configured in accordance with the
actual function. There may be few handover attempt targets and the
failure ratio increases if the functions are configured improperly.

1-520

1.32.19 Whether A3 Event Exit Reporting

Parameter Name
Full Name Whether A3 Event Exit Reporting
Abbreviated Name reportOnLeave
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether the measurement reporting

procedure is initiated when the leaving condition is satisfied. The
"leaving condition" defined in the protocol is: Mn+Ofn+Ocn-Hys
> Mp+Ofp+Ocp+Off. Namely, the signals of the neighboring cell
are a certain extent better than those of the serving cell. Note:
"leaving" does not mean that the UE leaves the serving cell. It
is only a condition.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]
Configuration Rule This parameter indicates whether A3 event leaving report is

supported. At present, this function is enabled only for the ICIC
measurement and eICIC measurement. Namely, this parameter
value is set to 1. It is used to determine the user's center/edge
attribute. Other functions are set to 0. This parameter is configured
in accordance with the actual network test. The parameter is
configured in accordance with the actual function. The ICIC function
cannot be used if this parameter is configured improperly.

1-521

1.32.20 Measurement Configuration Function

Parameter Name
Full Name Measurement Configuration Function
Abbreviated Name measCfgFunc
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the intra-RAT measurement configuration

options for different application functions.
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:Close Inter Frequent/Inter Rat Measure, 1:Open Inter Frequent

Measure, 2:Inter Rat Measure, 3:Redirect Measure, 4:Intra Frequent
HO Measure, 5:Inter Frequent HO Measure, 6:ICIC Measure,
7:Intra-LTE Load Balance Measure, 8:Intra Frequent Period
Measure, 9:Report CGI Measure, 10:Period Dl Rsrp Measure,
11:Event Dl Rsrp Measure, 12:Inter Frequent Period Measure,
13:eICIC Measure, 14:Add Scell Measurement, 15:Remove Scell
Measurement, 16:Modify Scell Measurement, 17:Intra Frequent HO
Measure between Macro and Small, 18:Period ANR Measurement,
19:Measurement for moving UE out, 20:Inter Frequent HO Measure
Based Voice, 21:ue-RxTxTimeDifference Measurement, 22:Open
Inter Rat Measure(voice), 23:UL COMP Measurement, 24:DL
COMP Measurement, 25:Open ANR Measurement, 28:Based
VoLTE Quality Measurement
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule This parameter is configured in accordance with the actual network
measurement requirement. The handover or other functions cannot
be used if this parameter is configured improperly.
1-522


1.32.21 A3 Event Offset

Parameter Name
Full Name A3 Event Offset
Abbreviated Name a3Offset
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the triggered condition of event triggering

the RSRP report. When the difference between the RSRP of the
neighboring cell and the RSRP of the serving cell is larger than this
value (the actual dB value), the RSRP report is triggered.
Value type long
Range [-15..15] step 0.5
Unit dB
Default Value 3
Configuration Rule For various functions, the threshold values are configured differently.
For a handover, if the parameter value is configured high, it is difficult
to meet the condition of handing over the system over to another
cell from the current cell. If the parameter value is configured low, it
is easy to meet the condition of handing over the system to another
cell from the current cell. In an actual scenario, the configuration is
optimized based on the network. The failure ratio of handover to the
target cell will increase if this parameter is configured improperly.

1-523

1.32.22 A6 Event Offset

Parameter Name
Full Name A6 Event Offset
Abbreviated Name a6Offset
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the triggered condition of event triggering

the RSRP report. When the difference between the RSRP of the
intra-frequency neighboring cell and the RSRP of the secondary
carrier cell is larger than this value (the actual dB value), the RSRP
report is triggered. This parameter is used in the carrier aggregation
function. The secondary carrier replacement is configured in turn.
Value type long
Range [-15..15] step 0.5
Unit dB
Default Value 3
Configuration Rule This parameter is used for CA secondary carrier replacement. The
higher the parameter value is, the more difficult it is to satisfy the
secondary carrier replacement condition. The lower the parameter
value is, the easier it is to satisfy the secondary carrier replacement
condition. In an actual scenario, the configuration is optimized
based on the network. The secondary carrier cannot be replaced in
time if this parameter is configured improperly.

1-524

1.32.23 Purpose of Periodical Measurement Report

Parameter Name
Full Name Purpose of Periodical Measurement Report
Abbreviated Name prdRptRurpose
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets the purpose of the periodical measurement

report.
Value type long
Range 0:Report Strongest Cells,1:Report CGI
Unit N/A
Default Value Report Strongest Cells[0]
Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the purpose of the periodical measurement
report, reporting the strongest cells, or reporting CGI, or reporting
CGI for SON? The value of 0 indicates Report Strongest Cells. The
value of 1 indicates Report CGI. This parameter value is selected in
accordance with the actual measurement purpose.

1-525

1.33 UE RAT Measurement

UE RAT Measurement.
1.33.1 UE RAT Measurement ID

Parameter Name
Full Name UE RAT Measurement ID
Abbreviated Name UeRATMeasurementId
Managed Object UeRATMeasurement
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Configuration/UE RAT Measurement
1-526

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.33.3 RAT Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name RAT Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name ratMeasCfgIdx
Related feature N/A
1-527

Description This parameter indicates the inter-RAT measurement configuration

index, standing for different measurement configurations.
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
measurement requirement. The handover or other functions cannot
be used if this parameter is configured improperly.

1.33.4 Measurement Configuration Function

Parameter Name
Full Name Measurement Configuration Function
Abbreviated Name measCfgFunc
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the inter-RAT measurement configuration

options for different application functions.
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
1-528

Range 0:Measurement Configuration for GERAN Handover,1:Measurement

Configuration for WCDMA Handover,2:Measurement
Configuration for TD-SCDMA Handover,3:Measurement
Configuration for CDMA2000 HRPD Handover,4:Measurement
Configuration for CDMA2000 1xRTT Handover,5:Measurement
Configuration for GERAN CSFB,6:Measurement Configuration
for WCDMA CSFB,7:Measurement Configuration for TD-SCDMA
CSFB,8:Measurement Configuration for CDMA2000 1xRTT
CSFB,9:Measurement Configuration for GERAN Load
Balance,10:Measurement Configuration for WCDMA Load
Balance,11:Measurement Configuration for TD-SCDMA
Load Balance,12:Measurement Configuration for GERAN
ANR PCI,13:Measurement Configuration for UTRAN ANR
PCI,14:Measurement Configuration for CDMA ANR PCI,15:Period
Measurement Configuration for GERAN,16:Period Measurement
Configuration for UTRAN,17:Measurement Configuration for
GERAN handover(voice),18:Measurement Configuration for
TD-SCDMA handover(voice),19:Measurement Configuration for
WCDMA handover(voice),20:Measurement Configuration for
GERAN Voice Quality,21:Measurement Configuration for WCDMA
Voice Quality,22:Measurement Configuration for TD-SCDMA Voice
Quality
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
measurement requirement. The measurement index cannot be
configured, and the handover or other functions cannot be used if
this parameter is configured improperly.

1-529

1.33.5 E-UTRAN Measurement Quantity

Parameter Name
Full Name E-UTRAN Measurement Quantity
Abbreviated Name eutranMeasQuantity
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the measurement item in the EUTAN when
the inter-RAT handover is performed. When the UE measures
that the value reaches to the threshold that triggers an event,
the measurement event in the cell is triggered. RSRP stands for
Reference Signal Received Power and RSRQ stands for Reference
Signal Received Quality.
RSRP: The measurement item that is used to trigger an event
is RSRP. Namely, the UE determines the condition of reporting
an event based on the measurement item of RSRP. RSRQ: The
measurement item that is used to trigger an event is RSRQ. Namely,
the UE determines the condition of reporting an event based on the
measurement item of RSRQ. RSRP indicates the received power
of reference signals. It only reflects signal strength. As shown in
RSRQ=NRSRP/(E-UTRA carrier RSSI), the denominator contains
the downlink reference. RSRQ can be used to indicate the downlink
radio condition of the UE.
Value type long
Range 0:RSRP,1:RSRQ
Unit N/A
Default Value RSRP[0]
Configuration Rule It is suggested to configure RSRQ in high buildings, small-scale

residential areas, or indoor places where there is much interference.
In other scenarios, only RSRP needs to be configured. This
parameter is configured in accordance with the scenario of the field.

1-530

1.33.6 Reporting Rule of Intersystem Measurement

Parameter Name
Full Name Reporting Rule of Intersystem Measurement
Abbreviated Name reportCriteria
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the rule of reporting the inter-RAT

measurement. Two options are available: Event Triggered
Reporting and Periodical Reporting.
"0: Event Triggered Reporting": This value indicates that the
measurement is reported when the measurement item satisfies the
condition of triggering an event.
"1: Periodical Reporting": This value indicates that the measurement
is reported periodically in accordance with the preset period. This
parameter is selected as required.
Value type long
Range 0:Event Triggered Reporting,1:Periodical Reporting
Unit N/A
Default Value Event Triggered Reporting[0]
Configuration Rule If you need to get the UE's measurement results periodically and
perform the performance processing, you should set this parameter
to "Periodical reporting". If you need to get the UE's measurement
results that meet certain triggered conditions and perform operations
such as handover and load balancing, you should set this parameter
to "Event triggered reporting".

1-531

1.33.7 Maximum Reported Cells

Parameter Name
Full Name Maximum Reported Cells
Abbreviated Name naxReportCellNum
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the maximum number of the reported

cells, excluding the serving cell. The number is notified to the
UE in the measurement configuration. When "purpose" is set
to "reportStrongestCellsForSON", the maximum number of the
reported cells is 1.
Value type long
Range [1..8]
Unit N/A
Default Value 8
Configuration Rule The parameter is configured in accordance with the actual function.
There may be few handover attempt targets and the failure ratio
increases if the functions are configured improperly.

1-532

1.33.8 Intersystem Measurement Event ID

Parameter Name
Full Name Intersystem Measurement Event ID
Abbreviated Name eventId
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the identifier of an event triggered by the

inter-RAT measurement, which is related to the measurement item.
B1: The inter-RAT neighboring cell becomes better than an
absolute threshold. This event is used for the handover event
measurement. B2: The serving cell becomes worse than an
absolute threshold 1 and the neighboring cell becomes better than
another absolute threshold 2. This event is used for the handover
event measurement.
Value type long
Range 0:B1,1:B2
Unit N/A
Default Value B1[0]
Configuration Rule This parameter is configured in accordance with the field situation.
If only the signal quality of target cell is considered, Event B1 is
used. If the signal quality of both the serving cell and target cell is
considered, Event B2 is used.

1-533

1.33.9 Absolute Decision Threshold of E-UTRAN Serving Cell for

RSRP Measurement
Parameter Name
Full Name Absolute Decision Threshold of E-UTRAN Serving Cell for RSRP
Measurement
Abbreviated Name rsrpSrvTrd
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates that Event B2 uses RSRP as threshold 2

of the measurement value. When the UE is making a decision on
Event B2, it determines whether the signal quality of the serving
cell meets the requirements of the threshold in accordance with
the threshold value configuration.
Value type long
Range [-140..-43]
Unit dBm
Default Value -115
Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the test experience value. The higher the
parameter value is, the easier it is to satisfy the measurement event
condition of the serving cell. The lower the parameter value is, the
more difficult it is to satisfy the measurement event condition of the
serving cell. In an actual scenario, the configuration is optimized
based on the network. The failure ratio of handover to the target cell
will increase if this parameter is configured improperly.

1-534

1.33.10 Absolute Decision Threshold of E-UTRAN Serving Cell for

RSRQ Measurement
Parameter Name
Full Name Absolute Decision Threshold of E-UTRAN Serving Cell for RSRQ
Measurement
Abbreviated Name rsrqSrvTrd
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates that Event B2 uses RSRQ as threshold 1

of the measurement value. When the UE is making a decision on
Event B2, it determines whether the signal quality of the serving
cell meets the requirements of the threshold in accordance with
the threshold value configuration.
Value type long
Range [-20..-3] step 1
Unit dB
Default Value -11
parameter value is, the easier it is to satisfy the measurement event
condition of the serving cell. The lower the parameter value is, the
more difficult it is to satisfy the measurement event condition of the
serving cell. In an actual scenario, the configuration is optimized
based on the network. The failure ratio of handover to the target cell
will increase if this parameter is configured improperly.

1-535

1.33.11 Absolute Decision Threshold of UTRAN System for RSCP

Measurement
Parameter Name
Full Name Absolute Decision Threshold of UTRAN System for RSCP

Measurement
Abbreviated Name rscpSysNbrTrd
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates that when CPICH_RSCP of the neighboring

cell of UTRA FDD is above this threshold, the handover to the UTRA
FDD system is triggered.
Value type long
Range [-120..-24]
Unit dBm
Default Value -95
Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the test experience value. This parameter
indicates the RSCP threshold of the neighboring cell of the target
UTRAN system when the event triggered condition is satisfied. The
measurement event condition. And it is more difficult to perform
the handover. The lower the parameter value is, the easier it is to
satisfy the measurement event condition. And it is easier to perform
the handover. The failure ratio of handover to the target cell will
increase if this parameter is configured improperly.

1-536

1.33.12 Absolute Decision Threshold of UTRAN System for Ec/No

Measurement
Parameter Name
Full Name Absolute Decision Threshold of UTRAN System for Ec/No

Measurement
Abbreviated Name ecNoSysNbrTrd
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates that when CPICH_Ec/No of the neighboring

cell of UTRA FDD is above this threshold, the handover to the UTRA
FDD system is triggered.
Value type long
Range [-24.5..0] step 0.5
Unit dB
Default Value 0
indicates the Ec/No threshold of the neighboring cell of the target
UTRAN system when the event triggered condition is satisfied. The
the handover. The failure ratio of handover to the target cell will
increase if this parameter is configured improperly.

1-537

1.33.13 Decision Hysteresis Range

Parameter Name
Full Name Decision Hysteresis Range
Abbreviated Name hysterisis
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the hysteresis used for an event decision.
Generally, to avoid the ping-pong effect caused by the event
triggered condition, this parameter is configured to solve the jittering
problem due to UE event decision. At the base station side, this
parameter is configured. The UE makes a decision in accordance
with this parameter, the measurement result, and the formula of
the relevant event.
Value type long
Unit dB
Default Value 0
parameter value is, the easier it is to satisfy the handover condition
of the cell. The lower the parameter value is, the more difficult it is
to satisfy the handover condition of the cell. In an actual scenario,
the configuration is optimized based on the network. The failure
ratio of handover to the target cell will increase if this parameter
is configured improperly.

1-538

1.33.14 Time Difference Between Event Occurrence and Reporting

Parameter Name
Full Name Time Difference Between Event Occurrence and Reporting
Abbreviated Name trigTime
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the time period between having detected
an event and reporting the event. This event can be triggered and
reported only when the event is detected and always meets the
event triggered condition during the period specified by Time to
trigger.
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:0,1:40,2:64,3:80,4:100,5:128,6:160,7:256,8:320,9:480,10:512,11:
640,12:1024,13:1280,14:2560,15:5120
Unit ms
Configuration Rule If the parameter value is set high, it indicates that the decision on the
event trigger is strict. This parameter value is set as required. If the
value is set too high, the communication quality will be affected. The
emulation experience shows that the handover failure ratio is the
lowest when the parameter value is configured to 256ms or 320ms.

1-539

1.33.15 Periodical Reporting Interval of Triggered Events

Parameter Name
Full Name Periodical Reporting Interval of Triggered Events
Abbreviated Name evtReportInterval
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the time interval to report the measurement
results after the event is triggered. Namely, the UE reports the
measurement results one time every "ucRptInterval".
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the interval of periodical measurement

reports after the event is triggered. The higher this parameter value
is, the longer the measurement report interval is. A long report
interval may affect the effect of the function. If the parameter value
is too low, the measurement report will be triggered frequently,
increasing the signal loading. This parameter is selected as
required. For the events with different functions, the threshold
values are configured differently.

1-540

1.33.16 Periodical Reporting Times of Triggered Events

Parameter Name
Full Name Periodical Reporting Times of Triggered Events
Abbreviated Name evtReportAmount
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the maximum times to report the

measurement results after the event is triggered. The UE reports
the measurement results based on the report interval. If the times
of reporting the event exceed the value "ucRptAmt", the UE stops
reporting the measurement results.
The value of Infinity indicates that the times of reporting the event
are infinite. Namely, if this measurement configuration is not
deleted at the base station side, the UE will keep on reporting the
measurement results periodically.
Value type long
Range 0:1,1:2,2:4,3:8,4:16,5:32,6:64,7:Infinity
Unit N/A
Default Value 4[2]
report will be triggered frequently, increasing the signal loading.
This parameter is selected as required. For the events with different

1-541

1.33.17 Reporting Interval of Periodical Report Rule

Parameter Name
Full Name Reporting Interval of Periodical Report Rule
Abbreviated Name prdReportInterval
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the interval of periodical reports.

Namely, the UE reports the measurement results one time every
"ucPrdRptInterval".
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Unit N/A
report will be triggered frequently, increasing the signal loading. This
parameter is selected as required. For the periodical measurements
with different functions, the parameter values are configured
differently. The default values are recommended for all functions.

1-542

1.33.18 Reporting Times of Periodical Report Rule

Parameter Name
Full Name Reporting Times of Periodical Report Rule
Abbreviated Name prdReportAmount
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the times of reporting the periodical

reports. The UE uses the value of "ucPrdRptAmount" to determine
whether the measurement results need to be reported. If the UE
detects that the times of reporting the event exceeds the value of
"ucPrdRptAmount", the UE stops reporting the measurement results.
The value of Infinity indicates that the times of reporting the event
are infinite. Namely, if this measurement configuration is not
deleted at the base station side, the UE will keep on reporting the
measurement results periodically.
Value type long
Range 0:1,1:2,2:4,3:8,4:16,5:32,6:64,7:Infinity
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter is selected as required. For the periodical

measurements with different functions, the threshold values are
configured differently.

1-543

1.33.19 Absolute Decision Threshold of GERAN System

Measurement
Parameter Name
Full Name Absolute Decision Threshold of GERAN System Measurement
Abbreviated Name geranNbrTrd
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the decision absolute threshold for the
GSM system measurement. The threshold value is related to Event
B1 or B2. For Event B1, when the signal quality of the neighboring
cell of the GSM system is better than the threshold value, the UE
considers that entering condition (B1-1) for this event is satisfied.
For Event B2, when the signal quality of the neighboring cell of the
GSM system is better than the threshold value, the UE considers
that entering condition (B2-2) for this event is satisfied.
Value type long
Range [-110..-47]
Unit dBm
Default Value -110
GERAN system when the event triggered condition is satisfied. The
the handover. This parameter is selected as required. For the
differently.

1-544

1.33.20 Absolute Decision Threshold of CDMA System

Measurement
Parameter Name
Full Name Absolute Decision Threshold of CDMA System Measurement
Abbreviated Name cdmaSysNbrTrd
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the decision absolute threshold for the
CDMA system measurement. The threshold value is related to
Event B1 or B2. For Event B1, when the signal quality of the
neighboring cell of the GSM system is better than the threshold
value, the UE considers that entering condition (B1-1) for this event
is satisfied. For Event B2, when the signal quality of the neighboring
cell of the CDMA system is better than the threshold value, the UE
considers that entering condition (B2-2) for this event is satisfied.
Value type long
Range [-31.5..0] step 0.5
Unit dB
Default Value -12
CDMA system when the event triggered condition is satisfied. The
the handover. This parameter is selected as required. For the
differently.

1-545

1.33.21 Report Quantity of Utran-Fdd

Parameter Name
Full Name Report Quantity of Utran-Fdd
Abbreviated Name utraFddReportQuan
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates that if ucUtraFddReportQuan is set to 0,

the report quantity of the UE Utran-Fdd is the same with the trigger
quantity.
If ucUtraFddReportQuan is set to 1, the report quantity includes
both RSCP and EC/No.
This parameter is only valid to the neighboring cell of Utran-Fdd.
Value type long
Range 0:SameAsTriggerQuantity,1:Both
Unit N/A
Default Value Both[1]
Configuration Rule If the hybrid measurement is enabled, this parameter is set to "1". If
the hybrid measurement is not enabled, this parameter is set to "0".
At present, the hybrid measurement will not occur.

1-546

1.34 Measurement Parameter

Measurement Parameter.
1.34.1 Measurement Parameter ID

Parameter Name
Full Name Measurement Parameter ID
Abbreviated Name EUtranCellMeasurementId
Managed Object EUtranCellMeasurement
Related feature N/A

Value type long
Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN FDD Cell/Measurement

Parameter
1-547

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Parameter
1.34.3 Measurement Config Group ID

Parameter Name
Full Name Measurement Config Group ID
Abbreviated Name refCellMeasGroup
Related feature N/A
Description Measurement Config Group ID
1-548

Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Parameter
1.34.4 Inter-Frequency Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration

Parameter Name
Full Name Inter-Frequency Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration
Abbreviated Name interFandInterR
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates whether the inter-frequency measurement

is configured together with the inter-RAT measurement. The value
of "0" indicates that the inter-frequency measurement is configured
together with the inter-RAT measurement. The value of "1" indicates
that the inter-frequency measurement is configured first, and then
the inter-RAT measurement is configured. In the coverage-based
scenario, if the operator wants to hand over to an inter-frequency
neighboring cell first, and then to an inter-RAT neighboring cell, the
value of "1" is selected. Otherwise, the value of "0" is selected.
Value type long
Range 0:Inter-Frequency Together with Inter-RAT Measurement,1:Inter-

Frequency Followed by Inter-RAT Measurement
1-549

Unit N/A
Default Value Inter-Frequency Together with Inter-RAT Measurement[0]

Parameter
1.34.5 Switch of Dual Measurement

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of Dual Measurement
Abbreviated Name dualMeasSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the dual-measurement switch based on

RSRP and RSRQ. If the switch is open, the system initiates Event
A2 measurement of RSRP and RSRQ. When Event A2 of RSRP is
satisfied, the Event A3/A5 neighboring cell measurement of RSRP
is triggered. When Event A2 of RSRQ is satisfied, the Event A3/A5
neighboring cell measurement of RSRQ is triggered. The use of this
parameter avoids a call drop caused by slow handover when either
RSRP or RSRQ becomes poor and the measurement configuration
does not involve the measurement item of RSRP or RSRQ.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-550

Configuration Rule This parameter indicates whether the UE uses the measurement
quantity of both RSRP and RSRQ. If this switch is enabled, Event
A2 delivers the measurement quantity, and delivers RSRQ and
RSRP at the same time. Both measurement quantities trigger and
deliver the relevant measurement events and procedures. The
intra-frequency Event A3/A5 selects to deliver RSRP and RSRQ at
the same time. Generally, RSRQ is used in the area with many
buildings. RSRP is used in the open areas such as island residential
areas, ensuring that the RSRP measurement is connected to the
cell with the highest receiving power. However, in some special
situations, the terminal RSRP measurement cannot be performed
because the interference degrades the service quality. Then, the
RSRQ measurement based on the service quality is introduced
to obtain better system performance. Only performing RSRP
measurement may cause frequent handover operations. It is better
to compare RSRP and RSRQ during the handover and determine
whether the handover is optimal. If only comparing RSRQ, the
handover frequency is reduced, but RSRQ cannot provide the
robustness test if the service quality degrades. RSRQ greatly relies
on the load and measurement strategy. Therefore, call drops may
occur. If the dual-measurement switch is enabled, the UE consumes
much power and the measurement event reports increase greatly,
increasing the consumption of the antenna resources and the
processing load of the eNB. The measurement quantities are
configured based on different scenarios. If the switch is disabled,
only RSRP or RSRQ is selected by the background.

Parameter
1.34.6 Enable Intra-Frequency Periodical Measurement

Parameter Name
Full Name Enable Intra-Frequency Periodical Measurement
1-551

Abbreviated Name intraFPeriodMeasSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates whether startingperiodical measurement of

intra frequency or not. 0 represents "close",1 represents "open".
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule The unappropriate value may cause untriggered Intra-Frequency

Periodical Measurement action.

Parameter
1.34.7 Switch for Inter-Frequency Periodical Measurement

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for Inter-Frequency Periodical Measurement
Abbreviated Name interFPeriodMeasSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description switch for inter-frequencyperiodicalmeasurement
Value type long
1-552

Unit N/A

Parameter
1.34.8 Switch for Inter-RAT Periodical Measurementof GERAN

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for Inter-RAT Periodical Measurement of GERAN
Abbreviated Name interRatGsmPeriodMeasSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description switch for inter-RATperiodicalmeasurement of GERAN
Value type long
Unit N/A

Parameter
1-553

1.34.9 Switch for Inter-RAT Periodical Measurement of UTRAN

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for Inter-RAT Periodical Measurement of UTRAN
Abbreviated Name interRatUtranPeriodMeasSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description switch for inter-RATperiodicalmeasurement of UTRAN
Value type long
Unit N/A

Parameter
1.34.10 GERAN CCO Network Control Command

Parameter Name
Full Name GERAN CCO Network Control Command
1-554

Abbreviated Name netWorkControlOrder
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used to configure the GERAN CCO network

control command. "0" indicates "NC0". "1" indicates "NC1". "2"
indicates "NC2". "3" indicates "RESET". This parameter belongs to
GSM parameter configuration.
NC0: The MS does not send the measurement report. It reselects
the cell automatically.
NC0: The MS sends the measurement report. It reselects the cell
automatically.
NC2: The MS sends the measurement report to the network. It
cannot reselect the cell automatically. The network controls the
reselection of the cell.
RESET: The MS returns back the broadcast parameters.
Value type long
Range 0:NC0,1:NC1,2:NC2,3:Reset
Unit N/A
Default Value NC0[0]
Configuration Rule Generally, this parameter value is set to "NC0".

This parameter has impact on the UE reselection. The value of
NC0 is the default value. NC1 has one more measurement report
than NC0. NC1 can be selected if it is required. To select NC2, it is
necessary to consider the support ability of the target GSM network.
NC2 is configured only when the target GSM network supports
it. RESET is selected if the MS needs to report the broadcast
parameters.

Parameter
1-555

1.34.11 Switch for Preventing the Ping-Pong Handover

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for Preventing the Ping-Pong Handover
Abbreviated Name pingPongHoSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description The paramerter indicates whether open the switch for restaining
PingPong handover or not. When openning the switch,UE shall
start the PingPong timer as performing handover from A cell to B
cell. Before the PingPong timer expires, UE shall not handover
back A from B cell. We suggests openning the switch when UE be
in the edge of cell.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule The unappropriate value may cause an unevitable ping-pong

handover.

Parameter
1.34.12 Number of Candidate Cells in Handover

Parameter Name
Full Name Number of Candidate Cells in Handover
Abbreviated Name hoCandCelNum
1-556

Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the number of candidate cells in Handover.

With use of this parameter, the handover delay on the control panel
is reduced and the handover success ratio is guaranteed. If the
parameter value is high, the processing delay is great and the
handover result is poor. If the parameter value is low, the UE cannot
perform the handover and a call drop occurs.
Value type long
Range [1..8]
Unit N/A
Default Value 2
Configuration Rule If the parameter value is high, the processing delay is great and the
handover result is bad. If the parameter value is low, the UE cannot
perform the handover and a call drop occurs. This parameter is
configured in accordance with the field test result.

Parameter
1.34.13 Maximum Number of HO Cells for Load Balance

Parameter Name
Full Name Maximum Number of HO Cells for Load Balance
Abbreviated Name lbMaxHOCell
1-557

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the number of candidate cells in Handover.

With use of this parameter, the handover delay on the control panel
is reduced and the handover success ratio is guaranteed. If the
parameter value is high, the processing delay is great and the
handover result is poor. If the parameter value is low, the UE cannot
perform the handover and a call drop occurs.
Value type long
Range [1..6]
Unit N/A
Default Value 2
Configuration Rule If the parameter value is high, the processing delay is great and the
handover result is bad. If the parameter value is low, the UE cannot
perform the handover and a call drop occurs. This parameter is
configured in accordance with the field test result.

Parameter
1.34.14 Time of short handover

Parameter Name
Full Name Time of short handover
Abbreviated Name timeOfShortHO
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the threshold of handover camping

duration in KPI statistics.
1-558

Value type long
Range [1..900]
Unit s
Default Value 5

Parameter
1.34.15 Neighbor Cell Measurement Configuration

Parameter Name
Full Name Neighbor Cell Measurement Configuration
Abbreviated Name neighCellConfig
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter provides the information related to MBSFN and TDD
UL/DL configuration of neighboring cells.
00: Not all neighboring cells have the same MBSFN subframe
allocation as the serving cell on this frequency. It is also applicable
to the PCell.
10: The MBSFN subframe allocations of all neighboring cells are
identical to the serving cell or subsets of that in the serving cell on
this frequency. It is also applicable to the PCell.
01: MBSFN subframes do not exit in all neighboring cells.
11: For TDD, the UL/DL allocation in neighboring cell is different
from that in the serving cell on this frequency. It is also applicable to
the PCell.
1-559

For TDD, 00, 10 and 01 are only used for the situation where the
UL/DL allocation in neighboring cell is identical to that in the serving
cell on this frequency. It is also applicable to the PCell.
Value type long
Range 0:0,1:1,2:2,3:3
Unit N/A
Default Value 1[1]
Configuration Rule This parameter is configured in accordance with the MBSFN

subframe configuration of the neighboring cell at this frequency
band and the actual TDD UL/DL matching. This parameter cannot
be modified at will.

Parameter
1.34.16 RAT Priority

Parameter Name
Full Name RAT Priority
Abbreviated Name ratPriorityPara
Related feature N/A
Description RAT Priority
Value type StructRATPriority
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-560


Parameter
1.34.17 RAT Priority OffFreq-delta

Parameter Name
Full Name RAT Priority OffFreq-delta
Abbreviated Name offFreqPriorityPara
Related feature N/A
Description RAT Priority OffFreq-delta
Value type StructOffFreqPriority
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Parameter
1-561

1.34.18 Target System of Idle Ue for CS Fallback

Parameter Name
Full Name Target System of Idle Ue for CS Fallback
Abbreviated Name ratPriIdPara
Related feature N/A
Description Target System of Idle Ue for CS Fallback
Value type StructRatPriIdPara
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Parameter
1.34.19 Target System of Connected Ue for CS Fallback

Parameter Name
Full Name Target System of Connected Ue for CS Fallback
Abbreviated Name ratPriCnPara
1-562

Related feature N/A
Description Target System of Connected Ue for CS Fallback
Value type StructRatPriCnPara
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Parameter
1.34.20 Switch for CS Fallback Based Measurement

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for CS Fallback Based Measurement
Abbreviated Name csfbMeasure
Related feature N/A
1-563

Description This parameter indicates whether to perform the CSFB

measurement. If the value of "Yes" is selected, the CSFB
measurement is performed. The advantage is that the best target
cell can be selected because the measurement report is provided.
The disadvantage is that a delay occurs because of waiting for a
measurement report. If the value of "No" is selected, the operation
is executed quickly because no measurement is needed. However,
it is necessary to make a neighboring cell coverage planning.
Otherwise, the CSFB target cell may be selected improperly and the
CSFB measurement fails.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]
Configuration Rule If the operator wants to perform the CSFB measurement, this switch
needs to be enabled. If the value of "Yes" is selected, the CSFB
measurement is performed. The advantage is that the best target
cell can be selected because the measurement report is provided.
The disadvantage is that a delay occurs because of waiting for a
measurement report. If the value of "No" is selected, the operation
is executed quickly because no measurement is needed. However,
it is necessary to make a neighboring cell coverage planning.
Otherwise, the CSFB target cell may be selected improperly and the
CSFB measurement fails.

Parameter
1.34.21 CSFB Method of UTRAN

Parameter Name
Full Name CSFB Method of UTRAN
1-564

Abbreviated Name csfbMethdofUMTS
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the preferable method of CS fallback to

the UTRAN. This parameter is used to configure the handover
from the CSFB to the UTRAN. The default priority of the handover
from the CSFB to the UTRAN is PS HO > Redirection. When the
low-priority configuration is set on the OMC, the high-priority method
is not considered.
Value type long
Range 0:PS Handover,

1:Redirection
Unit N/A
Default Value PS Handover[0]
Configuration Rule If the operator requires CSFB to the UTRAN in the PS handover
mode, the value of "0: PS handover" is selected.
If the operator requires CSFB to the UMTS in the redirection mode,
the value of "1: Redirection" is selected.
If the operator does not have any requirement, the default value
is used.

Parameter
1.34.22 CSFB Method of GERAN

Parameter Name
Full Name CSFB Method of GERAN
Abbreviated Name csfbMethodofGSM
1-565

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the preferable method of CS fallback to

the GERAN. This parameter is used to configure the handover
from the CSFB to the GERAN. The default priority of the handover
from the CSFB to the GERAN is PS HO > Redirection. When the
low-priority configuration is set on the OMC, the high-priority method
is not considered.
Value type long
Range 0:PS Handover,

1:CCO,
2:Redirection
Unit N/A
Default Value Redirection[2]
Configuration Rule If the operator requires CSFB to the GSM in the PS handover mode,
the value of "0: PS handover" is selected.
If the operator requires CSFB to the GSM in the CCO mode, the
value of "1: CCO" is selected.
If the operator requires CSFB to the GSM in the redirection mode,
the value of "2: Redirection" is selected.
If the operator does not have any requirement, the default value
is used.

Parameter
1.34.23 CSFB Method of CDMA2000

Parameter Name
1-566

Full Name CSFB Method of CDMA2000
Abbreviated Name csfbMethdofCDMA
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the preferable method of CS fallback

to the CDMA2000 1xRTT. This parameter is used to configure
the handover from the CSFB to the CDMA2000 1xRTT. The
default priority of the handover from the CSFB to the 1XRTT is
enhanced 1xCSFB with PS HO to HRPD > enhanced 1xCSFB
with redirection to HRPD > enhanced 1xCSFB > Dual Rx 1xCSFB
> Rel-8 1xCSFB.When the low-priority configuration is set on the
OMC, the high-priority method is not considered.
Value type long
Range 0:Enhanced 1xCSFB with PS HO to HRPD,

1:Enhanced 1xCSFB with Redirection to HRPD,
2:Enhanced 1xCSFB,
3:Dual Rx 1xCSFB,
4:Rel-8 1xCSFB
Unit N/A
Default Value Enhanced 1xCSFB with PS HO to HRPD[0]
Configuration Rule 0: enhanced 1xCSFB with PS HO to HRPD

1: enhanced 1xCSFB with redirection to HRPD
2: enhanced 1xCSFB
3: Dual Rx 1xCSFB
4: Rel-8 1xCSFB
The same as the above. This parameter is configured in accordance
with the operator's requirement. If the operator has a requirement,
you need to choose any option mentioned above. If the operator
does not have any requirement, the default value is used.

Parameter
1-567

1.34.24 Gap Delay

Parameter Name
Full Name Gap Delay
Abbreviated Name gapDelay
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is deleted.
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit ms
Default Value 80
Configuration Rule This parameter is deleted.

Parameter
1.34.25 Offset of The Serving Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Offset of The Serving Cell
Abbreviated Name ocs
1-568

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the offset of a cell. It is used by the UE

to evaluate the triggered condition of a measurement report. The
pathloss differences between different cells can be adjusted by
setting this parameter, ensuring the accuracy of the reported event.
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:-24,1:-22,2:-20,3:-18,4:-16,5:-14,6:-12,7:-10,8:-8,9:-6,10:-5,11:-
4,12:-3,13:-2,14:-1,15:0,16:1,17:2,18:3,19:4,20:5,21:6,22:8,23:10,2
4:12,25:14,26:16,27:18,28:20,29:22,30:24
Unit dB
Default Value 0[15]

Parameter
1.34.26 Absolute Decision Threshold for Intra-Frequency/Inter-Freq

uency/Intersystem Measurement
Parameter Name
Full Name Absolute Decision Threshold for Intra-Frequency/Inter-

Frequency/Intersystem Measurement
Abbreviated Name measureThresh
Related feature N/A
1-569

Description This parameter indicates whether the decision threshold for

the intra-frequency/inter-frequency/inter-RAT measurement
is enabled if the UE considers that the RSRP of the serving
sell is after layer-3 filtering. The UE may consume the power
if the threshold value is set too high and the UE initiates the
intra-frequency/inter-frequency/inter-RAT measurement too early.
The call drop may occur if the threshold value is set too low
and the UE initiates the intra-frequency/inter-frequency/inter-RAT
measurement too late.
Value type long
Range [-140..-44]
Unit dBm
Default Value -70
Configuration Rule If set too big, it will cause UE starts a late measurement action,and
have a drop call due to untimely handover, and if set too small, it will
cause UE starts aa early measurement action, and have a higher
UE power consumption. An unappropriate value will lead to a higher
handover failure rate to the target cell.

Parameter
1.34.27 RSRP Layer-3 Filtering Coefficient in Measurement

Parameter Name
Full Name RSRP Layer-3 Filtering Coefficient in Measurement
Abbreviated Name filterCoeffRsrp
Related feature N/A
1-570

Description The parameter is RSRP layer-3 filtering coefficient in

measurement used to smooth the measure value.The calculation
is:Fn=(1-a)*Fm+a*Mn.where
Mn is the latest received measurement result from the physical layer;
Fn is the updated filtered measurement result, that is used for
evaluation of reporting criteria or for measurement reporting;
Fm is the old filtered measurement result, where F0 is set to
M1 when the first measurement result from the physical layer is
received; and
a = 1/2(k/4), where k is the filterCoefficent for the corresponding
measurement quantity received by the quantityConfig.
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:0,1:1,2:2,3:3,4:4,5:5,6:6,7:7,8:8,9:9,10:11,11:13,12:15,13:17,14
:19
Unit N/A
Default Value 4[4]
Configuration Rule The analysis on the test experience value shows that if this
parameter value is configured too high, the measurement is
too smooth and the channel change cannot be reflected. The
handover fails. If this parameter value is configured too low, the
measurement value is too sensitive to the change of the channel.
Unnecessary handover may occur or the handover fails. The failure

Parameter
1.34.28 RSRQ Layer-3 Filtering Coefficient in Measurement

Parameter Name
1-571

Full Name RSRQ Layer-3 Filtering Coefficient in Measurement
Abbreviated Name filterCoeffRsrq
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is RSRQ layer-3 filtering coefficient in

measurement used to smooth the measure value.The calculation
is:Fn=(1-a)*Fm+a*Mn.where
Mn is the latest received measurement result from the physical layer;
Fn is the updated filtered measurement result, that is used for
evaluation of reporting criteria or for measurement reporting;
Fm is the old filtered measurement result, where F0 is set to
M1 when the first measurement result from the physical layer is
received; and
a = 1/2(k/4), where k is the filterCoefficent for the corresponding
measurement quantity received by the quantityConfig.
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:0,1:1,2:2,3:3,4:4,5:5,6:6,7:7,8:8,9:9,10:11,11:13,12:15,13:17,14
:19
Unit N/A
Default Value 4[4]

Parameter
1-572

1.34.29 Maximum Intra-Frequency Measurement Bandwidth

Parameter Name
Full Name Maximum Intra-Frequency Measurement Bandwidth
Abbreviated Name intraFMeasBW
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the maximum intra-frequency

measurement bandwidth. If the intra-frequency neighboring cell
is configured, the minimum bandwidth of all neighboring cells is
selected as the maximum intra-frequency measurement bandwidth
and delivered to the UE. If the intra-frequency neighboring cell is not
configured, this parameter configuration is delivered to the UE.
Value type long
Range 0:1.4M,1:3M,2:5M,3:10M,4:15M,5:20M
Unit N/A
Default Value 20M[5]
Configuration Rule The unappropriate value may cause RSRP/RSRQ measurement

inaccurate.

Parameter
1-573

1.34.30 Priority of Intra Frequency in Intra-LTE Load Balancing

Parameter Name
Full Name Priority of Intra Frequency in Intra-LTE Load Balancing
Abbreviated Name lbIntraFreqPriority
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the priority of the intra-frequency frequency

points of the serving cell in the Intra-LTE load balancing function. In
the situation where the frequency point priority policy is enabled, the
neighboring cells of this frequency point is more liable to be selected
as the target cell for load balancing if the priority is higher.
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 255
Configuration Rule In the situation where the frequency point priority policy is enabled,
the neighboring cells of this frequency point is more liable to be
selected as the target cell for load balancing if the priority is higher.

Parameter
1.34.31 Inter-Frequency Number

Parameter Name
Full Name Inter-Frequency Number
Abbreviated Name interFreqNum
1-574

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the number of the inter-frequency

frequency points. It is combined with the arrays of the frequency
points, indicating the inter-frequency frequency point list
Value type long
Range [0..8]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule The operator configures this parameter in accordance with the
network condition. The frequency points should be configured
completely. If some frequency point is not configured, the handover
will fail.

Parameter
1.34.32 Inter-Frequency Measurement Configuration

Parameter Name
Full Name Inter-Frequency Measurement Configuration
Abbreviated Name eutranMeasParas
Related feature N/A
Description Inter-Frequency Measurement Configuration
1-575

Value type sequence[StructEUtranMeas,8]
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Parameter
1.34.33 GERAN-Frequency Number

Parameter Name
Full Name GERAN-Frequency Number
Abbreviated Name geranCarriFreqNum
Related feature N/A
Description None
Value type long
Range [0..16]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

Parameter
1-576

1.34.34 Layer-3 Filtering Coefficient in GERAN Measurement

Parameter Name
Full Name Layer-3 Filtering Coefficient in GERAN Measurement
Abbreviated Name filterCoeffGera
Related feature N/A
Description None
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:0,1:1,2:2,3:3,4:4,5:5,6:6,7:7,8:8,9:9,10:11,11:13,12:15,13:17,14
:19
Unit N/A
Default Value 4[4]

Parameter
1-577

1.34.35 GERAN-Frequency Measurement Configuration

Parameter Name
Full Name GERAN-Frequency Measurement Configuration
Abbreviated Name geranMeasParas
Related feature N/A
Description GERAN-Frequency Measurement Configuration
Value type sequence[StructGeranMeas,16]
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Parameter
1.34.36 UTRAN-Frequency Number

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN-Frequency Number
Abbreviated Name utranCarriFreqNum
1-578

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used to present the UTRAN frequency number.
Value type long
Range [0..32]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the number of UTRAN carrier frequencies.
It is set in accordance with the actually configured carrier frequency
number. The handover function cannot be used if this parameter

Parameter
1.34.37 Measurement Quantity of UTRAN FDD System

Parameter Name
Full Name Measurement Quantity of UTRAN FDD System
Abbreviated Name quantityFddUtra
Related feature N/A
1-579

Description This parameter indicates what kind of measurement item the UE

uses when the UE performs the UTRA FDD measurement in the
cell. cpich_RSCP: This value indicates the coverage strength of the
UTRAN FDD signals. It is similar to RSRP of the LTE system.
cpich_EcN0: This value indicates the quality of the UTRAN FDD
signals. It is similar to RSRQ of the LTE system.
Value type long
Range 0:cpich_RSCP,1:cpich_EcN0
Unit N/A
Default Value cpich_RSCP[0]
configuration. cpich_RSCP: This value indicates the coverage
strength of the UTRAN FDD signals. It is similar to RSRP of the
LTE system.
cpich_EcN0: This value indicates the quality of the UTRAN FDD
signals. It is similar to RSRQ of the LTE system.

Parameter
1.34.38 Layer-3 Filtering Coefficient in UTRAN Measurement

Parameter Name
Full Name Layer-3 Filtering Coefficient in UTRAN Measurement
Abbreviated Name filCoeUtran
Related feature N/A
1-580

Description The FilterCoefficient of RSCP is UcFilterCoeffUtra[0];

The FilterCoefficient of EC/No is UcFilterCoeffUtra[1];
Utran-Tdd can only use UcFilterCoeffUtra[0];

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:0,1:1,2:2,3:3,4:4,5:5,6:6,7:7,8:8,9:9,10:11,11:13,12:15,13:17,14
:19
Unit N/A
Default Value 4[4];4[4]

Parameter
1.34.39 UTRAN-Frequency Measurement Configuration

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN-Frequency Measurement Configuration
Abbreviated Name utranMeasParas
Related feature N/A
Description UTRAN-Frequency Measurement Configuration
1-581

Value type sequence[StructUtranMeas,32]
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Parameter
1.34.40 CDMA-Frequency Number

Parameter Name
Full Name CDMA-Frequency Number
Abbreviated Name cdmaCarriFreqNum
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used to configure the CDMA frequcney number.
Value type long
Range [0..32]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the number of CDMA carrier frequencies.
It is set in accordance with the actually configured carrier frequency
number. The handover function cannot be used if this parameter

Parameter
1-582

1.34.41 CDMA2000-Frequency Measurement Configuration

Parameter Name
Full Name CDMA2000-Frequency Measurement Configuration
Abbreviated Name CDMA2000MeasParas
Related feature N/A
Description CDMA2000-Frequency Measurement Configuration
Value type sequence[StructCDMA2000Meas,32]
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Parameter
1-583

1.34.42 Switch for CS Fallback base LAI

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for CS Fallback base LAI
Abbreviated Name cSFBbaseLAI
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether the LAI-based CSFB function is

enabled. If the value is set to "1", the PLMM specified in Register
LAI that is delivered by the MME is selected first as the target PLMN
of CSFB.
If the value is set to "0", the PLMM specified in Register LAI is not
in the first consideration.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule In the scenario where the network is shared, if the switch is enabled,
the UE falls back first to the CS domain that has the same TAI with
the serving cell when the user executes CSFB, reducing the delay
caused in a call establishment. This parameter is configured in
accordance with the CSFB requirements of the operator.

Parameter
1.34.43 Multi-PLMN Local Strategy for CSFB

Parameter Name
1-584

Full Name Multi-PLMN Local Strategy for CSFB
Abbreviated Name multiPLMNLocStCSFB
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the switch for selecting the multi-PLMN
local strategy for CSFB. The local strategy indicates that the
expected CSDB target PLMN sequence configured by the operator
in the scenario where the network is shared. If the value is set to
"0", the local strategy is disabled. All PLMNs in the EPLMN have
the same priority.
If the value is set to "1", the local strategy is used. The operator can
configure different CSFB local strategies for different PLMNs.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter is configured only when the network is shared and
this parameter needs to be configured. This parameter is configured
in accordance with the requirements of the operator. For example,
when the serving operator is "a", the CS is expected to fall back first
to Operator a, next, Operator b, and then Operator c.

Parameter
1.34.44 Intra-Freq Measurement Switch for Handover to Small Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Intra-Freq Measurement Switch for Handover to Small Cell
1-585

Abbreviated Name macroSmallIntraFreqMeasSwch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used to indicate whether the measurement of

handover to small cell is configured to UE. If ucMacro2SmallMeasS-
witch equal to 1, then measurement of handover to small cell will
apply to UE, otherwise, not apply.
Value type long
Unit N/A

Parameter
1.34.45 Min-Stay Time for Handover from Macro to Small Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Min-Stay Time for Handover from Macro to Small Cell
Abbreviated Name minStayTimeInSC
Related feature N/A
1-586

Description Only UE has stayed in Small Cell for enough time, then eNB may
permit UE to handover to Small-cell, the average time UE stay in
Small-cell mustbe longer than wMinStayTimeInSC
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit s
Default Value 15

Parameter
1.34.46 Threshold of Pingpong Handover from Macro to Small Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Pingpong Handover from Macro to Small Cell
Abbreviated Name pingPongThres4Macro2Small
Related feature N/A
Description #########
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit s
Default Value 3

Parameter
1-587

1.34.47 Switch of Measure Based Voice

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of Measure Based Voice
Abbreviated Name measBaseVoiceSwch
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Unit N/A

Parameter
1-588

1.34.48 Forbidden Time of Handover Between Macro and Small Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Forbidden Time of Handover Between Macro and Small Cell
Abbreviated Name macrotSmallForbidTime
Related feature N/A
Description If handover between Macro and Small cell is applied, then ,UE can
only stay in Macro cell. And if has stayed in Macro cell for enough
time that longer than wMacro2SmallForbidTime, then UE can start
handover between Macro and Small cell.
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit s
Default Value 600

Parameter
1.34.49 Threshold of Measurement Reconfiguration Based Voice

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Measurement Reconfiguration Based Voice
Abbreviated Name voiceMeasReCfgThrd
1-589

Related feature N/A
Unit dB
Default Value 3;0.8

Parameter
1.34.50 Switchof Cover Handover Algorithm Based on Load

Parameter Name
Full Name Switchof Cover Handover Algorithm Based on Load
Abbreviated Name intraRATHObasedLoadSwch
Related feature N/A
Description The switch of Intra-RAT Handover based on load. When this switch
is turned on, eNodeb will consider load as a factor when select the
target cell., otherwise will not.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-590


Parameter
1.34.51 Load Alert Threshold of Handover Target Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Load Alert Threshold of Handover Target Cell
Abbreviated Name hoTarCellPRBThrd
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit %
Default Value 60

Parameter
1-591

1.34.52 RSRQ Threshold for Target Neighbor Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name RSRQ Threshold for Target Neighbor Cell
Abbreviated Name tarNeighCellRsrqThr
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [-20..-3] step 0.5
Unit dB
Default Value -12

Parameter
1.34.53 RSRQ Threshold for Server Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name RSRQ Threshold for Server Cell
Abbreviated Name servCellRsrqThr
1-592

Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [-20..-3] step 0.5
Unit dB
Default Value -12

Parameter
1.34.54 Trigger Quantity of Target Cell order based HO

Parameter Name
Full Name Trigger Quantity of Target Cell order based HO
Abbreviated Name trigQuaofTarCellOrder
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the trigger quantity of target cell order for
handover based on the last event report, when it starts the periodic
report based on event.
Value type long
Range 0:Rsrp,1:Rsrq
Unit N/A
Default Value Rsrq[1]
1-593


Parameter
1.34.55 Multi-PLMN Local Strategy for PS

Parameter Name
Full Name Multi-PLMN Local Strategy for PS
Abbreviated Name multiPLMNLocSt4PSSwch
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Unit N/A

Parameter
1-594

1.34.56 Multi-PLMN Local Strategy for Redirection

Parameter Name
Full Name Multi-PLMN Local Strategy for Redirection
Abbreviated Name multiPLMNLocSt4RdSwch
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Unit N/A

Parameter
1.34.57 Switch of Voice Admission

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of Voice Admission
Abbreviated Name voiceAdmtSwch
1-595

Related feature N/A
Description When voiceAdmtSwch equal to 1, LTE cell will admit Voice Bear,
and try handover to LTE FDD, then try SRVCC to UMTS.
Value type long
Unit N/A

Parameter
1.34.58 UE Type Judge Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name UE Type Judge Switch
Abbreviated Name uePosiMeasSwch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether the eNodeB enable the UE type
Judgement,bit 0 indicates ICIC,bit 1 indicate DLCOMP,bit2 indicates
ULCOMP;
Value type long
1-596

Range 0:All Close,

1:Only ICIC Open,
2:Only DLCOMP Open,
3:ICIC and DLCOMP Open,
4:Only ULCOMP Open,
5:ICIC and ULCOMP Open,
6:DLCOMP and ULCOMP Open,
7:All Open
Unit N/A
Default Value Only ICIC Open[1]

Parameter
1.34.59 The Operation Method of LTE to GERAN

Parameter Name
Full Name The Operation Method of LTE to GERAN
Abbreviated Name methodLTEtoGSM
Related feature N/A
Description The Operation Method of LTE to GERAN
Value type long
Range 0:PS HO,1:CCO,2:Redirection based on measurement,3:Blind

Redirection
Unit N/A
Default Value Blind Redirection[3]
1-597


Parameter
1.34.60 The Operation Method of LTE to UTRAN

Parameter Name
Full Name The Operation Method of LTE to UTRAN
Abbreviated Name methodLTEtoUTRAN
Related feature N/A
Description The Operation Method of LTE to UTRAN
Value type long
Range 0:PS HO,1:Redirection based on measurement,2:Blind Redirection
Unit N/A
Default Value Redirection based on measurement[1]

Parameter
1-598

1.34.61 Multi-PLMN Local Strategy for RRC connectionRe-establis

hment
Parameter Name
Full Name Multi-PLMN Local Strategy for RRC connection Re-establishment
Abbreviated Name multiPLMNLocSt4ReestabSwch
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Unit N/A

Parameter
1.34.62 Switch of SRVCC Based VoLTE Quality

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of SRVCC Based VoLTE Quality
Abbreviated Name srvccBasedVoLTEQualitySwch
Managed Object Measurement Parameter
1-599

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is the switch of SRVCC based VoLTE Quality. When
it is open, eNodeb will monitor the quality of VoLTE, and if quality
lower than threshold, eNodeb will trigger SRVCC procedure.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter is set to Open if VoLTE is deployed.

Parameter
1.34.63 The Trigger Method Based VoLTE Quality

Parameter Name
Full Name The Trigger Method Based VoLTE Quality
Abbreviated Name meas4HOBasedVoLTEQual
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is the trigger method based VoLTE Quality. When
it is Yes, eNodeb will send the measure configure, and trigger
handover based on the measure result; When it is No, eNodeb will
trigger handover based on blind method.
Value type long
1-600

Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter is set to based on measurement method or based

on blind method in accordance with the requirements of operators.

Parameter
1.34.64 Switch of Inter-Frequency Handover Based VoLTE Quality

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of Inter-Frequency Handover Based VoLTE Quality
Abbreviated Name interFHOBasedVoLTEQualSwch
Related feature N/A

If VoLTE UE SINR is lower than this threshold, eNodeb consider
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter is set to Open if VoLTE is deployed.

Parameter
1-601

1.35 PUCH and PDCH

PUCH and PDCH.
1.35.1 Physical Channel ID

Parameter Name
Full Name Physical Channel ID
Abbreviated Name PhyChannelId
Managed Object PhyChannel
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN FDD Cell/PUCH and PDCH
1-602

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1.35.3 PUSCH Frequency Hopping Mode

Parameter Name
Full Name PUSCH Frequency Hopping Mode
Abbreviated Name hoppingMode
1-603

Reference protocol TS 36.211Hopping-mode

TS36.331hoppingMode
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter defines the mode of PUSCH frequency hopping

used to determine whether only inter-subframe will be enabled or
both intra-subframe and inter-subframe will be enabled.
Value type long
Range 0:Only Inter-Subframe,1:Both Intra and Inter-Subframe
Unit N/A
Default Value Only Inter-Subframe[0]
Configuration Rule Only inter-subframe is recommended for the normal scenario.
1.35.4 PUSCH Frequency Hopping Offset

Parameter Name
Full Name PUSCH Frequency Hopping Offset
Abbreviated Name puschhoppingOffset
Related feature N/A
Description The frequency offset for PUSCH hopping, collected with PUSCH
hopping sub band. The formula of sub band is N_RB^sb =
floor((N_RBÛL N_RB^PUCCH N_RB^N_HO mod 2) / N_sb).
N_RB^N_HO is PuschHopOffset.
Value type long
1-604

Range [0..98]
Unit N/A
Default Value 12
Configuration Rule If the value is set too larger, there will be a PUSCH resource waste.
If the value is set too small, there will be a frequency domain conflict
between PUCCH and PUSCH.
1.35.5 Number of Sub-Bands for PUSCH Frequency Hopping

Parameter Name
Full Name Number of Sub-Bands for PUSCH Frequency Hopping
Abbreviated Name puschNsb
Reference protocol TS 36.211Nsb

TS36.331n-SB
Related feature N/A
Description The number of subband used for PUSCH frequency hopping is

used to determine the size of subband and the range of frequency
hopping mode.
Value type long
Range [1..4]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
Configuration Rule The larger the value is, the more gain of frequency domain there will
be. The smaller the value is, the less gain of frequency domain
there will be.
1-605

1.35.6 Maximum Transmission Times of SR

Parameter Name
Full Name Maximum Transmission Times of SR
Abbreviated Name dsrTransMax
Related feature N/A
Description SR max transmission number
Value type long
Range 0:4,1:8,2:16,3:32,4:64
Unit N/A
Default Value 64[4]
Configuration Rule Set this parameter based on the cell UE number, SR response
delay, and SR cycle. If the SR response delay is large or more UEs
in a cell ,then set the value large. If the SR cycle is large, then set
the value small.
1-606

1.35.7 The Switch of SRS Configuration

Parameter Name
Full Name The Switch of SRS Configuration
Abbreviated Name srsEnable
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the switch of SRS Configuration.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1.35.8 Downlink Frequency Selection

Parameter Name
Full Name Downlink Frequency Selection
Abbreviated Name freqSelectDl
1-607

Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the downlink frequency selection

configured by high layer for cell . The parameter is configured by
enumerate number.The frequency selection could be RB bandwidth
allocation(frequency selection),RB subband allocation(frequency
selection),PRB Random Allocation, speed auto-adjusted, service
auto-adjusted, auto-adjusted.
Value type long
Range 0:RB Location Wideband Allocation,

1:RB Location Sub-Band Allocation(Frequency-Selective),
2:Downlink PRB Random Allocation,
3:Speed Self Adaption,
4:Service Self Adaption,
5:Self Adaption
Unit N/A
Default Value Downlink PRB Random Allocation[2]
Configuration Rule The different value represents different downlink RB resource

allocation.
1.35.9 PHICH Allocated Group Calculation Factor

Parameter Name
Full Name PHICH Allocated Group Calculation Factor
Abbreviated Name ng
Related feature N/A
1-608

Description The Number of PHICH Group determines the number of PHICHs

allocated for Ues in the cell. A PHICH group consists of multiple
PHICH. If the preamble length is normal cp length, a PHICH group
consists of 8 PHICH; If the preamble length is extened cp length, a
PHICH group consists of 4 PHICH. The equation of PHICH group
is N_PHICH^Group = ceil(N_h * (N_RB^DL / 8)) (for normal CP) or
N_PHICH^Group = 2 * ceil(N_h * (N_RB^DL / 8)) (for extended CP)
Value type long
Range 0:1/6,1:1/2,2:1,3:2
Unit N/A
Default Value 1/2[1]
Configuration Rule If it is too small(Ng is 1/6),there will be the least array number of
PHICH, and more UEs in each array, which will cause the least
PUICH performance modulation. If it is too big(Ng is 2),there will be
the most array number of PHICH, and the least UEs in each array,
which will have the best PUICH performance modulation, but the
control channel take the most symbols,thus the symbols of PDCCH
get less.

E-UTRAN FDD Cell.bandWidthDl
1.35.10 Downlink Distributed Resource Allocation Supported

Parameter Name
Full Name Downlink Distributed Resource Allocation Supported
Abbreviated Name dlDisRsAllSpInd
Related feature N/A
1-609

Description The parameter indicates whether downlink distribute resource

allocation is supported.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]
1.35.11 PHICH Symbol Length

Parameter Name
Full Name PHICH Symbol Length
Abbreviated Name phichDuration
Related feature N/A
Description The duration of PHICH determines how many ofdm symb that
PHICH will be mapped on, one OFDM symb or three OFDM symb.
Value type long
Range 0:Normal,1:Extended
Unit N/A
1-610

Related parameter E-UTRAN FDD Cell.cFI
1.35.12 Number of Mappings From Virtual RB to Physical RB in

Distributed Transmission
Parameter Name
Full Name Number of Mappings From Virtual RB to Physical RB in Distributed

Transmission
Abbreviated Name nd
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter configures the RB number Which is used to map

from VRB to PRB.
Value type long
Range 0:2,1:3,2:4,3:5,4:6
Unit Nd
Default Value 3[1]
Related parameter PUCH and PDCH.dlDisRsAllSpInd
1-611

1.35.13 SRS Bandwidth Configuration

Parameter Name
Full Name SRS Bandwidth Configuration
Abbreviated Name srsBWCfg
Related feature N/A
Description Srs bandwidth configuration is correlation with uplink bandwidth (TS

36.211 table 5.5.3.2). Max srs bandwidth must smaller than pusch
bandwidth, N_RBÛL N_RB^PUCCH
Value type long
Range [0..7]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule The bandwidth of SRS must be smaller than the system bandwidth.
1.35.14 Switch of Dynamic Adjust CQI Mode

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of Dynamic Adjust CQI Mode
Abbreviated Name swchDAdjCqiMode
Related feature N/A
1-612

Description The parameter indicates whether UE CQI mode can be dynamic

adjusted or nor.0:false,1:true
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule Set this parameter based on the test requirement
1.35.15 The Method of Feedbacking CQI for PUSCH

Parameter Name
Full Name The Method of Feedbacking CQI for PUSCH
Abbreviated Name puschCqiFbMethd
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the methods of a periodic feedbacking

CQI on PUSCH for each transmission mode. There are three
methods,Wideband feedback,higher Layer-configured subband
feedback,UE Selected subband feedback.
Value type long
Range 0:Wideband Feedback,1:Higher Layer-Configured Subband

Feedback,2:UE-Selected Subbands Feedback
Unit N/A
Default Value Higher Layer-Configured Subband Feedback[1]
1-613

Configuration Rule Set this parameter based on the UE capability, transmission mode
and test requirement.
1.35.16 Cycle Shift Number for PUCCH Format 1/1a/1b

Parameter Name
Full Name Cycle Shift Number for PUCCH Format 1/1a/1b
Abbreviated Name pucchDeltaShf
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter determines the cycle shift spacing for PUCCH format
1/1a1b
Value type long
Range 0:1,1:2,2:3
Unit N/A
Default Value 1[0]
Configuration Rule Set this parameter based on simulation performance of PHY, and
the networking mode. It is set to 1 at current version.
1-614

1.35.17 Number of PUCCH Channel for ACK/NACK of Downlink

SPS Scheduling
Parameter Name
Full Name Number of PUCCH Channel for ACK/NACK of Downlink SPS

Scheduling
Abbreviated Name pucchSemiAnNum
Related feature N/A
Description Number of PUCCH Channel for ACK/NACK of Downlink SPS

Scheduling in one subframe
Value type long
Range {pucchDeltaShf==0}[0..682] step 1,

{pucchDeltaShf==1}[0..1364] step 2,
{pucchDeltaShf==2}[0..2047] step 1
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule wNPucchSemiAn*time division resource= UE numbers of downlink

SPS schedule in a cell.

PUCH and PDCH.pucchAckRepNum
PUCH and PDCH.pucchSrNum
PUCH and PDCH.numPucch1b
1-615

1.35.18 Number of Ack/Nack Repetition PUCCH

Parameter Name
Full Name Number of Ack/Nack Repetition PUCCH
Abbreviated Name pucchAckRepNum
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter defines number of PUCCH channel for ACK/NACK

feedback of Ack/Nack Repetition
Value type long

Unit N/A
Default Value {pucchDeltaShf==0}[0],

{pucchDeltaShf==1}[0],
{pucchDeltaShf==2}[0]
Configuration Rule Adjust the value based on UE number of the ACK/NACK repetition
feedback supported by a cell.

PUCH and PDCHpucchSemiAnNum
PUCH and PDCH.pucchSrNum
1.35.19 The Number of SR PUCCH

Parameter Name
Full Name The Number of SR PUCCH
1-616

Abbreviated Name pucchSrNum
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter defines the number of PUCCH channels for SR

during one subframe.
Value type long

Unit N/A
Default Value {pucchDeltaShf==0}[24],

{pucchDeltaShf==1}[24],
{pucchDeltaShf==2}[24]
Configuration Rule wNPucchSr*time division resource=UE number of the SR needed

by a cell.

PUCH and PDCH.pucchSemiAnNum
PUCH and PDCH.pucchAckRepNum
1.35.20 Maximum User Number can be Carried By PUCCH Format1

per RB
Parameter Name
Full Name Maximum User Number can be Carried By PUCCH Format1 per RB
Abbreviated Name maxUserPucchfmt1
1-617

Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the maximum user number when multiple
users are multiplexed in a same RB for PUCCH format1/1a/1b.
Value type long
Range 0:4,1:6,2:9,3:12,4:18,5:36
Unit N/A
Default Value 12[3]
Configuration Rule Adjust the value based on the simulation performance.
Related parameter PUCH and PDCH.pucchDeltaShf
1.35.21 PUCCH Blanking

Parameter Name
Full Name PUCCH Blanking
Abbreviated Name pucchBlankFlag
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is a switch for PUCCH blanking, 0: close 1: open
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule Set this parameter based on requirement.
1-618

1.35.22 Numbers of Blanked RB of PUCCH

Parameter Name
Full Name Numbers of Blanked RB of PUCCH
Abbreviated Name pucchBlankNum
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter defines the number of RB for PUCCH Blanking
Value type long
Range [0..98]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule Set this parameter based on PUCCH closed loop power control
requirement.
Related parameter PUCH and PDCH.pucchBlankFlag

PUCH and PDCH.pucchCqiRBNum
1-619

1.35.23 RB Number of PUCCH Format 2/2a/2b

Parameter Name
Full Name RB Number of PUCCH Format 2/2a/2b
Abbreviated Name pucchCqiRBNum
Related feature N/A
Description The number of RBs is allocated for PUCCH cqi reporting
Value type long
Range [0..98]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
Configuration Rule ucNumPucchCqiRB*code division user number*time division

resource=UE number of the CQI needed by a cell.
1.35.24 The Configuration of CQI/PMI Report Period for UE

Parameter Name
Full Name The Configuration of CQI/PMI Report Period for UE
Abbreviated Name cqiRptPeriod
Related feature N/A
1-620

Description The parameter indicates the configuration of CQI/PMI report period

for UE. It is one-dimensional vector including three elements.
Range 0:5,1:10,2:20,3:40,4:80,5:160
Unit ms
Default Value 20[2];40[3];80[4]
Configuration Rule Time division resource*frequency division resource*code division

1.35.25 The Number of TTI Corresponding to the CQI/PMI Report

Period for UE
Parameter Name
Full Name The Number of TTI Corresponding to the CQI/PMI Report Period
for UE
Abbreviated Name cqiRptTTINum
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the number of TTI corresponding to the

CQI/PMI Report period for UE. It is one-dimensional vector including
three elements.
Range [0..160]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0;6;14
1-621

Configuration Rule Time division resource*frequency division resource*code division

Related parameter PUCH and PDCH.cqiRptPeriod[3]

1.35.26 The Configuration of SR Transmission Period for UE

Parameter Name
Full Name The Configuration of SR Transmission Period for UE
Abbreviated Name srTrPeriod
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the configuration of SR transmission period

for UE. It is one-dimensional vector including four elements.
Range 0:5,1:10,2:20,3:40,4:80
Unit ms
Default Value 10[1];20[2];40[3];80[4]
Configuration Rule Under each CQI period, the UE numbers define as

follow:ueNum[i]=aucSRTrPeriod[i]*aucSRTrCHNum[4]*resource
number, and the sum of ueNum[i] must be less than the UE numbers
of SR in a cell.
1-622

1.35.27 The Number of Channel Corresponding to the SR

Transmission Period for UE in Cell Configuration
Parameter Name
Full Name The Number of Channel Corresponding to the SR Transmission

Period for UE in Cell Configuration
Abbreviated Name srTrCHNum
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the number of TTI corresponding to the SR

transmission period for UE. It is one-dimensional vector including
four elements.
Range [0..36]
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule Under each CQI period, the UE numbers define as

follow:ueNum[i]=aucSRTrPeriod[i]*aucSRTrCHNum[4]*resource
number, and the sum of ueNum[i] must be less than the UE numbers
of SR in a cell.
1-623

Related parameter PUCH and PDCH.srTrPeriod

PUCH and PDCH.maxUserPucchfmt1
1.35.28 Uplink Frequency Selection

Parameter Name
Full Name Uplink Frequency Selection
Abbreviated Name freqSelectUl
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the uplink frequency selection configured

by high layer for cell . The parameter is configured by enumerate
number.The frequency selection could be RB bandwidth
allocation(frequency selection),RB subband allocation(frequency
selection),hop frequency(non-frequency selection), speed
auto-adjusted, service auto-adjusted, auto-adjusted.
Value type long
Range 0:RB Location Wideband Allocation,1:RB Location Sub-Band

Allocation(Frequency Selective),2:UL Hopping(Non-Frequency
Selective),3:Speed Self Adaption,4:Service Self Adaption,5:Self
Adaption,6:Uplink PRB Random Allocation,7:Allocate RB from high
frequency
Unit N/A
Default Value Uplink PRB Random Allocation[7]
Configuration Rule Set this parameter based on test requirement.
Related parameter ICIC.fICICModeSelUl

PUCH and PDCH.srsEnable
1-624

1.35.29 SRS Subframe Configuration

Parameter Name
Full Name SRS Subframe Configuration
Abbreviated Name srsSubFrameCfg
Related feature N/A
Description Srs subframe configuration is from 0 to 15. If parameter is 0 1 2 3 4

5 6 9 10 11 12, system not support srs TDMA. Min srs period is 2 2
2 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 2 2ms
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:0,1:1,2:2,3:3,4:4,5:5,6:6,7:7,8:8,9:9,10:10,11:11,12:12,13:13,14
:14
Unit N/A
Default Value 7[7]
1.35.30 SRS Hopping Bandwidth

Parameter Name
Full Name SRS Hopping Bandwidth
Abbreviated Name srsHopBW
1-625

Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is initial SRS hopping bandwidth when ue is attached

to cell. The parameter is correlation with srs hopping bandwidth
configuration. Whether or not the parameter is adjusted that is
decided by SwchDAdjHopSrsBW.
Value type long
Range 0:0,1:1,2:2,3:3
Unit N/A
Default Value 0[0]
1.35.31 SRS Initial Bandwidth

Parameter Name
Full Name SRS Initial Bandwidth
Abbreviated Name srsIniBW
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is initial bandwidth when ue is attached to cell. The

parameter is correlation with srs bandwidth configuration. The initial
bandwidth must smaller than max srs bandwidth according to srs
bandwidth configuration.
Value type long
Range 0:0,1:1,2:2,3:3
1-626

Unit N/A
Default Value 2[2]
1.35.32 The Cell Identity in the Function of CoMP

Parameter Name
Full Name The Cell Identity in the Function of CoMP
Abbreviated Name cidofCoMP
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter shows the Cell Identity in the function of CoMP.
It is Configured different Cell Identity for the neighboring cell in
the function of CoMP, Such as 0, 1, 2. It ensures to configure
different SRS resource by configuring different cell Identity for the
neighboring cell in the function of CoMP .
Value type long
Range 0:0,1:1,2:2
Unit N/A
Default Value 0[0]
1-627

1.35.33 Switch of TTI Bundling

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of TTI Bundling
Abbreviated Name swchTTIBundling
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter determines whether cell applies TTI Bundling or not.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1.35.34 The Number of Cyclic Shift Used for PUCCH Formats

1/1a/1b in a Resource Block Used for a Mix of Formats 1/1a/1b
and 2/2a/2b
Parameter Name
1-628

Full Name The Number of Cyclic Shift Used for PUCCH Formats 1/1a/1b in a
Resource Block Used for a Mix of Formats 1/1a/1b and 2/2a/2b
Abbreviated Name pucchNcsAn
Related feature N/A
Description NAnCs denotes the number of cyclic shift used for PUCCH formats
1/1a/1b in a resource block used for a mix of formats 1/1a/1b and
2/2a/2b.
Value type long
Range [0..7]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
1.35.35 The Support Indicator for Transmitting ACK/NACK and

SRS in a Same Subframe
Parameter Name
Full Name The Support Indicator for Transmitting ACK/NACK and SRS in a
Same Subframe
Abbreviated Name ackSrsTraSptInd
Related feature N/A
1-629

Description If the value of thesupport indicator for transmitting ACK/NACK and

SRS in a same subframeissupport, ACK/NACK and SRS may be
transmitted in a same subframe; If the value of the support indicator
fortransmitting ACK/NACK and SRS in a same subframe is not
support, ACK/NACK and SRS shall not be transmitted in a same
subframe
Value type long
Range 0:Not support,1:Support
Unit N/A
1.35.36 The RB Number of PUCCH Format 3

Parameter Name
Full Name The RB Number of PUCCH Format 3
Abbreviated Name pucch3RB
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the RB number of PUCCH format 3
Value type long
Range [0..98]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
1-630

1.35.37 Number of PUCCH Format 1b

Parameter Name
Full Name Number of PUCCH Format 1b
Abbreviated Name numPucch1b
Related feature N/A
Description Number of PUCCH Format1b
Value type long

Unit N/A
Default Value 0
1-631

1.35.38 Downlink PRB Random Select Mode

Parameter Name
Full Name Downlink PRB Random Select Mode
Abbreviated Name dlRandMode
Related feature N/A
Description RB allocation mode includes, allocate from low frequency, random

or from high frequency, when ucDlFreqSelect is selected ones refer
to PRB random allocation.
Value type long
Range 0:Allocate RB from Low Frequency,1:Random Allocate RB,2:Allocate

RB from High Frequency
Unit N/A
Default Value Random Allocate RB[1]
1.35.39 PUCCH SORTD Mode Enable

Parameter Name
Full Name PUCCH SORTD Mode Enable
Abbreviated Name pucchSORTDEnable
1-632

Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the transmission diversity mode of PUCCH

.This parameter is added in protocol release10.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]
1.35.40 Aperiodic SRS Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name Aperiodic SRS Switch
Abbreviated Name aperiodicSRSSwch
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the aperiod SRS enabled or not.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-633

1.35.41 Power Threshold of UL CoMP

Parameter Name
Full Name Power Threshold of UL CoMP
Abbreviated Name psThreshold
Related feature N/A
Description The first condition of CoMP Cell is the power greater than
thethreshold.
Value type long
Range [-500..-400] step 4
Unit N/A
Default Value -480
1-634

1.35.42 Judge Threshold of UL CoMP Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Judge Threshold of UL CoMP Cell
Abbreviated Name compCellThreshold
Related feature N/A
Description The neighbor cell can help local cell when the power difference is
greater than thethreshold.
Value type long
Range [-48..0] step 4
Unit N/A
Default Value -24
1.35.43 The Channel Numbers of Channel Selection PUCCH Format

1b for Two Ports P1
Parameter Name
Full Name The Channel Numbers of Channel Selection PUCCH Format 1b for
Two Ports P1
Abbreviated Name nPucch1bP1
1-635

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter determines the numbers of two ports channel P1 for
channel selection PUCCH format1b. This parameter is used in the
transmission diversity mode of PUCCH . It is configured when the
PUCCH transmission diversity mode enable.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Default Value 20
1.35.44 Open TTI Bundling SINR Threshold

Parameter Name
Full Name Open TTI Bundling SINR Threshold
Abbreviated Name ttiBundSinrIn
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter provides SINR threshold to determine whether UE

applies TTI Bundling or not. If UE SINR is less than the threshold,
UE will be configured in bundling operation.
Value type long
Range [0..30]
Unit dB
Default Value 0
1-636

1.35.45 Close TTI Bundling SINR Threshold

Parameter Name
Full Name Close TTI Bundling SINR Threshold
Abbreviated Name ttiBundSinrOut
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter provides SINR threshold to determine whether UE

applies TTI Bundling or not. If UE SINR is more than the threshold,
UE will be configured in normal HARQ operation.
Value type long
Range [0..30]
Unit dB
Default Value 4
1-637

1.35.46 UL Extended BSR Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name UL Extended BSR Switch
Abbreviated Name extendedBSRSwch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter determines the UL extended BSR Switch. This

parameter is used in UL extended BSR. It is configured when UE
need use UL extended BSR.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1.35.47 Transmit Antenna Selection Mode

Parameter Name
Full Name Transmit Antenna Selection Mode
Abbreviated Name tansAntenSel
1-638

Related feature N/A
Description The parameter determines the mode of UE transmit antenna

selection.
Value type long
Range 0:Disable,1:Openloop,2:Closedloop,3:Adaptive
Unit N/A
Default Value Disable[0]
1.35.48 Uplink PRB Random Allocation Mode

Parameter Name
Full Name Uplink PRB Random Allocation Mode
Abbreviated Name prbRandomSwchUl
Related feature N/A
Description Uplink PRB Random Mode Select:"Three segments

Allocation","Rotated Three segments Allocation" and "Random
Allocation"
Value type long
Range 0:Three Segments Allocation,1:Rotated Three Segments

Allocation,2:Random Allocation
Unit N/A
1-639

Default Value Three Segments Allocation[0]
Related parameter PUCH and PDCH.freqSelectUl
1.35.49 Uplink PRB Random Bias

Parameter Name
Full Name Uplink PRB Random Bias
Abbreviated Name prbRandNumberUl
Related feature N/A
Description Uplink PRB Random Bias:"Bias 0","Bias 1","Bias 2" and "Random
Bias"
Value type long
Range 0:Bias 0,1:Bias 1,2:Bias 2,3:Random Bias
Unit N/A
Default Value Bias 0[0]
1-640

Related parameter PUCH and PDCH.freqSelectUl
1.35.50 Downlink PRB Random Allocation Mode

Parameter Name
Full Name Downlink PRB Random Allocation Mode
Abbreviated Name prbRandomSwchDl
Related feature N/A
Description Downlink PRB Random Mode Select:"Three segments

Allocation","Rotated Three segments Allocation" and "Random
Allocation"
Value type long
Range 0:Three Segments Allocation,1:Rotated Three Segments

Allocation,2:Random Allocation
Unit N/A
Default Value Three Segments Allocation[0]
Related parameter PUCH and PDCH.freqSelectDl
1.35.51 Downlink PRB Random Bias

Parameter Name
Full Name Downlink PRB Random Bias
Abbreviated Name prbRandNumberDl
1-641

Related feature N/A
Description Downlink PRB Random Bias:"Bias 0","Bias 1","Bias 2" and "Random
Bias"
Value type long
Range 0:Bias 0,1:Bias 1,2:Bias 2,3:Random Bias
Unit N/A
Default Value Bias 0[0]
Related parameter PUCH and PDCH.freqSelectDl
1.35.52 The RB number of PUCCH Dynamic Area Rollback

Parameter Name
Full Name The RB number of PUCCH Dynamic Area Rollback
Abbreviated Name pucch1RollBackRBNum
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is PUCCH resource-related. It is used to reduce

PUCCH bandwidth, and increase uplink throughput in some case.
Value type long
Range [0..50]
Unit N/A
1-642

Default Value 0
1.35.53 Open TTI Bundling PL Threshold

Parameter Name
Full Name Open TTI Bundling PL Threshold
Abbreviated Name ttiBundPlIn
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter provides PL threshold to determine whether UE

applies TTI Bundling or not.
Value type long
Range [50..160]
Unit N/A
Default Value 132
1-643

1.35.54 Close TTI Bundling PL Threshold

Parameter Name
Full Name Close TTI Bundling PL Threshold
Abbreviated Name ttiBundPlOut
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter provides PL threshold to determine whether UE

return normal transmission form TTI Bundling or not.
Value type long
Range [50..160]
Unit N/A
Default Value 128
1.35.55 Open TTI Bundling SINR Threshold When UE' Service Type
Includes QCI1
Parameter Name
Full Name Open TTI Bundling SINR Threshold When UE' Service Type
Includes QCI1
Abbreviated Name ttiBundSinrIn4QCI1
1-644

Related feature N/A
Description when UE' service type includes QCI1,Use the parameter to provides
SINR threshold to determine whether UE applies TTI Bundling or
not. If UE SINR is less than the threshold, UE will be configured in
bundling operation.
Value type long
Range [0..30]
Unit dB
Default Value 4
1.35.56 Close TTI Bundling SINR Threshold When UE' Service Type
Includes QCI1
Parameter Name
Full Name Close TTI Bundling SINR Threshold When UE' Service Type
Includes QCI1
Abbreviated Name ttiBundSinrOut4QCI1
Related feature N/A
1-645

Description when UE' service includes QCI1,Use The parameter provides SINR
threshold to determine whether UE applies TTI Bundling or not. If
UE SINR is more than the threshold, UE will be configured in normal
HARQ operation.
Value type long
Range [0..30]
Unit dB
Default Value 8
1.35.57 Whether Simultaneous PUCCH And PUSCH Transmissions

Is Configured
Parameter Name
Full Name Whether Simultaneous PUCCH And PUSCH Transmissions Is

Configured
Abbreviated Name pucchPuschSimulTraInd
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates whether simultaneous PUCCH and

PUSCH transmissions are configuredIf UE support simultaneous
PUCCH and PUSCH transmission, it is configured "Yes", or it is
configured "No"
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
1-646

Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]
1.35.58 DMRS With OCC Activated

Parameter Name
Full Name DMRS With OCC Activated
Abbreviated Name dmrsWithOCCActivated
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the UE and the baseband board how
to product and demodulate the demodulation reference signal for
PUSCH.
No indicates that RNLC don't sent this parameter to the baseband
board and the UE who product and demodulate the demodulation
reference signal for PUSCH with single layer according to Rel8/9.
Yes indicates that RNLC sent this parameter to the baseband
board and the UE who product and demodulate the demodulation
reference signal for PUSCH with multi-layers according to Rel10.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
1-647

1.35.59 Transmission Port Number of PUSCH for Uplink

Parameter Name
Full Name Transmission Port Number of PUSCH for Uplink
Abbreviated Name ueTransPortNum
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the numbers of transmission ant port on

PUSCH for Uplink. This parameter is used by eNB.
Value type long
Range 0:2,1:4
Unit N/A
Default Value 2[0]
1-648

1.35.60 Submode of Mode1-1 in TM9 and CSI-RS 8 Port

Parameter Name
Full Name Submode of Mode1-1 in TM9 and CSI-RS 8 Port
Abbreviated Name csiReportMode
Managed Object PUCH and PDCH
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is the submode of Mode1-1 in TM9 and CSI-RS

8 port, could be submode1 or submode2. See 36213[7.2.2], or
36331[6.3.2, CQI-ReportConfig]
Value type long
Range 0:Submode1,1:Submode2
Unit N/A
Default Value Submode1[0]
Configuration Rule Both submode1 and submode2 are Mode1-1 submode supported
by the protocol.
1.35.61 The Configuration of SRS Period for UE Normal Power

Parameter Name
Full Name The Configuration of SRS Period for UE Normal Power
Abbreviated Name srsNormalPeriod
1-649

Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the configuration of SRS period for UE

normal power. It is one-dimensional vector including three elements.
Range 0:2,1:5,2:10,3:20,4:40,5:80,6:160,7:320
Unit ms
Default Value 10[2];20[3];80[5]
Configuration Rule This paramter is used to set the SRS period according to the system
SRS performance and the quantity of supported users. Different
period configuration has different impact on SRS functions (such
as the TDD BF function).
1.35.62 The Number of SRS Time-Division Resource for UE Normal

Power
Parameter Name
Full Name The Number of SRS Time-Division Resource for UE Normal Power
Abbreviated Name srsNormalResource
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the number of SRS time-division resource

for UE normal power. It is one-dimensional vector including three
elements.
Range [0..257]
1-650

Unit N/A
Default Value 1;1;1
Configuration Rule This parameter is used to configure time division resources

according to the number of time division resources of the cell
calculated by srsTrP. Practically, SRS resources are configured
according to the system SRS performance and the quantity of
supported users.
1.35.63 Minimum Reference Period for the Segment of SRS

Resource
Parameter Name
Full Name Minimum Reference Period for the Segment of SRS Resource
Abbreviated Name srsTrP
Related feature N/A
Description The SRS's period. The period of localized must be bigger or equal
to min period supported by srs subframe configuration.
Value type long
Range 0:2,1:5,2:10,3:20,4:40,5:80,6:160,7:320
Unit ms
Default Value 10[2]
Configuration Rule If the value of this parameter is set lower, the time division resources
of the cell are fewer and the supported users are restricted. If the
value of this parameter is set higher, the transmission period of SRS
is longer and the SRS performance is affected.
1-651

1.35.64 The Configuration of SRS Period Over the Threshold of

SRS PL for UE
Parameter Name
Full Name The Configuration of SRS Period Over the Threshold of SRS PL
for UE
Abbreviated Name srsLargePowPeriod
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the configuration of SRS period over the
threshold of SRS PL for UE.
Value type long
Range 0:2,1:5,2:10,3:20,4:40,5:80,6:160,7:320
Unit ms
Default Value 20[3]
Configuration Rule This paramter is used to set the SRS period according to the
system SRS performance and the quantity of supported users. At
present, this parameter of the new version is modified to non-array
format. The performance of edge UEs is poor. Therefore, it is not
recommended to set too long period for edge UEs because the
performance of edge UEs is poor.
1-652

1.35.65 The Number of SRS Resource Over the Threshold of SRS

PL for UE
Parameter Name
Full Name The Number of SRS Resource Over the Threshold of SRS PL for UE
Abbreviated Name srsLargePowResource
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the number of SRS resource over the
threshold of SRS PL for UE. It is one-dimensional vector including
three elements.
Range [0..25]
Unit N/A
Default Value 2;1;1
Configuration Rule Different frequency domain resources are configured according to

the packets of PL threshold. This parameter is configured according
to the actual resources of the frequency domain. The aim of this
parameter is to satisfy the number of supported users.
1-653

1.36 Admission Control

Admission Control.
1.36.1 Admission Control ID

Parameter Name
Full Name Admission Control ID
Abbreviated Name ACId
Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN FDD Cell/Admission Control
Parameter Name
1-654

Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1.36.3 Admission Queuing Algorithm Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name Admission Queuing Algorithm Switch
Abbreviated Name switchForQueuing
Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A
Description Switch for queuing based admission control algorithm, which can
determine whether the queuing algorithm is valid or not.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-655

Configuration Rule Based on the operator's need
1.36.4 Admission Control Algorithm Switch for Hardware Resource

Based GBR Service
Parameter Name
Full Name Admission Control Algorithm Switch for Hardware Resource Based
GBR Service
Abbreviated Name switchForGbr
Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A
Description Switch of PRB based GBR service admission control, which can
determine whether the GBR admission control algorithm is valid
or not.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-656

1.36.5 Admission Control Algorithm Switch for Downlink PRB

Based GBR Service
Parameter Name
Full Name Admission Control Algorithm Switch for Downlink PRB Based GBR
Service
Abbreviated Name switchForGbrDl
Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A
Description Switch of PRB based GBR service admission control algorithm in

downlink, which can determine whether downlink PRB based GBR
service admission control algorithm is valid or not.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Related parameter Admission Control.switchForGbr
1-657

1.36.6 Admission Control Algorithm Switch for Uplink PRB Based

GBR Service
Parameter Name
Full Name Admission Control Algorithm Switch for Uplink PRB Based GBR
Service
Abbreviated Name switchForGbrUl
Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A
Description Switch of PRB based GBR service admission control algorithm in

uplink, which can determine whether uplink PRB based GBR service
admission control algorithm is valid or not.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Related parameter Admission Control.switchForGbr
1.36.7 Admission Switch of S1 GBR Bandwidth

Parameter Name
Full Name Admission Switch of S1 GBR Bandwidth
Abbreviated Name switchForS1Gbr
Managed Object AC
1-658

Related feature N/A
Description Switch of S1 interface GBR transmission bandwidth limitation based

admission control algorithm, which can determine whether the
algorithm is valid or not.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1.36.8 Admission Control Algorithm Switch for Hardware Resource

Based NGBR Service
Parameter Name
Full Name Admission Control Algorithm Switch for Hardware Resource Based
NGBR Service
Abbreviated Name switchForNGBR
Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A
Description Switch of PRB based NGBR service admission control, which can
determine whether the NGBR admission control algorithm is valid
or not.
Value type long
1-659

Unit N/A
1.36.9 Admission Control Algorithm Switch for Downlink PRB

Based NGBR Service
Parameter Name
Full Name Admission Control Algorithm Switch for Downlink PRB Based NGBR
Service
Abbreviated Name switchForNGBRDl
Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A
Description Switch of PRB based NGBR service admission control algorithm in

downlink, which can determine whether downlink PRB based NGBR
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-660

Related parameter Admission Control.switchForNGBR
1.36.10 Admission Control Algorithm Switch for Uplink PRB Based

NGBR Service
Parameter Name
Full Name Admission Control Algorithm Switch for Uplink PRB Based NGBR
Service
Abbreviated Name switchForNGBRUl
Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A
Description Switch of PRB based NGBR service admission control algorithm

in uplink, which can determine whether uplink PRB based NGBR
Value type long
Unit N/A
Related parameter Admission Control.switchForNGBR
1-661

1.36.11 Admission Switch of S1 NGBR Bandwidth

Parameter Name
Full Name Admission Switch of S1 NGBR Bandwidth
Abbreviated Name switchForS1NGBR
Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A
Description Switch of S1 interface NGBR transmission bandwidth limitation

based admission control algorithm, which can determine whether
the algorithm is valid or not.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1.36.12 MAC Measurement Report Period

Parameter Name
Full Name MAC Measurement Report Period
Abbreviated Name acReport
Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A
1-662

Description MAC layer will report the measurement result periodically,The

parameter determined the report period and associated with the
cell load.
Value type long
Range [1..65520]
Unit ms
Default Value 1024
Configuration Rule The larger the value is, the more inaccurate report there will be. The
smaller the value is, the more system payload there will be.
1.36.13 Admission Control Algorithm Switch for Downlink Power

Limitation
Parameter Name
Full Name Admission Control Algorithm Switch for Downlink Power Limitation
Abbreviated Name switchForPower
Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A
Description Switch of DL power limitation based admission control algorithm,

which can determine whether the algorithm is valid or not.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-663

1.36.14 Admission Control Switch for Emergency Call

Parameter Name
Full Name Admission Control Switch for Emergency Call
Abbreviated Name SwitchforEMC
Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A
Description Switch of based admission control for emergency call, which can
determine whether the admission judgment for emergency call is
valid or not.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-664

1.36.15 Threshold of RRC Connection User Number

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of RRC Connection User Number
Abbreviated Name ueNumThrd
Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is the threshold of RRC Connection user number.

It can be configured according to the numbers of client purchase.
But the max value configured will not larger than memory capacity
of one cell on BPL board.
The memory capacity of one cell on BPL board are as follow:
BS8912192
BPL0 TDD400
BPL0 FDD600
BPL1800
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 600
Configuration Rule The larger the value isthe more UE is allowed to access.
1.36.16 Threshold of Active E-RAB Number

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Active E-RAB Number
1-665

Abbreviated Name rabThrd
Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A
Description The maximum number of established E-RAB that the cell can hold
and the QoS of all the service can be guaranteed.
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 600
Configuration Rule The larger the value is, the more active E-RAB for a cell.
1.36.17 User Reserved for Handover

Parameter Name
Full Name User Reserved for Handover
Abbreviated Name reservedHO
Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A
Description User Reserved for Handover
Value type long
Range [0..100] step 0.01
Unit N/A
1-666

Default Value 5
1.36.18 Switch for Congestion Control

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for Congestion Control
Abbreviated Name switchForConCtl
Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter determines whether the algorithm is valid or not.

Admission denied don't trigger congestion process when this switch
is close; Admission denied trigger congestion process when this
switch is open.
Value type long
Range 0:Close,1:Congestion Process of Pre-Empting Own Service

Prior,2:Congestion Process of not Pre-Empting Own Service,3:GBR
Compression
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule Configure this parameter according to the operator's need. If the
switch is Open, the congestion control function will be available, and
thus improve the admission success rate of the admission failure
service.
1-667

1.36.19 Maximum Number of GBR Service be Preempted

Parameter Name
Full Name Maximum Number of GBR Service be Preempted
Abbreviated Name preemMaxNumOfGBR
Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates maximum number of GBR Service be

preempted
Value type long
Range [1..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value 2
Configuration Rule This parameter takes users feelings into consideration, there is a
number limitation for the service that will be pre-empted, If it is set
too small, the probability of the congestion processing failure will
be higher.
1-668

1.36.20 The First Rank of Pre-Emption QCI

Parameter Name
Full Name The First Rank of Pre-Emption QCI
Abbreviated Name premptQciRank1
Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A
Description The first rank of Pre-emption QCI. GBR E-RABs which QCI in Rank1
will be preempted first in congestion control.
Range 0:None,1:QCI1,2:QCI2,3:QCI3,4:QCI4
Unit N/A
Default Value QCI2[2];QCI3[3];QCI4[4];None[0]
Configuration Rule This parameter is to guarantee the voice service be pre-empted

after all the other service.
Related parameter Admission Control.premptQciRank2[4]
1.36.21 The Second Rank of Pre-Emption QCI

Parameter Name
Full Name The Second Rank of Pre-Emption QCI
Abbreviated Name premptQciRank2
Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A
1-669

Description The second rank of Pre-emption QCI. GBR E-RABs which QCI in
Rank1 will be preempted first in congestion control.
Range 0:None,1:QCI1,2:QCI2,3:QCI3,4:QCI4
Unit N/A
Default Value QCI1[1];None[0];None[0];None[0]
Configuration Rule This parameter is to guarantee the voice service be pre-empted

after all the other service.
Related parameter Admission Control.premptQciRank2[4]
1.36.22 Admission Control Switch for Probable Rejection

Parameter Name
Full Name Admission Control Switch for Probable Rejection
Abbreviated Name swchProRejAC
Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A
Description Admission Control Switch for Probable Rejection: If Admission

Control Switch is open in one cell, eNB should perform Probable
Rejection Admission for initial Ue accessing in the cell; Otherwise
eNB don't perform Probable Rejection Admission in the cell.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-670

1.36.23 Uplink Threshold of Probable Rejection Admission

Parameter Name
Full Name Uplink Threshold of Probable Rejection Admission
Abbreviated Name proRejThrdUl
Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A
Description Uplink Threshold of Probable Rejection Admission: When the

Admission Control Switch for Probable Rejection is open in one cell,
and the uplink total ratio of used PRB is higher than Uplink Threshold
of Probable Rejection Admission, eNB should perform probable
rejection admission for initial Ue accessing in hte cell; Otherwise
eNB don't perform Probable Rejection Admission in the cell.
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit N/A
Default Value 70
Configuration Rule The larger the value is, the harder to trigger the probable rejection
function.
1-671

1.36.24 Downlink Threshold of Probable Rejection Admission

Parameter Name
Full Name Downlink Threshold of Probable Rejection Admission
Abbreviated Name proRejThrdDl
Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A
Description Downlink Threshold of Probable Rejection Admission: When the

Admission Control Switch for Probable Rejection is open in one cell,
and the downlink total ratio of used PRB is higher than downlink
threshold of probable rejection admission, eNB should perform
probable rejection admission for initial Ue accessing in the cell;
Otherwise eNB don't perform probable rejection admission in the
cell.
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit N/A
Default Value 70
Configuration Rule The larger the value is, the harder to trigger the probable rejection
function.
1-672

1.36.25 Probable Rejection Admission Factor

Parameter Name
Full Name Probable Rejection Admission Factor
Abbreviated Name factorProRej
Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A
Description Threshold of Probable Rejection Admission: When the Admission

Control Switch for Probable Rejection is open, and the uplink
total ratio of used PRB is higher than uplink threshold of probable
rejection admission, or the downlink total ratio of used PRB is
higher than downlink threshold of probable rejection admission,
eNB creates a random value in [0, 1) for initial Ue accessing in the
cell. If the value is higher than or equals to the Probable Rejection
Admission Factor , eNB should reject the UE; Otherwise the UE isn't
rejected by Probable Rejection Admission.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Default Value 0.95
Configuration Rule The larger the value is, the higher probability for UE to access the
network.
1.36.26 Switch of Redirection for Admit Failure

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of Redirection for Admit Failure
1-673

Abbreviated Name swchOfRedi4ACFail
Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A
Description Switch of Redirection for admit failure
Value type long
Unit N/A
1.36.27 RRC User Number Resource Ratio of Operator n in Network

Sharing
Parameter Name
Full Name RRC User Number Resource Ratio of Operator n in Network Sharing
Abbreviated Name ratioOperatornOfRrcNum
Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A
Description RRC user number Resource Ratio of Operator in Network Sharing,

each value from ucRatioOperatorn[0] is respectively corresponding
to the each PLMN ID in cell which consistuted with MCC and MNC.
1-674

Range [0..100]
Unit %
Default Value 0
1.36.28 Window Length Of RRC User Number

Parameter Name
Full Name Window Length Of RRC User Number
Abbreviated Name rrcNumWindowLength
Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used to prevent an operator to accept too many

RRC user number , to protect at least available.RRC user number
for other operators.
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit %
Default Value 0
1-675

1.36.29 Admission Control Algorithm Switch for RRC User Number

of Operator in Network Sharing
Parameter Name
Full Name Admission Control Algorithm Switch for RRC User Number of
Operatorin Network Sharing
Abbreviated Name rrcNum4NetSharSwch
Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A
Description Admission control algorithm switch for RRC User Number of

Operatorin Network Sharing When the switch is opened, in
accordance with the current ratio of the RRC user number of
operators to determine whether to accept the user; When the switch
is close, the RRC user number does not distinguish by the operator.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-676

1.36.30 Switch of CA User Restrict

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of CA User Restrict
Abbreviated Name caUserSwch
Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is the Switch of CA User Restrict. When this switch
is opened, If the number of users in cell reaches threshold of forbid
Configured as SCell, the cell cannot be configured as SCell.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1.36.31 Threshold of Forbid Configured As Scell

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Forbid Configured As Scell
Abbreviated Name forbidSCellThrd
Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A
1-677

Description This parameter is the Threshold of forbid Configured as SCell. If the

rate of number of users in cell (including the Users connected in cell
and the Users is configured with this cell) and max number of users
allowed in cell reaches threshold, the cell cannot be configured as
SCell.
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit %
Default Value 80
1.36.32 Switch of CSFB High Priorty Admission

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of CSFB High Priorty Admission
Abbreviated Name swtchOfCsfbHPAdmit
Managed Object AC
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is the switch of admit CSFB High Priorty Call with
priorty
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-678

1.37 PRACH
PRACH.
1.37.1 Prach ID
Parameter Name
Full Name Prach ID
Abbreviated Name PrachFDDId
Managed Object PrachFDD
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN FDD Cell/PRACH
1-679

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1.37.3 Prach Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name Prach Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name prachConfigIndex
1-680

Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the frame number and subframe number
configuration, via different configuration, different opportunity used
to transmit PRACH is also configured. In fact, the parameter gives
the access opportunity for PRACH. The larger the number of frame
and subframe used to transmit PRACH is, the more the access
opportunity is.
Value type long

NumberText
Range [0..29],[31..45],[47..59],[63..63]
Unit N/A
Default Value 5
Configuration Rule The more the radio frame and sub-frame sending, the higher load
will be.
1.37.4 Starting RB Number of Random Access Preamble

Parameter Name
Full Name Starting RB Number of Random Access Preamble
Abbreviated Name prachFreqOffset
Related feature N/A
1-681

Description The parameter is used to determine the frequency position used for
PRACH. The PRACH uses 6 RB, from 0 to N_RBÛL-6.
Value type long
Range [0..94]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule To lower the uplink data schedule limitation, set the PRACH come
close to the PUCCH resource block.
1.37.5 Cell High-Speed Attribute

Parameter Name
Full Name Cell High-Speed Attribute
Abbreviated Name highSpeedFlag
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates whether the cell is high-speed. If

cell high-speed attribute is high-speed, The cyclic shift method
to generate PRACH preamble sequence is different between
high-speed cell and non high-speed cell. In high-speed cell, cyclic
shift is restricted. In non high-speed cell, cyclic shift is not restricted.
Value type long
Range 0:Not High Speed Cell,1:High Speed Cell
Unit N/A
Default Value Not High Speed Cell[0]
1-682

Configuration Rule This parameter indicates whether the cell is high-speed cell.
1.37.6 Number of Random Access Preamble Signatures Based on

Contention Conflict
Parameter Name
Full Name Number of Random Access Preamble Signatures Based on

Contention Conflict
Abbreviated Name numberOfRAPreambles
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter defines the number of contention based random

access preambles.
Value type long
Range 0:4,1:8,2:12,3:16,4:20,5:24,6:28,7:32,8:36,9:40,10:44,11:48,12:52,
13:56,14:60,15:64
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule The more number of the contention based random access
preambles, the more number of RA preamble is needed.
1-683

1.37.7 Starting Index of Logical Root Sequence to Generate 64

Preamble
Parameter Name
Full Name Starting Index of Logical Root Sequence to Generate 64 Preamble
Abbreviated Name rootSequenceIndex
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the logical root sequence start number
used to generate prach preamble. There are 64 preambles available
in each cell. The set of 64 preamble sequences in a cell is found by
including first, in the order of increasing cyclic shift, all the available
cyclic shifts of a root Zadoff-Chu sequence with the logical index
RACH_ROOT_SEQUENCE, where RACH_ROOT_SEQUENCE is
broadcasted as part of the System Information. Additional preamble
sequences, in case 64 preambles cannot be generated from a single
root Zadoff-Chu sequence, are obtained from the root sequences
with the consecutive logical indexes until all the 64 sequences are
found.
Value type long
Range [0..837]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule The index of logic root sequence between neighbor cell can not
be same.
1-684

1.37.8 Cyclic Shift Parameters Based on Logical Root Sequence

Parameter Name
Full Name Cyclic Shift Parameters Based on Logical Root Sequence
Abbreviated Name ncs
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is used to determine the shift number of cyclic

shift. There are 64 preambles available in each cell. The set of 64
preamble sequences in a cell is found by including first, in the order
of increasing cyclic shift, all the available cyclic shifts (correlative
to Ncs) of a root Zadoff-Chu sequence with the logical index
RACH_ROOT_SEQUENCE, where RACH_ROOT_SEQUENCE is
broadcasted as part of the System Information. Additional preamble
sequences, in case 64 preambles cannot be generated from a single
root Zadoff-Chu sequence, are obtained from the root sequences
with the consecutive logical indexes until all the 64 sequences are
found.
Value type long
Range [0..15]
Unit Ncs
Default Value 10
Configuration Rule The larger the cell radius, the larger the shift number of cyclic shift.
1-685

1.37.9 Number of Preamble Signatures in Group A

Parameter Name
Full Name Number of Preamble Signatures in Group A
Abbreviated Name sizeOfRAPreamblesGroupA
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter defines the number of Random Access preambles

in Group A.
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:4,1:8,2:12,3:16,4:20,5:24,6:28,7:32,8:36,9:40,10:44,11:48,12:5
2,13:56,14:60
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule The more time of the random access preambles of UE, the larger
the size of RA preamble in group A is needed.
1.37.10 PRACH Power Ascending Step

Parameter Name
Full Name PRACH Power Ascending Step
Abbreviated Name powerRampingStep
1-686

Related feature N/A
Description If no Random Access Response is received by UE after UE

transmitted Random Access Preamble, UE will increase transmit
power for PRACH by Power step and retry to transmit Random
Access Preamble until Preamble_Transmission_Counter is equal to
Max_retransmit_number_for_prach.
Value type long
Range 0:0,1:2,2:4,3:6
Unit dB
Default Value 2[1]
Configuration Rule If the PRACH power increase step is large, the re-transmission
power is large too, thus there is a higher access probability, but will
lead power waste and intererference unnecessarily.
1.37.11 Maximum Transmission Times of PRACH Preamble

Parameter Name
Full Name Maximum Transmission Times of PRACH Preamble
Abbreviated Name preambleTransMax
Related feature N/A
1-687

Description If no Random Access Response is received by UE after UE

transmitted Random Access Preamble, UE will increase transmit
power for PRACH by Power step and retry to transmit Random
Access Preamble until Preamble_Transmission_Counter is equal to
Max_retransmit_number_for_prach.
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:3,1:4,2:5,3:6,4:7,5:8,6:10,7:20,8:50,9:100,10:200
Unit N/A
Default Value 8[5]
Configuration Rule The more the maximum transmission time of PRACH preamble,
the easier to reach the maximum of the power increase , and thus
increase the access delay.
1.37.12 PRACH Initial Preamble Transmission Power

Parameter Name
Full Name PRACH Initial Preamble Transmission Power
Abbreviated Name preambleIniReceivedPower
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates initial power for preamble of PRACH. It

is that the first transmit power.
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
1-688

Range 0:-120,1:-118,2:-116,3:-114,4:-112,5:-110,6:-108,7:-106,8:-104,9:-
102,10:-100,11:-98,12:-96,13:-94,14:-92,15:-90
Unit dBm
Default Value -100[10]
Configuration Rule It has relation with the PRACH detect SNR threshold, and IoT.
1.37.13 Message Length of Random Access Preamble Group

Parameter Name
Full Name Message Length of Random Access Preamble Group
Abbreviated Name messageSizeGroupA
Related feature N/A
Description Based on this parameter of message3 size, UE determines to select

the Random Access Preambles group A or group B.
Value type long
Range 0:56,1:144,2:208,3:256
Unit bits
Default Value 56[0]
Configuration Rule Based on this parameter of message3 size, UE determines to select

the Random Access Preambles group A or group B.
1-689

1.37.14 Transmission Power Offset of Group B Preamble

Parameter Name
Full Name Transmission Power Offset of Group B Preamble
Abbreviated Name messagePowerOffsetGroupB
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is a power control margin for message 3 transmission

configured by the eNB and is used to select the Random Access
Preambles group A or group B.
Value type long
Range 0:Minusinfinity,1:0,2:5,3:8,4:10,5:12,6:15,7:18
Unit dB
Default Value 8[3]
1-690

1.37.15 Receiving Search Window for Random Access Preamble

Response
Parameter Name
Full Name Receiving Search Window for Random Access Preamble Response
Abbreviated Name raResponseWindowSize
Related feature N/A
Description Once the Random Access Preamble is transmitted,

the UE shall monitor the PDCCH in the TTI window
[RA_WINDOW_BEGIN-RA_WINDOW_END] for Random Access
Response(s). The parameter indicates the monitor window size.
Value type long
Range 0:2,1:3,2:4,3:5,4:6,5:7,6:8,7:10
Unit ms
Default Value 10[7]
Configuration Rule To guarantee UE can detect the random access response, the value
should be set little larger.
1.37.16 Maximum Transmission Times of Message 3

Parameter Name
Full Name Maximum Transmission Times of Message 3
Abbreviated Name maxHarqMsg3Tx
1-691

Related feature N/A
Description In the random access procedure, the max number of messages 3

harq transmissions.
Value type long
Range [1..8]
Unit N/A
Default Value 5
Configuration Rule This parameter should be set larger than 3
1.37.17 The Number of Non-Contention Random Access Preambles

for MAC
Parameter Name
Full Name The Number of Non-Contention Random Access Preambles for

MAC
Abbreviated Name macNonContenPreamble
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter defines the number of non-contention Random

Access preambles for MAC.
Value type long
Range 0:2,1:3,2:4,3:5
1-692

Unit N/A
Default Value 4[2]
1.37.18 MAC Contention Resolution Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name MAC Contention Resolution Timer
Abbreviated Name macContResTimer
Related feature N/A
Description In the random access procedure, once the uplink message

containing the C-RNTI MAC control element or the uplink message
including CCCH is transmitted, MAC Contention Resolution Timer
will be started. If MAC Contention Resolution Timer is running, UE
will detect PDCCH and wait for the response from network and
detemine whether it is allowed to access network. If the MAC
Contention Resolution Timer expires, UE considers this Contention
Resolution not successful.
Value type long
Range 0:8,1:16,2:24,3:32,4:40,5:48,6:56,7:64
Unit sf
Default Value 64[7]
1-693

1.37.19 The Switch of PRACH Starting RB Configuration Method

Parameter Name
Full Name The Switch of PRACH Starting RB Configuration Method
Abbreviated Name prachFreqOffsetFlag
Related feature N/A
Description
Value type long
Range 0:Adaptive,1:Manual
Unit N/A
Default Value Adaptive[0]
1-694

1.37.20 Switch for PRACH Ultimate Capacity Test

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for PRACH Ultimate Capacity Test
Abbreviated Name prachUltiCapSwch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is in Normal coverage and High way coverage,

for PRACH ultimate capacity test, opened in the PRACH ultimate
capacity test, the other is turned off by default.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1.38 UL Power Control

UL Power Control.
1.38.1 UL Power Control ID

Parameter Name
Full Name UL Power Control ID
Abbreviated Name PowerControlULId
Managed Object PowerControlUL
1-695

Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN FDD Cell/UL Power Control
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Unit N/A
1-696

Default Value N/A
1.38.3 Cell Nominal Power Required for Data Transmission in

PUSCH Semi-Static Scheduling Authorization Mode
Parameter Name
Full Name Cell Nominal Power Required for Data Transmission in PUSCH
Semi-Static Scheduling Authorization Mode
Abbreviated Name p0NominalPUSCH
Related feature N/A
Description Cell Nominal Power Required for Data Transmission in PUSCH

Semi-Static Scheduling Authorization Mode. It is Used as a Part to
Calculate PUSCH Transmission Power to Represent the Power
Differences of Cells.
Value type long
Range [-126..24]
Unit dBm
Default Value -75
Configuration Rule The higher This parameter value is, the higher cell throughput there
will be. There will be an inter-cell interference.This parameter is
set too large.
1-697

1.38.4 Cell Nominal Power Required for Data Transmission in

PUSCH Dynamic Scheduling Authorization Mode
Parameter Name
Full Name Cell Nominal Power Required for Data Transmission in PUSCH
Dynamic Scheduling Authorization Mode
Abbreviated Name poNominalPUSCH1
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the cell specific nominal power for PUSCH
(re)transmissions corresponding to a dynamic scheduled grant. The
parameter is used to calculate the transmit power of PUSCH, and
embody the power difference among cells.
Value type long
Range [-126..24]
Unit dBm
Default Value -75
set too large.
1-698

1.38.5 Path Loss Compensation Factor for PUSCH Transmission

Power
Parameter Name
Full Name Path Loss Compensation Factor for PUSCH Transmission Power
Abbreviated Name alpha
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is used to calculate the transmit power of PUSCH

and is used to compensate the cell pathloss corresponding to
a semi-persistent grant and a dynamic scheduled grant. The
parameter is a cell specific parameter.
Value type long
Range 0:0,1:0.4,2:0.5,3:0.6,4:0.7,5:0.8,6:0.9,7:1.0
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule The larger the value is, the higher CEU transmission power there
will be. The smaller the value is, the lower compensation of the
cell pathloss there will be.
1-699

1.38.6 Related Nominal Power Used By PUCCH Physical Channel

Parameter Name
Full Name Related Nominal Power Used By PUCCH Physical Channel
Abbreviated Name poNominalPUCCH
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the cell specific nominal power for PUCCH.
And it is used to calculate the transmit power for PUCCH and
embody the power difference among cells.
Value type long
Range [-127..-96]
Unit dBm
Default Value -105
set too large.
1.38.7 Physical Channel Power Compensation for PUCCH Format 1

Parameter Name
Full Name Physical Channel Power Compensation for PUCCH Format 1
Abbreviated Name deltaFPucchFormat1
1-700

Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the power offset for different PUCCH
Format 1 with PUCCH Format 1a.
Value type long
Range 0:-2,1:0,2:2
Unit dB
Default Value 2[2]
Configuration Rule The larger the value is, the higher transmission power of format 1
compared with format 1a there will be.
1.38.8 Physical Channel Power Compensation for PUCCH Format

1b
Parameter Name
Full Name Physical Channel Power Compensation for PUCCH Format 1b
Abbreviated Name deltaFPucchFormat1b
Related feature N/A
Format 1b with PUCCH Format 1a.
Value type long
Range 0:1,1:3,2:5
Unit dB
1-701

Default Value 3[1]
Configuration Rule The larger the value is, the higher transmission power of format 1b
1.38.9 Physical Channel Power Compensation for PUCCH Format 2

Parameter Name
Full Name Physical Channel Power Compensation for PUCCH Format 2
Abbreviated Name deltaFPucchFormat2
Related feature N/A
Format 2 with PUCCH Format 1a.
Value type long
Range 0:-2,1:0,2:1,3:2
Unit dB
Default Value 1[2]
Configuration Rule The larger the value is, the higher transmission power of format 2
1-702


2a
Parameter Name
Full Name Physical Channel Power Compensation for PUCCH Format 2a
Abbreviated Name deltaFPucchFormat2a
Related feature N/A
Format 2a with PUCCH Format 1a.
Value type long
Range 0:-2,1:0,2:2
Unit dB
Default Value 2[2]
Configuration Rule The larger the value is, the higher transmission power of format 2a
1-703


2b
Parameter Name
Full Name Physical Channel Power Compensation for PUCCH Format 2b
Abbreviated Name deltaFPucchFormat2b
Related feature N/A
Format 2b with PUCCH Format 1a.
Value type long
Range 0:-2,1:0,2:2
Unit dB
Default Value 2[2]
Configuration Rule The larger the value is, the higher transmission power of format 2b
1.38.12 Power Offset Based on PRACH Message

Parameter Name
Full Name Power Offset Based on PRACH Message
Abbreviated Name deltaPreambleMsg3
1-704

Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is a message-based offset used to compensate the

power offset for different PREACH message format and is a cell
specific parameter.
Value type long
Range [-1..6]
Unit dB
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule The larger value will cause service channel interference of the
neighbor cell.
1.38.13 RSRP Filtering Factor for Power Control

Parameter Name
Full Name RSRP Filtering Factor for Power Control
Abbreviated Name filterCoeffRSRP
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter specifies the filtering coefficient for RSRP

measurements used to calculate path loss for PUSCH , PUCCH and
SRS. The parameter is a cell specific parameter.
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:0,1:1,2:2,3:3,4:4,5:5,6:6,7:7,8:8,9:9,10:11,11:13,12:15,13:17,14
:19
1-705

Unit N/A
Default Value 8[8]
1.38.14 PUSCH Indicated By PDCCH DCI 3/3A Valid or Not

Parameter Name
Full Name PUSCH Indicated By PDCCH DCI 3/3A Valid or Not
Abbreviated Name switchForDCI3A3Pusch
Related feature N/A
Description DCI3A3 Switch for PUSCH
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]
Configuration Rule DCI3A3 Switch for PUSCH
1-706

1.38.15 Power Control Step Range for PDCCH DCI 3/3A Indicated
PUSCH TPC Command
Parameter Name
Full Name Power Control Step Range for PDCCH DCI 3/3A Indicated PUSCH
TPC Command
Abbreviated Name dCI3A3SelPusch
Related feature N/A
Description When the Power control Adjust type for PUSCH is accumulation, the
parameter is used to select the range of TPC command step size of
PUSCH for PDCCH DCI format 3/3A.
Value type long
Range 0:Format 3A Power Control Adjust Step[-1,1],1:Format 3 Power

Control Adjust Step[-1,0,1,3],2:Format 3A Power Control Adjust
Step[-1,1] or Format 3 Power Control Adjust Step[-1,0,1,3]
Unit N/A
Default Value Format 3 Power Control Adjust Step[-1,0,1,3][1]
1.38.16 PUCCH Indicated By PDCCH DCI 3/3A Valid or Not

Parameter Name
1-707

Full Name PUCCH Indicated By PDCCH DCI 3/3A Valid or Not
Abbreviated Name switchForDCI3A3Pucch
Related feature N/A
Description Switch for DCI3A or DCI3 for PUCCH
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]
Configuration Rule Switch for DCI3A or DCI3 for PUCCH
1.38.17 Power Control Step Range for PDCCH DCI 3/3A Indicated
PUCCH TPC Command
Parameter Name
Full Name Power Control Step Range for PDCCH DCI 3/3A Indicated PUCCH
TPC Command
Abbreviated Name dCI3A3SelPucch
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is used to select the range of TPC command step
size of PUCCH for PDCCH DCI format 3/3a.
1-708

Value type long
Range 0:Format 3A Power Control Adjust Step[-1,1],1:Format 3 Power

Control Adjust Step[-1,0,1,3],2:Format 3A Power Control Adjust
Step[-1,1] or Format 3 Power Control Adjust Step[-1,0,1,3]
Unit N/A
Default Value Format 3 Power Control Adjust Step[-1,0,1,3][1]
Configuration Rule This parameter is used to select the range of TPC command step
size of PUCCH for PDCCH DCI format 3/3a.
1.38.18 Power Offset of SRS Relative to PUSCH

Parameter Name
Full Name Power Offset of SRS Relative to PUSCH
Abbreviated Name powerOffsetOfSRS
Related feature N/A
Description When UE calculates the transmit power for sounding reference

signal, UE will add the parameter to the transmit power for PUSCH.
When Ks = 1.25, the actual parameter value is PoSRS - 3. When Ks
= 0, the actual parameter value is -10.5 + 1.5 * PoSRS.
Value type long
Range [0..15]
Unit N/A
Default Value 5
1-709

Configuration Rule Set the value for the edge UE to positive one, and set the value
for center UE to negative one.
1.38.19 Switch for PUSCH Closed-Loop Power Control

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for PUSCH Closed-Loop Power Control
Abbreviated Name switchForCLPCofPUSCH
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the cell whether enable close-loop power
control of PUSCH or not.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the cell whether enable close-loop power
control of PUSCH or not.
1-710

1.38.20 Switch for PUCCH Closed-Loop Power Control

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for PUCCH Closed-Loop Power Control
Abbreviated Name switchForCLPCofPUCCH
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the cell whether enable close-loop power
control of PUCCH or not.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the cell whether enable close-loop power
control of PUCCH or not.
1.38.21 Target IoT Value

Parameter Name
Full Name Target IoT Value
Abbreviated Name targetIOT
1-711

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used to determine the target IoT value when
network planning is performed.
Value type long
Range [0..20]
Unit dB
Default Value 5
Configuration Rule The higher the value is, a higher inter-cell interference there will be.
1.38.22 Window Length of Noise and Interference

Parameter Name
Full Name Window Length of Noise and Interference
Abbreviated Name lenofNIWindow
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used to smooth the value of noise and interference
in the window.
Value type long
Range [100..1000]
Unit ms
1-712

Default Value 300
Configuration Rule It can not reflect the current NI condition if Set this parameter too
large. There will be a NI fluctuation if Set this parameter too small.
1.38.23 PHR Control Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name PHR Control Switch
Abbreviated Name swithForPHR
Related feature N/A
Description Control switch of PHR function can determine which are enabled
or not.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule The PHR report switch
1-713

1.38.24 Delta MCS Enabled

Parameter Name
Full Name Delta MCS Enabled
Abbreviated Name ks
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is used to determine whether or not to compensate

the effection of modulation and code rate.
Value type long
Range 0:0,1:1.25
Unit N/A
Default Value 0[0]
1.38.25 Power Control Adjust Accumulation Enabled

Parameter Name
Full Name Power Control Adjust Accumulation Enabled
Abbreviated Name puschPCAdjType
1-714

Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the power control adjust type for PUSCH.
Value type long
Range 0:Current Absolute,1:Accumulation,2:Adapter
Unit N/A
Default Value Adapter[2]
Related parameter UL Power Control .switchForCLPCofPUSCH
1.38.26 Downlink EventRSRP Measurement Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name Downlink EventRSRP Measurement Switch
Abbreviated Name rsrpEventMeasSwitchDl
Related feature N/A
Description Control switch of event RSRP measure switch can determine which
are enabled or not.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule The control switch for event RSRP measurement report
1-715

1.38.27 Downlink Period RSRP Measurement Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name Downlink Period RSRP Measurement Switch
Abbreviated Name rsrpPeriodMeasSwitchDl
Related feature N/A
Description Control switch of period RSRP measure switch can determine which
are enabled or not.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule The control switch for periodic RSRP measurement report
1-716


UL Power Control .puschPCAdjType
UL Power Control .oiSwitchOfClosePc
1.38.28 The Margin of Close-Loop Power Control for Msg3

Parameter Name
Full Name The Margin of Close-Loop Power Control for Msg3
Abbreviated Name deltaMsg3
Related feature N/A
Description The Margin of Close-Loop Power Control for Msg3
Value type long
Range [0..10]
Unit dB
Default Value 5
Configuration Rule If it is set too large, there will be a high transmission power of MSG3,
and thus give interference to neighbour service channel.
1.38.29 PUSCH Power Offset of UE in Dynamic Schedule or

Semi-Static Scheduling
Parameter Name
Full Name PUSCH Power Offset of UE in Dynamic Schedule or Semi-Static

Scheduling
1-717

Abbreviated Name p0UePusch1Pub
Related feature N/A
Description UE specific component for PUSCH (re)transmissions corresponding

to a dynamic scheduled grant or semi-staticscheduled
grant(common initial value)
Value type long
Range [-8..7]
Unit dB
Default Value 1
1.38.30 PUCCH Power Offset of UE

Parameter Name
Full Name PUCCH Power Offset of UE
Abbreviated Name p0UePucchPub
Related feature N/A
Description UE specific component for PUCCH (re)transmissions(common

initial value)
Value type long
1-718

Range [-8..7]
Unit dB
Default Value 1
1.38.31 Delta OI Switch of Closed-Loop Power Control

Parameter Name
Full Name Delta OI Switch of Closed-Loop Power Control
Abbreviated Name oiSwitchOfClosePc
Related feature N/A
Description Add the element deltaOI into the closed-loop power control. If
enable the switch, the Power of UE which be used in the edge of
cell will adjust upon the interrupt of the nerbor cell.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-719

1.38.32 The UE Max Transmission Power at Middle Point

Parameter Name
Full Name The UE Max Transmission Power at Middle Point
Abbreviated Name ueTransPowerCeiling
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter can limit the UE max transmission power at middle
point.
Value type long
Range [0..23]
Unit dBm
Default Value 16
1.38.33 The UE MCS Target at Middle Point

Parameter Name
Full Name The UE MCS Target at Middle Point
1-720

Abbreviated Name ueTransMcsTarget
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter can limit the UE max transmission MCS at middle
point.
Value type long
Range [0..24]
Unit N/A
Default Value 22
1.38.34 PUCCH Target Ps High Limit

Parameter Name
Full Name PUCCH Target Ps High Limit
Abbreviated Name pucchTgtPsHiLimt
Managed Object UL Power Control
Related feature N/A
Description High Limit ofTarget Ps for PUCCH closed power control
Value type long
Range [-118..-96]
Unit N/A
1-721

Default Value -105
Configuration Rule The settings for different scenarios with differenct number of UEs
are various. For large-capacity scenario, the value of this parameter
needs to set higher.
1.38.35 PUCCH Target Ps Low Limit

Parameter Name
Full Name PUCCH Target Ps Low Limit
Abbreviated Name pucchTgtPsLwLimt
Managed Object UL Power Control
Related feature N/A
Description Low Limit ofTarget Ps for PUCCH closed power control
Value type long
Range [-118..-96]
Unit N/A
Default Value -109
Configuration Rule The settings for different scenarios with differenct number of UEs
are various. For large-capacity scenario, the value of this parameter
needs to set higher.
1-722

1.39 DL Power Control

DL Power Control
1.39.1 DL Power Control ID

Parameter Name
Full Name DL Power Control ID
Abbreviated Name PowerControlDLId
Managed Object PowerControlDL
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN FDD Cell/DL Power Control
1-723

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1.39.3 Power Offset Between BCCH and Cell RS (P_A_BCCH)

Parameter Name
Full Name Power Offset Between BCCH and Cell RS (P_A_BCCH)
Abbreviated Name paForBCCH
Related feature N/A
1-724

Description For each UE, the ratio of PDSCH EPRE to cell-specific RS EPRE
among PDSCH REs in all the OFDM symbols not containing
cell-specific RS is equal and is denoted by Rho_A.The UE may
assume that for 16 QAM or 64 QAM or spatial multiplexing with
more than one layer or for PDSCH transmissions associated
with the multi-user MIMO transmission scheme Rho_A is equal
to Delta_power_offset + P_A + 10log10(2) [dB] when the UE
receives a PDSCH data transmission using precoding for
transmit diversity with 4 cell-specific antenna ports, and Rho_A
is equal to Delta_power_offset + P_A [dB] otherwise, where
Delta_power_offset is 0 dB for all PDSCH transmission schemes
except multi-user MIMO and P_A is a parameter provided by higher
layers. Not necessarily valid in some cases, e.g. QPSK with no
spatial multiplexing and without multi-user MIMO transmission
mode. The parameter is corresponding to the PDSCH data sourced
from BCCH logical channel.
Value type long
Range 0:-6,1:-4.77,2:-3,3:-1.77,4:0,5:1,6:2,7:3
Unit dB
Default Value 0[4]
Configuration Rule At the specific cell reference signal power, the larger the value is,
the larger power of RE there will be, and thus provides a larger
message effective coverage.
1.39.4 Power Offset Between CCCH and Cell RS (P_A_CCCH)

Parameter Name
Full Name Power Offset Between CCCH and Cell RS (P_A_CCCH)
Abbreviated Name paForCCCH
1-725

Related feature N/A
from CCCH logical channel.
Value type long
Range 0:-6,1:-4.77,2:-3,3:-1.77,4:0,5:1,6:2,7:3
Unit dB
Default Value 0[4]
1.39.5 Power Offset Between PCCH and Cell RS (P_A_PCCH)

Parameter Name
1-726

Full Name Power Offset Between PCCH and Cell RS (P_A_PCCH)
Abbreviated Name paForPCCH
Related feature N/A
from PCCH logical channel.
Value type long
Range 0:-6,1:-4.77,2:-3,3:-1.77,4:0,5:1,6:2,7:3
Unit dB
Default Value 0[4]
1-727

1.39.6 Power Offset Between MSG2 and Cell RS (P_A_MSG2)

Parameter Name
Full Name Power Offset Between MSG2 and Cell RS (P_A_MSG2)
Abbreviated Name paForMSG2
Related feature N/A
receives a PDSCH data transmission using precoding for transmit
diversity with 4 cell-specific antenna ports, and Rho_A is equal to
Delta_power_offset + P_A [dB] otherwise, where Delta_power_offset
is 0 dB for all PDSCH transmission schemes except multi-user
MIMO and P_A is a parameter provided by higher layers. Not
necessarily valid in some cases, e.g. QPSK with no spatial
multiplexing and without multi-user MIMO transmission mode. The
parameter is corresponding to the PDSCH data sourced from Msg2.
Value type long
Range 0:-6,1:-4.77,2:-3,3:-1.77,4:0,5:1,6:2,7:3
Unit dB
Default Value 0[4]
1-728

1.39.7 Power Offset Between DCCH and Cell RS (P_A_DCCH)

Parameter Name
Full Name Power Offset Between DCCH and Cell RS (P_A_DCCH)
Abbreviated Name paForDCCH
Related feature N/A
parameter is corresponding to the PDSCH data sourced from DCCH
logical channel and its assignment is through CCCH logical channel.
Value type long
Range 0:-6,1:-4.77,2:-3,3:-1.77,4:0,5:1,6:2,7:3
Unit dB
Default Value 0[4]
1-729

1.39.8 Power Offset Between PDSCH and Cell RS (P_A_DTCH)

Parameter Name
Full Name Power Offset Between PDSCH and Cell RS (P_A_DTCH)
Abbreviated Name paForDTCH
Related feature N/A
parameter is corresponding to the PDSCH data sourced from DCCH
logical channel and its assignment is through CCCH logical channel.
Value type long
Range 0:-6,1:-4.77,2:-3,3:-1.77,4:0,5:1,6:2,7:3
Unit dB
Default Value 0[4]
1-730

1.39.9 PCFICH Power Offset to DTCH_PA

Parameter Name
Full Name PCFICH Power Offset to DTCH_PA
Abbreviated Name pcfichPwrOfst
Related feature N/A
Description The value of RAM of it is power offset of PCFICH to CRS. It ensure

the transmit power of PCFICH. It should be configured when cell
establish or reestablish.
Value type long
Range {paForDTCH==7}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,

{paForDTCH==6}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==5}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==4}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==3}[-5.8..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==2}[-4.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==1}[-2.8..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==0}[-1.6..10] step 0.1
Unit dB
Default Value {paForDTCH==7}[3],

{paForDTCH==6}[3],
{paForDTCH==5}[3],
{paForDTCH==4}[3],
{paForDTCH==3}[3],
{paForDTCH==2}[3],
{paForDTCH==1}[3],
{paForDTCH==0}[3]
1-731

1.39.10 PHICH Power Offset to DTCH_PA

Parameter Name
Full Name PHICH Power Offset to DTCH_PA
Abbreviated Name phichPwrOfst
Related feature N/A
Description The value of RAM of it is power offset of PHICH to CRS. It ensure

the transmit power of PHICH. It should be configured when cell
Value type long

{paForDTCH==6}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==5}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==4}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==3}[-5.8..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==2}[-4.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==1}[-2.8..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==0}[-1.6..10] step 0.1
Unit dB
1-732

Default Value {paForDTCH==7}[3],

{paForDTCH==6}[3],
{paForDTCH==5}[3],
{paForDTCH==4}[3],
{paForDTCH==3}[3],
{paForDTCH==2}[3],
{paForDTCH==1}[3],
{paForDTCH==0}[3]
1.39.11 PDCCH Power Offset to DTCH_PA for DCI Format 0

Parameter Name
Full Name PDCCH Power Offset to DTCH_PA for DCI Format 0
Abbreviated Name pdcchF0PwrOfst
Related feature N/A
Description The value of RAM of it is power offset of DCI0 to CRS. It ensure the
transmit power of DCI0. It should be configured when cell establish
or reestablish.
1-733


{paForDTCH==6}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==5}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==4}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==3}[-5.8..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==2}[-4.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==1}[-2.8..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==0}[-1.6..10] step 0.1
Unit dB
Default Value {paForDTCH==7}[0;0;0;0],

{paForDTCH==6}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==5}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==4}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==3}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==2}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==1}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==0}[0;0;0;0]

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
1-734

or reestablish.

{paForDTCH==6}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==5}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==4}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==3}[-5.8..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==2}[-4.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==1}[-2.8..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==0}[-1.6..10] step 0.1
Unit dB

{paForDTCH==6}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==5}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==4}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==3}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==2}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==1}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==0}[0;0;0;0]
1.39.13 PDCCH Power Offset to DTCH_PA for DCI Format 1A

Parameter Name
Full Name PDCCH Power Offset to DTCH_PA for DCI Format 1A
Abbreviated Name pdcchF1APwrOfst
1-735

Related feature N/A
Description The value of RAM of it is power offset of DCI1A to CRS. It ensure

the transmit power of DCI1A. It should be configured when cell

{paForDTCH==6}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==5}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==4}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==3}[-5.8..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==2}[-4.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==1}[-2.8..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==0}[-1.6..10] step 0.1
Unit dB

{paForDTCH==6}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==5}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==4}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==3}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==2}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==1}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==0}[0;0;0;0]
1.39.14 PDCCH Power Offset to DTCH_PA for DCI Format 1B

Parameter Name
Full Name PDCCH Power Offset to DTCH_PA for DCI Format 1B
Abbreviated Name pdcchF1BPwrOfst
1-736

Related feature N/A
Description The value of RAM of it is power offset of DCI1B to CRS. It ensure

the transmit power of DCI1B. It should be configured when cell

{paForDTCH==6}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==5}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==4}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==3}[-5.8..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==2}[-4.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==1}[-2.8..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==0}[-1.6..10] step 0.1
Unit dB

{paForDTCH==6}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==5}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==4}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==3}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==2}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==1}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==0}[0;0;0;0]
1.39.15 PDCCH Power Offset to DTCH_PA for DCI Format 1C

Parameter Name
1-737

Full Name PDCCH Power Offset to DTCH_PA for DCI Format 1C
Abbreviated Name pdcchF1CPwrOfst
Related feature N/A
Description The value of RAM of it is power offset of DCI1C to CRS. It ensure

the transmit power of DCI1C. It should be configured when cell

{paForDTCH==6}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==5}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==4}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==3}[-5.8..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==2}[-4.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==1}[-2.8..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==0}[-1.6..10] step 0.1
Unit dB

{paForDTCH==6}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==5}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==4}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==3}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==2}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==1}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==0}[0;0;0;0]
1-738

1.39.16 PDCCH Power Offset to DTCH_PA for DCI Format 1D

Parameter Name
Full Name PDCCH Power Offset to DTCH_PA for DCI Format 1D
Abbreviated Name pdcchF1DPwrOfst
Related feature N/A
Description The value of RAM of it is power offset of DCI1D to CRS. It ensure

the transmit power of DCI1D. It should be configured when cell

{paForDTCH==6}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==5}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==4}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==3}[-5.8..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==2}[-4.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==1}[-2.8..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==0}[-1.6..10] step 0.1
Unit dB

{paForDTCH==6}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==5}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==4}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==3}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==2}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==1}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==0}[0;0;0;0]
1-739


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
or reestablish.

{paForDTCH==6}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==5}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==4}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==3}[-5.8..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==2}[-4.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==1}[-2.8..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==0}[-1.6..10] step 0.1
Unit dB

{paForDTCH==6}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==5}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==4}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==3}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==2}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==1}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==0}[0;0;0;0]
1-740


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A


{paForDTCH==6}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==5}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==4}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==3}[-5.8..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==2}[-4.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==1}[-2.8..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==0}[-1.6..10] step 0.1
Unit dB

{paForDTCH==6}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==5}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==4}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==3}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==2}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==1}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==0}[0;0;0;0]
1-741


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
or reestablish.

{paForDTCH==6}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==5}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==4}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==3}[-5.8..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==2}[-4.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==1}[-2.8..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==0}[-1.6..10] step 0.1
Unit dB

{paForDTCH==6}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==5}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==4}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==3}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==2}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==1}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==0}[0;0;0;0]
1-742


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A


{paForDTCH==6}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==5}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==4}[-7.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==3}[-5.8..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==2}[-4.6..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==1}[-2.8..10] step 0.1,
{paForDTCH==0}[-1.6..10] step 0.1
Unit dB

{paForDTCH==6}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==5}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==4}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==3}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==2}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==1}[0;0;0;0],
{paForDTCH==0}[0;0;0;0]
1-743

1.40 ICIC
ICIC
1.40.1 ICIC ID
Parameter Name
Full Name ICIC ID
Abbreviated Name ICICId
Managed Object ICIC
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN FDD Cell/ICIC
1-744

Parameter Name
Managed Object ICIC
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1.40.3 Uplink ICIC Mode Select Flag

Parameter Name
Full Name Uplink ICIC Mode Select Flag
1-745

Abbreviated Name fICICModeSelUl
Managed Object ICIC
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether ICIC is enabled and the options of
the uplink ICIC mode. If Static Frequency Domain ICIC is enabled,
the resources are allocated in accordance with the cell resources
bitmap configured statically. The edge user can only occupy the
edge frequency band (the frequency band that is marked as 1).
If Dynamic Frequency Domain ICIC is enabled, the cell edge
resources are allocated in accordance with the loading of the cell
edge and the neighboring cell HII information of the Load Information
dynamically. The resources are allocated according to the updated
cell bitmap. The edge user can occupy the edge frequency band.
If Disable Uplink Frequency Domain is selected, the cell resource
bitmap is not configured. The resource allocation is not affected.
Value type long
Range 0:Disable Uplink Frequency Domain,

1:Static Frequency Domain ICIC,
2:Dynamic Frequency Domain ICIC,
3:Reserved
Unit N/A
Default Value Disable Uplink Frequency Domain[0]
Configuration Rule If this function (static or dynamic) is enabled, the throughput of the
edge users is increased. Namely, the edge coverage is enhanced.
However, the throughput of the whole cell is degraded. The static
ICIC is applicable to the interference scenario where the cell's load
is balanced. The dynamic ICIC is applicable to the interference
scenario where the cell's load is not balanced. Disabling this
function is applicable to the scenario where there is no interference
or there is a little interference among cells. This parameter is
adjusted in accordance with the requirements of the test function.
This parameter value is set to 0 if the system bandwidth is lower
than 5 M.
1-746

1.40.4 Uplink RB Resources Active Bitmap

Parameter Name
Full Name Uplink RB Resources Active Bitmap
Abbreviated Name rbByteMapUl
Managed Object ICIC
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the RB bitmap when the uplink ICIC is
enabled. "1" stands for the IC resource. "1" stands for the OC
resource. "2" stands for the disabled resources. This parameter is
valid when ICIC is enabled. One bit indicates one RB. "0" stands for
the IC frequency band. "1" stands for the OC frequency band, which
is for the edge users. "2" stands for the disabled frequency band,
which cannot be used by the center users and the edge users.
Range [0..2]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;

0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
Configuration Rule If all RB resources are configured to 0, it indicates that the ICIC
function is disabled. If all RB resources are configured to 1, it
indicates that the strong inter-cell interference cannot be avoided.
The cell's OC frequency band is configured in accordance with
the configuration principle of the network planning. The initial
configuration specifies that each cell's OC resource is different
from that of the neighboring cell. This parameter is adjusted in
accordance with the test scenario. If the uplink ICIC switch is
enabled, at least six RB resources are configured to 1.
1-747

1.40.5 The High Threshold of IOT for Generating OI with IOT

Parameter Name
Full Name The High Threshold of IOT for Generating OI with IOT
Abbreviated Name oiThrHighUl
Managed Object ICIC
Related feature N/A
Description None
Value type long
Unit dB
Default Value 12
Configuration Rule If the parameter value is set low, the OI indicates that the possibility
of strong interference is high. The neighboring cell considers that
its interference range is large. If the possibility of using the power
control strategy to decrease the interference is high, the throughput
of the neighboring cell may be reduced. If the parameter value is set
high, the OI indicates that the possibility of strong interference is low.
The neighboring cell considers that its interference range is small.
If the possibility of using the power control strategy to decrease
the interference is low, the interference of the neighboring cell on
the current cell may be high and the traffic cannot be increased. If
the performance gain of one cell is high, the performance gain of
another cell will be low. It is difficult to determine at which threshold
the performance of the whole network is enhanced the best.
Therefore, the default value that is got through the emulation test is
recommended.
1-748

1.40.6 The Low Threshold of IOT for Generating OI with IOT

Parameter Name
Full Name The Low Threshold of IOT for Generating OI with IOT
Abbreviated Name oiThrlLowUl
Managed Object ICIC
Related feature N/A
Description For OI generation and processing scheme only considering about

IOT, this parameter is used to generate OI according to IOT for each
RB. For example, if IOT is smaller than this parameter, OI is "low",
indicating low interference overload.
Notes: OI means the uplink interference overload indication. IOT
means the ratio of uplink received interference power (including
thermal noise power) to thermal noise power.
Value type long
Unit dB
Default Value 6
Configuration Rule If the parameter value is set low, the OI indicates that the possibility
of poor interference is high. The neighboring cell considers that
its interference range is small. If the possibility of using the power
control strategy to enhance the current cell's performance is low,
the throughput of the neighboring cell may be reduced. If the
parameter value is set high, the OI indicates that the possibility of
poor interference is high. The neighboring cell considers that its
interference range is large. If the possibility of using the power
control strategy to enhance the current cell's performance is high,
the throughput of the neighboring cell may be reduced. If the
1-749

performance gain of one cell is high, the performance gain of

another cell will be low. It is difficult to determine at which threshold
the performance of the whole network is enhanced the best.
Therefore, the default value that is got through the emulation test is
recommended.
1.40.7 Downlink ICIC Mode Select Flag

Parameter Name
Full Name Downlink ICIC Mode Select Flag
Abbreviated Name fICICModeSelDl
Managed Object ICIC
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether the downlink ICIC is enabled.

If the downlink ICIC is enabled, the power of CEU and CCU is
adjusted. The cell edge and center frequency band is partitioned.
The value of 1 indicates Downlink Static Frequency Domain ICIC.
The cell edge and center frequency band are configured on the
background OMC and the settings cannot be modified. The value of
2 indicates Downlink Dynamic Frequency Domain ICIC. After the
cell edge and center frequency band is configured on the OMC, the
cell adjusts the cell center and edge frequency band dynamically
in accordance with the downlink load of the current cell and the
neighboring cell and the interference of the current cell on the
neighboring cell. The value of 3 indicates Cloud ICIC. After the cell
edge and center frequency band is configured on the OMC, the
central controller adjusts the center and edge frequency band of
1-750

each cell dynamically in accordance with the downlink load and

interference of each cell.
Value type long
Range 0:Disable Downlink Frequency Domain,

1:Downlink Static Frequency Domain ICIC,
2:Downlink Dynamic Frequency Domain ICIC,
3:Cloud ICIC
Unit N/A
Default Value Disable Downlink Frequency Domain[0]
Configuration Rule If the ICIC function is enabled, the frequency spectrum of the cell's
CEU will be increased. However, the frequency spectrum of the
cell's CCU will be decreased.
1.40.8 Downlink RBG Resources Active Bitmap

Parameter Name
Full Name Downlink RBG Resources Active Bitmap
Abbreviated Name rbByteMapDl
Managed Object ICIC
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates that if the downlink ICIC is enabled, the
downlink initial center frequency band and edge frequency band of
the cell are partitioned. One bit stands for one RBG. "0" indicates
that the RBG is the center frequency band. "1" indicates that the
RBG is the edge frequency band. "2" indicates that the RBG is the
disabled frequency band. This parameter has impact on the CCU
and CEU resources allocation.
1-751

Range [0..2]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
Configuration Rule For the Soft Frequency Reuse (SFR), the edge frequency band
of a cell occupies 1/3 of the frequency band and the IC frequency
band occupies 2/3 of the frequency band. Based on the cell type,
the OCd occupies 1/3 of the front/middle/rear frequency band. The
OC frequency bands of the adjacent three cells are orthogonal. For
the Fractional Frequency Reuse (FFR), the edge frequency band of
a cell occupies 1/4 of the frequency band. Based on the cell type,
the OC occupies 1/4 of the first, second, and third frequency band.
The IC frequency band occupies the last 1/4 of the frequency band.
Other frequency bands are not used. The OC frequency bands of
the neighboring cells are orthogonal.
1.40.9 Bit Mask for Enabling ICIC (hex)

Parameter Name
Full Name Bit Mask for Enabling ICIC (hex)
Abbreviated Name icicEnabled
Managed Object ICIC
Related feature N/A
1-752

Description This parameter indicates whether the uplink and downlink ICIC is
enabled. "1" represents enabled and "0" represents disabled. The
first bit indicates whether the uplink ICIC is enabled or not. The
second bit indicates whether the downlink ICIC is enabled or not.
Bits from 3 to 32 are reserved.
Value type long

Range [0..4294967295]
Unit hex
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule Set this parameter based on the field test scenario.
1.40.10 Bit Map of Center Area Frequency for Uplink (hex)

Parameter Name
Full Name Bit Map of Center Area Frequency for Uplink (hex)
Abbreviated Name centFreqUlBitMap
Managed Object ICIC
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the initially configured center frequency

band resources of the cell. This parameter is configured by bit
mapping. The number of each bit represents the resource block
number. The value 1 of a bit indicates that the corresponding
resource block is configured to the users of the cell's uplink center
area. The value 0 of a bit indicates that the corresponding resource
block is not configured to the users of the cell's uplink center area.
1-753


Range [0..4294967295]
Unit hex
Default Value 16383;4294950912;0;0
Configuration Rule This parameter is adjusted in accordance with the test scenario. At
present, this parameter is configured based on the reuse factor 3.
However, only one can be configured to 1 if adwUCentFBitMap,
adwUEdgeFBitMap, and adwUCentBrFBitMap are at the same
position. The parameter value of "1" indicates that this parameter
is configured to the cell center frequency band, namely, the IC
frequency band. For the frequency band of 1, adwUEdgeFBitMap[4]
and adwUCentBrFBitMap[4] cannot be configured to 1.
If the ICIC is SFR, the IC frequency band does not exit. This
parameter value is set to 0.
1.40.11 Bit Map of Edge Area Frequency for Uplink (hex)

Parameter Name
Full Name Bit Map of Edge Area Frequency for Uplink (hex)
Abbreviated Name edgeFreqUlBitMap
Managed Object ICIC
Related feature N/A
1-754

Description This parameter indicates the initially configured edge frequency

resource block is configured to the users of the cell's uplink edge
block is not configured to the users of the cell's uplink edge area.

Range [0..4294967295]
Unit hex
is configured to the cell edge frequency band, namely, the OC
frequency band. For the frequency band of 1, adwUCentFBitMap[4]
and adwUCentBrFBitMap[4] cannot be configured to 1.
The cell's OC frequency band is configured in accordance with
the configuration principle of the network planning. The initial
configuration specifies that each cell's OC resource is different from
that of the neighboring cell.
1.40.12 Borrowed Bit Map of Center Area Frequency for Uplink (hex)
Parameter Name
Full Name Borrowed Bit Map of Center Area Frequency for Uplink (hex)
Abbreviated Name centBorrFreqUlBitMap
1-755

Managed Object ICIC
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the initially configured borrowed frequency

resource block can be lent to the users of the cell's uplink center
block cannot be lent to the users of the cell's uplink center area.

Range [0..4294967295]
Unit hex
is configured to the borrowed frequency band, namely, the BC
frequency band. For the frequency band of 1, adwUCentFBitMap[4]
and adwUEdgeFBitMap[4] cannot be configured to 1.
1.40.13 Initial PA Value for Center Users

Parameter Name
Full Name Initial PA Value for Center Users
1-756

Abbreviated Name paIndexCcu
Managed Object ICIC
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the UE's downlink PA configuration

parameter if the downlink ICIC is enabled. If the downlink ICIC is
enabled, the CCU reduces the power and sends signals. In this
way, the downlink interference on the CEU of the neighboring cell is
decreased. If the UE type is CCU, the base station configures the
PA value of the CCU according to this parameter.
Value type long
Range 0:-6,1:-4.77,2:-3,3:-1.77,4:0,5:1,6:2,7:3
Unit dB
Default Value -6[0]
Configuration Rule The CCU's PA value must be less than the CEU's PA value.
However, the difference between the CCU PA value and the CEU
PA value cannot be too large. If the difference is too large, the CCU
power is low and the CCU performance is degraded greatly. If the
difference is too small, the CEU performance is not enhanced.
1.40.14 UL ICIC Switch For Macro-Micro Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name UL ICIC Switch For Macro-Micro Cell
Abbreviated Name fICIC4MacroMicroEnableUl
Managed Object ICIC
1-757

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the uplink ICIC switch for the macro-micro
cell.
If this function is enabled, the macro-micro edge UE of the microcell
will avoid the high-power frequency band of the metrocell UE,
reducing the interference for the metrocell UE on the microcell UEs.
If this function is enabled, it helps the macro-micro edge UE of the
microcell to avoid the interference of the high-power frequency
band of the metrocell UE. However, the scheduling of the microcell
becomes more complicated.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule At present, this parameter is configured manually according to the

metro-micro ICIC requirement.
Configuration suggestion: The default value of "close" is used.
1.40.15 DL ICIC Switch For Macro-Micro Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name DL ICIC Switch For Macro-Micro Cell
Abbreviated Name fICIC4MacroMicroEnableDl
Managed Object ICIC
Related feature N/A
1-758

Description This parameter indicates the downlink ICIC switch for the
macro-micro cell.
If this function is enabled, the macro-micro edge UE of the microcell
will avoid the high-power frequency band of the metrocell UE,
reducing the interference for the metrocell UE on the microcell UEs.
If this function is enabled, it helps the macro-micro edge UE of the
microcell to avoid the interference of the high-power frequency
band of the metrocell UE. However, the scheduling of the microcell
becomes more complicated.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule At present, this parameter is configured manually according to the

metro-micro ICIC requirement.
Configuration suggestion: The default value of "close" is used.
1.40.16 Aggressor Cell UL ICIC Bitmap

Parameter Name
Full Name Aggressor Cell UL ICIC Bitmap
Abbreviated Name icicMap4MacroMicroUl
Managed Object ICIC
Related feature N/A
1-759

Description This parameter indicates the uplink ICIC resource bitmap of the
interference cell.
If the uplink ICIC switch for the metro-micro cell is enabled, this
parameter indicates the RB location allocation bitmap when the
microcell schedules the macro-micro edge attribute UE.
This parameter value is opposite to the metro-metro uplink
ICIC ditmap. Namely, the low-power RB of the metrocell ICIC
bitmap corresponds to the high-power RB of this parameter. The
high-power RB of the metrocell ICIC bitmap corresponds to the
low-power RB of this parameter.
Range [0..2]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;

2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;2;
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
Configuration Rule This parameter is not adjusted. The configuration impact shows
that this parameter is generated by ICIC bitmap of the metro cell.
Therefore, this parameter cannot be modified at will.
1.40.17 Aggressor Cell DL ICIC Bitmap

Parameter Name
Full Name Aggressor Cell DL ICIC Bitmap
Abbreviated Name icicMap4MacroMicroDl
Managed Object ICIC
Related feature N/A
1-760

Description This parameter indicates the downlink ICIC resource bitmap of the
interference cell.
If the uplink ICIC switch for the metro-micro cell is enabled, this
parameter indicates the RB location allocation bitmap when the
microcell schedules the macro-micro edge attribute UE.
This parameter value is opposite to the metro-metro downlink
ICIC ditmap. Namely, the low-power RB of the metrocell ICIC
bitmap corresponds to the high-power RB of this parameter. The
high-power RB of the metrocell ICIC bitmap corresponds to the
low-power RB of this parameter.
Range [0..2]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
Configuration Rule This parameter is not adjusted. The configuration impact shows
that this parameter is generated by ICIC bitmap of the metro cell.
Therefore, this parameter cannot be modified at will.
1.40.18 HighWay ICIC Frequency Partition

Parameter Name
Full Name HighWay ICIC Frequency Partition
Abbreviated Name cellResource
Managed Object ICIC
Related feature N/A
1-761

Description This parameter indicates the highway ICIC frequency band type.
The highway uses the linear networking mode. This parameter
indicates the type of two neighboring (super) cells in the highway
network. It is used for the ICIC in the highway network. The
value of 0 indicates that the cell number is an odd number. The
initial frequency band of OC in the ICIC bitmap occupies half of
the left side. The value of 1 indicates that the cell number is an
even number. The initial frequency band of OC in the ICIC bitmap
occupies half of the right side.
Value type long
Range 0:Odd,1:Even
Unit N/A
Default Value Odd[0]
Configuration Rule This parameter is generated when the network is planning (at
present, the parameter cannot be generated automatically). It is
unnecessary to modify this parameter if the highway network is not
changed. This parameter only represents that the cell is an even
number or an odd number, which is used to generate the cell's ICIC
bitmap.
1.41 EMLP
EMLP
1.41.1 EMLP ID
Parameter Name
Full Name EMLP ID
Abbreviated Name EMLPId
Managed Object EMLP
1-762

Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN FDD Cell/EMLP
Parameter Name
Managed Object EMLP
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Unit N/A
1-763

Default Value N/A
1.41.3 EMLP Index

Parameter Name
Full Name EMLP Index
Abbreviated Name eMLPIndex
Managed Object EMLP
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the extended MAC logical channel priority
index. It represents the absolute priority of the service.
Value type long
Range [1..256]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
Configuration Rule The parameter value indicates the absolute priority of the service.
If the eMLP index of the service is high, the absolute priority of the
service is high. This parameter belongs to the QoS parameters. It is
configured according to the operator's requirements. By default, this
parameter is configured according to the QCI priority of the protocol.
The configuration is as follows: [2,4,3,5,1,6,7,8,9]. The array index
plus 1 corresponds to the EMLP configuration of different QCI levels.
1-764

1.41.4 Logical Channel Direction

Parameter Name
Full Name Logical Channel Direction
Abbreviated Name lchDirection
Managed Object EMLP
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the uplink/downlink logical channel

direction. Each EMLP is identified with uplink or downlink. Namely,
the configured parameter corresponds to the uplink direction or the
downlink direction.
Value type long
Range 0:Uplink,1:Downlink
Unit N/A
Default Value Uplink[0]
Configuration Rule The requirements mentioned in this adjustment principle are the
operator's requirements. For example, the uplink service needs
three eMLP queues and the downlink service needs nine eMLP
queues. The logical signal channels of three eMLP queues are
configured for the uplink service and the logical signal channels
of nine eMLP queues are configured for the downlink service. By
default, both the uplink and downlink services are configured with
nine eMLP queues.
1-765

1.41.5 The Number of QCI Corresponds to the Given EMLP

Parameter Name
Full Name The Number of QCI Corresponds to the Given EMLP
Abbreviated Name qCINum
Managed Object EMLP
Related feature N/A
Description The number of QCI mapping to one MLP
Value type long
Range [0..10]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
1.41.6 QCI Mapping for EMLP

Parameter Name
Full Name QCI Mapping for EMLP
Abbreviated Name qCiQueue
1-766

Managed Object EMLP
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates which QCI services are mapped to the
current EMLP.
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
Configuration Rule After QCI is mapped to EMLP, the absolute priority of the service is
determined. If the eMLP index of the service is high, the absolute
priority of the service is high. This parameter belongs to the QoS
parameters. The EMLP property of QCI is configured according
to the operator's requirements.
1.41.7 Scheduler Algorithm

Parameter Name
Full Name Scheduler Algorithm
Abbreviated Name schedulerAlg
Managed Object EMLP
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the scheduling algorithm for the current
EMLP, including EPF, RR, and SPS.
1-767

Value type long
Range 0:EPF,1:RR,2:SPS
Unit N/A
Default Value EPF[0]
Configuration Rule "0" stands for the PF algorithm. "1" stands for the RR algorithm. "2"
stands for the SPS scheduling.
This parameter is configured in accordance with the service
property of the eMLP and the operator's requirements. For different
scheduling algorithms, the resource allocation schemes are different.
Generally, the default algorithm is EPF scheduling algorithm.
This parameter belongs to the QoS parameters. It is configured
according to the operator's requirements.
1.41.8 Alpha Factor

Parameter Name
Full Name Alpha Factor
Abbreviated Name alpha
Managed Object EMLP
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the factor of the PF factor. It indicates

the weight of UE channel quality in the priority sequence for the PF
factor. The scheduling algorithm can be configured by adjusting this
parameter and the factor of the next parameter's PF factor.
Value type long
1-768

Unit N/A
Default Value 1
Configuration Rule This parameter is configured together with factor of the next
parameter's PF factor. Another scheduling algorithm can be
selected. When the right weight of the GBR, AMBR, Delay, QCI,
ARP, and Service factor is 0, the ER algorithm is used for = 0 and
= 1, the MAX C/I algorithm is used for = 1 and = 0, and the
PF algorithm is used for = 1 and = 1. Generally, the default
algorithm is PF scheduling algorithm, namely, = 1 and = 1.
according to the cell's fair scheduling and the operator's
requirements.
1.41.9 Beta Factor

Parameter Name
Full Name Beta Factor
Abbreviated Name beta
Managed Object EMLP
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the factor of the PF factor. It indicates

the weight of the service's traffic in the priority sequence for the PF
factor. The scheduling algorithm can be configured by adjusting this
parameter and the factor of the previous parameter's PF factor.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-769

Default Value 1
Configuration Rule This parameter is configured together with factor of the previous
parameter's PF factor. Another scheduling algorithm can be
selected. When the weight of the GBR, AMBR, Delay, QCI, ARP,
and Service factor is 0, the ER algorithm is used for = 0 and
= 1, the MAX C/I algorithm is used for = 1 and = 0, and the
PF algorithm is used for = 1 and = 1. Generally, the default
algorithm is PF scheduling algorithm, namely, = 1 and = 1.
according to the cell's fair scheduling and the operator's
requirements.
1.41.10 PF Weight Factor

Parameter Name
Full Name PF Weight Factor
Abbreviated Name pFWeight
Managed Object EMLP
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the weight of the PF factor. It indicates the
weight of the PF factor in the priority calculation.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Default Value 0.5
1-770

Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the weight of the PF factor in the priority
calculation. The value of 0 indicates that the factor is disabled.
The value that is more than 0 indicates that the factor is enabled.
Namely, the PF factor is considered in the priority calculation.
Generally, the default weight of the PF factor is 0.5, considering
that the multiple of the factor is increased and the factor does not
overflow. This parameter indicates that the priority factor needs to
be considered in the priority calculation.
1.41.11 GBR Weight Factor

Parameter Name
Full Name GBR Weight Factor
Abbreviated Name gBRWeight
Managed Object EMLP
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the weight of the GBR factor. It indicates
the weight of the GBR factor in the priority calculation.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Default Value 0.5
1-771

Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the weight of the GBR factor in the priority
Namely, the GBR factor is considered in the priority calculation.
Generally, the default weight of the GBR factor is 0.5, considering
that the multiple of the factor is increased and the factor does not
overflow. This parameter indicates that the priority factor needs to
be considered in the priority calculation.
1.41.12 AMBR Weight Factor

Parameter Name
Full Name AMBR Weight Factor
Abbreviated Name aMBRWeight
Managed Object EMLP
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the weight of the AMBR factor. It indicates
the weight of the AMBR factor in the priority calculation. This
parameter is only effective for the NGBR service.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Default Value 0.5
1-772

Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the weight of the AMBR factor in the
priority calculation. The value of 0 indicates that the factor is
disabled. The value that is more than 0 indicates that the factor
is enabled. Namely, the AMBR factor is considered in the priority
calculation. Generally, the default weight of the AMBR factor is 0.5,
considering that the multiple of the factor is increased and the factor
does not overflow. This parameter indicates that the priority factor
needs to be considered in the priority calculation.
1.41.13 Delay Weight Factor

Parameter Name
Full Name Delay Weight Factor
Abbreviated Name delayRWeight
Managed Object EMLP
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the weight of the Delay factor. It indicates
the weight of the Delay factor in the priority calculation.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Default Value 0.5
1-773

Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the weight of the Delay factor in the priority
Namely, the Delay factor is considered in the priority calculation.
Generally, the default weight of the Delay factor is 0. By default, the
priority factor is not considered in the priority calculation.
1.41.14 Scheduling Weight for All ARP

Parameter Name
Full Name Scheduling Weight for All ARP
Abbreviated Name aRPWeight
Managed Object EMLP
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the weight of the ARP factor. It indicates
the weight of the ARP factor in the priority calculation.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Default Value 0.5
1-774

Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the weight of the ARP factor in the priority
Namely, the ARP factor is considered in the priority calculation.
Generally, the default weight of the ARP factor is 0. By default, the
1.41.15 Scheduling Weight for All QCIs

Parameter Name
Full Name Scheduling Weight for All QCIs
Abbreviated Name qCIWeight
Managed Object EMLP
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the weight of the QCI factor. It indicates
the weight of the QCI factor in the priority calculation.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Default Value 0.5
1-775

Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the weight of the QCI factor in the priority
Namely, the QCI factor is considered in the priority calculation.
Generally, the default weight of the QCI factor is 0. By default, the
1.41.16 Service Weight

Parameter Name
Full Name Service Weight
Abbreviated Name serviceWeight
Managed Object EMLP
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is the weight of the Service factor. It indicates the
weight of the Service factor in the priority calculation. This factor is a
customized factor for Hongkong CSL.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
1-776

Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the weight of the Service factor in the
priority calculation. The value of 0 indicates that the factor is
disabled. The value that is more than 0 indicates that the factor is
enabled. Namely, the Service factor is considered in the priority
calculation. Generally, the default weight of the Service factor is
0. By default, the priority factor is not considered in the priority
calculation.
according to the operator's requirements. At present, this factor is a
customized factor for Hongkong CSL.
1.42 Cell QoS

Cell QoS
1.42.1 Cell QoS ID

Parameter Name
Full Name Cell QoS ID
Abbreviated Name QoSId
Managed Object QoS
Related feature N/A

1-777

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN FDD Cell/Cell QoS
Parameter Name
Managed Object QoS
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-778

1.42.3 The Weight Factor for ARPs

Parameter Name
Full Name The Weight Factor for ARPs
Abbreviated Name weightARP
Managed Object QoS
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates ARP scheduling weight factor, which is

used when the service ARP takes part in the scheduling. The priority
is calculated according to the ARP weight factor.
The array index plus 1 corresponds to different ARP levels, which
correspond to
the weights of ARP=[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15].
Range [1..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 64;64;64;64;64;16;16;16;16;16;4;4;4;4;4
Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the scheduling priority of the service ARP. If
the scheduling weight factor is high, the priority of the relevant ARP
service is high. This parameter belongs to the QoS parameters. It
is configured according to the operator's requirements. By default,
this parameter is configured in three parts. The configuration values
are as follows:
[64,64,64,64,64,16,16,16,16,16,4,4,4,4,4]
1-779

1.42.4 The Weight Factor for Service Levels for Downlink

Parameter Name
Full Name The Weight Factor for Service Levels for Downlink
Abbreviated Name weightSRVDl
Managed Object QoS
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the weight of the service priority, which is
used by wDlSrvPriLv in Table R_QOS to index the priority weight
value. The larger the value is, the higher the priority is.
To distinguish the service priorities in the same MLP, you can
configure the service factor priority level of the service QCI and ARP.
Based on the mapping relationship between the priority level and
priority, the service priority weight can be configured. Furthermore,
the service scheduling priority is affected.
Range [1..1000]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1000;100;40;30;25;21;17;14;10;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
Configuration Rule To configure this parameter, the following needs to be considered:

The QoS of which services need to be guaranteed first when
different carriers and services are configured on the same EMLP
priority queue. This parameter is used to map the service priority
to the scheduling priority weight of the downlink service. It affects
the scheduling priority when the priority weight factor is not zero.
The value of 1000 stands for the highest weight and the value of
1 stands for the lowest weight.
1-780

1.42.5 The Weight Factor for Service Levels for Uplink

Parameter Name
Full Name The Weight Factor for Service Levels for Uplink
Abbreviated Name weightSRVUl
Managed Object QoS
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the weight of the service priority, which is
used by wDlSrvPriLv in Table R_QOS to index the priority weight
value. The larger the value is, the higher the priority is.
To distinguish the service priorities in the same MLP, you can
configure the service factor priority level of the service QCI and ARP.
Based on the mapping relationship between the priority level and
priority, the service priority weight can be configured. Furthermore,
the service scheduling priority is affected.
Range [1..1000]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1000;100;40;30;25;21;17;14;10;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
Configuration Rule To configure this parameter, the following needs to be considered:

The QoS of which services need to be guaranteed first when
different carriers and services are configured on the same EMLP
priority queue. This parameter is used to map the service priority
to the scheduling priority weight of the uplink service. It affects
the scheduling priority when the priority weight factor is not zero.
The value of 1000 stands for the highest weight and the value of
1 stands for the lowest weight.
1-781

1.43 Scheduling SI
Scheduling SI
1.43.1 Scheduling SI ID
Parameter Name
Full Name Scheduling SI ID
Abbreviated Name SISchedulingId
Managed Object SIScheduling
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN FDD Cell/Scheduling SI
1-782

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1.43.3 SI Identity
Parameter Name
Full Name SI Identity
Abbreviated Name siId
1-783

Related feature N/A
Description SI identifier. Multiple SIBs can be mapped to one SI.
Value type long
Range [1..10]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
Configuration Rule Each SI is configured with an SI identifier.
1.43.4 SI Periodicity
Parameter Name
Full Name SI Periodicity
Abbreviated Name periodicity
Related feature N/A
Description SI scheduling period. After a cell is set up, the base station
periodically sends the system information. This parameter
determines the period of sending the system information.
Value type long
Range 0:8,1:16,2:32,3:64,4:128,5:256,6:512
Unit rf
Default Value 8[0]
1-784

Configuration Rule Considering the resources and SIB updating timeliness, it is

recommended to use the default value. If the parameter value is set
to a too small value, the system resource may occupy too much
bandwidth. If the parameter value is set to a too large value, the
system information may not be scheduled in a timely manner. By
default, it is not recommended to modify the parameter value.
1.43.5 Flag for Whether SIB2 is in System Information

Parameter Name
Full Name Flag for Whether SIB2 is in System Information
Abbreviated Name sib2
Related feature N/A
Description SIB2 indicates the cell resource configuration information. If it is

set to "Yes", the SIB2 scheduling information is configured in the
system. If it is set to "No", the SIB2 scheduling information is not
configured in the system.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule There must be an SI that contains SIB2.
1-785


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Description SIB3 indicates the intra-frequency cell and inter-frequency cell

reselection information. If it is set to "Yes", the SIB3 scheduling
information is configured in the system. If it is set to "No", the SIB3
scheduling information is not configured in the system.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]
Configuration Rule There must be an SI that contains SIB3.
1-786


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Description SIB4 indicates the intra-frequency neighboring cell information. If it

is set to "Yes", the SIB4 scheduling information is configured in the
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]
Configuration Rule This parameter is used for intra-frequency neighboring cell

reselection. If it is set to "Yes", it indicates that the system
information contains intra-frequency neighboring cell information.

Parameter Name
1-787

Related feature N/A
Description SIB5 indicates the inter-frequency neighboring cell information. If it

is set to "Yes", the SIB5 scheduling information is configured in the
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]
Configuration Rule This parameter is used for inter-frequency neighboring cell

reselection. If it is set to "Yes", it indicates that the system
information contains inter-frequency neighboring cell information.

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Description SIB6 indicates the UTRAN neighboring cell information. If it is set to

"Yes", the SIB6 scheduling information is configured in the system.
If it is set to "No", the SIB6 scheduling information is not configured
in the system.
Value type long
1-788

Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]
Configuration Rule This parameter is used for UTRAN neighboring cell reselection. If
it is set to "Yes", it indicates that the system information contains
UTRAN neighboring cell information.

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Description SIB7 indicates the GSM neighboring cell information. If it is set to

"Yes", the SIB7 scheduling information is configured in the system.
If it is set to "No", the SIB7 scheduling information is not configured
in the system.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]
Configuration Rule This parameter is used for GSM neighboring cell reselection. If it is
set to "Yes", it indicates that the system information contains GSM
neighboring cell information.
1-789


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Description SIB8 indicates the CDMA2000 neighboring cell information. If it is

Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]
Configuration Rule This parameter is used for CDMA2000 neighboring cell reselection.
If it is set to "Yes", it indicates that the system information contains
CDMA2000 neighboring cell information.
1-790


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Description SIB9 indicates the Home eNodeB information. If it is set to "Yes",

the SIB9 scheduling information is configured in the system. If it
is set to "No", the SIB9 scheduling information is not configured
in the system.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]
Configuration Rule If it is set to "Yes", it indicates that the system information contains
Home eNodeB information.

Parameter Name
1-791

Related feature N/A
Description SIB10 includes the ETWS broadcast primary information. If it is

Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]
Configuration Rule This parameter is used for ETWS broadcast information. If it is set
to "Yes", it indicates that the system information contains ETWS
broadcast information.

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
1-792

Description SIB11 includes the ETWS broadcast secondary information. If it is

Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]
Configuration Rule This parameter is used for ETWS broadcast information. If it is set
to "Yes", it indicates that the system information contains ETWS
broadcast information.

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Description As a part of the cell system broadcast information, SIB12 includes

the Commercial Mobile Alert Service (CMAS) alarm message. This
parameter sets which SI message broadcasted by the system
information that SIB12 is mapped to. If it is set to "Yes", the current
SI message includes SIB12. If it is set to "No", the current SI
message does not include SIB12.
Value type long
1-793

Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]
Configuration Rule Considering the particularity of the SIB12 message update period,
it is recommended that SIB12 is individually configured in a
System Information(SI) message. For detailed information, refer to
TS36.331.
1.44 SON Switch

SON Switch
1.44.1 SON Switch Object ID

Parameter Name
Full Name SON Switch Object ID
Abbreviated Name SonControlId
Managed Object SonControl
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
1-794

Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Configuration/MO SDR SON Configuration Application/SON Policy

Management/SON Policy Template/FDD SON Switch
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1-795

1.44.3 Service Type

Parameter Name
Full Name Service Type
Abbreviated Name sonFuncId
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the SON function type corresponding to

the policy configuration record.Service Type(21:PnP 26:SH 43:CS
46:ANR 47:PCI 48:X2 49:MRO 50:CCO 51:RO 52:MLB 57:ES)
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule The parameter value depends on the SON function type configured
in accordance with the policy profile corresponding to the policy.

1.44.4 Service Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name Service Switch
1-796

Abbreviated Name sonSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description SON function switch. This parameter indicates whether the SON
function configured in the switch policy is enabled.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule If it is set to "Open", the configured SON function will be enabled
after the policy is synchronized to the base station. If it is set to
"Close", the configured SON function will be disabled after the policy
is synchronized to the base station.

1.45 SON ANR Policy

SON ANR Policy
1.45.1 SON ANR Policy Object ID

Parameter Name
Full Name SON ANR Policy Object ID
Abbreviated Name SonPolicyAnrId
Managed Object SonPolicyAnr
1-797

Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Management/SON Policy Template/FDD ANR Policy
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-798


1.45.3 Policy ID
Parameter Name
Full Name Policy ID
Abbreviated Name sonPolicyId
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets the ID of an ANR policy. A policy ID uniquely

identifies a policy. It is set by the network management system. One
cell or one eNB can be configured with multiple policies, in other
words, one cell or one eNB can correspond to multiple policy IDs.
Value type long
Range [46000..46999]
Unit N/A
Default Value 46000

1-799

1.45.4 ANR Refer Point Policy

Parameter Name
Full Name ANR Refer Point Policy
Abbreviated Name sonReferPointPolicy
Related feature N/A
Description ANR Refer Point Policy
Value type sequence[StructReferPoint,60]
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.45.5 ANR Enable

Parameter Name
Full Name ANR Enable
Abbreviated Name sonEnableANR
1-800

Related feature N/A
Description Intra-LTE ANR self-addition function switch. If this parameter is

enabled, the eNB can detect and automatically add neighboring
cells in the system through measurement results reported by UEs.
This function helps optimize the neighboring cell relationship. If this
function is disabled, no processing will be performed.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This function is enabled if it is required that the eNB can detect
and automatically add neighboring cells in accordance with the
measurement results reported by UEs.

1.45.6 ANR Min DRX Cycle

Parameter Name
Full Name ANR Min DRX Cycle
Abbreviated Name sonMinDRXCycle
Related feature N/A
1-801

Description None
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 150
Configuration Rule Only available for V3.10.10 earlier version.

1.45.7 ANR Measure Object Choice Counter

Parameter Name
Full Name ANR Measure Object Choice Counter
Abbreviated Name sonMeasObjChoiceCounter
Related feature N/A
Description None
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 9
1-802

Configuration Rule This parameter sets the number of CGI measurements performed
for each unknown neighboring cell that the eNB notifies a UE. In
other words, if the first measurement fails, the UE can attempts
multiple measurements. If it is set to a too large value, it may cause
unnecessary overhead and waste. If it is set to a too small value,
it may affect the ANR neighboring cell self-addition success rate.
If a UE fails to report the measurement result for several times,
repeating the measurement may not help. The default value is a
reference value based on experience.

1.45.8 Service Type

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A

Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 46
1-803


1.45.9 Run Mode

Parameter Name
Full Name Run Mode
Abbreviated Name sonRunMode
Related feature N/A
Description SON function running mode. It can be set to free mode and
controlled mode. In accordance with the SON function, in the case
of normal operation and maintenance or when function optimization
has a small effect on the network, free mode is recommended.
In the case of function optimization that has a large effect on cells
and network states (for example, deleting or setting up cells, or
viewing key processes), controlled mode is recommended.
Value type long
Range 0:Free Mode,1:Controlled Mode
Unit N/A
Default Value Free Mode[0]
Configuration Rule In accordance with the SON function, in the case of normal operation
and maintenance or when function optimization has a small effect
on the network, free mode is recommended.
1-804


1.45.10 Policy Grade

Parameter Name
Full Name Policy Grade
Abbreviated Name grade
Related feature N/A
Description SON function policy grade. Users can set this parameter as
required, for example, NE grade, system grade, or cell grade.
Value type long
Range 0:Whole Network Grading,1:Subnet Grading,2:NE Grading,3:Ra-

diomode Grading,4:Cell Grading,5:Relation Grading,6:Reserved
Unit N/A
Default Value NE Grading[2]
Configuration Rule In accordance with the SON function policy grade, users can select
radio mode grade for base-station-level functions or select cell
grade for cell-level functions.

1-805

1.45.11 Intra-LTE Neighbor Cell Relation Bidirectional Configuration

Switch
Parameter Name
Full Name Intra-LTE Neighbor Cell Relation Bidirectional Configuration Switch
Abbreviated Name twoWayFlg
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets whether to enable the intra-LTE neighboring

cell relationship configuration function. If this function is enabled,
after an eNB adds an intra-LTE neighboring cell through the ANR
function, if the two eNBs belong to the same EMS, the intra-LTE
neighboring cell configuration is completed.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule After an eNB adds an intra-LTE neighboring cell through the ANR
addition function, if it is required to implement mutual-configuration
for the two cells, this function can be enabled.

1-806

1.45.12 Intra-LTE ANR Self-Delete Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name Intra-LTE ANR Self-Delete Switch
Abbreviated Name sonEnableNbrDel
Related feature N/A
Description Intra-LTE ANR self-deletion function switch. If it is set to "Open", it

indicates that the eNB can automatically delete expired intra-LTE
intra-frequency and inter-frequency neighboring cell relationships.
If it is set to "Close", it indicates that the automatic deletion is not
allowed.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule eNB ANR function switch. It is only valid for intra-LTE intra-frequency
and inter-frequency neighboring cell self-deletion operations. If it is
set to "Open", it indicates that the eNB can automatically delete
expired intra-LTE intra-frequency and inter-frequency neighboring
cell relationships. If it is set to "Close", it indicates that the automatic
deletion is not allowed.

1.45.13 Inter-System GERAN ANR Switch

Parameter Name
1-807

Full Name Inter-System GERAN ANR Switch
Abbreviated Name sonEnableGsmANR
Related feature N/A
Description Inter-system GSM ANR function switch. If it is set to "Open", the

eNB can automatically detect and add a GSM neighboring cell
relationship. If it is set to "Close", the eNB cannot automatically
detect and add a GSM neighboring cell relationship.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule eNB ANR function switch. It is only valid for GSM neighboring cell
addition operations. If it is set to "Open", the eNB can automatically
detect and add a GSM neighboring cell relationship. If it is set
to "Close", the eNB cannot automatically detect and add a GSM
neighboring cell relationship.

1.45.14 Inter-System GERAN ANR Self-Delete Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name Inter-System GERAN ANR Self-Delete Switch
Abbreviated Name sonEnableGsmNbrDel
1-808

Related feature N/A
Description Inter-system GSM ANR self-deletion function switch. If it is set to

"Open", the eNB can automatically delete expired GSM neighboring
cell relationships. If it is set to "Close", the eNB cannot automatically
delete expired GSM neighboring cell relationships.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule eNB ANR function switch. It is only valid for GSM neighboring
cell self-deletion operations. If it is set to "Open", the eNB can
automatically delete expired GSM neighboring cell relationships. If it
is set to "Close", the eNB cannot automatically delete expired GSM
neighboring cell relationships.

1.45.15 Inter-System UTRAN ANR Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name Inter-System UTRAN ANR Switch
Abbreviated Name sonEnableUtraANR
Related feature N/A
1-809

Description Inter-system UTRAN ANR function switch. If it is set to "Open", the

eNB can automatically detect and add a UTRAN neighboring cell
relationship. If it is set to "Close", the eNB cannot automatically
detect and add a UTRAN neighboring cell relationship.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule eNB ANR function switch. It is only valid for UTRAN neighboring cell
addition operations. If it is set to "Open", the eNB can automatically
detect and add a UTRAN neighboring cell relationship. If it is set to
"Close", the eNB cannot automatically detect and add a UTRAN
neighboring cell relationship.

1.45.16 Inter-System UTRAN ANR Self-Delete Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name Inter-System UTRAN ANR Self-Delete Switch
Abbreviated Name sonEnableUtraNbrDel
Related feature N/A
Description Inter-system UTRAN ANR self-deletion function switch. If it is

set to "Open", the eNB can automatically delete expired UTRAN
neighboring cell relationships. If it is set to "Close", the eNB cannot
automatically delete expired UTRAN neighboring cell relationships.
1-810

Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule eNB ANR function switch. It is only valid for UTRAN neighboring
cell self-deletion operations. If it is set to "Open", the eNB can
automatically delete expired UTRAN neighboring cell relationships.
If it is set to "Close", the eNB cannot automatically delete expired
UTRAN neighboring cell relationships.

1.45.17 HO Times Threshold to Modify NoHO Attribute

Parameter Name
Full Name HO Times Threshold to Modify NoHO Attribute
Abbreviated Name hoTimesThreshold
Related feature N/A
Description When the number of cell handovers satisfies the threshold, this
parameter indicates whether the handover failure rate can be used
for determining whether a cell is a low-handover-success-rate
cell. When the handover success rate of a cell is larger than
or equal to the ucHoFailureRatio parameter value, the cell is a
low-handover-success-rate cell.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
1-811

Unit N/A
Default Value 50
Configuration Rule The larger the parameter value is, the more difficult the condition of
the number of handovers can be satisfied, and the more difficult the
low-handover-success-rate cell condition can be satisfied.

1.45.18 HO Failure Ratio Threshold to Modify NoHO Attribute

Parameter Name
Full Name HO Failure Ratio Threshold to Modify NoHO Attribute
Abbreviated Name hoFailureRatio
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the threshold of the minimum

number of handovers required to determine whether a cell is
a low-handover-success-rate cell. If the ucEnableNoHoMod
parameter is set to "Open", and if the handover failure rate of a cell is
not less than the threshold, the cell is a low-handover-success-rate
cell.
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit %
Default Value 80
Configuration Rule The larger the parameter value is, the more difficult the
low-handover-success-rate cell condition can be satisfied.
1-812


1.45.19 Inter-System CDMA ANR Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name Inter-System CDMA ANR Switch
Abbreviated Name enableCdmaANR
Related feature N/A
Description Inter-system CDMA ANR function switch. The system does not
support the inter-system CDMA ANR function. This parameter is
set to "Close" by default.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule The system does not support the inter-system CDMA ANR function.
The default parameter value is "Close".

1-813

1.45.20 Inter-System CDMA ANR Self-Delete Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name Inter-System CDMA ANR Self-Delete Switch
Abbreviated Name enableCdmaNbrDel
Related feature N/A
Description Inter-system CDMA ANR self-deletion function switch. The system

does not support the inter-system CDMA ANR self-deletion function.
This parameter is set to "Close" by default.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule The system does not support the inter-system CDMA ANR
self-deletion function. The default parameter value is "Close".

1.45.21 The Number of Neighbor Cell to Trigger ANR Self-Delete

Function
Parameter Name
1-814

Full Name The Number of Neighbor Cell to Trigger ANR Self-Delete Function
Abbreviated Name selfDeleteNbrCellThrd
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the threshold of the minimum number of

neighboring cells that can trigger the ANR self-deletion function.
When the number of neighboring cells of a cell exceeds the
threshold, the ANR self-deletion function may be triggered.
Value type long
Range [1..32]
Unit N/A
Default Value 30
Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the threshold of the number of neighboring
cells used to trigger the ANR self-deletion function. The number
of neighboring cells in the current network must be considered in
configuring this parameter.
If the number of neighboring cells in the actual network planning is
small but this parameter is set to a too large value, the intra-system
ANR self-deletion statistics may not be triggered.

1.45.22 The Grade of ANR Statistic Timer Length

Parameter Name
Full Name The Grade of ANR Statistic Timer Length
Abbreviated Name staticTimerGrade
1-815

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the statistics period time granularity of the
ANR function. In other words, this parameter can be used to control
the ANR self-addition function, ANR self-deletion function, and
NoHo attribute modification to set the timer interval to be hour-level,
minute-level, or second-level.
Value type long
Range 0:Hour,1:Minute,2:Second
Unit N/A
Default Value Hour[0]
Configuration Rule If the statistics period time granularity and timer interval are set to
small values, it may be difficult to add neighboring cells due to high
threshold. If the statistics period time granularity and timer interval
are set to large values, it may take a long time for statistics every
time a neighboring cell is added. The configuration depends on the
actual network configuration and requirement.

1.45.23 Timer Length for ANR Temporary Neighbor Cell Statistic

Parameter Name
Full Name Timer Length for ANR Temporary Neighbor Cell Statistic
Abbreviated Name statisticTimer
1-816

Related feature N/A
Description None
Value type long
Range [1..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 24
Configuration Rule Timer interval for ANR temporary neighboring cell statistics. The
timer is started when the UE reports the ECGI of an unknown cell.
The timer is stopped after it expires. The lower the threshold is, the
faster the reporting of added neighboring cells is. The higher the
threshold is, the more slowly the reporting of added neighboring
cells is.

1.45.24 Timer Length for ANR Self Delete Neighbor Cell Statistic
Parameter Name
Full Name Timer Length for ANR Self Delete Neighbor Cell Statistic
Abbreviated Name selfDelStatisticTimer
Related feature N/A
Description If the ANR self-deletion function is enabled, when the number of

neighboring cells reaches the self-deletion threshold, the ANR
self-deletion statistics timer length is enabled.
Value type long
1-817

Range [1..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 12
Configuration Rule The shorter the configuration time is, the more frequently the ANR
neighboring cell list to be deleted is updated, and the poorer the
counted neighboring cell accuracy is. Considering the number of
effective lines in neighboring cell statistics data and the updating
frequency, the default value 12 is used.

1.45.25 The Total HO Counter Threshold for Neighbour Cell Deleted

Parameter Name
Full Name The Total HO Counter Threshold for Neighbour Cell Deleted
Abbreviated Name nbrDelHoCntThrd
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the threshold of the number of intra-system

ANR self-deletion handovers. When the ANR self-deletion statistics
timer expires, a neighboring cell will be deleted only when the
number of handovers from the serving cell towards the neighboring
cell reaches the threshold.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 3
1-818

Configuration Rule The number of handovers between the serving cell and neighboring
cells must be considered in configuring this parameter.
If this parameter is set to a too large value, it may cause that the
number of handovers from the serving cell to all neighboring cells is
smaller than the parameter value, thus it is more easier to delete a
neighboring cell. If this parameter is set to a too small value, it may
be difficult to delete a neighboring cell. The parameter is configured
in accordance with the actual requirement.

1.45.26 The Maximum Number of Neighbour Cell Deleted Once

Parameter Name
Full Name The Maximum Number of Neighbour Cell Deleted Once
Abbreviated Name nbrDelCnt
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the maximum number of neighboring cells

allowed to be deleted at a time by the ANR self-deletion function.
If the number of neighboring cells that satisfy the deletion condition
does not exceed the parameter value, all these neighboring cells are
deleted. If the number of neighboring cells that satisfy the deletion
condition exceeds the parameter value, the neighboring cells with
smaller number of times of MR reporting are first deleted, in other
words, the number of the neighboring cells deleted is equal to the
parameter value, and the neighboring cells with the same number of
times of MR reporting are deleted randomly.
Value type long
1-819

Range [1..8]
Unit N/A
Default Value 4
Configuration Rule The actual networking configuration must be considered in

configuring this parameter.
If this parameter is set to a too small value, the number of
neighboring cells allowed to be deleted at a time is small. If this
parameter is set to a too large value, the number of neighboring
cells allowed to be deleted at a time is large. If the parameter value
is larger than 8, the maximum number of neighboring cells allowed
to be deleted at a time is 8.

1.45.27 Switch of Nbr Cell Handover Success Rate Detection

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of Nbr Cell Handover Success Rate Detection
Abbreviated Name enableNoHoMod
Related feature N/A
Description If this parameter is set to "Open", the number of cell handover

failures is checked periodically. The cells that satisfy the threshold
are considered as low-handover-success-rate cells. In this case,
this parameter is used together with the ucOperLowHoSuccRate
parameter to determine whether to perform NoHo modification or PCI
conflict and confusion detection for the low-handover-success-rate
cells.
1-820

Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This function is enabled when it is required to enable NoHo

modification or PCI conflict and confusion detection due to handover
success rate degradation in the network.

1.45.28 Timer Length for NoHO Attribute Modify Statistic

Parameter Name
Full Name Timer Length for NoHO Attribute Modify Statistic
Abbreviated Name noHoStatisticTimer
Related feature N/A
Description None
Value type long
Range [1..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 24
Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the time used for counting the number of
handover successes and handover failures.
The shorter the time is, the more difficult the number of HOs and HO
failure rate can satisfy the condition for modifying the NoHo attribute.
1-821


1.45.29 Control ANR Switch by Self-healing

Parameter Name
Full Name Control ANR Switch by Self-healing
Abbreviated Name enableShAnr
Related feature N/A
Description Control ANR Switch by Self-healing
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]

1-822

1.45.30 Self Learn Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name Self Learn Switch
Abbreviated Name selfLearnSwch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether to enable the ANR self-learning

function. If this parameter is set to "Open", the system periodically
counts newly detected neighboring cells and adjusts the thresholds
for adding and deleting neighboring cells in accordance with the
priorities.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule After this function is enabled, users can adjust the ANR addition
and deletion thresholds in accordance with the current neighboring
cell situation.
If the ANR timed reporting function is enabled, disabling this function
does not affect the ANR addition and deletion functions.

1.45.31 Switch of ANR Report at Appointed Time

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of ANR Report at Appointed Time
1-823

Abbreviated Name anrAppointRptSwch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether to enable the ANR timed reporting
function. If this parameter is set to "Open", the ANR self-addition
and ANR self-deletion operations are buffered. After the configured
reporting time is up, the ANR self-deletion operation will be
performed, and the self-addition operation will be performed on the
neighboring cells (the number of the neighboring cells does not
exceed the threshold) in accordance with the priorities.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule If this function is enabled, the buffered ANR self-addition and ANR
self-deletion operations can be performed in the configured time.
Users can determine whether to enable this function in accordance
with whether ANR timed reporting is required.

1.45.32 Start Time of ANR Report at Appointed Time

Parameter Name
Full Name Start Time of ANR Report at Appointed Time
Abbreviated Name anrAppointRptStartTime
1-824

Related feature N/A
Description If the ANR timed reporting function is enabled, this parameter

indicates the starting time of timed reporting. ANR self-addition and
ANR self-deletion operations are performed after the configured
starting time.
Value type string

TIME(HH:mm)
Range [1..20]
Unit N/A
Default Value 00:00
Configuration Rule This parameter sets the starting time of timed reporting. It is
recommended to arrange the time of adding neighboring cells at
hours when there is few subscribers. The default starting time is 0
o'clock.

1.45.33 End Time of ANR Report at Appointed Time

Parameter Name
Full Name End Time of ANR Report at Appointed Time
Abbreviated Name anrAppointRptEndTime
Related feature N/A
1-825

Description If the ANR timed reporting function is enabled, this parameter

indicates the ending time of timed reporting. After the ending time is
up, the system starts the next processing period.
Value type string

TIME(HH:mm)
Range [1..20]
Unit N/A
Default Value 06:00
Configuration Rule This parameter sets the ending time of timed reporting. It is
recommended to arrange the time of adding neighboring cells at
hours when there is few subscribers. The default ending time is 6
o'clock.

1.45.34 Operation Adopt After Nbr Cell Low Handover Success

Rate Detected
Parameter Name
Full Name Operation Adopt After Nbr Cell Low Handover Success Rate
Detected
Abbreviated Name operLowHoSuccRate
Related feature N/A
1-826

Description If the neighboring cell low-handover-success-rate check is enabled,

this parameter is used to determine which operation is made after
a low-handover-success-rate neighboring cell is detected. If it is
set to 0, it indicates modifying the NoHo attribute. If it is set to 1, it
indicates executing PCI detection on the Uu interface.
Value type long
Range 0:Modify NoHo,1:Initiate PCI Detection on Uu
Unit N/A
Default Value Modify NoHo[0]
Configuration Rule If it is set to 0, it indicates modifying the NoHo attribute, and the UE
will not initiate handover towards the neighboring cell.
If it is set to 1, it indicates executing PCI detection on the Uu
interface. If the PCI function is enabled, the PCI modification flow
will be initiated after PCI conflict or confusion is detected.

1.45.35 reservedBySoneNBPolicy
Parameter Name
Full Name N/A
Abbreviated Name reservedBySoneNBPolicy
Related feature N/A
Description N/A
Range N/A
1-827

Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.45.36 reservedBySonCellPolicy
Parameter Name
Full Name N/A
Abbreviated Name reservedBySonCellPolicy
Related feature N/A
Description N/A
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1-828

1.45.37 Intra-LTE Centralize Neighbor Cell Relation Bidirectional

Configuration Switch
Parameter Name
Full Name Intra-LTE Centralize Neighbor Cell Relation Bidirectional

Configuration Switch
Abbreviated Name centralizeTwoWayFlg
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether the intra-LTE centralizeneighbor

cell relation bidirectional configuration function is supported or
not.Close:not supported;Open:supported;
Value type long
Unit N/A

1-829

1.46 SON X2 Policy

SON X2 Policy
1.46.1 SON X2 Policy Object ID

Parameter Name
Full Name SON X2 Policy Object ID
Abbreviated Name SonPolicyX2Id
Managed Object SonPolicyX2
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Management/SON Policy Template/FDD X2 Policy
Parameter Name
1-830

Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.46.3 Policy ID
Parameter Name
Full Name Policy ID
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets the ID of an X2 policy. Policy ID is the unique

identifier of each policy. It is set by the network management system.
One cell or one eNB can be configured with multiple policies, in other
Value type long
1-831

Range [48000..48999]
Unit N/A
Default Value 48000
Configuration Rule It is automatically generated by OMC, and cannot be modified.

1.46.4 X2 Refer Point Policy

Parameter Name
Full Name X2 Refer Point Policy
Related feature N/A
Description X2 Refer Point Policy
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1-832

1.46.5 X2 Self Setup Enable

Parameter Name
Full Name X2 Self Setup Enable
Abbreviated Name x2SelfSetupSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets whether to enable the X2 self-setup function. If

this function is enabled, an X2 association can be automatically set
up between two eNBs that have neighboring cell relationship. This
function helps optimize X2 associations. If this function is disabled,
no processing will be performed.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This function is enabled if it is required to automatically add an

X2 association between two eNBs that have neighboring cell
relationship.

1-833

1.46.6 X2 Self Delete Enable

Parameter Name
Full Name X2 Self Delete Enable
Abbreviated Name x2SelfDelSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets whether to enable the X2 self-deletion function.

If this function is enabled, the X2 association between two eNBs
that have no neighboring cell relationship can be automatically
deleted, and invalid X2 associations will be periodically detected
and deleted. This function helps optimize X2 associations. If this
function is disabled, no processing will be performed.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This function is enabled if it is required to automatically delete the

X2 associations or invalid X2 associations between two eNBs that
have no neighboring cell relationship.

1.46.7 X2 Self Delete Detection Start Threshold

Parameter Name
Full Name X2 Self Delete Detection Start Threshold
1-834

Abbreviated Name sonX2DelCheckThreshold
Related feature N/A
Description If the X2 self-deletion function is enabled, when the number of X2

associations reaches the threshold, the self-deletion detection
algorithm is started, and the self-deletion statistics period is also
started. During the statistics period, if the number of successful
X2 handovers towards the neighboring eNB is smaller than the
threshold of the number of successful X2 handovers, the X2
association will be deleted after the statistics is completed.
If the X2 self-setup function is enabled, when the number of
X2 associations is larger than the threshold, the X2 self-setup
period is started. When the number of successful S1 handovers
between two neighboring eNBs within the period is larger than the
wS1HoSuccThrd parameter value (S1 HO Success Threshold), an
X2 association can be added.
Value type long
Range [1..63]
Unit N/A
Default Value 20
Configuration Rule If the scale of a network is large and NEs have many neighboring
eNBs, this parameter can be set to a large value. If the scale
of a network is small and NEs have few neighboring eNBs, this
parameter can be set to a small value. In both cases, the threshold
of the number of successful X2 handovers and the threshold of
successful S1 handovers should be considered.

1-835

1.46.8 Service Type

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A

Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 48

1.46.9 Run Mode

Parameter Name
Full Name Run Mode
1-836

Related feature N/A
Value type long
Unit N/A


Parameter Name
1-837

Related feature N/A
Value type long

Unit N/A

1.46.11 S1 HO Success Threshold

Parameter Name
Full Name S1 HO Success Threshold
Abbreviated Name sonS1HoSuccThrd
Related feature N/A
Description None
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 48
1-838


1.46.12 X2 HO Success Threshold

Parameter Name
Full Name X2 HO Success Threshold
Abbreviated Name sonX2HoSuccThrd
Related feature N/A
Description None
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 48

1-839

1.46.13 X2 Self-Setup/Self-Delete Statistic Timer Length

Parameter Name
Full Name X2 Self-Setup/Self-Delete Statistic Timer Length
Abbreviated Name statisticTimer
Related feature N/A
Description None
Value type long
Range [1..255]
Unit hr
Default Value 24

1.46.14 X2 Self Learn Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name X2 Self Learn Switch
Abbreviated Name x2SelfLearnSwch
1-840

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether to enable the X2 self-learning

function. If the X2 self-learning function is enabled, proper X2
self-addition and self-deletion thresholds are obtained through
periodical statistics.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule By default, this function is enabled if parameters are not set properly.
The X2 self-addition and self-deletion thresholds can be adjusted in
accordance with the number of handovers. Whether this function is
enabled depends on the actual requirement.

Parameter Name
Full Name N/A
Related feature N/A
Description N/A
1-841

Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.47 SON PCI Policy

SON PCI Policy
1.47.1 SON PCI Policy Object ID

Parameter Name
Full Name SON PCI Policy Object ID
Abbreviated Name SonPolicyPciId
Managed Object SonPolicyPci
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-842


Management/SON Policy Template/FDD PCI Policy
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1-843

1.47.3 Policy ID
Parameter Name
Full Name Policy ID
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets the ID of a PCI policy. Policy ID is the unique
identifier of each policy. It is set by the network management system.
One cell or one eNB can be configured with multiple policies, in other
Value type long
Range [47000..47999]
Unit N/A
Default Value 47000

1.47.4 PCI Refer Point Policy

Parameter Name
Full Name PCI Refer Point Policy
1-844

Related feature N/A
Description PCI Refer Point Policy
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.47.5 Switch of PCI Conflict Resolve

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of PCI Conflict Resolve
Abbreviated Name sonEnablePCI
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is a switch whether to resolve when the PCI function
has detected a PCI conflict.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-845

Configuration Rule This function is enabled if it is required that the eNB can
automatically detect and solve PCI conflict and confusion.

1.47.6 Resolve Manner when PCI is Conflict or Confusion

Parameter Name
Full Name Resolve Manner when PCI is Conflict or Confusion
Abbreviated Name sonResolveManner
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates how to solve PCI conflicts and confusions.
If it is set to "Resolved by Centralization", the NE will send a message
to the network management system to perform optimization in case
that a PCI conflict or confusion is detected. If it is set to "Resolved
by Distributed", when a PCI conflict or confusion is detected, the
NE traverses the PCI list, checks all PCIs in the list to see whether
modifying a PCI can solve the conflict or confusion. If the conflict or
confusion can be solved, the modified PCI is notified to the network
management system for configuration updating. If the conflict or
confusion cannot be solved by modifying the PCIs in the list, the NE
requests a new PCI list from the network management system.
Value type long
Range 0:Resolved by Centralization,1:Resolved by Distributed
Unit N/A
Default Value Resolved by Distributed[1]
1-846

Configuration Rule If it is required to perform unified PCI optimization by the network

management system, this parameter is set to "Resolved by
Centralization". If it is required that an NE attempts to solve PCI
conflict or confusion by itself, this parameter is set to "Resolved
by Distributed". Even if this parameter is set to "Resolved by
Distributed", the conflict or confusion solved in centralized manner
will also be reported.

1.47.7 Enable to Detect Neighbor Cell By UE

Parameter Name
Full Name Enable to Detect Neighbor Cell By UE
Abbreviated Name enablePeriodicDetect
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets whether to enable the ECGI detection function
for a known neighboring cell. If this function is enabled, the eNB is
allowed to perform ECGI detection for a known neighboring cell. If
this function is disabled, no processing will be performed.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-847

Configuration Rule This function is applicable to network scenarios with cross-cell

coverage (not limited to cross-cell coverage). If this function is
enabled, the ECGI measurement result on known neighboring cells
by the UE is used for detecting PCI conflict or confusion.

1.47.8 Periodic Number of Detect Neighbor Cell By UE

Parameter Name
Full Name Periodic Number of Detect Neighbor Cell By UE
Abbreviated Name periodicDetectCounter
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the number of CGI detections performed

for a known neighboring cell and the detection interval. Divide the
parameter value by 16 to get the quotient and remainder. The
quotient represents the interval between two PCI detections, and
the remainder represents the number of detection periods. If the
quotient is not zero, it indicates the interval between PCI detections,
and the unit is hour. If the quotient is zero, the interval between
two PCI detections is 15 minutes.
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 5
1-848

Configuration Rule If it is required to execute CGI check on known neighboring cells

with a higher frequency, the number of check periods every day
can be increased and the check interval can be shortened. The
number of check periods cannot be too large because ECGI check
requires the UE to report ECGI information and frequent reporting
may affect normal UE services.

1.47.9 Service Type

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A

Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 47

1-849

1.47.10 Run Mode

Parameter Name
Full Name Run Mode
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Unit N/A

1-850


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long

Unit N/A

1-851

1.47.12 Resolving PCI Conflict or Confusion at The Appointed Time

Switch
Parameter Name
Full Name Resolving PCI Conflict or Confusion at The Appointed Time Switch
Abbreviated Name enableReslvPCIByTimer
Related feature N/A
Description If this parameter is set to "Open", the system solves a PCI

conflict/confusion at an appointed time after it is detected.
If this parameter is set to "Close", the system solves a PCI
conflict/confusion immediately after it is detected.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This function is enabled if it is required to solve PCI

conflict/confusion in a centralized manner within the time specified
by the dwTimerForReslvPCI parameter. With this function, users
can select a time period during which the eNB has few subscribers
to solve PCI conflict/confusion, thus the normal UE services will
not be affected.

1-852

1.47.13 The Appointed Time Used to Resolving PCI Conflict or

Confusion
Parameter Name
Full Name The Appointed Time Used to Resolving PCI Conflict or Confusion
Abbreviated Name timerForReslvPCI
Related feature N/A
Description When the appointed time set by this parameter is up, the system
starts solving the PCI conflict/confusion. This parameter is valid only
when the ucEnableReslvPCIByTimer parameter is set to "Open".
Value type string

TIME(HH:mm)
Range [1..20]
Unit N/A
Default Value 02:00
Configuration Rule To avoid influence caused by modifying PCI, it is not recommended

to set this parameter to peak hours when there are many
subscribers.

1.47.14 The Appointed Time Used to Detecting Neighbour Cell by

UE
Parameter Name
Full Name The Appointed Time Used to Detecting Neighbour Cell by UE
1-853

Abbreviated Name timerForDetectECGI
Related feature N/A
Description When the neighboring cell EGCI detection function is enabled, the
preset time of starting the ECGI detection is calculated by adding
the parameter value to the offset calculated based on ENB ID and
cell PCI.
Value type string

TIME(HH:mm)
Range [1..20]
Unit N/A
Default Value 10:00
Configuration Rule If PCI conflict or confusion exists in a detected ECGI, the PCI
modification flow will be initiated, and cell deletion or setup will be
performed. To avoid influence on subscribers in the network, it is
recommended to set this parameter to a time when there is few
subscribers.

1.47.15 Periodic Interval of Detect Neighbor Cell by UE

Parameter Name
Full Name Periodic Interval of Detect Neighbor Cell by UE
Abbreviated Name periodicDetectInterval
1-854

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is a period interval for detecting ECGI for the known
neighbor cell. If the value of this parameter is the figure in 1-23,
which means the period interval is the figure and the unit is hour,
when the value is 0, the period interval will be configured 20 minutes.
Value type long
Range [0..23]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

Parameter Name
Full Name N/A
Related feature N/A
Description N/A
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-855


Parameter Name
Full Name N/A
Related feature N/A
Description N/A
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1-856

1.47.18 Switch of PCI Confusion Resolve

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of PCI Confusion Resolve
Abbreviated Name confusionSwch
Managed Object SON PCI Policy
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether the PCI confusion will be resolved
by system. "Open" means the PCI confusion will be resolved by
system."Close" means the PCI confusion won't be resolved by
system.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule If the value of this parameter is set to Open, the system tris to solve
the PCI confusion problem found in the system. The PCI of the cell
in which PCI confusion occurs may be modified. During the process
of modifying the PCI of the cell, the cell is restarted.

1.48 SON MRO Policy

SON MRO Policy
1-857

1.48.1 SON MRO Policy Object ID

Parameter Name
Full Name SON MRO Policy Object ID
Abbreviated Name SonPolicyMroId
Managed Object SonPolicyMro
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Management/SON Policy Template/FDD MRO Policy
Parameter Name
1-858

Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.48.3 Policy ID
Parameter Name
Full Name Policy ID
Related feature N/A
Description SON MRO function policy ID. It is automatically generated when a

new policy is added.
Value type long
Range [49000..49999]
Unit N/A
Default Value 49000
1-859


1.48.4 MRO Refer Point Policy

Parameter Name
Full Name MRO Refer Point Policy
Related feature N/A
Description MRO Refer Point Policy
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1-860

1.48.5 MRO Enable

Parameter Name
Full Name MRO Enable
Abbreviated Name sonEnableMro
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is the MRO function switch. If it is set to "Enable",

the MRO function is used to perform statistics on network handover
faults periodically, and the system optimizes handover parameters
to improve network KPIs based on the statistics result.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule The MRO function can be enabled to reduce handover faults caused
by inappropriate handover parameter setting.

1.48.6 Timer of eNodeB Statistics MRO Error Information

Parameter Name
Full Name Timer of eNodeB Statistics MRO Error Information
Abbreviated Name sonStatisticTimer
1-861

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets the length of the period of cell handover fault
statistics through the MRO function. The period unit depends on
the ucStatisticTimerGrade parameter. Network handover faults are
counted during the period.
Value type long
Range [1..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 24
Configuration Rule The shorter the statistics period is, the faster the optimization is, and
the frequent the parameter adjustment is. By default, this parameter
is set to 24 hours.

1.48.7 The Minimum Time Interval Between MRO Parameter

Optimization
Parameter Name
Full Name The Minimum Time Interval Between MRO Parameter Optimization
Abbreviated Name sonIntervalTimer
Related feature N/A
1-862

Description If the parameter value is larger than the statistics period, it indicates
the minimum interval between two MROs. If the parameter value is
smaller than or equal to the statistics period, it indicates the interval
between when the MRO parameters are modified and when the
next detection is started.
Value type long
Range [1..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 48
Configuration Rule This parameter should be set to a too small value. Sufficient time
must be left for parameter modification and optimization evaluation.
By default this parameter is set to 48 hours, that is, the interval is 24
hours.

1.48.8 The Maximum Value Adjusted By MRO Parameter

Optimization
Parameter Name
Full Name The Maximum Value Adjusted By MRO Parameter Optimization
Abbreviated Name sonTotalAdjust
Related feature N/A
1-863

Description This parameter indicates the maximum MRO parameter value

adjustment. The MRO parameters can be finely adjusted in each
step, but the accumulated adjustment cannot exceed the configured
maximum adjustment.
Value type long
Range [1..10]
Unit dB
Default Value 6
Configuration Rule The smaller the parameter value is, the smaller influence the MRO
parameter modification has on the network performance. The
default value is 6.

1.48.9 The Distinguish Threshold of Parameter Optimization Type

Parameter Name
Full Name The Distinguish Threshold of Parameter Optimization Type
Abbreviated Name sonOptRatioThrd
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets the threshold for triggering an MRO optimization
type. When the ratio of a type of faults in the total faults is higher
than the threshold, the fault type is used in parameter optimization.
Value type long
Range [50..100]
Unit %
1-864

Default Value 50
Configuration Rule The larger the parameter value is, the more difficult the parameter
optimization condition can be satisfied, and the more accurate the
fault types triggering MRO optimization are.

1.48.10 Service Type

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A

Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 49

1-865

1.48.11 Run Mode

Parameter Name
Full Name Run Mode
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Unit N/A

1-866


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long

Unit N/A

1-867

1.48.13 Whether to Switch on MRO Function According to KPI

Parameter Name
Full Name Whether to Switch on MRO Function According to KPI
Abbreviated Name enableMROByKPI
Related feature N/A
Description Whether to Switch on MRO Function According to KPI
Value type long
Unit N/A
Default Value Enable[1]

1.48.14 Call Dropping Rate Threshold to Trigger MRO

Parameter Name
Full Name Call Dropping Rate Threshold to Trigger MRO
Abbreviated Name mroDropCallRatioThrd
Related feature N/A
Description Call Drop Rate Threshold to Trigger MRO
1-868

Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit %
Default Value 2

1.48.15 RRC Re-Establishment Threshold to Trigger MRO

Parameter Name
Full Name RRC Re-Establishment Threshold to Trigger MRO
Abbreviated Name mroReestTimeThrd
Related feature N/A
Description RRC Re-Establishment Threshold to Trigger MRO
Value type long
Range [0..1024]
Unit N/A
Default Value 10

1-869

1.48.16 Period of OAM Statistics KPI

Parameter Name
Full Name Period of OAM Statistics KPI
Abbreviated Name kpiStatPeriod
Related feature N/A
Description Period of OAM Statistics KPI
Value type long
Range [1..24]
Unit hr
Default Value 1

1.48.17 Threshold ofPing-Pong Handover Parameter Optimization

Parameter Name
1-870

Full Name Threshold ofPing-Pong Handover Parameter Optimization
Abbreviated Name pingPongOptiThrd
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the threshold for triggering ping-pong

handover parameter optimization. When the ratio of ping-pong
handover is larger than the threshold, the MRO ping-pong handover
parameter optimization is triggered. The larger the threshold is, the
more difficult it is to trigger parameter optimization for unnecessary
handover. The optimization may not be triggered in some cases,
thus the handover performance may not be improved in a timely
manner. If the threshold is set too low, optimization may be triggered
even when optimization is not necessary, which causes system
resource waste.
Value type long
Range [10..100]
Unit %
Default Value 10
Configuration Rule This parameter is configured in accordance with the operator KPI
requirements. For example, if the operator requires that the ratio of
ping-pong handovers cannot exceed 2%, this parameter can be set
to 2% or a smaller value.

1.48.18 Threshold of Last Serving Cell RSRP for SON CCO

Parameter Name
1-871

Full Name Threshold of Last Serving Cell RSRP for SON CCO
Abbreviated Name ccoLastServRsrpThd
Related feature N/A
Description None
Value type long
Range [-140..-44]
Unit dBm
Default Value -115
Configuration Rule Adjustment principle: the default value is -115.

1.48.19 Threshold of Neighbour Cell RSRP for SON CCO

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Neighbour Cell RSRP for SON CCO
Abbreviated Name ccoNbrRsrpThd
Related feature N/A
Description None
Value type long
Range [-140..-44]
1-872

Unit dBm
Default Value -115
Configuration Rule Adjustment principle: the default value is -115.

1.48.20 Switch of Inter-System UTRA MRO

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of Inter-System UTRA MRO
Abbreviated Name utraMROEnable
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is the UTRAN MRO function switch. If it is set

to "Open", the MRO function is used to perform statistics on
LTE-to-UTRAN network handover faults periodically, and the system
optimizes handover parameters to improve network KPIs based on
the statistics result.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule The MRO function can be enabled to reduce handover faults caused
by inappropriate LTE-to-UTRAN handover parameter setting.

1-873

1.48.21 Timer of eNodeB Statistics MRO Error Information of IRAT

Parameter Name
Full Name Timer of eNodeB Statistics MRO Error Information of IRAT
Abbreviated Name iRatStatisticTimer
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets the length of the period of cell handover fault
statistics through the UTRAN MRO function. The period unit
depends on the ucStatisticTimerGrade parameter. LTE-to-UTRAN
network handover faults are counted during the period.
Value type long
Range [1..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 24
Configuration Rule The shorter the statistics period is, the faster the UTRAN MRO
optimization is, and the frequent the parameter adjustment is. By
default, this parameter is set to 24 hours.

1-874

1.48.22 Minimum Time Interval Between MRO Parameter

Optimization of IRAT
Parameter Name
Full Name Minimum Time Interval Between MRO Parameter Optimization of

IRAT
Abbreviated Name iRatIntervalTimer
Related feature N/A
Description With the UTRAN MRO function, if the parameter value is larger
than the statistics period, it indicates the minimum interval between
two MROs. If the parameter value is smaller than or equal to the
statistics period, it indicates the interval between when the MRO
parameters are modified and when the next detection is started.
Value type long
Range [1..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 48
Configuration Rule This parameter should be set to a too small value. Sufficient time
must be left for parameter modification and optimization evaluation.
By default this parameter is set to 48 hours, that is, the interval is 24
hours.

1-875

1.48.23 Threshold of Too Early Handover In Total Inter-RAT

Handover for The Same Frequency
Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Too Early Handover In Total Inter-RAT Handover for
The Same Frequency
Abbreviated Name iRatOfnRatioThrd
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets the threshold for triggering the UTRAN MRO
function. When the ratio of too early handover faults in the total
handover faults is higher than the threshold, the optimization is
triggered.
Value type long
Range [1..100]
Unit %
Default Value 80
faults triggering UTRAN MRO optimization are.

1.48.24 Threshold of Too Early Handover Parameter Optimization

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Too Early Handover Parameter Optimization
1-876

Abbreviated Name iRatWarnThrd
Related feature N/A
function. When the number of too early inter-system neighboring cell
handovers is higher than the threshold, the number of neighboring
cells satisfying the condition is recorded. When the number of
neighboring cells satisfying the condition is larger than the threshold
of the ratio of neighboring cells having too early handover faults in
the total neighboring cells, the UTRAN MRO parameter optimization
condition is satisfied.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 48

1.48.25 Threshold of Too Early Handover Nbr Cell of The Same

Frequency
Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Too Early Handover Nbr Cell of The Same Frequency
Abbreviated Name nbrWarnRatioThrd
1-877

Related feature N/A
function. When the number of inter-system neighboring cells, whose
number of too early handovers satisfies the threshold, is larger than
the threshold, the UTRAN MRO parameter optimization condition
is satisfied.
Value type long
Range [1..100]
Unit %
Default Value 80

1.48.26 The Maximum Value Adjusted by Inter-RAT MRO OFN

Parameter Optimization
Parameter Name
Full Name The Maximum Value Adjusted by Inter-RAT MRO OFN Parameter
Optimization
Abbreviated Name interRatOfnTotalAdjust
1-878

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the maximum OFN parameter value

adjustment by the UTRAN MRO function. The MRO parameters
can be finely adjusted in each step, but the accumulated adjustment
cannot exceed the configured maximum adjustment.
Value type long
Range [1..30]
Unit dB
Default Value 10
Configuration Rule The smaller the parameter value is, the smaller influence the MRO
parameter modification has on the network performance. The
default value is 10.

1.48.27 The Coefficient of Converting IRat Unnecessary HO to

IntraSys Too Late HO
Parameter Name
Full Name The Coefficient of Converting IRat Unnecessary HO to IntraSys

Too Late HO
Abbreviated Name iRatConvCoeff
Related feature N/A
1-879

Description When the intra-system MRO function is used to count the number
of too late handovers, the number of unnecessary inter-system
handovers is multiplied by the parameter value to get the number
of too late handovers. The multiplication result is counted in the
total number of too late handovers, and is used as the basis for
determining subsequent MRO optimization types.
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit %
Default Value 50
Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the correlation between unnecessary

inter-system handovers and too late inter-system handovers. The
larger the parameter value is, the closer the correlation is. The
default value is 50.

1.48.28 The Threshold of Too Early Handover and Too Late

Handover Parameter Optimization
Parameter Name
Full Name The Threshold of Too Early Handover and Too Late Handover
Parameter Optimization
Abbreviated Name mroWarnThrd
Related feature N/A
1-880

Description When the number of various handover faults within a statistics

period is larger than the threshold, the MRO parameter optimization
is started.
Value type long
Range [1..10000]
Unit N/A
Default Value 200
optimization condition can be satisfied. The default value is 48.

1.48.29 Timer Length for Grade of MRO Statistic

Parameter Name
Full Name Timer Length for Grade of MRO Statistic
Abbreviated Name statisticTimerGrade
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the parameter configuration time

granularity. For the configuration of other time parameters, the
actual time length is calculated based on the time unit specified
by this parameter.
Value type long
Range 0:Hour,1:Minute
Unit N/A
1-881

Configuration Rule This parameter can be set to "Hour" or "Minute", depending on the
actual requirement. Normally, it is set to "Hour".

Parameter Name
Full Name N/A
Related feature N/A
Description N/A
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1-882

Parameter Name
Full Name N/A
Related feature N/A
Description N/A
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.48.32 The Threshold Of The Total Handover Out Number

Parameter Name
Full Name The Threshold Of The Total Handover Out Number
Abbreviated Name hoNumThrd
1-883

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is the threshold of handover number of times, which

can be used to control whether to optimize the fault of MRO.
Value type long
Range [1..4294967295]
Unit N/A
Default Value 100

1.48.33 The Maximum Number of Cells To Optimize

Parameter Name
Full Name The Maximum Number of Cells To Optimize
Abbreviated Name maxOptCellNum
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is the threshold ofoptimized cells, which can be

used to control the number of optimized neighbor cells at a fault
detection cycle.
Value type long
Range [1..10]
1-884

Unit N/A
Default Value 3

1.48.34 The Threshold Of The Handover Too Late Rate

Parameter Name
Full Name The Threshold Of The Handover Too Late Rate
Abbreviated Name tooLateHoThrd
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is the threshold ofhandover too later, which can be
used to control whether to optimize the fault of ping-pang.
Value type long
Range [1..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 10

1-885

1.48.35 HO Fault Ratio Threshold to Trigger MRO Warning

Parameter Name
Full Name HO Fault Ratio Threshold to Trigger MRO Warning
Abbreviated Name mroWarnHoFaultThrd
Managed Object SON MRO Policy
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used together with dwMROHoOutTimesThrd.

When the handover times on the cell pair from serving cell to
neighbor is larger than dwMROHoOutTimesThrd and the MRO
handover Fault ratio on the cell pair from serving cell to neighbor cell
is above this parameter, eNB will report MRO warning.
Value type long
Range [1..101]
Unit %
Default Value 20
Configuration Rule If the handover fault ratio threshold is set lower, the MRP alarm is
triggered more easily. If the handover fault ratio threshold is set
higher, the MRP alarm is triggered less easily.

1-886

1.49 SON RO Policy

SON RO Policy
1.49.1 SON RO Policy Object ID

Parameter Name
Full Name SON RO Policy Object ID
Abbreviated Name SonPolicyRoId
Managed Object SonPolicyRo
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Management/SON Policy Template/FDD RO Policy
Parameter Name
1-887

Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.49.3 Policy ID
Parameter Name
Full Name Policy ID
Related feature N/A
Description SON RO function policy ID. It is automatically generated when a

new policy is added.
Value type long
Range [51000..51999]
1-888

Unit N/A
Default Value 51000
Configuration Rule Created by OMC, can not be modified.

1.49.4 RO Refer Point Policy

Parameter Name
Full Name RO Refer Point Policy
Related feature N/A
Description RO Refer Point Policy
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1-889

1.49.5 RO Power Control Optimization Enable

Parameter Name
Full Name RO Power Control Optimization Enable
Abbreviated Name sonEnableRo
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether to enable the RO power control

optimization function for SON services. If the function is enabled,
the random access power control parameters are optimized in the
LTE system. The optimization aims for approximating the first-time
error detection probability to the first-time error detection threshold
and making the initial receive power, the number of retransmissions,
and access delay in the proper range. If this function is disabled, the
random access power control parameters will not be optimized.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule If this function is enabled, the parameters, including random access
initial receive power, the number of retransmissions, and access
delay, can be set to a proper range. It is applicable to scenarios
with a large capacity requirement.
If this function is disabled, the random access power control
parameters are not optimized. It is applicable to scenarios with few
connected UEs.

1-890

1.49.6 Service Type

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A

Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 51

1-891

1.49.7 Run Mode

Parameter Name
Full Name Run Mode
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Unit N/A

1-892

1.49.8 Policy Grade

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long

Unit N/A

1.49.9 Power Control Monitor Counter for RACH Optimization

Parameter Name
Full Name Power Control Monitor Counter for RACH Optimization
Abbreviated Name roPowCounter
1-893

Related feature N/A
Description Power Control Monitor Counter for RACH Optimization
Value type long
Range [100..100000] step 1
Unit N/A
Default Value 1000

1.49.10 Power Control Monitor Timer for RACH Optimization

Parameter Name
Full Name Power Control Monitor Timer for RACH Optimization
Abbreviated Name roPowTimer
Related feature N/A
Description Power Control Monitor Timer for RACH Optimization
Value type long
Range [0.25..0.25],[1..10000] step 1
Unit hr
Default Value 6
1-894


1.49.11 First Detection Miss Probability Threshold for RACH

Optimization
Parameter Name
Full Name First Detection Miss Probability Threshold for RACH Optimization
Abbreviated Name roDMP1Thd
Related feature N/A
Description First Detection Miss Probability Threshold for RACH Optimization
Value type long
Range [0.01..1] step 0.01
Unit %
Default Value 0.5

1-895

1.49.12 Number of Preamble Sent Target for RACH Optimization

Parameter Name
Full Name Number of Preamble Sent Target for RACH Optimization
Abbreviated Name roNumPreambleSentTarget
Related feature N/A
Description Number of Preamble Sent Target for RACH Optimization
Value type long
Unit N/A
Default Value 1.7

1.49.13 RO Resource Optimization Enable

Parameter Name
Full Name RO Resource Optimization Enable
Abbreviated Name sonROResEnable
1-896

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether to enable the RO resource

optimization function for SON services. If this function is enabled,
the random access resource control parameters are optimized in
the LTE system. The optimization aims for achieving the expected
random access conflict probability as well as increasing the PRACH
time-domain resource usage. If this function is disabled, the random
access resource control parameters will not be optimized.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This function helps optimize random access resource control
parameters, makes the cell random-access conflict probability reach
the expected threshold, and improves the PRACH time-domain
resource usage. This function is enabled in scenarios with large
capacities.
If this function is disabled, the random-access conflict probability
may increase and the PRACH time-domain resource usage may be
low in case of large capacities. This function is disabled in scenarios
with medium or small capacities.

1.49.14 Resource Allocation Monitor Counter for RACH

Optimization
Parameter Name
Full Name Resource Allocation Monitor Counter for RACH Optimization
1-897

Abbreviated Name sonROResCounter
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the RO resource data monitoring counter.

This counter counts the competition conflict probability, thus the
number of UEs that are successfully connected through competition
is counted by this counter. The RO resource optimization statistics
information will be reported to the back end only when the number
of UEs, which are successfully connected through competition,
counted by the front end is larger than the threshold.
Value type long
Range [100..100000] step 100
Unit N/A
Default Value 1000
Configuration Rule The cell coverage area and the number of UEs accessed in the cell
must be considered in configuring this parameter.
The larger the parameter value is, the larger the number of UEs that
can access the cell through competition within an effective statistics
period is. The smaller the parameter value is, the smaller the
number of RO resource optimization samples is, and the precision
of the competition conflict probability may decrease.

1.49.15 Resource Allocation Monitor Timer for RACH Optimization

Parameter Name
Full Name Resource Allocation Monitor Timer for RACH Optimization
1-898

Abbreviated Name sonROResTimer
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the RO resource allocation monitoring

timer. Once the timer is started, the eNB of the cell counts the
RACH-related information until the timer is stopped. The shorter the
timer interval is, the shorter the PRACH resource adjustment period
is. If the PRACH load changes quickly, the timer interval should be
set to a small value to enable a timely PRACH resource adjustment.
If the PRACH load changes slowly, the timer interval should be set
to a large value to reduce the number of times of PRACH resource
statistics and calculation.
Value type long
Range [1..255]
Unit hr
Default Value 1
Configuration Rule The shorter the timer interval is, the shorter the PRACH resource
adjustment period is. If the PRACH load changes quickly, the timer
interval should be set to a small value to enable a timely PRACH
resource adjustment. If the PRACH load changes slowly, the timer
interval should be set to a large value to reduce the number of times
of PRACH resource statistics and calculation.

Parameter Name
1-899

Full Name N/A
Related feature N/A
Description N/A
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Parameter Name
Full Name N/A
Related feature N/A
Description N/A
Range N/A
1-900

Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.49.18 Switch of RO Logic Root Sequence Optimization

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of RO Logic Root Sequence Optimization
Abbreviated Name sonROLogRtSeqSwch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is the switch of RO logic root sequence optimization,

which can be used to control whether to optimize the logic root
sequence.
Value type long
Unit N/A

1-901

1.50 SON eNodeB Policy

SON eNodeB Policy
1.50.1 SON eNodeB Policy Object ID

Parameter Name
Full Name SON eNodeB Policy Object ID
Abbreviated Name SoneNBPolicyId
Managed Object SoneNBPolicy
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Management/SON Policy Template/FDD SON eNodeB Policy
1-902

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.50.3 Service Type

Parameter Name
1-903

Related feature N/A

Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

1.50.4 SON ANR Policy

Parameter Name
Full Name SON ANR Policy
Abbreviated Name refSonPolicyAnr
Related feature N/A
Description SON ANR Policy
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-904


1.50.5 SON X2 Policy

Parameter Name
Full Name SON X2 Policy
Abbreviated Name refSonPolicyX2
Related feature N/A
Description SON X2 Policy
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1-905

1.50.6 SON PCI Policy

Parameter Name
Full Name SON PCI Policy
Abbreviated Name refSonPolicyPci
Related feature N/A
Description SON PCI Policy
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.50.7 SON MRO Policy

Parameter Name
Full Name SON MRO Policy
Abbreviated Name refSonPolicyMro
1-906

Related feature N/A
Description SON MRO Policy
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.50.8 SON RO Policy

Parameter Name
Full Name SON RO Policy
Abbreviated Name refSonPolicyRo
Related feature N/A
Description SON RO Policy
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-907


1.50.9 SON Energy Saving Configure

Parameter Name
Full Name SON Energy Saving Configure
Abbreviated Name refSonPolicyEs
Related feature N/A
Description SON Energy Saving Configure
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1-908

1.50.10 SON MLB Configure

Parameter Name
Full Name SON MLB Configure
Abbreviated Name refSonPolicyMlb
Related feature N/A
Description SON MLB Configure
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.50.11 SON Self-healing Policy

Parameter Name
Full Name SON Self-healing Policy
Abbreviated Name refSonPolicySCH
Related feature N/A
Description SON Self-healing Policy
1-909

Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.50.12 SON CoMP Relation Self Configure

Parameter Name
Full Name SON CoMP Relation Self Configure
Abbreviated Name refSonCS
Related feature N/A
Description SON CoMP Relation Self Configure
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1-910

1.51 SON Cell Policy

SON Cell Policy
1.51.1 SON Cell Policy Object ID

Parameter Name
Full Name SON Cell Policy Object ID
Abbreviated Name SonCellPolicyId
Managed Object SonCellPolicy
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Management/SON Policy Template/FDD SON Cell Policy
1-911

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.51.3 Service Type

Parameter Name
1-912

Related feature N/A

Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

1.51.4 SON ANR Policy

Parameter Name
Full Name SON ANR Policy
Abbreviated Name refSonPolicyAnr
Related feature N/A
Description SON ANR Policy
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
1-913

Default Value N/A

1.51.5 SON PCI Policy

Parameter Name
Full Name SON PCI Policy
Abbreviated Name refSonPolicyPci
Related feature N/A
Description SON PCI Policy
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1-914

1.51.6 SON MRO Policy

Parameter Name
Full Name SON MRO Policy
Abbreviated Name refSonPolicyMro
Related feature N/A
Description SON MRO Policy
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.51.7 SON RO Policy

Parameter Name
Full Name SON RO Policy
Abbreviated Name refSonPolicyRo
1-915

Related feature N/A
Description SON RO Policy
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.51.8 SON Energy Saving Configure

Parameter Name
Full Name SON Energy Saving Configure
Abbreviated Name refSonPolicyEs
Related feature N/A
Description SON Energy Saving Configure
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-916


1.51.9 SON MLB Configure

Parameter Name
Full Name SON MLB Configure
Abbreviated Name refSonPolicyMlb
Related feature N/A
Description SON MLB Configure
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1-917

1.51.10 SON Self-healing Policy

Parameter Name
Full Name SON Self-healing Policy
Abbreviated Name refSonPolicySCH
Related feature N/A
Description SON Self-healing Policy
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.52 Explicit Congestion Notification

Explicit Congestion Notification
1.52.1 Explicit Congestion Notification ID

Parameter Name
Full Name Explicit Congestion Notification ID
Abbreviated Name ExpConNtfId
Managed Object ExpConNtf
1-918

Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN Service Configuration/Explicit

Congestion Notification
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-919


1.52.3 ECN Enable

Parameter Name
Full Name ECN Enable
Abbreviated Name ecnEnable
Related feature N/A
Description ECN function switch. If this function is enabled, the eNB executes
the displaying congestion notification process.
Value type long
Range 0:Close,1:1- Open service ECN,2:2- Open service and transport

ECN
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule If this function is enabled, the packet loss rate of the eNB may
decrease.

1-920

1.52.4 ECN Dl Buffer Queue Using Rate Threshold

Parameter Name
Full Name ECN Dl Buffer Queue Using Rate Threshold
Abbreviated Name queThresholdDl
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is the threshold of user plane buffering queen, which
is used for ECN checking, it is set when ECN function switch is
opened.
Value type long
Range [10..90]
Unit %
Default Value 90
Configuration Rule The larger the value is, the higher probability of congestion of
downlink queue.

1.52.5 ECN Dl Retransmission Queue Using Rate Threshold

Parameter Name
1-921

Full Name ECN Dl Retransmission Queue Using Rate Threshold
Abbreviated Name retQueThresholdDl
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is the threshold of user plane retransfers queen,

which is used for ECN checking. it is set when ECN function switch
is opened.
Value type long
Range [10..90]
Unit %
Default Value 90
Configuration Rule The larger the value is, the higher probability of congestion of
downlink re-transmission queue.

1.52.6 ECN Dl Sending Queue Using Rate Threshold

Parameter Name
Full Name ECN Dl Sending Queue Using Rate Threshold
Abbreviated Name rlcQueThresholdDl
Related feature N/A
1-922

Description The parameter is the threshold of user plane sending queen, which
is used for ECN checking , it is set when ECN function switch is
opened.
Value type long
Range [10..90]
Unit %
Default Value 90

1.52.7 ECN Dl Memory Resource Using Rate Threshold

Parameter Name
Full Name ECN Dl Memory Resource Using Rate Threshold
Abbreviated Name drbThresholdDl
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is the threshold of user plane dl memory resource,

which is used for ECN checking , it is set when ECN function switch
is opened.
Value type long
Range [10..95]
Unit %
Default Value 95
1-923


1.52.8 ECN Ul Memory Resource Using Rate Threshold

Parameter Name
Full Name ECN Ul Memory Resource Using Rate Threshold
Abbreviated Name drbThresholdUl
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is the threshold of user plane ul memory resource,

which is used for ECN checking , it is set when ECN function switch
is opened.
Value type long
Range [10..95]
Unit %
Default Value 95

1-924

1.53 Service DRX

Service DRX
1.53.1 Service DRX ID

Parameter Name
Full Name Service DRX ID
Abbreviated Name ServiceDrxId
Managed Object ServiceDrx
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN Service Configuration/Service

DRX
1-925

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

DRX

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
1-926

Description The QCI is scalar that is used as a reference to node specific

parameters that control packet forwarding treatment (for example,
scheduling weights, admission thresholds, queue management
thresholds, and link layer protocol configuration) and that have
been pre-configured by the operator owning the node (for example,
eNodeB).
Value type long
Range [1..256],257:DRX config for TTI Bundling,258:DRX Config for

Intra-LTE ANR,259:DRX Config for UTRAN-FDD ANR,260:DRX
Config for UTRAN-TDD ANR,261:DRX Config for GERAN
ANR,262:DRX Config for CDMA2000 HRPD ANR,263:DRX Config
for CDMA2000 1XRTT ANR
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
Configuration Rule When it is required to configure DRX parameters for a new QCI, the
new QCI is added.

DRX
1.53.4 UE Short DRX CycleCapacity Configuration Indicator

Parameter Name
Full Name UE Short DRX CycleCapacity Configuration Indicator
Abbreviated Name shortDrxCycInd
Related feature N/A
1-927

Description This parameter identifies whether a UE has the short DRX

capability. The corresponding DRX parameter is configured
based on the UE capability. If a UE supports short DRX, this
parameter (ucShortDrxCycInd) is set to 1; otherwise, this parameter
(ucShortDrxCycInd) is set to 0.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]
Configuration Rule This parameter is automatically generated by the system, and

cannot be modified.

DRX
1.53.5 Long DRX Cycle

Parameter Name
Full Name Long DRX Cycle
Abbreviated Name longDrxCyc
Related feature N/A
Description The long DRX period includes the On Duration and the subsequent
repeated periods of inactivity.
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:10,1:20,2:32,3:40,4:64,5:80,6:128,7:160,8:256,9:320,10:512,11:6
40,12:1024,13:1280,14:2048,15:2560
1-928

Unit sf
Configuration Rule This parameter works with the On Duration Timer parameter. The
longer the period is, the more efficient the energy saving is, but it
may cause the service delay to increase.

DRX
1.53.6 Short DRX Cycle

Parameter Name
Full Name Short DRX Cycle
Abbreviated Name shortDrxCyc
Related feature N/A
Description The short DRX period includes the On Duration and the subsequent
repeated periods of inactivity. The long DRX period is an integral
multiple of the short DRX period.
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:2,1:5,2:8,3:10,4:16,5:20,6:32,7:40,8:64,9:80,10:128,11:160,12:25
6,13:320,14:512,15:640
Unit sf
Default Value 40[7]
1-929

Configuration Rule This parameter works with the On Duration Timer parameter.
Normally, the long DRX period is configured first, then the short DRX
period is configured. The short DRX period is operating on the basis
of the long DRX period. The longer the period is, the more efficient
the energy saving is, but it may cause the service delay to increase.

DRX
1.53.7 DRX Short Cycle Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name DRX Short Cycle Timer
Abbreviated Name shortDrxCycT
Related feature N/A
Description After the timer is started, it counts the number of consecutively

repeated short periods. The timer is cleared when it expires.
Value type long
Range [1..16]
Unit N/A
Default Value 4
Configuration Rule This parameter is configured in accordance with the burst service
duration. The larger the parameter value is, the longer the activated
short DRX period length is, and the UE energy saving may be
affected. If the parameter is set too small, the UE QoS experience
may be affected. Normally, the result of multiplying the parameter
value to the short DRX period length is equal to the long DRX period
length.
1-930


DRX
1.53.8 On Duration Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name On Duration Timer
Abbreviated Name onDuratTimer
Related feature N/A
Description This timer is started at the beginning of every DRX period. UEs
monitor the PDCCH during the period of the timer.
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:1,1:2,2:3,3:4,4:5,5:6,6:8,7:10,8:20,9:30,10:40,11:50,12:60,13:80,
14:100,15:200
Unit psf
Default Value 20[8]
Configuration Rule The longer the activated time is, the more inefficient the UE energy
saving is, and the UE service delay experience is better.

DRX
1-931

1.53.9 DRX Inactivity Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name DRX Inactivity Timer
Abbreviated Name drxInactTimer
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets the number of consecutive PDCCH-subframe(s)

after successfully decoding a PDCCH indicating an initial uplink or
downlink user data transmission for this UE.
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:1,1:2,2:3,3:4,4:5,5:6,6:8,7:10,8:20,9:30,10:40,11:50,12:60,13:80,1
4:100,15:200,16:300,17:500,18:750,19:1280,20:1920,21:2560,22:0
Unit psf
Configuration Rule This parameter is configured in accordance with the burst service
duration. The larger the parameter value is, the longer the duration
is every time DRX is activated, and more energy is cost.

DRX
1-932

1.53.10 DRX Retransmission Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name DRX Retransmission Timer
Abbreviated Name drxRetranTimer
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets the maximum number of PDCCH subframes

that a UE must consecutively monitor once the UE expects downlink
retransmission.
Value type long
Range 0:1,1:2,2:4,3:6,4:8,5:16,6:24,7:33
Unit psf
Default Value 8[4]
Configuration Rule Normally, this parameter is related to the HARQ processing delay.
Because the number of TDD HARQ processes is different, this
parameter cannot be smaller than the HARQ processing delay, and
it must be configured in accordance with the actual uplink/downlink
subframe proportion.

DRX
1.54 Control Plane Timer

Control Plane Timer
1-933

1.54.1 Control Plane Timer ID

Parameter Name
Full Name Control Plane Timer ID
Abbreviated Name ControlPlaneTimerId
Managed Object ControlPlaneTimer
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN Service Configuration/Control

Plane Timer
Parameter Name
1-934

Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Plane Timer
1.54.3 Initial UE Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name Initial UE Timer
Abbreviated Name initialUETimer
Related feature N/A
Description After the eNB sends the initial UE message to the core network,
the initial UE timer is started. The timer is stopped when the initial
context setup request or downlink direct-transmission message is
received from the core network. If the timer expires, exception
handling will be performed.
Value type long
Range [10..16000] step 10
Unit ms
1-935

Default Value 16000
Configuration Rule If this parameter is set to a too small value, the timer will expire before
the initial context setup request or downlink direct-transmission
message is sent to the eNB from the core network, which may
cause unnecessary exception handlings. If this parameter is set to
a too large value, exceptions cannot be detected and handled in a
timely manner. It is recommended to use the default value.

Plane Timer
1.54.4 Path Switch Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name Path Switch Timer
Abbreviated Name pathSwitchTimer
Related feature N/A
Description The timer is started after the eNB sends the Path Switch Request
message to the core network. The timer is stopped when the Path
Switch message returned from the core network is received. If the
timer expires, exception handling will be performed.
Value type long
Range [10..10000] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 5000
1-936

Configuration Rule If this parameter is set to a too small value, the timer will expire
before the Path Switch response message is sent to the eNB
from the core network, which may cause unnecessary exception
handlings. If this parameter is set to a too large value, exceptions
cannot be detected and handled in a timely manner, and the radio
resources are wasted.It is recommended to use the default value.

Plane Timer
1.54.5 RRC Reconfig Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name RRC Reconfig Timer
Abbreviated Name rrcReCfgTimer
Related feature N/A
Description The timer is started after the eNB sends the RRC connection
reconfiguration message to a UE. The timer is stopped after the
RRC connection reconfiguration completion message or RRC
connection reestablishment request is received from the UE. If
no RRC connection reconfiguration completion message or RRC
connection reestablishment request is received from the UE when
the timer expires, exception handling will be performed.
Value type long
Range [10..16000] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 8000
1-937

before the RRC connection reconfiguration message is sent to
the eNB, which may cause incorrect UE resource release. If this
parameter is set to a too large value, exceptions cannot be detected
and handled in a timely manner, and the air interface resources are
wasted. It is recommended to use the default value.

Plane Timer
1.54.6 RRC Re-Establish Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name RRC Re-Establish Timer
Abbreviated Name rrcReEstTimer
Related feature N/A
Description During the RRC connection reestablishment process, the timer is

started after the eNB sends the RRC connection reestablishment
request to a UE. The timer is stopped when the RRC connection
reestablishment completion message is received from the UE. If the
Value type long
Range [10..6000] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 3000
1-938

before the RRC connection reestablishment completion message
is sent to the eNB from the UE, which may cause incorrect UE
resource release. If this parameter is set to a too large value,
exceptions cannot be detected and handled in a timely manner. It is
recommended to use the default value.

Plane Timer
1.54.7 RRC Setup Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name RRC Setup Timer
Abbreviated Name rrcSetupTimer
Related feature N/A
Description During the RRC connection establishment process, the timer is

started after the eNB sends the RRC connection establishment
message to a UE. The timer is stopped when the RRC connection
establishment completion message is received from the UE. If the
Value type long
Range [10..16000] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 2000
1-939

before the RRC connection establishment completion message
is sent to the eNB from the UE, which may cause incorrect UE
resource release. If this parameter is set to a too large value,

Plane Timer
1.54.8 RRC Connection Release Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name RRC Connection Release Timer
Abbreviated Name rrcConnRelTimer
Related feature N/A
Description When the resource of a UE is released, to ensure that the RRC

connection release message can be issued, the timer is started
after the eNB sends the RRC connection release message to the
UE. The local eNB instance is released after the timer expires.
Value type long
Range [10..3000] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 200
1-940

Configuration Rule If this parameter is set to a too small value, the RRC connection
release message may fail to be sent out. If this parameter is set to a
too large value, the resources at the eNB may not be released after
the UE resources are released, which may cause a waste of air
interface resources. It is recommended to use the default value.

Plane Timer
1.54.9 S1 HO Prepare Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name S1 HO Prepare Timer
Abbreviated Name s1HoPrepareTimer
Related feature N/A
Description During the S1 handover process, the timer is started after the
handover source side sends the handoverRequired message to the
core network. The timer is stopped after the handover command
is received from the core network. If the timer expires, exception
Value type long
Range [10..20000] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 10000
1-941

before the handover command is sent to the eNB from the core
network, which may cause unnecessary exception handlings. If this
and handled in a timely manner. It is recommended to use the
default value.

Plane Timer
1.54.10 S1 HO Overall Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name S1 HO Overall Timer
Abbreviated Name s1HoOverAllTimer
Related feature N/A
Description During the S1 handover process, the timer is started after the eNB
at the handover source side receives the handover command
message from the core network. The timer is stopped after the
release command is received from the core network. If no release
command is received from the core network when the timer expires,
exception handling will be performed.
Value type long
Range [10..30000] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 15000
1-942

before the release command is sent to the eNB from the core
network, which may cause incorrect exception handlings. If this
default value.

Plane Timer
1.54.11 The Timer for S1 Release Request

Parameter Name
Full Name The Timer for S1 Release Request
Abbreviated Name ueCtxRelReqTimer
Related feature N/A
Description The timer is started after the eNB sends the UE context release
request to the core network. The timer is stopped after the context
release command is received from the core network. If the timer
expires, the UE instance will be released.
Value type long
Range [10..10000] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 5000
1-943

before the context release command is sent to the eNB from the core
network, and the eNB will then release the UE instance, which may
cause errors due to that the UE instance cannot be found after the
context release command is sent to the eNB from the core network.
If this parameter is set to a too large value, the exception of UE
release cannot be detected and handled in a timely manner, and the
resources are wasted. It is recommended to use the default value.

Plane Timer
1.54.12 X2 HO Prepare Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name X2 HO Prepare Timer
Abbreviated Name x2HoPrePareTimer
Related feature N/A
Description During the X2 handover process, the timer is started after the
handover source side sends the handover request message to the
handover destination side. The timer is stopped after the handover
command is received from the handover destination side. If the
Value type long
Range [10..6000] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 5000
1-944

before the handover command is sent to the eNB from the
destination side, which may cause incorrect exception handlings.
If this parameter is set to a too large value, exceptions cannot be
detected and handled in a timely manner. It is recommended to
use the default value.

Plane Timer
1.54.13 X2 HOOverall Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name X2 HOOverall Timer
Abbreviated Name x2HoRelTimer
Related feature N/A
Description During the X2 handover process, the timer is started after the
handover source side receives the handover request acknowledge
message. The timer is stopped after the release message is
received from the handover destination side. If no release message
is received from the handover destination side when the timer
expires, exception handling will be performed.
Value type long
Range [10..20000] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 10000
1-945

network, which may cause incorrect exception handlings. If this
default value.

Plane Timer
1.54.14 The Timer for UE to Wait for Capability Respose

Parameter Name
Full Name The Timer for UE to Wait for Capability Respose
Abbreviated Name ueCapaTimer
Related feature N/A
Description The timer is started after the eNB sends the UE capability query
message to a UE. The timer is stopped when the UE capability
information is received from the UE. If the timer expires, exception
Value type long
Range [10..2000] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 2000
1-946

before the UE capability information is sent to the eNB, which may
cause incorrect exception handlings. If this parameter is set to a
too large value, exceptions cannot be detected and handled in
a timely manner, and the air interface resources are wasted. It is

Plane Timer
1.54.15 UE Setup Fail Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name UE Setup Fail Timer
Abbreviated Name ueSetupFailTimer
Related feature N/A
Description During the initial UE context establishment process, the timer is

started after the eNB sends the initial UE context establishment
failure message to the core network due to exception. The timer is
stopped when the UE context release command is received from
the core network. If the timer expires, the eNB instance the UE.
Value type long
Range [10..1200] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 600
1-947

network, which may cause incorrect exception handlings and
degrade the KPI of abnormal call drops. If this parameter is set to
a too large value, the exception of UE release cannot be detected
and handled in a timely manner, and the resources are wasted. It is

Plane Timer
1.54.16 CCO Release Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name CCO Release Timer
Abbreviated Name ccoRelTimer
Related feature N/A
Description In the case of CCO, the timer is started after the eNB sends the
MobilityFromEUTRACommand message to a UE. The timer is
stopped after the release message from the core network or the
RRC connection reestablishment request from the UE is received. If
the timer expires, the eNB releases the UE instance.
Value type long
Range [10..30000] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 5000
1-948

network, which may cause incorrect exception handlings and
degrade the KPI of abnormal call drops. If this parameter is set to
a too large value, the exception of UE release cannot be detected
and handled in a timely manner, and the resources are wasted. It is

Plane Timer
1.54.17 S1 Setup Default Resend Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name S1 Setup Default Resend Timer
Abbreviated Name s1RsdSetupDftTmr
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the default retransmission timer started

when the S1 Setup Fail message without time-to-wait is received
from the opposite end during the S1 setup process. The timer is
started when the S1 Setup Fail message without time-to-wait is
received from the opposite end. After the timer expires, the S1 setup
request is initiated to the opposite end again.
Value type long
Range [10..20000] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 10000
1-949

Configuration Rule If this parameter is set to a too small value, it may cause too many
invalid signalings at the S1 interface. If this parameter is set to a too
large value, the S1 connection may not be established in a timely
manner. It is recommended to use the default value.

Plane Timer
1.54.18 S1 Update Default Resend Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name S1 Update Default Resend Timer
Abbreviated Name s1RsndUptDftTmr
Related feature N/A

when the ENB CONFIGURATION UPDATE FAILURE message
without time-to-wait is received from the opposite end during
the S1 Update process. The timer is started when the ENB
CONFIGURATION UPDATE FAILURE message without time-to-wait
is received from the opposite end. After the timer expires, the ENB
CONFIGURATION UPDATE request is initiated to the opposite
end again.
Value type long
Range [10..20000] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 10000
1-950

Configuration Rule If this parameter is set to a too small value, it may cause too
many invalid signalings at the S1 interface. If this parameter is
set to a too large value, the updated configurations on the eNB
cannot be negotiated with that on the MME in a timely manner. It is

Plane Timer
1.54.19 X2 Setup Default Resend Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name X2 Setup Default Resend Timer
Abbreviated Name x2RsdSetupDftTmr
Related feature N/A

when the X2 Setup Fail message without time-to-wait is received
from the opposite end during the X2 setup process. The timer is
started when the X2 Setup Fail message without time-to-wait is
received from the opposite end. After the timer expires, the X2 setup
request is initiated to the opposite end again.
Value type long
Range [10..20000] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 10000
1-951

invalid signalings at the X2 interface. If this parameter is set to a too
large value, the X2 connection may not be established in a timely

Plane Timer
1.54.20 X2 Update Default Resend Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name X2 Update Default Resend Timer
Abbreviated Name x2RsndUptDftTmr
Related feature N/A

when the ENB CONFIGURATION UPDATE FAILURE message
without time-to-wait is received from the opposite end during
the X2 Update process. The timer is started when the ENB
CONFIGURATION UPDATE FAILURE message without time-to-wait
is received from the opposite end. After the timer expires, the ENB
CONFIGURATION UPDATE request is initiated to the opposite
end again.
Value type long
Range [10..20000] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 10000
1-952

invalid signalings at the X2 interface. If this parameter is set to a
too large value, the updated configurations on the eNB cannot be
negotiated with that on the eNB at the opposite end in a timely

Plane Timer
1.54.21 S1 Wait for Setup Response Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name S1 Wait for Setup Response Timer
Abbreviated Name s1SetupRspTimer
Related feature N/A
Description The timer is started after the eNB sends the S1 setup request to the
MME. The timer is stopped after the S1 setup response message
or S1 setup failure message is received from the MME. If the timer
expires, exception handling will be performed.
Value type long
Range [10..20000] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 10000
before the S1 setup response message is sent to the eNB, which
may cause unnecessary exception handlings. If this parameter is
set to a too large value, exceptions cannot be detected and handled
in a timely manner. It is recommended to use the default value.
1-953


Plane Timer
1.54.22 S1 Wait for Reset Ack Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name S1 Wait for Reset Ack Timer
Abbreviated Name s1ResetAckTimer
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets the time during which the eNB waits for the
MME ResetACK message in the S1 Reset process. The timer is
started after the eNB sends the RESET message to the MME.
The timer is stopped after the RESET ACKNOWLEDGE message
is received from the MME. If the timer expires but no RESET
ACKNOWLEDGE message is received from the MME, exception
Value type long
Range [10..20000] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 10000
before the RESET ACKNOWLEDGE message is sent to the
eNB, which may cause unnecessary exception handlings. If this
default value.
1-954


Plane Timer
1.54.23 S1 Wait for Update Ack Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name S1 Wait for Update Ack Timer
Abbreviated Name s1UptAckTimer
Related feature N/A
MME Update ACK message in the S1 Update process. The
timer is started after the eNB sends the ENB CONFIGURATION
UPDATE message to the MME. The timer is stopped after the ENB
CONFIGURATION UPDATE ACKNOWLEDGE message or the
ENB CONFIGURATION UPDATE FAILURE message is received
from the MME. If the timer expires but no ENB CONFIGURATION
UPDATE ACKNOWLEDGE message or ENB CONFIGURATION
UPDATE FAILURE message is received from the MME, exception
Value type long
Range [10..20000] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 10000
1-955

before the S1 Update response message is sent to the eNB, which

Plane Timer
1.54.24 X2 Wait for Setup Response Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name X2 Wait for Setup Response Timer
Abbreviated Name x2SetupRspTimer
Related feature N/A
Description The timer is started after the eNB sends the X2 setup request to the
eNB at the opposite end. The timer is stopped after the X2 setup
response message or X2 setup failure message is received from the
eNB at the opposite end. If the timer expires, exception handling
will be performed.
Value type long
Range [10..20000] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 10000
invalid signalings at the X2 interface. If this parameter is set to a too
large value, the X2 connection may not be established in a timely
1-956


Plane Timer
1.54.25 X2 Wait for Reset Ack Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name X2 Wait for Reset Ack Timer
Abbreviated Name x2ResetAckTimer
Related feature N/A
eNB RESET RESPONSE message returned from the opposite end
during the X2 Reset process. The timer is started after the eNB
sends the RESET message to the eNB at the opposite end. The
timer is stopped after the RESET RESPONSE message is received
from the eNB at the opposite end. If the timer expires but no RESET
ACKNOWLEDGE message is received from the eNB at the opposite
end, exception handling will be performed.
Value type long
Range [10..20000] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 10000
before the RESET RESPONSE message is sent to the eNB, which
1-957


Plane Timer
1.54.26 X2 Wait for Update Ack Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name X2 Wait for Update Ack Timer
Abbreviated Name x2UptAckTimer
Related feature N/A
eNB Update ACK message returned from the opposite end during
the X2 Update process. The timer is started after the eNB sends
the ENB CONFIGURATION UPDATE message to the eNB at the
opposite end. The timer is stopped after the ENB CONFIGURATION
UPDATE ACKNOWLEDGE message or the ENB CONFIGURATION
UPDATE FAILURE message is received from the eNB at the
opposite end. If the timer expires but no ENB CONFIGURATION
UPDATE ACKNOWLEDGE message or ENB CONFIGURATION
UPDATE FAILURE message is received from the eNB at the
opposite end, exception handling will be performed.
Value type long
Range [10..20000] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 10000
1-958

before the X2 Update response message is sent to the eNB, which

Plane Timer
1.54.27 The Timer for NACC RIM Waiting for Initial-Report

Parameter Name
Full Name The Timer for NACC RIM Waiting for Initial-Report
Abbreviated Name rimInitRptTmr
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets the time for waiting for the initial report message
returned from a GERAN cell in the RIM process. The timer is started
after the eNB sends the eNB DIRECT INFORMATION TRANSFER
message to the MME. The timer is stopped after the MME DIRECT
INFORMATION TRANSFER message is received from the MME. If
the timer expires but no MME DIRECT INFORMATION TRANSFER
message is received from the MME, the dwRimResndReqTmr timer
will be started.
Value type long
Range [10..20000] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 15000
1-959

before the MME DIRECT INFORMATION TRANSFER message
is sent to the eNB from the MME, which may cause unnecessary
message retransmissions and too many signalings at the S1
interface. If this parameter is set to a too large value, exceptions
cannot be detected and handled in a timely manner. It is

Plane Timer
1.54.28 The Timer for NACC RIM Waiting for Resending Multi-Report
Request
Parameter Name
Full Name The Timer for NACC RIM Waiting for Resending Multi-Report
Request
Abbreviated Name rimResndReqTmr
Related feature N/A
Description The timer is started when the dwRimInitRptTmr timer expires but no
MME DIRECT INFORMATION TRANSFER message is received
from the MME. After the timer expires, the eNB retransmits the eNB
DIRECT INFORMATION TRANSFER message to the MME.
Value type long
Range [10..20000] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 15000
1-960

signalings at the S1 interface. If this parameter is set to a too
large value, it may cause that the eNB DIRECT INFORMATION
TRANSFER message cannot be retransmitted to get the RIM
information in a timely manner. It is recommended to use the default
value.

Plane Timer
1.54.29 The Timer for NACC RIMReceiving End Message and

Waiting for Resending
Parameter Name
Full Name The Timer for NACC RIMReceiving End Message and Waiting for
Resending
Abbreviated Name rimEndResndTmr
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is not used for the time being.
Value type long
Range [10..10000000] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 6000000

Plane Timer
1-961

1.54.30 The Timer for NACC RIM Waiting for Stopping ACK
Parameter Name
Full Name The Timer for NACC RIM Waiting for Stopping ACK
Abbreviated Name rimStopAckTmr
Related feature N/A
Description The timer is started after the eNB sends the eNB DIRECT
INFORMATION TRANSFER message (STOP type) to the MME.
The timer is stopped after the MME DIRECT INFORMATION
TRANSFER message is received from the MME. If the timer expires
but no MME DIRECT INFORMATION TRANSFER message is
received from the MME, exception handling will be performed.
Value type long
Range [10..20000] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 15000
before the MME DIRECT INFORMATION TRANSFER message
is sent to the eNB from the MME, which may cause unnecessary
exception handlings. If this parameter is set to a too large value,

Plane Timer
1-962

1.54.31 The Timer for Waittig X2 Resource Status Response

Parameter Name
Full Name The Timer for Waittig X2 Resource Status Response
Abbreviated Name x2ResStatusRspT
Related feature N/A
Description The timer is started after the eNB sends the RESOURCE STATUS
REQUEST message to the eNB at the opposite end. The timer
is stopped after the RESOURCE STATUS REQUEST message
(RESOURCE STATUS RESPONSE or RESOURCE STATUS
FAILURE) is received from the eNB at the opposite end. If the timer
expires but no response message is received, exception handling
will be performed.
Value type long
Range [10..10000] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 10000
before the RESOURCE STATUS REQUEST response message is
sent to the eNB from the eNB at the opposite end, which may cause
unnecessary exception handlings. If this parameter is set to a too
large value, exceptions cannot be detected and handled in a timely

Plane Timer
1-963

1.54.32 The Timer for Waiting CSFB Measurement Report

Parameter Name
Full Name The Timer for Waiting CSFB Measurement Report
Abbreviated Name csfbMeasTimer
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets the timer used from the eNB issuing the
measurement configuration to reporting the measurement result in
CSFB cases. The timer is started after the eNB issues the CSFB
measurement configuration to a UE. The timer is stopped after the
UE receives the measurement report. If the timer expires but no
measurement report is received from the UE, blind redirection of
CSFB will be performed.
Value type long
Unit s
Default Value 5
before the UE completes measurement or sends the measurement
report to the eNB, which may affect the CSFB effect. If this
default value.

Plane Timer
1-964

1.54.33 Wait for ANR Report Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name Wait for ANR Report Timer
Abbreviated Name anrReportTimer
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets the timer used for waiting for ANR information
reported by UEs. After the timer expires, the eNB determines
whether there is any PCI conflict or confusion in accordance with
the received information.
Value type long
Range [10..65530] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 1200
Configuration Rule It is recommended to use the default value.

Plane Timer
1.54.34 CDMA Tunneling HO Prepare Timer for 1xRTT

Parameter Name
1-965

Full Name CDMA Tunneling HO Prepare Timer for 1xRTT
Abbreviated Name cdmaHoPrepareTimer
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used to determine whether the DOWNLINK S1

CDMA2000 TUNNELING (including CDMA2000 HO Status IE)
message, which is the response to the DOWNLINK S1 CDMA2000
TUNNELING (1XRTT), is received in a timely manner. Whether
the response is received affects the subsequent processing flow.
The timer is started when the UPLINK S1 CDMA2000 TUNNELING
(including CDMA2000 HO Required Indication=true) message is
sent. The timer is stopped when the DOWNLINK S1 CDMA2000
TUNNELING (including CDMA2000 HO Status IE) message is
received.
Value type long
Range [10..20000] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 10000
Configuration Rule Default time: it is the same as the setting of the current S1 wait for
Setup Response Timer. Because the information is transmitted at
the S1 interface, the timer setting is the same as that of the other
message waiting timers at the S1 interface.
The value range is [10,20000] ms.
If the parameter is set to a too large value, the resources of a UE at
the Uu interface may be released before the message is received. If
the parameter is set to a too small value, exception handlings may
be raised due to not receiving the message sent from the network
(the message may be delayed due to time delay at the network
management system side).
It is recommended to use the default value.

Plane Timer
1-966

1.54.35 Store UE Context Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name Store UE Context Timer
Abbreviated Name storeUEcntxtTimer
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is the timer in which Handover target eNB needs to
store UE context, the UE waits for the re-establishment of the RRC
message in order to detect the handover fault.
Value type long
Range [10..60000]
Unit ms
Default Value 5000

Plane Timer
1.54.36 Timer of Voice Measurement

Parameter Name
Full Name Timer of Voice Measurement
1-967

Abbreviated Name voiceMeasTimer
Related feature N/A
Description If Handover Switch Base Voice for TDD Cell equal to 1,When Voice
measurement to FDD is applied, or SRVCC measurement to UMTS
is applied, eNodeb will start this timer. When this timer time out,
eNodeb will try to redirection or SRVCC to UMTS.
Value type long
Range [1000..10000] step 10
Unit ms
Default Value 2000

Plane Timer
1.54.37 Ping-Pong Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name Ping-Pong Timer
Abbreviated Name pingPongTmr
Related feature N/A
1-968

Description The parameter is Ping-Pong timer. The parameter indicates the

penalty timer used for preventing repeated handover. when a UE is
handover from cell A to cell B, the preventing repeated handover
Timer will be started, If Timer does not expired, it is not allowed to
handover back to the cell A. The parameter is valid when switch for
Ping-Pong is open.
Value type long
Range [0..30]
Unit s
Default Value 2

Plane Timer
1.55 UTRAN Cell Reselection

UTRAN Cell Reselection
1.55.1 UTRAN Cell Reselection ID

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN Cell Reselection ID
Abbreviated Name UtranCellReselectionFDDId
Managed Object UtranCellReselectionFDD
Related feature N/A
1-969


Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Cell Reselection
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-970


Cell Reselection
1.55.3 The Timer for Cell Reselection in UTRAN

Parameter Name
Full Name The Timer for Cell Reselection in UTRAN
Abbreviated Name reselUtran
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets the timer for UTRAN cell reselection. The timer
is started after a UE initiates measurement for a UTRAN cell. The
timer is automatically stopped when the timer running time reaches
the configured value. During the timer running, if the UE finds a new
UTRAN cell whose signal quality is better than that of the serving
cell, the new UTRAN cell will be selected as the serving cell.
Value type long
Range [0..7]
Unit s
Default Value 2
1-971

Configuration Rule This timer helps avoid cell reselection due to false triggering. For
example, At an occasional moment, the signal quality in a new
UTRAN cell is transiently better than that in the serving cell, then the
new UTRAN cell is reselected, but the signal quality may become
poor soon. Thus, the UTRAN cell is not a proper serving cell. If this
parameter is set to a too large value, it may be difficult to satisfy
the cell reselection condition which causes cell reselection unable
to be performed in a timely manner. If the parameter is set to a
too small value, it cannot guarantee that a stable signal quality in
the destination cell.

Cell Reselection
1.55.4 Scale Factor for UTRAN Cell Reselection in Medium-Speed

Parameter Name
Full Name Scale Factor for UTRAN Cell Reselection in Medium-Speed
Abbreviated Name reselUtranSFM
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets the time scale factor used for UTRAN cell
reselection in medium-speed state. If a UE is in medium-speed
state, the uctReselUtran timer interval must be multiplied by the
parameter value.
Value type long
Range 0:0.25,1:0.5,2:0.75,3:1
Unit N/A
1-972


Cell Reselection
1.55.5 Scale Factor for UTRAN Cell Reselection in High-Speed

Parameter Name
Full Name Scale Factor for UTRAN Cell Reselection in High-Speed
Abbreviated Name reselUtranSFH
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets the time scale factor used for UTRAN cell
reselection in high-speed state. If a UE is in high-speed state, the
uctReselUtran timer interval must be multiplied by the parameter
value.
Value type long
Range 0:0.25,1:0.5,2:0.75,3:1
Unit N/A

Cell Reselection
1-973

1.56 CDMA 1x Plan Table

CDMA 1x Plan Table
1.56.1 CDMA 1x Plan Table ID

Parameter Name
Full Name CDMA 1x Plan Table ID
Abbreviated Name CDMA1xPlanTableId
Managed Object CDMA1xPlanTable
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE TDD/Neighbor Cell Configuration/CDMA 1x

Plan Table
1-974

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Plan Table
1.56.3 1xRTT System ID

Parameter Name
Full Name 1xRTT System ID
Abbreviated Name oneXrttSID
1-975

Related feature N/A
Description 1xRTT System ID
Value type long
Range [0..32767]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule It is configured in the planning, and must be the same as that of
the opposite end.

Plan Table
1.56.4 1xRTT Network ID

Parameter Name
Full Name 1xRTT Network ID
Abbreviated Name oneXrttNID
Related feature N/A
Description 1xRTT Network ID
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
1-976

the opposite end.

Plan Table
1.56.5 1xRTT Base Station ID

Parameter Name
Full Name 1xRTT Base Station ID
Abbreviated Name oneXrttBaseID
Related feature N/A
Description 1xRTT base station ID
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
the opposite end.

Plan Table
1-977


Parameter Name
Abbreviated Name oneXrttBandClass
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates a CDMA-cell frequency band.
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
10,11:bc11,12:bc12,13:bc13,14:bc14,15:bc15,16:bc16,17:bc17,18:
Unit N/A
the opposite end.

Plan Table

Parameter Name
1-978

Abbreviated Name oneXrttCarriFreq
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates a CDMA cell frequency.
Value type long
Range [0..2047]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
the opposite end.

Plan Table
1.56.8 PN Offset
Parameter Name
Full Name PN Offset
Abbreviated Name pnOffset
Related feature N/A
Description PN offset.
Value type long
1-979

Range [0..511]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
the opposite end.

Plan Table
1.56.9 MSC-Market ID
Parameter Name
Full Name MSC-Market ID
Abbreviated Name mscMarketId
Related feature N/A
Description MarketID information of the MSC
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule It is configured in the planning.

Plan Table
1-980

1.56.10 The Switch Number Definition of MSC ID

Parameter Name
Full Name The Switch Number Definition of MSC ID
Abbreviated Name mscSwitchNum
Related feature N/A
Description SwitchNumber information of the MSC
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

Plan Table
1.56.11 The Cell ID of 1xRTT Cell

Parameter Name
1-981

Full Name The Cell ID of 1xRTT Cell
Abbreviated Name oneXrttCId
Related feature N/A
Description 1xRTT cell ID
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

Plan Table
1.56.12 The Sector ID of 1xRTT Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name The Sector ID of 1xRTT Cell
Abbreviated Name oneXrttSectorID
Related feature N/A
Description Sector ID of a 1xRTT cell
Value type long
Range [0..15]
1-982

Unit N/A
Default Value 0

Plan Table
1.56.13 The Indicator for Sector ID Needing Configuration

Parameter Name
Full Name The Indicator for Sector ID Needing Configuration
Abbreviated Name oneXrttSectorFlag
Related feature N/A
Description If this parameter is set to 1, Sector ID must be configured for

Reference cell ID of the 1xRTT cell. If this parameter is set to 0,
Sector ID does not need to be configured for Reference cell ID of
the 1xRTT cell.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]

Plan Table
1-983

1.56.14 BSC ID
Parameter Name
Full Name BSC ID
Abbreviated Name oneXrttBscId
Related feature N/A
Description BSC ID
Value type long
Range [0..4095]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

Plan Table
1.56.15 1xRTT Registration Zone

Parameter Name
1-984

Full Name 1xRTT Registration Zone
Abbreviated Name oneXrttRegZone
Related feature N/A
Description CDMA2000 1xRTT registered zone
Value type long
Range [0..4095]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

Plan Table
1.56.16 Mobile Country Code for 1xRTT

Parameter Name
Full Name Mobile Country Code for 1xRTT
Abbreviated Name oneXrttMCC
Related feature N/A
Description Mobile country code for the IXRTT network
Value type string

PlainText[+###]
1-985

Range [3..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Plan Table

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Description Mobile country code, three digits.
Value type string

PlainText[+###]
Range [3..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Plan Table
1-986


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Description Mobile network code, two digits.
Value type string

PlainText[+###]
Range [2..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Plan Table
1-987

1.57 SON Energy Saving Configure

SON Energy Saving Configure
1.57.1 SON Energy Saving Configure ID

Parameter Name
Full Name SON Energy Saving Configure ID
Abbreviated Name SonPolicyEsId
Managed Object SonPolicyEs
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Management/SON Policy Template/FDD SON Energy Saving
Configure
Parameter Name
1-988

Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Configure
1.57.3 Policy ID
Parameter Name
Full Name Policy ID
Related feature N/A
Description Policy ID. The parameter values are segmented in accordance with
the actual SON service types. When the SON policy parameters are
added or modified, the parameter values change in the available
value sections.
1-989

Value type long
Range [57000..57999]
Unit N/A
Default Value 57000
Configuration Rule It cannot be modified by users. The network management system

automatically sets this parameter when adding or modifying a policy.

Configure
1.57.4 Switch for SON Energy Saving Function

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for SON Energy Saving Function
Abbreviated Name esSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets whether to enable the energy saving function.
If this function is enabled and if the cell load satisfies the energy
saving condition, the PA in the cell will be shut down to save energy.
If this function is disabled, the energy saving condition will not be
considered; if a cell is in energy-saving state before the function is
disabled, the cell will immediately exit energy-saving state.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-990

Configuration Rule If this function is enabled, the PA in a cell will be shut down
automatically to save energy if the cell load is low. If this function is
disabled, the PA in a cell cannot be turned on or off automatically to
implement energy saving.

Configure
1.57.5 ES Refer Point Policy

Parameter Name
Full Name ES Refer Point Policy
Related feature N/A
Description ES Refer Point Policy
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Configure
1-991

1.57.6 Service Type

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A

Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 57

Configure
1-992

1.57.7 Run Mode

Parameter Name
Full Name Run Mode
Related feature N/A
Description Run Mode
Value type long
Unit N/A

Configure
1.57.8 Policy Grade

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
1-993

Description Policy Grade
Value type long

Unit N/A

Configure
1.57.9 SON ES Special Time

Parameter Name
Full Name SON ES Special Time
Abbreviated Name sonSpcDay
Related feature N/A
Description SON ES Special Time
Value type sequence[StructSonSpcDay,5]
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-994


Configure
1.57.10 Workday Start Time of Energy Saving

Parameter Name
Full Name Workday Start Time of Energy Saving
Abbreviated Name workdayStarTimeES
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the starting energy-saving time on

workdays. Normally, it is set by network planning and optimization
personnel or operators.
awWorkdayStarTimeES[0]: starting time (hour) of the energy-saving
time period on workdays
awWorkdayStarTimeES[1]: starting time (minute) of the
energy-saving time period on workdays
Value type string

TIME(HH:mm)
Range [0..20]
Unit N/A
Default Value 00:00
Configuration Rule This parameter is configured in accordance with the cell load on
workdays. The starting time must be configured at low-load hours.

Configure
1-995

1.57.11 Workday End Time of Energy Saving

Parameter Name
Full Name Workday End Time of Energy Saving
Abbreviated Name workdayEndTimeES
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the ending energy-saving time on

workdays. Normally, it is set by network planning and optimization
awWorkdayEndTimeES[0]: ending time (hour) of the energy-saving
time period on workdays
awWorkdayEndTimeES[1]: ending time (minute) of the
energy-saving time period on workdays
Value type string

TIME(HH:mm)
Range [0..20]
Unit N/A
Default Value 00:00
workdays. The ending time must be configured at hours when the
load will become high.

Configure
1-996

1.57.12 Weekend Start Time of Energy Saving

Parameter Name
Full Name Weekend Start Time of Energy Saving
Abbreviated Name weekendStarTimeES
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the starting energy-saving time on

weekends. Normally, it is set by network planning and optimization
awWeekendStarTimeES[0]: starting time (hour) of the energy-saving
time period on weekends
awWeekendStarTimeES[1]: starting time (minute) of the
energy-saving time period on weekends
Value type string

TIME(HH:mm)
Range [0..20]
Unit N/A
Default Value 00:00
weekends.The starting time must be configured at low-load hours.

Configure
1-997

1.57.13 Weekend End Time of Energy Saving

Parameter Name
Full Name Weekend End Time of Energy Saving
Abbreviated Name weekendEndTimeES
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the ending energy-saving time on

weekends. Normally, it is set by network planning and optimization
awWeekendEndTimeES[0]: ending time (hour) of the energy-saving
time period on weekends
awWeekendEndTimeES[1]: ending time (minute) of the
energy-saving time period on weekends
Value type string

TIME(HH:mm)
Range [0..20]
Unit N/A
Default Value 00:00
weekends.The ending time must be configured at hours when the
load will become high.

Configure
1-998

1.57.14 Switch of Determined ES Time

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of Determined ES Time
Abbreviated Name switchESTime
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets how to set the energy-saving time period. If this
parameter is set to 0, the energy-saving time period is configured by
network planning personnel at the back end. If this parameter is set
to 1, the energy-saving time period is dynamically determined by the
network management system in accordance with the statistics data.
Value type long
Range 0:Manual Config,1:Auto Compute
Unit N/A
Default Value Manual Config[0]
Configuration Rule This parameter is set in accordance with the actual network operator
requirements.

Configure
1-999

1.57.15 The Static Period of ES

Parameter Name
Full Name The Static Period of ES
Abbreviated Name staticPeriodES
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets the load statistics period for energy-saving
cells during the dynamically-adjusted energy-saving time period. It
takes day as the unit. The energy-saving time period is adjusted
based on a certain algorithm in accordance with the cell load
statistics information within the period. The energy-saving time
period is adjusted to be in low-traffic hours of the cell to improve the
energy-saving efficiency.
Value type long
Range [5..10]
Unit day
Default Value 5
Configuration Rule The law of whether the load is high or low is obtained in accordance
with the time period configured by the parameter. If the parameter
value is too large, energy saving cannot be implemented in a timely
manner. If the parameter value is too small, the load law cannot
be obtained.

Configure
1-1000

1.57.16 The Shortest Time of ES Allowed

Parameter Name
Full Name The Shortest Time of ES Allowed
Abbreviated Name allowedTimeES
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets the minimum duration allowed in energy saving.
It takes hour as the unit. Only when the configured energy-saving
time period is larger than the parameter value can the energy-saving
condition be used for determination.
Value type long
Range [2..24]
Unit hr
Default Value 2
Configuration Rule This parameter helps avoid the ping-pong effect in cell energy
saving. If it is set to a too large value, the energy saving efficiency
may decrease. If it is set to a too small value, the system
performance may become unstable due to the ping-pong effect.

Configure
1.57.17 The Max Tolerance Load Threshold Uplink of Energy

Saving Cell while Switching Off
Parameter Name
1-1001

Full Name The Max Tolerance Load Threshold Uplink of Energy Saving Cell
while Switching Off
Abbreviated Name trdLoadESUp
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets the threshold of the maximum uplink load
percentage that can be tolerated when the energy-saving function
is disabled for an energy-saving cell. If the uplink load of an
energy-saving cell is higher than the threshold, the energy-saving
function cannot be disabled for the cell.
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit %
Default Value 30
Configuration Rule This parameter ensures that the uplink load in the energy-saving cell
is not too large when the energy-saving function is disabled. If it is
set to a too large value, user experience may be affected. If it is set
to a too small value, the energy saving efficiency may be affected.

Configure
1.57.18 The Max Tolerance Load Threshold Downlink of Energy

Saving Cell while Switching Off
Parameter Name
1-1002

Full Name The Max Tolerance Load Threshold Downlink of Energy Saving
Cell while Switching Off
Abbreviated Name trdLoadESDown
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets the threshold of the maximum downlink load
percentage that can be tolerated when the energy-saving function
is disabled for an energy-saving cell. If the downlink load of an
energy-saving cell is higher than the threshold, the energy-saving
function cannot be disabled for the cell.
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit %
Default Value 30
Configuration Rule This parameter ensures that the downlink load in the energy-saving
cell is not too large when the energy-saving function is disabled.
If it is set to a too large value, user experience may be affected.
If it is set to a too small value, the energy saving efficiency may
be affected.

Configure
1.57.19 Threshold of PRB for Uplink ES

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of PRB for Uplink ES
1-1003

Abbreviated Name resPRBUp
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets the uplink PRB compensation threshold for
energy saving. It is used for compensating for the insufficient
number of uplink PRBs caused by UE channel quality difference
between energy-saving cells and compensated cells.
Value type long
Range [1..10]
Unit N/A
Default Value 5
Configuration Rule This parameter helps disable the idle uplink resource used for
handover towards bottom-layer coverage cells for the energy-saving
cell. If it is set to a too large value, the energy saving efficiency may
be affected. If it is set to a too small value, user experience may be
affected due to service access failure after users handover toward
bottom-layer coverage cells.

Configure
1.57.20 Threshold of PRB for Downlink ES

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of PRB for Downlink ES
Abbreviated Name resPRBDown
1-1004

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets the downlink PRB compensation threshold

for energy saving. It is used for compensating for the insufficient
number of downlink PRBs caused by UE channel quality difference
between energy-saving cells and compensated cells.
Value type long
Range [1..10]
Unit N/A
Default Value 5
Configuration Rule This parameter helps disable the idle downlink resource used for
handover towards bottom-layer coverage cells for the energy-saving
cell. If it is set to a too large value, the energy saving efficiency may
be affected. If it is set to a too small value, user experience may be
affected due to service access failure after users handover toward
bottom-layer coverage cells.

Configure
1.57.21 The Max Tolerance Number of Failure Remove UE for

Energy Saving Cell
Parameter Name
Full Name The Max Tolerance Number of Failure Remove UE for Energy
Saving Cell
Abbreviated Name numTrdFailRemoveUE
1-1005

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets the number of UEs failing to shift that can be
tolerated by the cell. To ensure service quality, before the PA in the
cell is shut down, all UEs in the cell will be shifted to a neighboring
cell that provides the coverage. During the shifting process, if the
number of UEs failing to shift exceeds the parameter value, the
energy saving operation is terminated.
Value type long
Range [1..5]
Unit N/A
Default Value 3
Configuration Rule If this parameter is set to a too large value, user experience may be
affected. If this parameter is set to a too small value, the energy
saving efficiency may be affected.

Configure
1.57.22 The Time Window of Switching off for ES Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name The Time Window of Switching off for ES Cell
Abbreviated Name switchoffTimeWindow
Related feature N/A
1-1006

Description This parameter indicates the time window for load observing when a
cell is switched off.
Value type long
Range [3..10]
Unit N/A
Default Value 5
Configuration Rule If this parameter is set to a too large value, the energy saving
efficiency may be affected. If this parameter is set to a too small
value, the cell may be switched on immediately after being switched
off.

Configure
1.57.23 DTX Enable

Parameter Name
Full Name DTX Enable
Abbreviated Name esDTXSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description DTX energy saving switch
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-1007

Configuration Rule DTX function switch

Configure
1.57.24 PA Adjust Enable

Parameter Name
Full Name PA Adjust Enable
Abbreviated Name esVDASwitch
Related feature N/A
Description Dynamic voltage-adjustment energy saving switch
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule Dynamic voltage-adjustment function switch

Configure
1-1008

1.57.25 MAC Statistic Interval

Parameter Name
Full Name MAC Statistic Interval
Abbreviated Name rbInterval
Related feature N/A
Description MAC determination period (ms)
Value type long
Range [100..2550]
Unit ms
Default Value 400
Configuration Rule DTX function determination period. The smaller the parameter
value is, the shorter the determination period is. If it is set to a too
small value, the signaling link load between CMAC RNLC OAM
and RRU may increase.

Configure
1.57.26 Threshold for Close Sub Frame

Parameter Name
1-1009

Full Name Threshold for Close Sub Frame
Abbreviated Name thrClose
Related feature N/A
Description RB usage threshold for closed subframes
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit %
Default Value 70
Configuration Rule RB usage threshold for closed subframes. The larger the parameter
value is, the better the energy saving effect is. However, if this
parameter is set to a too large value, the ping-pong effect of opening
and closing subframes may occur.

Configure
1.57.27 Threshold for Open Sub Frame

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold for Open Sub Frame
Abbreviated Name thrOpen
Related feature N/A
1-1010

Description RB usage threshold for opened subframes
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit %
Default Value 90
Configuration Rule RB usage threshold for opened subframes. The larger the parameter
value is, the better the energy saving effect is. However, if this
parameter is set to a too large value, the risk of QoS requirements
like UE GBR/PBR unable to be satisfied may occur.

Configure
1.57.28 How Many Short Windows in One Long Window

Parameter Name
Full Name How Many Short Windows in One Long Window
Abbreviated Name windowNum
Related feature N/A
Description The number of short time windows contained in a long time window
Value type long
Range [5..10]
Unit N/A
Default Value 8
1-1011

Configuration Rule The larger the number of short time windows contained in a long
time window is, the longer the long time window is, and the closer
the calculated value approximates the average value. Normally, the
long time window must keep at least one second.

Configure
1.57.29 Short Window for Statistic Allot RB Numbers

Parameter Name
Full Name Short Window for Statistic Allot RB Numbers
Abbreviated Name sWindow
Related feature N/A
Description Short time window used for statistics of the average number of
scheduled RBs
Value type long
Range [100..200]
Unit ms
Default Value 125
Configuration Rule The shorter the short time window is, the shorter the adjustment
period is. However, too quick adjustment may cause fluctuation in
the number of RBs and unstable voltage.

Configure
1-1012

1.57.30 Increase RB Numbers

Parameter Name
Full Name Increase RB Numbers
Abbreviated Name increaseRB
Related feature N/A
Description Number of compensated RBs
Value type long
Range [5..20]
Unit N/A
Default Value 10
Configuration Rule This parameter sets the number of compensated RBs every time.
The smaller the parameter value is, the smaller the RB adjustment
is. However, when the base station load changes, the service
scheduling requirement may not be satisfied in a timely manner.

Configure
1-1013

1.57.31 Hysteresis of Energy Saving Cell to be Awakened Re-Enter

the Energy Saving
Parameter Name
Full Name Hysteresis of Energy Saving Cell to be Awakened Re-Enter the

Energy Saving
Abbreviated Name intervalESTimerLen
Related feature N/A
Description If a cell enters energy-saving state for several times, a delay must
be added between two energy-saving operations. Once the cell is
awakened, a delay is required before it enters energy-saving state
again. It helps avoid ping-pong energy saving for the cell.
Value type long
Range [0..60]
Unit min
Default Value 15
Configuration Rule The smaller the parameter value is, the more unobvious the delay
between two energy-saving operations is.

Configure
1-1014

1.57.32 Maximum Number of UE for Energy Saving Cell Allowing

to be Closed
Parameter Name
Full Name Maximum Number of UE for Energy Saving Cell Allowing to be

Closed
Abbreviated Name numTrdTotalUE
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter sets the threshold of the maximum number of UEs
allowed to be shut down in an energy-saving cell. Only when the
number of UEs in a cell is not larger than the threshold can the cell
shut down carriers and enter energy-saving state.
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 32
Configuration Rule The smaller the threshold is, the more difficult the number of UEs
in the cell can satisfy the energy-saving condition, and the more
difficult it is to enter energy-saving state.

Configure
1.57.33 The Switch of NGBR Service Occupation PRB Conversion

Parameter Name
1-1015

Full Name The Switch of NGBR Service Occupation PRB Conversion
Abbreviated Name ngbrPrbConvSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description If this switch is set to ON, the number of PRBs occupied by NGBR
services is calculated. Otherwise, no calculation is performed.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule If this switch is set to ON, the number of PRBs occupied by NGBR
services is calculated, and PRB statistics is performed mainly based
on GBR services. If this switch is set to OFF, PRB statistics on both
NGBR and GBR services is performed.

Configure
1.57.34 Switch for Rf Shutdown Energy Saving Function

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for Rf Shutdown Energy Saving Function
Abbreviated Name rfShutdownSwitch
1-1016

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is a switch to control the RF channel shutdown

function. If the switch is set to ON, the cell checks whether the
conditions for RF channel shutdown are satisfied. If yes, some RF
channels in the cell are shut down to save energy.
The services in the cell are not affected when some RF channels
are shut down.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule If this switch is set to ON and cell load is low, energy can be saved
through shutting down some RF channels without affecting services
in the cell.

Configure
1.57.35 The Delay Time of Rf Shutdown

Parameter Name
Full Name The Delay Time of Rf Shutdown
Abbreviated Name rfShutdownDelayTime
Related feature N/A
1-1017

Description This parameter indicates the period to determine whether the load
conditions in the cell for energy-saving are satisfied when the RF
channel shutdown switch is set to ON.
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit min
Default Value 10
Configuration Rule The longer the period is set, the longer the cell load is tested to
verify that the energy-saving conditions are satisfied.

Configure
1.57.36 Switch of Getting Inter-RAT Cell Load for ES Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of Getting Inter-RAT Cell Load for ES Cell
Abbreviated Name interRatLoadSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether an energy-saving cell obtains

the load information of inter-RAT neighboring cells through an RIM
procedure. If the switch is set to ON, the energy-saving cell obtains
the load information of inter-RAT neighboring cells through an RIM
procedure, and determines whether the energy-saving conditions
are satisfied. If the switch is set to OFF, the energy-saving cell does
not obtain the load information of inter-RAT neighboring cells.
1-1018

Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule If the switch is set to ON, both the load information of the serving
cell and that of the inter-RAT neighboring cells need to be checked
to determine whether the energy-saving conditions are satisfied. If
the switch is set to OFF, only the load information of the serving
cell is considered.

Configure
1.57.37 The Max Tolerance Load Threshold Downlink While

Channel Off
Parameter Name
Full Name The Max Tolerance Load Threshold Downlink While Channel Off
Abbreviated Name trdLoadOffChanESDown
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the allowed maximum downlink load

percentage if the channel shutdown function is enabled. When the
downlink load in a cell is greater than this threshold, the channel
shutdown function cannot be used.
Value type long
Range [0..40]
1-1019

Unit %
Default Value 5
Configuration Rule This parameter ensures that the downlink load is not too heavy
when some channels are shut down, otherwise user experience
is affected.

Configure
1.57.38 The Max Tolerance Load Threshold Downlink While

Channel On
Parameter Name
Full Name The Max Tolerance Load Threshold Downlink While Channel On
Abbreviated Name trdLoadOnChanESDown
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the allowed maximum downlink load

percentage if the channel shutdown function is disabled. When the
downlink load in a cell is greater than this threshold, the channel
shutdown function is disabled.
Value type long
Range [1..50]
Unit %
Default Value 40
1-1020

Configuration Rule This parameter ensures that the downlink load is not too light when
channels are working. Otherwise the energy-saving efficiency is
affected.

Configure
1.57.39 The Max Tolerance Number of UE in RRC CONNECTED

While Channel Off
Parameter Name
Full Name The Max Tolerance Number of UE in RRC CONNECTED While

Channel Off
Abbreviated Name trdNumUEOffChanES
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the allowed number of UEs in

RRC_CONNECTED state when the channel shutdown
function is enabled in a cell. Only when the number of UEs in
RRC_CONNECTED state in a channel-shutdown cell is less than
this threshold, can the channels be shut down in the cell.
Value type long
Range [0..10]
Unit N/A
Default Value 5
1-1021

Configuration Rule This parameter ensures that the number of UEs in

RRC_CONNECTED state is not too large when some channels are
shut down, otherwise user experience is affected.

Configure
1.57.40 The Max Tolerance Number of UE in RRC CONNECTED

While Channel on
Parameter Name
Full Name The Max Tolerance Number of UE in RRC CONNECTED While

Channel on
Abbreviated Name trdNumUEOnChanES
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the allowed number of UEs in

RRC_CONNECTED state when the channel shutdown function is
disabled in a cell. If the number of UEs in RRC_CONNECTED
state in a channel-shutdown cell is greater than this threshold, the
channel shutdown function is disabled in the cell.
Value type long
Range [10..30]
Unit N/A
Default Value 15
1-1022

Configuration Rule This parameter ensures that the number of UEs in

RRC_CONNECTED state is not too small when channels are
working. Otherwise the energy-saving efficiency is affected.

Configure
1.57.41 The Numbers of Detection of Energy-Saving Condition

Parameter Name
Full Name The Numbers of Detection of Energy-Saving Condition
Abbreviated Name detectNumber
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the number of times that a cell detects
whether the energy-saving conditions are satisfied. When the
number of times that the energy-saving conditions are continuously
satisfied in a cell is greater than this parameter, the cell starts an
energy-saving procedure. Otherwise the energy-saving conditions
are detected again.
Value type long
Range [2..10]
Unit N/A
Default Value 3
Configuration Rule This parameter ensures that the throughput is stable enough when
the energy-saving conditions are satisfied, ensures efficient energy
saving, and prevents the ping-pong effect.
1-1023


Configure
Parameter Name
Full Name N/A
Related feature N/A
Description N/A
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Configure
1-1024

Parameter Name
Full Name N/A
Related feature N/A
Description N/A
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Configure
1.57.44 Energy Saving Enhance DTX Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name Energy Saving Enhance DTX Switch
Abbreviated Name esEDTXSwch
Managed Object SON Energy Saving Configure
1-1025

Related feature N/A
Description The Parameter is Enhance DTX Switch. When UE may support

R9 or newer Protocol and esEDTXSwch is open, the parameter
may open.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule If esDTXSwitch is Open and the terminals of this cell support R9
and terminals above (supports MBSFN subframe), this parameter
is set to Open.

Configure
1.58 LTE Public Function Table

LTE Public Function Table
1.58.1 LTE Public Function Table ID

Parameter Name
Full Name LTE Public Function Table ID
Abbreviated Name PubFunctionParaId
Managed Object PubFunctionPara
1-1026

Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN Service Configuration/LTE

Public Function Table
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-1027


1.58.3 RSSI Level 1 ALM Thresh

Parameter Name
Full Name RSSI Level 1 ALM Thresh
Abbreviated Name rssiAlmThresh1
Related feature N/A
Description RSSI Level 1 ALM Thresh
Value type long
Range [-100..0]
Unit dBm
Default Value -65

1-1028

1.58.4 RSSI Level 1 ALM Raise Times

Parameter Name
Full Name RSSI Level 1 ALM Raise Times
Abbreviated Name rssiAlmRaiseTimes1
Related feature N/A
Description RSSI Level 1 ALM Raise Times
Value type long
Range [1..3000]
Unit N/A
Default Value 30

1.58.5 RSSI Level 1 ALM Clear Times

Parameter Name
Full Name RSSI Level 1 ALM Clear Times
Abbreviated Name rssiAlmClearTimes1
Related feature N/A
Description RSSI Level 1 ALM Clear Times
1-1029

Value type long
Range [1..3000]
Unit N/A
Default Value 30

1.58.6 RSSI Level 2 ALM Thresh

Parameter Name
Full Name RSSI Level 2 ALM Thresh
Abbreviated Name rssiAlmThresh2
Related feature N/A
Description RSSI Level 2 ALM Thresh
Value type long
Range [-100..0]
Unit dBm
Default Value -77

1-1030

1.58.7 RSSI Level 2 ALM Raise Times

Parameter Name
Full Name RSSI Level 2 ALM Raise Times
Abbreviated Name rssiAlmRaiseTimes2
Related feature N/A
Description RSSI Level 2 ALM Raise Times
Value type long
Range [1..3000]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1800

1.58.8 RSSI Level 2 ALM Clear Times

Parameter Name
1-1031

Full Name RSSI Level 2 ALM Clear Times
Abbreviated Name rssiAlmClearTimes2
Related feature N/A
Description RSSI Level 2 ALM Clear Times
Value type long
Range [1..3000]
Unit N/A
Default Value 90

1.58.9 RF Channel Power Difference Alarm Threshold

Parameter Name
Full Name RF Channel Power Difference Alarm Threshold
Abbreviated Name rssiPowerDiffAlmThr
Related feature N/A
Description RF Channel Power Difference Alarm Threshold
Value type long
Range [1..30]
1-1032

Unit dB
Default Value 20

1.58.10 RF Channel Power Difference Alarm Detection Counting

Parameter Name
Full Name RF Channel Power Difference Alarm Detection Counting
Abbreviated Name rssiPowerDiffAlmCnt
Related feature N/A
Description RF Channel Power Difference Alarm Detection Counting
Value type long
Range [1..3000]
Unit N/A
Default Value 30

1-1033

1.58.11 RF Channel Power Difference Alarm Clear Counting

Parameter Name
Full Name RF Channel Power Difference Alarm Clear Counting
Abbreviated Name rssiPowerDiffAlmClrCnt
Related feature N/A
Description RF Channel Power Difference Alarm Clear Counting
Value type long
Range [1..3000]
Unit N/A
Default Value 30

1.58.12 RF Channel Power Linear Smoothing Factor

Parameter Name
Full Name RF Channel Power Linear Smoothing Factor
Abbreviated Name rssiPowerLsFactor
1-1034

Related feature N/A
Description RF Channel Power Linear Smoothing Factor
Value type long
Range 0:1/64,1:1/32,2:1/16,3:1/8,4:1/4,5:1/2
Unit N/A
Default Value 1/32[1]

1.59 Mobile Speed Handover

Mobile Speed Handover
1.59.1 Mobile Speed Handover ID

Parameter Name
Full Name Mobile Speed Handover ID
Abbreviated Name MobileSpeedHOId
Managed Object MobileSpeedHO
Related feature N/A
1-1035


Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN Service Configuration/Mobile

Speed Handover
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-1036


Speed Handover
1.59.3 The Timer for Going into High/Medium Speed State

Parameter Name
Full Name The Timer for Going into High/Medium Speed State
Abbreviated Name tHoMax
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the duration for determining whether a UE

is in Medium Mobility state or High Mobility state. When a UE is
determined to be in Medium Mobility state or High Mobility state, this
timer is started. If the UE keeps in Medium Mobility state or High
Mobility state before the timer expires, the determination that the UE
is in Medium Mobility or High Mobility state takes effect.
Value type long
Range 0:30,1:60,2:120,3:180,4:240
Unit s
Default Value 60[1]
Configuration Rule If the UE speed varies much in a short time, and if the duration is set
to a small value, error determination may occur. If the duration is set
to a large value, the time that a UE is determined to be in Medium
Mobility state or High Mobility state is delayed, and the handover
parameters related to UE states cannot be used in time, impacting
the handover performance of UEs.

Speed Handover
1-1037

1.59.4 Threshold of Handovers for Judging High Mobility State

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Handovers for Judging High Mobility State
Abbreviated Name nHoHighSpeed
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter determines whether a UE is in High Mobility state. In

the duration indicated by ucTHoMax, if the number of UE handovers
is greater than this threshold, the UE mobility state is determined to
be High. This parameter affects the determination on the mobility
state of a UE.
Value type long
Range [1..16]
Unit N/A
Default Value 8
Configuration Rule In an actual scenario, assume that a UE moves at over a high speed,
and calculate the number of handovers in the duration indicated by
ucTHoMax based on the cell radius. Then the parameter is set to
this value.

Speed Handover
1-1038

Related parameter Mobile Speed Handover.tHoMax
1.59.5 Threshold of Handovers for Judging Medium Mobility State

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Handovers for Judging Medium Mobility State
Abbreviated Name nHoMediumSpeed
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter determines whether a UE is in Medium Mobility

state. In the duration indicated by ucTHoMax, if the number of UE
handovers is greater than this threshold, the UE mobility state is
determined to be Medium. This parameter affects the determination
on the mobility state of a UE.
Value type long
Range [1..16]
Unit N/A
Default Value 6
Configuration Rule In an actual scenario, assume that a UE moves at over a medium

speed, and calculate the number of handovers in the duration
indicated by ucTHoMax based on the cell radius. Then the
parameter is set to this value.

Speed Handover
1-1039

1.59.6 The Timer for Leaving High/Medium Speed State

Parameter Name
Full Name The Timer for Leaving High/Medium Speed State
Abbreviated Name tHomaxhyst
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the delay that a UE is determined to be

in Medium Mobility state or High Mobility state. When a UE is
determined to be out of Medium Mobility state or High Mobility state,
this timer is started. If the UE keeps out of Medium Mobility state
or High Mobility state before the timer expires, the determination
that the UE is out of Medium Mobility state or High Mobility state
takes effect.
Value type long
Range 0:30,1:60,2:120,3:180,4:240
Unit s
Default Value 60[1]
Configuration Rule If the UE speed varies much in a short time, and if the duration is set
to a small value, error determination may occur. If the duration is set
to a large value, the time that a UE is determined to be in Medium
Mobility state or High Mobility state is delayed, and the handover
parameters related to UE states cannot be used in time, impacting
the handover performance of UEs.

Speed Handover
1-1040

1.59.7 Scaling Factor of Trigger Time Applied in Medium Mobility

State
Parameter Name
Full Name Scaling Factor of Trigger Time Applied in Medium Mobility State
Abbreviated Name ftTrgSFMedium
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the scaling factor of trigger time in Medium
Mobility state. When a UE is in Medium Mobility state, the used
timeToTrigger value equals the timeToTrigger value in Low Mobility
state times ucFtTrgSFMedium (this parameter).
Value type long
Range 0:0.25,1:0.5,2:0.75,3:1.0
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule If this scaling factor is set to 1, the timeToTrigger value is not
actually scaled, and the handover condition is the same as that of
Low Mobility state. If this scaling factor is set to a small value, the
timeToTrigger value in Medium Mobility state is over-scaled, and
the signal quality in the target cell maybe not stable, impacting the
handover success rate.

Speed Handover
1.59.8 Scaling Factor of Trigger Time Applied in High Mobility State

Parameter Name
1-1041

Full Name Scaling Factor of Trigger Time Applied in High Mobility State
Abbreviated Name ftTrgSFHigh
Related feature N/A
Description When a UE is in High Mobility state, the mobility-related parameters

should be multiplied by this scaling factor. For example, if this
parameter is set to 0.25 and the hysteresis value is set to 2, a UE in
High Mobility state should use a new hysteresis value of 0.5 (0.25
x 2 = 0.5).
Value type long
Range 0:0.25,1:0.5,2:0.75,3:1.0
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter is inversely proportional to the medium or high

mobility threshold.

Speed Handover
1.59.9 Speed State HO Measurement Parameter Configuration Flag

Parameter Name
Full Name Speed State HO Measurement Parameter Configuration Flag
Abbreviated Name hoParaBaseSpeedFlag
1-1042

Related feature N/A
Description After this switch is set to ON, the eNB sends the mobility-related
parameters to the UE in the measurement configuration. The
parameters that should be sent are specified by 3GPP.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule After this switch is set to ON, a UE can use the mobility-related
parameters configured by the eNB based on the mobility detected
by itself, and the cell reselection performance and handover
performance are better.

Speed Handover
1.59.10 Switch of Mobility Speed Handover

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of Mobility Speed Handover
Abbreviated Name mshoSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description After this switch is set to ON, the eNB performs the mobility-based
handover algorithm. In mobility-based handover scenarios, the eNB
tries to keep UEs in a macro cell and prevents UEs from handing
over frequently between micro cells.
Value type long
1-1043

Unit N/A
Configuration Rule In the scenarios that the mobility-based handover algorithm is

suitable, if this switch is set to ON, the number of handovers can
be decreased.

Speed Handover
1.59.11 Number of Cell for Judging UE Speed

Parameter Name
Full Name Number of Cell for Judging UE Speed
Abbreviated Name speedJudgNum
Related feature N/A
Description The latest measurement messages should be used to determine the

UE speed, and this parameter specifies the number of messages.
Value type long
Range [1..6]
Unit N/A
Default Value 4
Configuration Rule If the UE speed does not varies much, more measurement
messages can help improve the accuracy of the calculated UE
speed. If the UE speed varies much, it is recommended to set a
small value for this parameter.
1-1044


Speed Handover
1.59.12 Threshold for High Speed

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold for High Speed
Abbreviated Name hiSpeedThr
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the speed threshold used for determining
whether a UE is in High Mobility state. If the calculated UE speed is
higher than this threshold, the UE is in High Mobility state.
Value type long
Range [60..350] step 10
Unit km/h
Default Value 120
Configuration Rule This parameter is related to the UE mobility state suitable for the
configured mobility-related parameters. If the UE speed is 30 km/h,
this parameter is set to 120 km/h in most cases. The higher the UE
speed is, the higher value this parameter should be configured.

Speed Handover
1-1045

1.59.13 Radius for Large Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Radius for Large Cell
Abbreviated Name lCellRadius
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the cell radius of a macro neighboring

cell, which is used for evaluating the UE speed for mobility-based
handover. If the mobility-based handover switch (ucMSHOSwitch) is
set to ON and there is a macro neighboring cell, this parameter is
configured and should be set to the same value as the actual cell
radius. This parameter affects the calculated UE speed. The higher
value this parameter is configured, the higher the calculated UE
speed is. A large difference between the configured value and the
actual value causes an inaccurate UE speed.
Value type long
Range [0.5..100] step 0.5
Unit km
Default Value 1
Configuration Rule This parameter affects the calculated UE speed. The higher value
this parameter is configured, the higher the calculated UE speed
is. A large difference between the configured value and the actual
value causes an inaccurate UE speed. This parameter is set to the
actual cell radius, but should not be adjusted.

Speed Handover
1-1046

1.59.14 Radius for Medium Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Radius for Medium Cell
Abbreviated Name mCellRadius
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the cell radius of a medium neighboring

handover. If the mobility-based handover switch (ucMSHOSwitch) is
set to ON and there is a medium neighboring cell, this parameter
is configured and should be set to the same value as the actual
cell radius.
Value type long
Range [0.2..2] step 1
Unit km
Default Value 0.5

Speed Handover
1-1047

1.59.15 Radius for Small Neighbor Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Radius for Small Neighbor Cell
Abbreviated Name sCellRadius
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the cell radius of a micro neighboring

handover. If the mobility-based handover switch (ucMSHOSwitch)
is set to ON and there is a micro neighboring cell, this parameter
is configured and should be set to the same value as the actual
cell radius.
Value type long
Range 0:0.1,1:0.2,2:0.3
Unit km

Speed Handover
1-1048

1.59.16 Radius for Very Small Neighbour Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Radius for Very Small Neighbour Cell
Abbreviated Name vsCellRadius
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the cell radius of a pico neighboring

handover. If the mobility-based handover switch (ucMSHOSwitch)
is set to ON and there is a pico neighboring cell, this parameter is
configured and should be set to the same value as the actual cell
radius.
Value type long
Range 0:0.05,1:0.1
Unit km

Speed Handover
1.60 HetNet Macro-Micro Cell Relationship

HetNet Macro-Micro Cell Relationship
1-1049

1.60.1 HetNet Macro-Micro Cell RelationshipID

Parameter Name
Full Name HetNet Macro-Micro Cell RelationshipID
Abbreviated Name HetNetMacMicRelationId
Managed Object HetNetMacMicRelation
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN FDD Cell/HetNet Macro-Micro

Cell Relationship
Parameter Name
1-1050

Related feature N/A
Value type string
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Cell Relationship
1.60.3 Cell Type

Parameter Name
Full Name Cell Type
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the type of a heterogeneous cell. If the

neighboring cell is a macro cell, nothing is done. If the neighboring
cell is a micro cell, it is considered as a candidate cell for adjusting
the ABS parameters when the eICIC function is started.
Value type long
Range 0:Macro Cell,

1:Micro Cell,
2:Pico Cell
1-1051

Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter is set according to the actual heterogeneous cell
type.

Cell Relationship
1.60.4 Mobile Country Code

Parameter Name
Full Name Mobile Country Code
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the MCC of a heterogeneous cell, and

identifies the country that this PLMN belongs to.
Value type string

PlainText[+###]
Range [3..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter should be configured according to the requirements

of the operator and country where the OMC is located. This
parameter is uniquely set by an international organization. If this
parameter is incorrectly set, error operation information is displayed
on the UE, and the UE cannot start usual services.
1-1052


Cell Relationship
1.60.5 Mobile Network Code

Parameter Name
Full Name Mobile Network Code
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the MNC of a heterogeneous cell, and

identifies the operator that this PLMN belongs to.
Value type string

PlainText[+###]
Range [2..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter should be configured according to the requirements

of the operator and country where the OMC is located. This
parameter is uniquely set by an international organization. If this
parameter is incorrectly set, error operation information is displayed
on the UE, and the UE cannot start usual services.

Cell Relationship
1-1053

1.60.6 Neighbor eNB Identity

Parameter Name
Full Name Neighbor eNB Identity
Abbreviated Name neNodeBId
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the ID of an eNB where a heterogeneous

cell is located, and uniquely identifies an eNB in a PLMN. This
parameter identifies an eNB when the eNB communicates with the
MME, and identifies the target eNB in a handover procedure.
Value type long
Range [0..268435455]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule This parameter is planned and configured by the operator. An ID

should not be repeated in one PLMN.

Cell Relationship
1-1054

1.60.7 H-Cell Identity

Parameter Name
Full Name H-Cell Identity
Abbreviated Name hcId
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the ID of a heterogeneous cell, and

identifies a cell in an eNB.
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule Different cells in an eNB should be set to different cell ID.

Cell Relationship
1.61 HetNet eICIC Configuration

HetNet eICIC Configuration
1.61.1 HetNet eICIC Configuration ID

Parameter Name
Full Name HetNet eICIC Configuration ID
Abbreviated Name HetNeteICICConfigId
Managed Object HetNeteICICConfig
1-1055

Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN FDD Cell/HetNet eICIC

Configuration
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Unit N/A
1-1056

Default Value N/A

Configuration
1.61.3 ABS Configuration Mode

Parameter Name
Full Name ABS Configuration Mode
Abbreviated Name absFuncCfg
Related feature N/A
Description 0: No ABS Pattern Info.

1: Static ABS Pattern Info Configuration.
2: Dynamic ABS Pattern Info Configuration.
Value type long
Range 0:Close,1:Static ABS,2:Dynamic ABS
Unit N/A
1-1057

Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the ABS pattern. Two patterns: static
pattern and dynamic patter.
In static pattern, interference coordination is performed between
a macro cell and a micro cell based on the pre-configured ABS
pattern. The macro cell enable ABS sub-frames for the micro cell
and the micro cell schedules only the ABS sub-frames.
In dynamic pattern, interference coordination is dynamically adjusted
between a macro cell and a micro cell based on the radio resource
load. If the load of the micro cell is heavy, the macro cell leaves
more sub-frames for the micro cell. If the load of the micro cell is
light, the macro cell decreases the sub-frames for the micro cell.

Configuration
1.61.4 ABS Pattern Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name ABS Pattern Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name absProviderIndex
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the ABS pattern configuration index in

different RATs and different uplink/downlink ratios. This parameter
should be configured based on the configuration table.
Assume that Cell A is a macro cell and Cell B is a micro cell. Cell A
interferes with Cell B. Cell A can be set to one of the ABS patterns,
and scheduling in Cell A is limited based on the configured ABS
pattern. In the first phase, this parameter needs to be configured
only a macro cell only.
1-1058

Value type long
Range [0..21]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the ABS pattern configuration index. The
higher the value is, the more ABS sub-frames are left for a micro
cell by a macro cell.

Configuration
1.61.5 Connected Bias for CRE

Parameter Name
Full Name Connected Bias for CRE
Abbreviated Name connBias4CRE
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter achieves Ocn Bias in the CRE function in

RRC_CONNECTED state, and is used with Ocn.
Value type long
Range [-15..15]
Unit dB
Default Value 0
1-1059

Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the CRE configuration in

RRC_CONNECTED state, and is used for micro cell extension. For
a macro cell, this parameter should set to a value greater than 0,
and for a micro cell, this parameter should be set to a value smaller
than 0. The higher this parameter is configured in a macro cell, the
easier the UE can be handed over to the micro cell. The lower this
parameter is configured in a micro neighboring cell, the harder the
UE can be handed over to the macro neighboring cell.

Configuration
1.62 Co-eNodeB X2+ Port IP Link Table

Co-eNodeB X2+ Port IP Link Table
1.62.1 Co-eNodeB X2+ Port IP Link Table ID

Parameter Name
Full Name Co-eNodeB X2+ Port IP Link Table ID
Abbreviated Name CoeNBXCIPLinkId
Managed Object CoeNBXCIPLink
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
1-1060

Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/Resource Interface Configuration/Co-

eNodeB X2+ Port IP Link Table
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1-1061

1.62.3 Cooperating eNodeB ID

Parameter Name
Full Name Cooperating eNodeB ID
Abbreviated Name enodeId
Related feature N/A
Description Cooperating eNodeB ID
Value type long
Range [0..1048575]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

1.62.4 X2+ Port IP Address

Parameter Name
Full Name X2+ Port IP Address
Abbreviated Name ipAddr
1-1062

Related feature N/A
Description X2+ Port IP Address
Value type string

IP
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.62.5 IP Link Transmission Delay

Parameter Name
Full Name IP Link Transmission Delay
Abbreviated Name ipDelay
Related feature N/A
Description IP Link Transmission Delay
Value type long
Range 0:0.2ms Delay,1:1ms Delay,2:2ms Delay,3:3ms Delay,4:4ms

Delay,5:Adapt
1-1063

Unit N/A
Default Value 0.2ms Delay[0]

1.63 X2+ Set(FDD)

Indicates the set of X2+ physical ports.
1.63.1 Object ID of X2+ Set

Parameter Name
Full Name Object ID of X2+ Set
Abbreviated Name XCDeviceSetId
Managed Object XCDeviceSet
Related feature N/A
Description Relative Distinguished Name (RDN).
Range [1..1]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Device/B8200/FS/Optical Port Device Set/X2+ SetFDD
How to take effect With immediate effect
1-1064

Impact services or Not N
Parameter Name
Managed Object XCDeviceSet
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range %,XCDeviceSet=%,##parent.description,XCDeviceSetId
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Device/B8200/FS/Optical Port Device Set/X2+ SetFDD
1.64 X2+(FDD)
Indicates a physical X2+ port. Only exists on the FS5C boards.
1-1065

1.64.1 Object ID of X2+

Parameter Name
Full Name Object ID of X2+
Abbreviated Name XCDeviceId
Managed Object XCDevice
Related feature N/A
Description Relative Distinguished Name (RDN).
Range [1..1]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Device/B8200/FS/Optical Port Device Set/X2+FDD
Impact services or Not N
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
1-1066

Value type string
Range XC:%:%,##parent.parent.description,port
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1.64.3 Port Number

Parameter Name
Full Name Port Number
Abbreviated Name port
Related feature N/A
Description The X2+ port number.
Value type long
Range [0..0]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-1067

1.64.4 Port Working Mode

Parameter Name
Full Name Port Working Mode
Abbreviated Name workMode
Related feature N/A
Description Port Working Mode
Value type long
Range 0:1Gbps,1:10Gbps
Unit N/A
Default Value 1Gbps[0]
1.64.5 reservedByXCIpLayerConfig
Parameter Name
Full Name N/A
Abbreviated Name reservedByXCIpLayerConfig
1-1068

Related feature N/A
Description N/A
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1.65 X2+ IP Configuration(FDD)

It represents the X2+ IP configuration.
1.65.1 Object ID of X2+ IP Configuration

Parameter Name
Full Name Object ID of X2+ IP Configuration
Abbreviated Name XCIpLayerConfigId
Managed Object XCIpLayerConfig
Related feature N/A

1-1069

Range [1..1]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Transmission Network/X2+ IP ConfigurationFDD
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-1070

1.65.3 IP Address
Parameter Name
Full Name IP Address
Related feature N/A
Description IP address of the base station.It can be IPv4 address or IPv6

address. The IPv4 address format is dotted decimal format,
i.e. 10.0.0.1, IPv6 address is colon hexadecimal format, i.e.
2011:0db8:85a3:0000:1319:8a2e:0370:7366. The IPv4 address of
the 127 and 200 network segments cannot be configured.
Value type string

IP
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-1071

1.65.4 Network Mask

Parameter Name
Full Name Network Mask
Abbreviated Name networkMask
Related feature N/A
Description Subnet mask. Only IPv4 address can be configured.
Value type string

IP
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value 255.255.255.0
1.65.5 Gateway IP
Parameter Name
Full Name Gateway IP
Abbreviated Name gatewayIp
Related feature N/A
1-1072

Description Gateway. It can be IPv4 address or IPv6 address.

The IPv4 address format is dotted decimal format, i.e.
10.0.0.1, IPv6 address is colon hexadecimal format, i.e.
2011:0db8:85a3:0000:1319:8a2e:0370:7366.
Value type string

IP
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1.65.6 VLAN ID
Parameter Name
Full Name VLAN ID
Abbreviated Name vid
Related feature N/A
Description VLAN ID
Value type long
Range [1..4094]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-1073

1.65.7 Used X2+ Port

Parameter Name
Full Name Used X2+ Port
Abbreviated Name refXCDevice
Related feature N/A
Description Used X2+ Port
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-1074

1.65.8 X2+ Transmission Bandwidth

Parameter Name
Full Name X2+ Transmission Bandwidth
Abbreviated Name bandWidth
Related feature N/A
Description X2+ Transmission Bandwidth
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 200
1.66 SON MLB Configure

SON MLB Configure
1.66.1 SON MLB Configure ID

Parameter Name
Full Name SON MLB Configure ID
Abbreviated Name SonPolicyMlbId
Managed Object SonPolicyMlb
1-1075

Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Management/SON Policy Template/SON MLB Configure
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-1076


1.66.3 Policy ID
Parameter Name
Full Name Policy ID
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the policy ID. The value is segmented
based on the SON service type. When an SON policy is added or
modified, the value is changed in order within the available segment.
Value type long
Range [52000..52999]
Unit N/A
Default Value 52000
Configuration Rule This parameter cannot be adjusted by the operator. When an

SON policy is added or modified, the OMC automatically set this
parameter based on the value segment.

1-1077

1.66.4 MLB Refer Point Policy

Parameter Name
Full Name MLB Refer Point Policy
Related feature N/A
Description MLB Refer Point Policy
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.66.5 Service Type

Parameter Name
1-1078

Related feature N/A

Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 52

1.66.6 Run Mode

Parameter Name
Full Name Run Mode
Related feature N/A
Value type long
1-1079

Unit N/A

1.66.7 Policy Grade

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long

Unit N/A

1-1080

1.66.8 Switch for Intra Frequency MLB TLB Type Optimization

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for Intra Frequency MLB TLB Type Optimization
Abbreviated Name intraRatTLBEnable
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables the intra-frequency TLB

optimization type for MLB.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter enables or disables the intra-frequency TLB


1-1081

1.66.9 Switch for Intra Frequency MLB CLB Type Optimization

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for Intra Frequency MLB CLB Type Optimization
Abbreviated Name intraRatCLBEnable
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables the intra-frequency CLB

Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter enables or disables the intra-frequency CLB


1.66.10 Switch for Inter Frequency MLB TLB Type Optimization

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for Inter Frequency MLB TLB Type Optimization
Abbreviated Name interFreqTLBSwch
1-1082

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables the handover-related parameter

optimization of TLB of MLB. When the serving cell load is too heavy
and its inter-frequency neighboring cell load is light, this switch
is set to ON to transfer the load to the low-load inter-frequency
neighboring cell through the inter-frequency TLB function.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule If the load of some cells is too heavy and there are light-load
inter-frequency neighboring cells, this switch is set to ON to balance
the load between inter-frequency neighboring cells.

1.66.11 Switch for Inter Frequency MLB CLB Type Optimization

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for Inter Frequency MLB CLB Type Optimization
Abbreviated Name interFreqCLBSwch
Related feature N/A
1-1083

Description This parameter enables or disables the reselection-related

parameter optimization of TLB of MLB. When the serving cell
load is too heavy and the load of the high-priority and low-priority
inter-frequency neighboring cell is light, the cell reselection
parameters related to the corresponding frequency point can be
optimized. Thus the idle UE in the serving cell is easier to access
the neighboring cell, and the serving cell load is decreased.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule If the load of some cells is too heavy and there are light-load
high-priority or low-priority inter-frequency neighboring cells, this
switch is set to ON to balance the load between inter-frequency
neighboring cells.

1.66.12 Switch of UTRAN TLB Optimization for MLB

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of UTRAN TLB Optimization for MLB
Abbreviated Name utranTLBEnable
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables the UTRAN TLB optimization

type for MLB.
1-1084

Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter enables or disables the UTRAN TLB optimization
type for MLB.

1.66.13 Switch of UTRAN CLB Optimization for MLB

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of UTRAN CLB Optimization for MLB
Abbreviated Name utranCLBEnable
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables the UTRAN CLB optimization

type for MLB.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter enables or disables the UTRAN CLB optimization
type for MLB.

1-1085

1.66.14 Threshold of Intra-LTE UL PRB Load

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Intra-LTE UL PRB Load
Abbreviated Name srvPRBThrdUl
Related feature N/A
Description When the MLB load evaluation period stops, if the uplink radio
load in the serving cell is greater than this threshold, a record is
generated.
Value type long
Range [1..100]
Unit %
Default Value 70
Configuration Rule The threshold for uplink radio load evaluation in the cell where MLB
optimization is started should be modified.

1-1086

1.66.15 Threshold of Intra-LTE DL PRB Load

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Intra-LTE DL PRB Load
Abbreviated Name srvPRBThrdDl
Related feature N/A
Description When the MLB load evaluation period stops, if the downlink radio
load in the serving cell is greater than this threshold, a record is
generated.
Value type long
Range [1..100]
Unit %
Default Value 70
Configuration Rule The threshold for downlink radio load evaluation in the cell where
MLB optimization is started should be modified.

1.66.16 Threshold of Neighbor Cell UL PRB Load

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Neighbor Cell UL PRB Load
Abbreviated Name nbrPRBThrdUl
1-1087

Related feature N/A
Description When the MLB load evaluation period stops, if the uplink radio load
in the neighboring cell is greater than this threshold, a record is
generated.
Value type long
Range [1..100]
Unit %
Default Value 60
Configuration Rule The threshold for uplink radio load evaluation in the neighboring cell
where MLB optimization is started should be modified.

1.66.17 Threshold of Neighbor Cell DL PRB Load

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Neighbor Cell DL PRB Load
Abbreviated Name nbrPRBThrdDl
Related feature N/A
Description When the MLB load evaluation period stops, if the downlink radio
load in the neighboring cell is greater than this threshold, a record is
generated.
Value type long
Range [1..100]
1-1088

Unit %
Default Value 60
Configuration Rule The threshold for downlink radio load evaluation in the neighboring
cell where MLB optimization is started should be modified.

1.66.18 Threshold of Load Difference Evaluation for MLB

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Load Difference Evaluation for MLB
Abbreviated Name diffThrd
Related feature N/A
Description When the MLB load difference evaluation period stops, if the
difference between two cells is greater than this threshold, a record
is generated.
Value type long
Range [1..100]
Unit %
Default Value 30
Configuration Rule The load difference threshold determined by MLB parameter

optimization should be modified.

1-1089

1.66.19 Threshold of Load Difference Resume for MLB

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Load Difference Resume for MLB
Abbreviated Name resumeThrd
Related feature N/A
Description When the MLB load difference evaluation period stops, if the
difference between two cells is less than this threshold, a record is
generated.
Value type long
Range [1..100]
Unit %
Default Value 30
Configuration Rule The load difference threshold should be restored by modifying the
MLB parameter.

1-1090

1.66.20 Total Adjust Allowed for MLB

Parameter Name
Full Name Total Adjust Allowed for MLB
Abbreviated Name totalAdjust
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the maximum accumulated adjustment

threshold for MLB parameter optimization. The accumulated
adjustment degree should not exceed this threshold.
Value type long
Range [0..127]
Unit dB
Default Value 6
Configuration Rule The maximum accumulated adjustment degree for MLB parameter
optimization should be modified.

1.66.21 Threshold of Intra Freqence Load Difference Evaluation

for MLB
Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Intra Freqence Load Difference Evaluation for MLB
Abbreviated Name diffCountThrd
1-1091

Related feature N/A
Description For an intra-/inter-frequency neighboring cell with the same

priority as the serving cell, if the number of records that the cell
load exceeds the load threshold of both the serving cell and the
neighboring cell is greater than or equal to this threshold before the
load statistical timer expires, the MLB parameter can be optimized.
Value type long
Range [1..100]
Unit N/A
Default Value 5
Configuration Rule For an intra-/inter-frequency neighboring cell with the same

priority as the serving cell, if the number of records that the cell
load exceeds the load threshold of both the serving cell and the
neighboring cell is greater than or equal to this threshold before the
load statistical timer expires, the MLB parameter can be optimized.

1.66.22 Threshold of Inter Frequency Load Difference Evaluation

for MLB
Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Inter Frequency Load Difference Evaluation for MLB
Abbreviated Name interFreqCountThrd
1-1092

Related feature N/A
Description For an inter-frequency neighboring cell, when the MLB load

difference evaluation period stops, if the difference between two
cells is greater than this threshold, a record is generated.
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit N/A
Default Value 4
Configuration Rule The more the threshold is adjusted, the harder the inter-frequency
load can meet the parameter optimization conditions, and the
harder the corresponding inter-frequency handover and reselection
parameters can be optimized. Thus the priority of inter-frequency
MLB is equivalently decreased.

1.66.23 Threshold of Inter RAT Load Difference Evaluation for MLB

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Inter RAT Load Difference Evaluation for MLB
Abbreviated Name interRatCountThrd
Related feature N/A
Description For an inter-RAT neighboring cell or frequency point, when the MLB
load difference evaluation period stops, if the difference between
two cells is greater than this threshold, a record is generated.
Value type long
1-1093

Range [0..100]
Unit N/A
Default Value 5
Configuration Rule The more the threshold is adjusted, the harder the inter-RAT load
can meet the parameter optimization conditions, and the harder the
corresponding inter-RAT handover and reselection parameters can
be optimized. Thus the priority of inter-RAT MLB is equivalently
decreased.

1.66.24 Maximum Number of Adjust Neighbors for MLB

Parameter Name
Full Name Maximum Number of Adjust Neighbors for MLB
Abbreviated Name maxAdjustNbrNum
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the number of cell pairs allowed for
optimization at the same time.
Value type long
Range [1..127]
Unit N/A
Default Value 3
Configuration Rule This number of cell pairs allowed for optimization at the same time
should be modified.
1-1094


1.66.25 Period of Load Evaluation for MLB

Parameter Name
Full Name Period of Load Evaluation for MLB
Abbreviated Name lbDetectTimer
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the time interval between two periodical
evaluations on the load difference of two cells.
Value type long
Range [1..127]
Unit 0.5 min
Default Value 1
Configuration Rule The MLB load evaluation period should be modified.

1-1095

1.66.26 Adjust Parameter Valid Timer for MLB

Parameter Name
Full Name Adjust Parameter Valid Timer for MLB
Abbreviated Name resumeTimer
Related feature N/A
Description After the eNB parameters are optimized, this timer is started. After
this timer expires, the adjusted parameter should be fallen back.
Value type long
Range [1..127]
Unit min
Default Value 30
Configuration Rule The MLB parameter restoration period should be modified.

1.66.27 Adjust Parameter Interval Timer for MLB

Parameter Name
Full Name Adjust Parameter Interval Timer for MLB
Abbreviated Name intervalTimer
1-1096

Related feature N/A
Description After the eNB parameter fallback timer expires, the optimization
interval timer is started. After the optimization interval timer expires,
the load is checked again and a load evaluation is started.
Value type long
Range [1..127]
Unit min
Default Value 30
Configuration Rule The MLB parameter optimization interval should be modified.

1.66.28 The Switch of NGBR Service Occupation PRB Conversion

Parameter Name
Full Name The Switch of NGBR Service Occupation PRB Conversion
Abbreviated Name ngbrPrbConvSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description If this switch is set to ON, the number of PRBs occupied by NGBR
services is calculated. Otherwise, no calculation is performed.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-1097

Configuration Rule If this switch is set to ON, the number of PRBs occupied by NGBR
services is calculated, resulting in PRB statistics on GBR services.
If this switch is set to OFF, PRB statistics on both NGBR and GBR
services is performed.

1.66.29 Switch of Getting Inter-RAT Cell Load for MLB

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of Getting Inter-RAT Cell Load for MLB
Abbreviated Name interRatLoadSwitch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter controls whether the inter-RAT MLB function obtains
inter-RAT load information through an RIM procedure.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This switch should be set to ON or OFF based on the actual
requirements.

1-1098

1.66.30 Threshold of Hardware Load Difference Evaluation for MLB

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Hardware Load Difference Evaluation for MLB
Abbreviated Name hwLoadThrd
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the hardware load evaluation threshold. It

may be set to low load, medium load, or high load.
Value type long
Range 0:Low,1:Medium,2:High
Unit %
Configuration Rule When the hardware load of a neighboring cell is higher than this
threshold, the neighboring cell is considered as a high-load cell
and the related parameters cannot be optimized. The higher the
threshold is, the harder the neighboring cell is considered as a
high-load cell, and the easier the related parameters are optimized.

1-1099

1.66.31 Threshold of DL S1 bandwidth Load Difference Evaluation

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of DL S1 bandwidth Load Difference Evaluation
Abbreviated Name s1TnlLoadThrdDl
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the downlink S1 bandwidth evaluation

threshold. It may be set to low load, medium load, or high load.
Value type long
Unit %
Configuration Rule When the downlink S1 bandwidth of a neighboring cell is higher

than this threshold, the neighboring cell is considered as a high-load
cell and the related parameters cannot be optimized. The higher
the threshold is, the harder the neighboring cell is considered as a

1.66.32 Threshold of UL S1 Bandwidth Load Difference Evaluation

Parameter Name
1-1100

Full Name Threshold of UL S1 Bandwidth Load Difference Evaluation
Abbreviated Name s1TnlLoadThrdUl
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the uplink S1 bandwidth evaluation

threshold. It may be set to low load, medium load, or high load.
Value type long
Unit %
Configuration Rule When the uplink S1 bandwidth of a neighboring cell is higher than
this threshold, the neighboring cell is considered as a high-load
cell and the related parameters cannot be optimized. The higher
the threshold is, the harder the neighboring cell is considered as a

Parameter Name
Full Name N/A
1-1101

Related feature N/A
Description N/A
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.66.34 UE Threshold of the Peer of Receiving TLB Negotiation

to Reject Negotiation
Parameter Name
Full Name UE Threshold of the Peer of Receiving TLB Negotiation to Reject

Negotiation
Abbreviated Name rejectNegoUEThrd
Related feature N/A
Description When receiving TLB negotiation, if UE number exceeds the

threshold, the Peer of receiving TLB negotiation reject negotiation
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 30
1-1102


Parameter Name
Full Name N/A
Related feature N/A
Description N/A
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1-1103

1.67 SON Self-healing Policy

SON Self-healing Policy
1.67.1 SON Self-healing Policy Object ID

Parameter Name
Full Name SON Self-healing Policy Object ID
Abbreviated Name SonPolicySCHId
Managed Object SonPolicySCH
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Management/SON Policy Template/SON Self-healing Policy
1-1104

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.67.3 Policy ID
Parameter Name
Full Name Policy ID
Related feature N/A
1-1105

Description This parameter indicates the policy ID. The value is segmented
based on the SON service type. When an SON policy is added or
modified, the value is changed in order within the available segment.
Value type long
Range [26000..26999]
Unit N/A
Default Value 26000
Configuration Rule This parameter cannot be adjusted by the operator. When an

SON policy is added or modified, the OMC automatically set this
parameter based on the value segment.

1.67.4 Self-healing Refer Point Policy

Parameter Name
Full Name Self-healing Refer Point Policy
Related feature N/A
Description Self-healing Refer Point Policy
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-1106


1.67.5 Sleeping Cell Self-healing Enable

Parameter Name
Full Name Sleeping Cell Self-healing Enable
Abbreviated Name sonEnableSlpCellHeal
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether the eNodeB enables the sleeping
cell self-healing function. If this switch is set to ON, the eNodeB
determines whether the cell is a sleeping cell in specified duration
based on the cell load. If the cell is a sleeping cell, an alarm is
reported to indicate that this cell is faulty. If this switch is set to OFF,
the eNodeB does not check whether a cell is a sleeping cell.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule After this switch is set to ON, the system can automatically detect
that the cell is a sleeping cell in time, and troubleshooting is easier.

1-1107

1.67.6 Start Time of Sleeping Cell Detection

Parameter Name
Full Name Start Time of Sleeping Cell Detection
Abbreviated Name startTimeSCH
Related feature N/A
Description Sleeping cell detection start time:

awStarTimeSCH[0]: sleeping cell detection start time: hour.
awStarTimeSCH[1]: sleeping cell detection start time: minute.
Value type string

TIME(HH:mm)
Range [0..20]
Unit N/A
Default Value 00:00
Configuration Rule This parameter and awEndTimeSCH[2] are used to determine the
busy hour per day when a sleeping cell is detected. The busy hour
of each cell should be determined based on the existing load.
A reasonable busy hour decreases error sleeping cell decisions.

1-1108

1.67.7 End Time of Sleeping Cell Detection

Parameter Name
Full Name End Time of Sleeping Cell Detection
Abbreviated Name endTimeSCH
Related feature N/A
Description Sleeping cell detection end time:

awEndTimeSCH[0]: sleeping cell detection end time: hour.
awEndTimeSCH[1]: sleeping cell detection end time: minute.
Value type string

TIME(HH:mm)
Range [0..20]
Unit N/A
Default Value 23:59
Configuration Rule This parameter and awStartTimeSCH[2] are used to determine the
busy hour per day when a sleeping cell is detected. The busy hour
of each cell should be determined based on the existing load.
A reasonable busy hour decreases error sleeping cell decisions.

1.67.8 Sleeping Cell Self-Healing Detection Period

Parameter Name
Full Name Sleeping Cell Self-Healing Detection Period
Abbreviated Name detectDura
1-1109

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the time duration for detecting a sleeping
cell. In the detection time duration, if both the number of RRC
connection setup requests and the maximum number of RRC
connections are 0, this cell is a sleeping cell.
Value type long
Unit hr
Default Value 1
Configuration Rule This parameter indicates how long time sleeping cell detection is
started after no user accesses this cell.
If the operator expects that a sleeping cell if frequently detected, this
parameter should be set to a small value, for example, 1 hour, 2
hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, or 24 hours. Any value
is accepted, but multiples of 24 is recommended.

1.67.9 Sleeping Cell Self-Healing Gathering KPI Period

Parameter Name
Full Name Sleeping Cell Self-Healing Gathering KPI Period
Abbreviated Name detectTimer
1-1110

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the sleeping cell detection timer. The
timer indicates the period that the number of RRC connection setup
requests and the maximum number of users are detected.
Value type long
Range 0:10,1:20,2:30,3:60
Unit s
Default Value 30[2]
Configuration Rule Factors to be considered:

The value may be 10s, 20s, 30s, or 60s. The default value is 30s,
which indicates that the system detects the performance data per
30 seconds. If either of the number of RRC connection setup
requests and the maximum number of users is not 0, this cell is
not a sleeping cell. Sleeping cell detection on this cell is stopped,
and new detection will be started until the next detection period.
If the operator expects frequent non-sleeping cell detection, this
parameter should be set to a small value. Otherwise, this parameter
should be set to a large value, for example, 60s.If the timer is set to
a small value, the timer detection period is small, and the system
load increases accordingly.
Configuration impact: After this timer is configured, the eNodeB
detects the number of accessed users and the maximum number
of users in the configured period. If either of the numbers is not 0,
this cell is not a sleeping cell. The eNodeB stops detecting in this
period, and starts detection in the next period. If both the numbers
are 0, the eNodeB starts sleeping cell detection until this sleeping
cell detection period ends.

1-1111

1.67.10 Self-healing Action Interval Time

Parameter Name
Full Name Self-healing Action Interval Time
Abbreviated Name sonActionIntervalTime
Related feature N/A
Description Self-healing Action Interval Time
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit min
Default Value 15

1.67.11 Service Type

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
1-1112


Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 26

1.67.12 Run Mode

Parameter Name
Full Name Run Mode
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Unit N/A

1-1113


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long

Unit N/A
Default Value Whole Network Grading[0]

1-1114

1.67.14 KPI Cell Self-healing Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name KPI Cell Self-healing Switch
Abbreviated Name sHPMSwch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether the eNodeB enables the fault
detection function for performance-downgraded cells. If this
switch is set to ON, the eNodeB determines whether a cell is
a performance-downgraded cell in the detection period based
on some KPIs. If the cell is a performance-downgraded cell, an
alarm is reported to indicate that this cell is faulty. If this switch
is set to OFF, the eNodeB does not check whether a cell is a
performance-downgraded cell.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule After this switch is set to ON, the system can automatically detect
that the cell is a performance-downgraded cell in time, and
troubleshooting is easier.

1-1115

1.67.15 Switch of Self-healing Recover for Outage Cell Based on

KPI
Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of Self-healing Recover for Outage Cell Based on KPI
Abbreviated Name recoverSwch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether the eNodeB enables the

self-healing function for performance-downgraded cells. If
this switch is set to ON, the eNodeB detects that a cell is a
performance-downgraded cell, and starts recovery, for example, cell
reestablishment. If this switch is set to OFF, the eNodeB does not
perform self-healing for a performance-downgraded cell.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule After this switch is set to ON, the system can automatically clear
performance deterioration more easily.

1.67.16 Switch of Determined Mobility Parameter Change for

Outage Cell Based on KPI
Parameter Name
1-1116

Full Name Switch of Determined Mobility Parameter Change for Outage Cell
Based on KPI
Abbreviated Name sHCompensateSwch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether the eNodeB enables the

compensation function for performance-downgraded cells. If this
switch is set to ON, if faults still exist after self-healing is performed,
the eNodeB isolates the cell, for example, prevents UEs from
handing over to the cell, and prevents UEs from accessing the
cell. If the switch is set to OFF, the eNodeB does not perform
compensation actions, that is, does not isolate the faulty cell.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule If this switch is set to ON, the system can isolate the
performance-degraded cell and decrease the impact on the system.

1.67.17 Self-Healing Period Unit

Parameter Name
Full Name Self-Healing Period Unit
Abbreviated Name timeLenGrade
1-1117

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the time duration unit of the timer related to
the self-healing function. If this parameter is set to hours, the timer
is described in hours. The hour unit is used in formal commercial
scenarios. If this parameter is set to minutes, the timer is described
in minutes. The minute unit is used in labs for quickly triggering
the procedure.
Value type long
Range 0:Hour,1:Minute
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter is set to minutes to increase the software testing
efficiency.

1.67.18 The Period of Performance Fault Cell Detection Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name The Period of Performance Fault Cell Detection Timer
Abbreviated Name detectKPITimer
Related feature N/A
1-1118

Description This parameter indicates the time duration of self-healing

detection timer for performance-downgraded cells. If the
performance-degraded self-healing function is enabled, the eNodeB
collects fault detection indexes per 15 minutes before the timers
expires. After the timer expires, the eNodeB determines the
performance-downgraded fault based on the collected indexes.
Value type long
Range [1..255]
Unit 15 Minute
Default Value 4
Configuration Rule The eNodeB periodically detects KPIs in the cell based on this
parameter.

1.67.19 The Period of Waiting for Manual Recovering Performance

Fault Cell Timer
Parameter Name
Full Name The Period of Waiting for Manual Recovering Performance Fault
Cell Timer
Abbreviated Name resumeTimeLen
Related feature N/A
1-1119

Description This parameter indicates the time duration of the manually

triggered recovery timer after the self-healing compensation
actions are performed for performance-downgraded cells. After
a performance-downgraded cell performs compensation actions,
this timer starts. Before the timer expires, if a recovery command
is manually triggered, this timer automatically stops. If the timer
expires, the eNodeB automatically triggers compensation recovery
actions, that is, recovers what is compensated to the original state.
Value type long
Range [1..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
Configuration Rule The recovery timer should be modified based on KPIs.

1.67.20 The Adjusted Value of parameter for Outage Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name The Adjusted Value of parameter for Outage Cell
Abbreviated Name adjustStep
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the allowed self-healing adjustment

degree for the Ocs, Ofn, qoffsetCell, threshX High, and thresh Low
parameters.
Value type long
1-1120

Range [0..6]
Unit dB
Default Value 2
Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the allowed self-healing parameter

adjustment degree. The eNodeB parameters can be adjusted up
to the degree specified by this parameter.

1.67.21 KPI Indication of Performance Fault Cell Detection

Parameter Name
Full Name KPI Indication of Performance Fault Cell Detection
Abbreviated Name kpiIndication
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the reference indicators of

performance-downgraded cells in the SON self-healing function.
If Bit0 is 1, it indicates the RRC connection setup success rate. If
Bit0 is 0, it indicates none.
If Bit1 is 1, it indicates the E-RAB setup success rate. If Bit1 is 0, it
indicates none.
If Bit2 is 1, it indicates the E-RAB abnormal release rate. If Bit2 is
0, it indicates none.
Value type long
Range [0..7]
Unit N/A
1-1121

Default Value 1
Configuration Rule If a bit is 1, it means that the corresponding KPI needs to be

checked. If a bit is 0, it means that the corresponding KPI does
not need to be checked.

1.67.22 Threshold of RRC Connection Establishment Success Rate

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of RRC Connection Establishment Success Rate
Abbreviated Name rrcSuccThrd
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the fault threshold of the RRC connection
setup success rate in performance downgraded self-healing
detection. If the RRC connection setup success rate is selected as
a reference indicator and the collected indicator is less than this
threshold, and if the number of RRC connection setup requests
is greater than a specified threshold, the cell is considered as a
performance downgraded cell.
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit N/A
Default Value 85
1-1122

Configuration Rule The cell performance can be determined by using this threshold.
When the RRC connection success rate is less than this threshold,
the performance is downgraded.

1.67.23 Threshold of E-RAB Setup Success Rate

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of E-RAB Setup Success Rate
Abbreviated Name erabSetupSuccThrd
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the fault threshold of the E-RAB setup
success rate in performance downgraded self-healing detection. If
the E-RAB setup success rate is selected as a reference indicator
and the collected indicator is less than this threshold, and if the
number of E-RAB setup requests is greater than a specified
threshold, the cell is considered as a performance downgraded cell.
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit N/A
Default Value 85
When the E-RAB setup success rate is less than this threshold,
the performance is downgraded.
1-1123


1.67.24 Threshold of ERAB Abnormal Release Rate

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of ERAB Abnormal Release Rate
Abbreviated Name erabAbnormalRelThrd
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the fault threshold of the E-RAB abnormal
release rate in performance downgraded self-healing detection.
If the E-RAB abnormal release rate is selected as a reference
indicator and the collected indicator is greater than this threshold,
and if the number of E-RAB abnormal release requests is greater
than a specified threshold, the cell is considered as a performance
downgraded cell.
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit N/A
Default Value 10
The decision indicator can be modified by adjusting parameters.
This parameter is set to the maximum abnormal release rate not
allowed by the system in most cases.

1-1124

1.67.25 Threshold of RRC Connection Establishment Request

Number
Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of RRC Connection Establishment Request Number
Abbreviated Name rrcNumThrd
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the threshold number of the RRC

connection setup requests in performance downgraded self-healing
detection. If the RRC connection setup success rate is selected
as a reference indicator and the collected indicator is less than a
specified threshold, and if the number of RRC connection setup
requests is greater than this threshold, the cell is considered as a
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 4000
Configuration Rule This parameter and detection threshold should be adjusted based
on the actual performance indicators.
This parameter is set to the number of system equalization UE
requests in most cases.

1-1125

1.67.26 Threshold of E-RAB Setup Request Number

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of E-RAB Setup Request Number
Abbreviated Name erabSetupNumThrd
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the threshold number of the E-RAB setup
requests in performance downgraded self-healing detection. If the
E-RAB setup success rate is selected as a reference indicator and
the collected indicator is less than a specified threshold, and if the
number of E-RAB setup requests is greater than this threshold, the
cell is considered as a performance downgraded cell.
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 4000
This parameter is set to the number of system equalization service
requests in most cases.

1-1126

1.67.27 Threshold of E-RAB Release Number

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of E-RAB Release Number
Abbreviated Name erabRelNumThrd
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the threshold number of the E-RAB

abnormal release requests in performance downgraded self-healing
detection. If the E-RAB abnormal release rate is selected as a
reference indicator and the collected indicator is greater than a
specified threshold, and if the number of E-RAB abnormal release
requests is greater than this threshold, the cell is considered as a
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1000
This parameter is set to the number of system equalization service
releases in most cases.

1-1127

1.67.28 Poor Performance Cell Self-Healing Threshold of Handover

Attempts Number
Parameter Name
Full Name Poor Performance Cell Self-Healing Threshold of Handover

Attempts Number
Abbreviated Name hoTotalNumThrd
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the threshold number handover requests

in self-healing NOHO detection. In a self-healing NOHO statistical
period, if the number of incoming handover requests is greater than
this threshold, and if the handover failure rate is greater than a
specified threshold, the UEs from neighboring cells are forbidden
to hand over to the cell.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1000
This parameter is set to the number of UE handover requests in
most cases.

1-1128

1.67.29 Threshold of Handover Failure Rate

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Handover Failure Rate
Abbreviated Name hoFailRateThrd
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the handover failure rate threshold in

self-healing NOHO detection. In a self-healing NOHO statistical
period, if the number of incoming handover requests is greater than
this threshold, and if the handover failure rate is greater than a
specified threshold, the UEs from neighboring cells are forbidden
to hand over to the cell.
Value type long
Range [1..100]
Unit N/A
Default Value 5
This parameter is set to the maximum handover failure rate allowed
by the system in most cases.

1.67.30 The Statistic Period of No Handover for Self-healing

Parameter Name
Full Name The Statistic Period of No Handover for Self-healing
1-1129

Abbreviated Name statisticTimeLen
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the time duration of the timer in self-healing
NOHO detection. In a self-healing NOHO statistical period, the
number of incoming handover requests and the handover failure
rate should be collected. After the timer expires, if the number of
incoming handover requests is greater than a specified threshold,
and if the handover failure rate is greater than a specified threshold,
the UEs from neighboring cells are forbidden to hand over to the cell.
Value type long
Range [1..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
Configuration Rule This parameter should be modified if the time duration of the
self-healing NOHO timer needs to be modified.
This parameter is set to a long period in days in most cases.

1.67.31 Self-Healing Recovery Switch for Cell Outage

Parameter Name
Full Name Self-Healing Recovery Switch for Cell Outage
Abbreviated Name switchRecovOutCell
1-1130

Related feature N/A
Description Self-Healing Recovery Switch for Cell Outage
Value type long
Unit N/A

1.67.32 Self-Healing Compensation Switch for Cell Outage

Parameter Name
Full Name Self-Healing Compensation Switch for Cell Outage
Abbreviated Name switchComOutCell
Related feature N/A
Description Self-Healing Compensation Switch for Cell Outage
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-1131


1.67.33 Cell Outage Self-healing Action Delay Time

Parameter Name
Full Name Cell Outage Self-healing Action Delay Time
Abbreviated Name actionDelayTime
Related feature N/A
Description When received cell outage alarm, the system will wait for time delay,
and then deal with the alarm
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit min
Default Value 0

1-1132

1.67.34 Sleeping Cell Self-Healing Recover Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name Sleeping Cell Self-Healing Recover Switch
Abbreviated Name switchRecoSleepCell
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is the switch of self-healing recovers for sleeping cell.
Value type long
Unit N/A

1.67.35 Sleeping Cell Self-Healing Compensation Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name Sleeping Cell Self-Healing Compensation Switch
Abbreviated Name switchComSleepCell
1-1133

Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is the switch of Self-Healing Compensation for

sleeping cell.
Value type long
Unit N/A

1.67.36 Sleeping Cell Self-Healing Recover Policy

Parameter Name
Full Name Sleeping Cell Self-Healing Recover Policy
Abbreviated Name sleepSelfPolicy
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the self-healing policy for sleeping cell.
Value type long
Range 1:Reset Cell,2:Reset RRU,3:Reset Cell and RRU,4:Reset

BPL,5:Reset Cell and BPL,6:Reset RRU and BPL,7:Reset Cell,
Reset RRU and BPL
Unit N/A
Default Value Reset Cell[1]
1-1134


1.67.37 Threshold of Historical Attempted RRC Connection

Establishment Number
Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Historical Attempted RRC Connection Establishment

Number
Abbreviated Name hisRRcReqThrd
Related feature N/A
Description If historical performance data is greater than the user-configured

"Threshold of Historical Attempted RRC Connection Establishment
Number" or "Threshold of Historical Incoming Handover Attempts
Number",then considered to be the sleeping cell
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 100

1-1135

1.67.38 Threshold of Historical Incoming Handover Attempts

Number
Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold of Historical Incoming Handover Attempts Number
Abbreviated Name hisUEHoInAttThrd
Related feature N/A
Description If historical performance data is greater than the user-configured

"Threshold of Historical Attempted RRC Connection Establishment
Number" or "Threshold of Historical Incoming Handover Attempts
Number",then considered to be the sleeping cell
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 500

1-1136

1.67.39 Poor Performance Cell Self-Healing InterFreq Ocn Adjusted

Parameter Value
Parameter Name
Full Name Poor Performance Cell Self-Healing InterFreq Ocn Adjusted

Parameter Value
Abbreviated Name interOcnAdjust
Related feature N/A
Description If the serving cell is a performance-downgraded cell and

compensation actions are performed, self-healing modifies
inter-frequency Ocn parameters. This parameter indicates the
allowed adjustment degree for inter-frequency Ocn parameters.
Value type long
Range [0..6]
Unit dB
Default Value 3
Configuration Rule The inter-frequency Ocn adjustment degree is slightly greater than
intra-frequency Ocn adjustment degree in most cases.

1.67.40 Uplink Interference Self-Healing Detection Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name Uplink Interference Self-Healing Detection Switch
Abbreviated Name upInterfSelfHealSwch
1-1137

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether the uplink interference self-healing

function is enabled. If it is set to Open, the uplink interference
self-healing function is enabled. Otherwise the function is disabled.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This functional switch is determined by the operator.

1.67.41 Uplink Interference Self-Healing Detection Period

Parameter Name
Full Name Uplink Interference Self-Healing Detection Period
Abbreviated Name upInterfSelfHealStatPrd
Related feature N/A
Description In multiple self-healing statistical periods, if the interference

fault conditions are satisfied, the cell is considered as an uplink
interference faulty cell.
Value type long
1-1138

Range [1..24]
Unit N/A
Default Value 4
Configuration Rule The detection period must be long enough to detect fixed
interference sources. If the period is too long, the faulty cell cannot
be identified in time. If the period is too short, the load interference
from neighboring cells cannot be discriminated.

1.67.42 Uplink Interference Self-Healing Fault Threshold of NI

Parameter Name
Full Name Uplink Interference Self-Healing Fault Threshold of NI
Abbreviated Name upInterfNIFaultThr
Related feature N/A
Description If the NI value of a PRB is higher than this threshold, the PRB is
considered as an unlink high-interference PRB.
Value type long
Range [20..80]
Unit N/A
Default Value 20
Configuration Rule If this threshold is too high, an uplink interference faulty cell may be
missed. If this threshold is too low, a normal cell may be considered
as an uplink interference faulty cell.
1-1139


1.67.43 Uplink Interference Self-Healing PRB Ratio Fault Threshold

Parameter Name
Full Name Uplink Interference Self-Healing PRB Ratio Fault Threshold
Abbreviated Name upInterfPRBFaultThr
Related feature N/A
Description If the ratio of the number of high-interference PRBs to total number

of PRBs is greater than this threshold, the fault conditions are
satisfied in the current detection period.
Value type long
Range [30..100]
Unit N/A
Default Value 90
Configuration Rule This parameter is configured based on field interference. If this

threshold is set to a small value, some interference scenarios may
be incorrectly considered as full interference. Uplink interference
self-healing can only work in full interference scenarios. If this
threshold is set to a large value, a full interference scenario may
be missed.

1-1140

1.67.44 Uplink Interference Self-Healing Recover Number

Parameter Name
Full Name Uplink Interference Self-Healing Recover Number
Abbreviated Name upInterfRecoStatNum
Related feature N/A
Description If the number of times that the fault recovery conditions are
continuously satisfied equals the threshold specified by this
parameter, the interference faulty cell is recovered.
Value type long
Range [1..4]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
Configuration Rule This parameter is adjusted based on field interference. If the

threshold is too high, an interference faulty cell cannot be recovered
in time. If the threshold is too low, an unexpected interference faulty
cell may be recovered.

1-1141

1.67.45 Uplink Interference Self-Healing PRB Ratio Recover

Threshold
Parameter Name
Full Name Uplink Interference Self-Healing PRB Ratio Recover Threshold
Abbreviated Name upInterfPRBRecoThr
Related feature N/A
Description If the ratio of the number of high-interference PRBs to total number

of PRBs is less than this threshold, the fault conditions are satisfied
in the current detection period.
Value type long
Range [20..100]
Unit N/A
Default Value 50
Configuration Rule To avoid the ping-pong effect of identifying and recovering an uplink
interference faulty cell, the threshold for recovery should be slightly
less than that for identification.

1.67.46 Sleep CellRefered Histroy Period

Parameter Name
Full Name Sleep CellRefered Histroy Period
Abbreviated Name sleepReHisPeriod
1-1142

Related feature N/A
Description Sleep cellRefered Histroy Period (week)
Value type long
Range [1..4]
Unit N/A
Default Value 4

1.67.47 Self-Healing Switch of Reset Board Related Cell State

Parameter Name
Full Name Self-Healing Switch of Reset Board Related Cell State
Abbreviated Name selHealResetRelaCellStateSwch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is for judging whether to trigger board restoration

if there is a normal cell and it's detected fault in this board. If the
parameter is " Close ", trigger restoration directly without relating to
other cell status; if " Open ", decide whether to trigger restoration
according to other cell's status.
Value type long
1-1143

Unit N/A

1.67.48 Sleeping Cell Self-Healing Manual Recovering Period

Parameter Name
Full Name Sleeping Cell Self-Healing Manual Recovering Period
Abbreviated Name sleepWaitManuRecTimer
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used to indicate the static period for Waiting for
Manual Recovering fault cell for sleeping cell
Value type long
Range [1..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 24

1-1144

Parameter Name
Full Name N/A
Related feature N/A
Description N/A
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Parameter Name
Full Name N/A
1-1145

Related feature N/A
Description N/A
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.67.51 Self-Healing Maximum Number of Repeated Recover Action

Parameter Name
Full Name Self-Healing Maximum Number of Repeated Recover Action
Abbreviated Name shMaxRevActionNum
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter shows the maximum number of self-healing

recovering action. That is, before the self-healing fault recover, the
maximum mumber of recovering action permitted by the system.
Value type long
1-1146

Range [1..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 3

1.67.52 Switch for judging CPUstatus whenSelf-Healing Detection

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for judging CPUstatus whenSelf-Healing Detection
Abbreviated Name cpuOverLoadSwch
Managed Object SON Self-healing Policy
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is the switch for judging CPUstatus when

Self-Healing Detection. If this switch is open, Self-Healing
Detection would stop.(Include Sleeping Cell Self-Healing and Poor
Performance Cell Self-Healing)
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule To perform the self-healing test, if it is necessary to check whether

CPU is too high, this parameter is set to Open. Otherwise, this
parameter is set to Close.
1-1147


1.67.53 Outage Serving Cell Self-Healing Related Board Alarm

Switch
Parameter Name
Full Name Outage Serving Cell Self-Healing Related Board Alarm Switch
Abbreviated Name switchAlarmOutCell
Managed Object SON Self-healing Policy
Related feature N/A
Description Outage Serving Cell Self-Healing Related Board Alarm Switch
Value type long
Unit N/A
OMC Access path N/A
1-1148

1.68 Service MAC

Service MAC
1.68.1 Service MAC Object ID

Parameter Name
Full Name Service MAC Object ID
Abbreviated Name ServiceMACId
Managed Object ServiceMAC
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN FDD Cell/Service MAC
Parameter Name
1-1149

Related feature N/A
Value type string
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1.68.3 Maximum Transmission Number for HARQ

Parameter Name
Full Name Maximum Transmission Number for HARQ
Abbreviated Name harqMaxTxNum
Related feature N/A
Description HARQ is a retransmission mechanism. This parameter indicates

the maximum HARQ retransmission number. Different maximum
retransmission numbers should be configured for different services.
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:1,1:2,2:3,3:4,4:5,5:6,6:7,7:8,8:10,9:12,10:16,11:20,12:24,13:28
1-1150

Unit N/A
Default Value 5[4]
Configuration Rule This parameter is set to a proper value to solve the problems
caused by error packets. Researches show that the packet error
rate increases if the retransmission times is less than four, and
that the gain increases a litter bit with resources wasted if the
retransmission times is greater than four. Four retransmission
combinations generate the best coding gain, so the default value is
set to 4.It is recommended to use the default value.
1.68.4 Periodic BSR Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name Periodic BSR Timer
Abbreviated Name prdBsrTimer
Related feature N/A
Description It is a protocol parameter that indicates the time duration of the

BSR timer. When the timer expires, the UE trigger periodical BSR
reporting.
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:5,1:10,2:16,3:20,4:32,5:40,6:64,7:80,8:128,9:160,10:320,11:640,1
2:1280,13:2560,14:infinity
Unit sf
Default Value 5[0]
1-1151

Configuration Rule This parameter specifies how often the UE triggers BSR reporting.
The minimum value is used by default. If this parameter is set to a
large value, the BSR may not be reported in time.
1.68.5 BSR Retransmission Timer

Parameter Name
Full Name BSR Retransmission Timer
Abbreviated Name retxBsrTimer
Related feature N/A
Description It is a protocol parameter that indicates the time duration of

retransmission BSR timer. When the timer expires, if there are data
to be transmitted in any one of the logical channel groups of the UE,
the UE triggers usual BSR reporting.
Value type long
Range 0:320,1:640,2:1280,3:2560,4:5120,5:10240
Unit sf
Configuration Rule This parameter indicates how long after obtaining the last uplink
authorization can the UE trigger usual BSR reporting again. The
minimum value is used by default. If it is set to a large value, BSR
may not be reported in time.
1-1152

1.68.6 The Downlink Total PRB Ratio Threshold of PCell(Active

SCell)
Parameter Name
Full Name The Downlink Total PRB Ratio Threshold of PCell(Active SCell)
Abbreviated Name pCellPRBRatioActThrDl
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the downlink total RB usage threshold

of the primary carrier. This threshold is one of the conditions to
activate the secondary carrier. This parameter is a CMAC parameter
used for the CA function, and is configured when the downlink CA
function is enabled.
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit N/A
Default Value 90
Configuration Rule 1. This parameter should be configured to balance PCC load,

increase cell frequency efficiency, and save UE power.
2. The lower value this parameter is set to, more UEs satisfy the
conditions and the higher probability SCC is activated. If SCC is
activated, the UE cannot save much power. The signal quality of
PCC is better than that of SCC in most cases. If services can
be carried by PCC but are actually carried by SCC, maybe the
frequency efficiency is not the best. If this parameter is set to a
too large value, for example, 100%, the cell-level RB usage is
hard to reach 100% for multiple UEs because of LVRB resource
allocation. Thus there are few UEs that can satisfy the conditions,
the SCC activation probability is low, and the UE throughput cannot
be increased.
1-1153

3. It is recommended to set this parameter to 90%.
1.68.7 The Downlink Total PRB Ratio Threshold of SCell(Active

SCell)
Parameter Name
Full Name The Downlink Total PRB Ratio Threshold of SCell(Active SCell)
Abbreviated Name sCellPRBRatioActThrDl
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the downlink total RB usage threshold of

the secondary carrier. This threshold is one of the conditions to
activate the secondary carrier. This parameter is a CMAC parameter
used for the CA function, and is configured when the downlink CA
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit N/A
Default Value 100
1-1154

Configuration Rule 1. This parameter should be configured to balance SCC load,

ensure UEs to be scheduled on SCC, and save UE power.
2. The higher value this parameter is set to, more UEs satisfy the
conditions and the higher probability SCC is activated. Maybe SCC
load is high, the UE almost cannot be scheduled on SCC, and the
UE cannot save much power. The lower value this parameter is set
to, the less UEs satisfy the conditions, the low probability the SCC is
activated, and the UE throughput cannot be increased.
1.68.8 The Downlink Total PRB Ratio Threshold of PCell(DeActive

SCell)
Parameter Name
Full Name The Downlink Total PRB Ratio Threshold of PCell(DeActive SCell)
Abbreviated Name pCellPRBRatioDeActThrDl
Related feature N/A

of the primary carrier. This threshold is one of the conditions
to deactivate the secondary carrier. This parameter is a CMAC
parameter used for the CA function, and is configured when the
downlink CA function is enabled.
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit N/A
Default Value 30
1-1155

Configuration Rule 1. This parameter should be configured to save UE power

and reduce ping-pong switchover between SCC activation and
deactivation.
2. The higher value this parameter is set to, for example, it is near
the downlink total RB usage threshold of the primary carrier, the
UE may ping-pong switches over between SCC activation and
deactivation. If this parameter is set to a small value, SCC may
not be deactivated even the PCC load is low, and the UE cannot
save much power.
1.68.9 The Downlink Total PRB Ratio Threshold of SCell(DeActive

SCell)
Parameter Name
Full Name The Downlink Total PRB Ratio Threshold of SCell(DeActive SCell)
Abbreviated Name sCellPRBRatioDeActThrDl
Related feature N/A

of the secondary carrier. This threshold is one of the conditions
to deactivate the secondary carrier. This parameter is a CMAC
parameter used for the CA function, and is configured when the
downlink CA function is enabled.
Value type long
Range [0..100]
Unit N/A
1-1156

Default Value 30
Configuration Rule 1. This parameter should be configured to save UE power

and reduce ping-pong switchover between SCC activation and
deactivation.
2. If this parameter is set to a larger value, the UE may ping-pong
switches over between SCC activation and deactivation. If this
parameter is set to a small value, SCC may not be deactivated even
the SCC load is low, and the UE cannot save much power.
1.68.10 The MCS Threshold Of SCell DeActive

Parameter Name
Full Name The MCS Threshold Of SCell DeActive
Abbreviated Name mcs4SCellDeActive
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is MCS threshold of SCell DeActive for CA, when
CA is configured.if MCS of SCellis less or equal to the threshold,
SCell will be DeActive
Value type long
Range [0..28]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
1-1157

1.68.11 Switch for User SpeedTest Care

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for User SpeedTest Care
Abbreviated Name speedTestCareSwch
Managed Object Service MAC
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is mainly used to control whether RNLU analyzes

SpeedTest Ping in order to inform CMAC to do the Pre-scheduling
to reduce the time delay.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter is set as required.
1-1158

1.69 Local Strategy for Multi-PLMN

Local Strategy for Multi-PLMN
1.69.1 Local Strategy for Multi-PLMN Object ID

Parameter Name
Full Name Local Strategy for Multi-PLMN Object ID
Abbreviated Name MultiPLMNLocStId
Managed Object MultiPLMNLocSt
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN Service Configuration/Local

Strategy for Multi-PLMN
Parameter Name
1-1159

Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1.69.3 Serving MCC in Local Strategy

Parameter Name
Full Name Serving MCC in Local Strategy
Abbreviated Name servMcc
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the MCC of the serving PLMN in the local
strategy of a shared PLMN.
Value type string

PlainText[+###]
1-1160

Range [3..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
Configuration Rule The MCC should be configured based on the operator's

requirements.

1.69.4 Serving MNC in Local Strategy

Parameter Name
Full Name Serving MNC in Local Strategy
Abbreviated Name servMnc
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the MNC of the serving PLMN in the local
strategy of a shared PLMN.
Value type string

PlainText[+###]
Range [2..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
Configuration Rule The MNC should be configured based on the operator's

requirements.

1-1161

1.69.5 Function of Local Strategy

Parameter Name
Full Name Function of Local Strategy
Abbreviated Name funcOfLocSt
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the suitable functions in the local strategy
of a shared PLMN.
Value type long
Range 0:CSFB,1:PS,2:Redirection,3:Reestablishment
Unit N/A
Default Value CSFB[0]
Configuration Rule The suitable functions should be configured based on the operator's
requirements.

1-1162

1.69.6 High Priority MCC in Local Strategy

Parameter Name
Full Name High Priority MCC in Local Strategy
Abbreviated Name highPrioMcc
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the MCC of the high-priority PLMN in the
local strategy of a shared PLMN.
Value type string

PlainText[+###]
Range [3..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

requirements.

1.69.7 High Priority MNC in Local Strategy

Parameter Name
Full Name High Priority MNC in Local Strategy
Abbreviated Name highPrioMnc
1-1163

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the MNC of the high-priority PLMN in the
Value type string

PlainText[+###]
Range [2..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

requirements.

1.69.8 Medium Priority MCC in Local Strategy

Parameter Name
Full Name Medium Priority MCC in Local Strategy
Abbreviated Name mediumPrioMcc
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the MCC of the medium-priority PLMN in

the local strategy of a shared PLMN.
Value type string

PlainText[+###]
Range [3..3]
1-1164

Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

requirements.

1.69.9 Medium Priority MNC in Local Strategy

Parameter Name
Full Name Medium Priority MNC in Local Strategy
Abbreviated Name mediumPrioMnc
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the MNC of the medium-priority PLMN in

the local strategy of a shared PLMN.
Value type string

PlainText[+###]
Range [2..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

requirements.

1-1165

1.69.10 Low Priority MCC in Local Strategy

Parameter Name
Full Name Low Priority MCC in Local Strategy
Abbreviated Name lowPrioMcc
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the MCC of the low-priority PLMN in the
Value type string

PlainText[+###]
Range [3..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

requirements.

1-1166

1.69.11 Low Priority MNC in Local Strategy

Parameter Name
Full Name Low Priority MNC in Local Strategy
Abbreviated Name lowPrioMnc
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the MNC of the low-priority PLMN in the
Value type string

PlainText[+###]
Range [2..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

requirements.

1.69.12 Forbidden MCC in Local Strategy

Parameter Name
Full Name Forbidden MCC in Local Strategy
Abbreviated Name forbiddenMcc
1-1167

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the MCC of the forbidden PLMN in the
Value type string

PlainText[+###]
Range [3..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

requirements.

1.69.13 Forbidden MNC in Local Strategy

Parameter Name
Full Name Forbidden MNC in Local Strategy
Abbreviated Name forbiddenMnc
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the MNC of the forbidden PLMN in the
Value type string

PlainText[+###]
Range [2..3]
1-1168

Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

requirements.

1.70 CSI RS Config

CSI RS Config
1.70.1 CSI RS Config ID

Parameter Name
Full Name CSI RS Config ID
Abbreviated Name CSIRSConfigId
Managed Object CSIRSConfig
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-1169

OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN FDD Cell/CSI RS Config
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-1170

1.70.3 Switch of CSI RS

Parameter Name
Full Name Switch of CSI RS
Abbreviated Name csiRSSWCH
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether CSI RS is configured in the cell.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This switch is set to ON if CSI-RS needs to be used for

measurement. CSI RS is used only when TM9 is used.
1.70.4 CSI RS Period

Parameter Name
Full Name CSI RS Period
Abbreviated Name csiPeriod
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the CSI-RS period.
1-1171

Value type long
Range 0:5,1:10,2:20,3:40,4:80
Unit ms
Default Value 10[1]
Configuration Rule The shorter the period is, the shorter the CSI RS measurement
period is, and the better the measurement timeliness.
1.70.5 CSI-RS Resource Config Index

Parameter Name
Full Name CSI-RS Resource Config Index
Abbreviated Name csiRSResCfgIdx
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used for configuring CSI-RS resources. For

details, refer to Table 6.10.5.2-1 and Table 6.10.5.2-2 in 3GPP TS
36.211.
Value type long
Range [0..31]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
1-1172

1.70.6 Antenna Ports Count of CSI-RS

Parameter Name
Full Name Antenna Ports Count of CSI-RS
Abbreviated Name csiRSAntPortsCount
Related feature N/A
Description Parameter represents the number of antenna ports used for

transmission of CSI reference signals where 1 corresponds to 1
antenna port, 2 to 2 antenna ports etc. see TS 36.211 [6.10.5].
Value type long
Range 0:1,1:2,2:4,3:8
Unit N/A
Default Value 1[0]
1-1173

1.70.7 Mapping Between Antenna Channels and CSI-RS Ports

Parameter Name
Full Name Mapping Between Antenna Channels and CSI-RS Ports
Abbreviated Name anttoCSIRSPortMap
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is used as mapping between antenna channels

and CSI-RS ports. aucAnttoCSIRSPortMap[m]=n(m=0..7,denoting
Downward antenna index; n=15..22, denoting CSI-RS port number)
means CSI-RS port n would be send var Downward antenna
m. aucAnttoCSIRSPortMap[m]=15(m=0..7,denoting Downward
antenna index) means no CSI-RS exists on Downward antenna m.
Range 0:15,1:16,2:17,3:18,4:19,5:20,6:21,7:22,15:Not Mapped
Unit N/A
Default Value 15[0]
1.71 Cloud Scheduling Cluster

Cloud Scheduling Cluster
1.71.1 Cloud Scheduling Cluster ID

Parameter Name
Full Name Cloud Scheduling Cluster ID
1-1174

Abbreviated Name CSClusterId
Managed Object CSCluster
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/Cloud Scheduling Cluster
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
1-1175

Range ClusterNo=%,##clusterNo
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1.71.3 Cluster Number

Parameter Name
Full Name Cluster Number
Abbreviated Name clusterNo
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the ID of a cluster. It is configured when

a cluster is added, and cannot be modified after the cluster is
successfully added. There is no difference between different IDs.
Value type long
Range [0..23]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule This parameter cannot be adjusted.
1-1176

1.71.4 Connected Board

Parameter Name
Full Name Connected Board
Abbreviated Name refSdrDeviceGroup
Related feature N/A
Description Connected board
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1.71.5 reservedByCSCell
Parameter Name
Full Name N/A
Abbreviated Name reservedByCSCell
1-1177

Related feature N/A
Description N/A
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1.72 Cloud Scheduling Parameter

Cloud Scheduling Parameter
1.72.1 Cloud Scheduling Parameter ID

Parameter Name
Full Name Cloud Scheduling Parameter ID
Abbreviated Name CSParameterId
Managed Object CSParameter
Related feature N/A
1-1178


Range [1..1]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/Cloud Scheduling Parameter
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-1179

1.72.3 Cloud Scheduling Process Duration

Parameter Name
Full Name Cloud Scheduling Process Duration
Abbreviated Name coordinateInterval
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the time duration of a single cloud

scheduling process, including the time that the cloud scheduler
receives the statistical messages from a controlled cell, the cloud
scheduling algorithm time, and the scheduling result delivery time.
Value type long
Range [1..10]
Unit 50ms
Default Value 2
Configuration Rule This larger this parameter is, the stronger the process capability of
the cloud scheduler is, but coordination takes longer time.
1-1180

1.72.4 Calculating QoS Info Duration

Parameter Name
Full Name Calculating QoS Info Duration
Abbreviated Name qoSRptInterval
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the time duration that a controlled cell once
collects cell QoS information.
Value type long
Range [1..10]
Unit 50ms
Default Value 2
Configuration Rule This larger this parameter is, the more accurate the statistical result
is, but coordination takes longer time.
1.72.5 The interference report period is a multiple of QoS info

report period.
Parameter Name
Full Name The interference report period is a multiple of QoS info report period.
Abbreviated Name interRptMult
1-1181

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the interference reporting period. It should

be a multiple of the QoS reporting period. QoS reporting period
= Interference coordination process interval + Cell QoS statistics
interval.
Value type long
Range [1..100]
Unit N/A
Default Value 2
Configuration Rule If this parameter is set to a too large value, interference is reported
too late.
Related parameter Cloud Scheduling Parameter.qoSRptInterval
1.72.6 Minimum RBG Number Reserved for OC Resource

Parameter Name
Full Name Minimum RBG Number Reserved for OC Resource
Abbreviated Name minOcRBGNum
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the minimum reserved OC resources

(RBG).
Value type long
Range [1..8]
Unit RBG
Default Value 1
1-1182

Configuration Rule More reserved resources are benefit for cell edge users.
1.72.7 OC Resource Extending Step

Parameter Name
Full Name OC Resource Extending Step
Abbreviated Name positiveStep
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the extendable RGB quantity when the
cloud schedules OC resource each time.
Value type long
Range [1..4]
Unit RBG
Default Value 1
Configuration Rule The larger the step is, the quicker the required resources can be
reached, but OC resources may varies much in a short time.
1-1183

1.72.8 OC Resource Shrinking Step

Parameter Name
Full Name OC Resource Shrinking Step
Abbreviated Name negativeStep
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the allowed shrink RGB quantity when the
cloud schedules OC resource each time.
Value type long
Range [1..4]
Unit RBG
Default Value 1
Configuration Rule The larger the step is, the quicker the required resources can be
reached, but OC resources may varies much in a short time.
1.73 Cloud Scheduling Transmission

Cloud Scheduling Transmission
1.73.1 Cloud SchedulingTransmission ID

Parameter Name
1-1184

Full Name Cloud SchedulingTransmission ID
Abbreviated Name CSTransmissionId
Managed Object CSTransmission
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/Cloud Scheduling Transmission
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
1-1185

Value type string
Range eNBId:%,CSTransmission=%,##eNBId,CSTransmissionId
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1.73.3 eNodeB Id
Parameter Name
Full Name eNodeB Id
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the ID of the eNodeB that the controlled
cell in a cluster belongs to.
Value type long
Range [0..1048575]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule This parameter should be set to the actual eNodeB ID.
1-1186

1.73.4 Cloud Scheduler IP Address

Parameter Name
Full Name Cloud Scheduler IP Address
Abbreviated Name refIpLayerConfig
Related feature N/A
Description IP Version for Cloud Scheduler
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1.73.5 Controlled Cell IP Address

Parameter Name
Full Name Controlled Cell IP Address
1-1187

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the IP address of the base station that the
controlled cell belongs to.
Value type string

IP
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
Configuration Rule This parameter should be set to the actual IP address of the base
station.
1.73.6 reservedByCSCell
Parameter Name
Full Name N/A
Abbreviated Name reservedByCSCell
Related feature N/A
Description N/A
Range N/A
1-1188

Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1.74 Cloud Scheduling Cell

Cloud Scheduling Cell
1.74.1 Cloud Scheduling Cell ID

Parameter Name
Full Name Cloud Scheduling Cell ID
Abbreviated Name CSCellId
Managed Object CSCell
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-1189

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-1190

1.74.3 Connected Cloud SchedulingTransmission

Parameter Name
Full Name Connected Cloud SchedulingTransmission
Abbreviated Name refCSTransmission
Related feature N/A
Description Connected Cloud SchedulingTransmission
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1.74.4 L3 Cell Id
Parameter Name
Full Name L3 Cell Id
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the layer-3 cell ID of the controlled cell in a
cluster. This parameter and the eNodeB ID uniquely identify a cell.
1-1191

Value type long
Range [0..4095]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule This parameter should be set to the actual L3CellID of the controlled
cell.
1.74.5 Connected Cloud Scheduling Cluster

Parameter Name
Full Name Connected Cloud Scheduling Cluster
Abbreviated Name refCSCluster
Related feature N/A
Description Connected Cloud Scheduling Cluster
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-1192

1.75 Positioning Configure

Positioning Configure
1.75.1 Positioning Configure Object ID

Parameter Name
Full Name Positioning Configure Object ID
Abbreviated Name PositionConfigId
Managed Object PositionConfig
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN FDD Cell/Positioning

Configure
1-1193

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Configure
1.75.3 Uplink E-CID Positioning Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name Uplink E-CID Positioning Switch
Abbreviated Name ecidPosiSwchUl
1-1194

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables the uplink E-CID location

function.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule If this parameter is set to Close, the uplink E-CID location function is
disabled. If this parameter is set to Open, the uplink E-CID location

Configure
1.75.4 OTDOA Positioning Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name OTDOA Positioning Switch
Abbreviated Name otdoaPosiSwch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter enables or disables the OTDOA location function.
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-1195

Configuration Rule If this parameter is set to Close, the OTDOA location function is
disabled.
If this parameter is set to Open, the OTDOA location function is
enabled.

Configure
1.75.5 The Max Number of Neighbour Cells for RSTD Measurement

Parameter Name
Full Name The Max Number of Neighbour Cells for RSTD Measurement
Abbreviated Name maxMeaRSTDCells
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the maximum number of RSTD neighboring

cells measured by a UE.
Value type long
Range [3..24]
Unit N/A
Default Value 6
Configuration Rule If the PRS fails to locate in a cell measured by the UE, the UE
needs to measure other neighboring cells in the range specified
by this parameter.

Configure
1-1196

1.75.6 PRS Bandwidth

Parameter Name
Full Name PRS Bandwidth
Abbreviated Name prsBandwidth
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the PRS transmission bandwidth.
Value type long
Range 0:6,1:15,2:25,3:50,4:75,5:100
Unit RB
Default Value 6[0]
Configuration Rule This parameter should be less than or equal to the cell bandwidth.

Configure
1.75.7 PRS Configuration Index

Parameter Name
1-1197

Full Name PRS Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name prsConfigId
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the PRS configuration index.
Value type long
Range [0..4095]
Unit N/A
Default Value 160
Configuration Rule This value affects the PRS transmission period. Assume that
there are N neighboring cells that need to send PRS, the prsindex
parameter of the Nth cell can be set to 160+20(N-1).

Configure
1.75.8 PRS Consecutive Downlink Subframes

Parameter Name
Full Name PRS Consecutive Downlink Subframes
Abbreviated Name prsNumDLFrames
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the number of continuously transmitted

downlink PRS sub-frames.
1-1198

Value type long
Range 0:1,1:2,2:4,3:6
Unit N/A
Default Value 2[1]
Configuration Rule The larger the value is, the more the PRS sub-frames are in one
PRS transmission occasion.

Configure
1.75.9 The Length of PRS Muting Configuration Bit String

Parameter Name
Full Name The Length of PRS Muting Configuration Bit String
Abbreviated Name lenPRSMutiBitStr
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the bit string length in the PRS mute
configuration.
Value type long
Range 0:2,1:4,2:8,3:16
Unit N/A
Default Value 2[0]
Configuration Rule The larger the value is, the longer the control period in the PRS
mute duration is.

Configure
1-1199

1.75.10 PRS Muting Configuration Bit String (hex)

Parameter Name
Full Name PRS Muting Configuration Bit String (hex)
Abbreviated Name prsMutiInfoBitStr
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the bit string in the PRS mute configuration.
Value type long

PlainText{0x[0000..FFFF]}
Range [0..65535]
Unit hex
Default Value 3
Configuration Rule The larger the value is, the more the transmission frequency in PRS
mute duration is affected.

Configure
1-1200

1.75.11 PRS Power Offset

Parameter Name
Full Name PRS Power Offset
Abbreviated Name prsPwrOfst
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the power difference between the PRS on
each RE and the cell reference signal.
Value type long
Range [-76..10]
Unit dB
Default Value 3
Configuration Rule The larger the value is, the higher the transmit power is.

Configure
1.76 PCI Section Config

PCI Section Config
1.76.1 PCI Section Config ID

Parameter Name
Full Name PCI Section Config ID
Abbreviated Name PciSectionId
Managed Object PciSection
1-1201

Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN Service Configuration/PCI

Section Config
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
1-1202

Default Value N/A

Section Config
1.76.3 Start of PCI for Macro Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Start of PCI for Macro Cell
Abbreviated Name commonPCIStart
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the start value of the PCI range for a
macro site. If there is a CSG/Hybrid cell deployed in the PLMN, the
PCI range of the CSG/Hybrid cell should be separately defined in
accordance with 3GPP specifications. So PCIs (0-503) are divided
into three segments. This parameter indicates the start PCI of a
macro site or an open micro site.
Value type long
Range [0..503]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule This parameter is adjusted based on the operator's planning.

Section Config
1-1203

1.76.4 End of PCI for Macro Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name End of PCI for Macro Cell
Abbreviated Name commonPCIEnd
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the end value of the PCI range for a
macro site. If there is a CSG/Hybrid cell deployed in the PLMN, the
PCI range of the CSG/Hybrid cell should be separately defined in
accordance with 3GPP specifications. So PCIs (0-503) are divided
into three segments. This parameter indicates the end PCI of a
macro site or an open micro site.
Value type long
Range [0..503]
Unit N/A
Default Value 503

Section Config
1-1204

1.76.5 Start of PCI for Hybrid

Parameter Name
Full Name Start of PCI for Hybrid
Abbreviated Name hybridPCIStart
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the start value of the Hybrid PCI range. If
there is a CSG/Hybrid cell deployed in the PLMN, the PCI range of
the CSG/Hybrid cell should be separately defined in accordance
with 3GPP specifications. So PCIs (0-503) are divided into three
segments. This parameter indicates the start PCI of a Hybrid cell.
Value type long
Range [0..503]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

Section Config
1.76.6 Number of PCI for Hybrid

Parameter Name
Full Name Number of PCI for Hybrid
1-1205

Abbreviated Name hybridPCINum
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the number of Hybrid PCIs, including

the start Hybrid PCI. If there is a CSG/Hybrid cell deployed in the
PLMN, the PCI range of the CSG/Hybrid cell should be separately
defined in accordance with 3GPP specifications. So PCIs (0-503)
are divided into three segments. This parameter indicates the
number of PCIs for Hybrid cells. If there is no Hybrid cell deployed
in the PLMN, this parameter should be set to 0.
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:0,1:4,2:8,3:12,4:16,5:24,6:32,7:48,8:64,9:84,10:96,11:128,12:1
68,13:252,14:504
Unit N/A
Default Value 0[0]

Section Config
1.76.7 Start of PCI for CSG

Parameter Name
Full Name Start of PCI for CSG
Abbreviated Name csgPCIStart
1-1206

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the start value of the CSG PCI range. If
there is a CSG/Hybrid cell deployed in the PLMN, the PCI range of
the CSG/Hybrid cell should be separately defined in accordance
with 3GPP specifications. So PCIs (0-503) are divided into three
segments. This parameter indicates the start PCI of a CSG cell.
Value type long
Range [0..503]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0

Section Config
1.76.8 Number of PCI for CSG

Parameter Name
Full Name Number of PCI for CSG
Abbreviated Name csgPCINum
Related feature N/A
1-1207

Description This parameter indicates the number of CSG PCIs, including the
start CSG PCI. If there is a CSG/Hybrid cell deployed in the PLMN,
the PCI range of the CSG/Hybrid cell should be separately defined
in accordance with 3GPP specifications. So PCIs (0-503) are
divided into three segments. This parameter indicates the number
of PCIs for CSG cells. If there is no CSG cell deployed in the PLMN,
this parameter should be set to 0.
Value type long

ComboBox[*]
Range 0:0,1:4,2:8,3:12,4:16,5:24,6:32,7:48,8:64,9:84,10:96,11:128,12:1
68,13:252,14:504
Unit N/A
Default Value 0[0]

Section Config
1.77 Measurement Config Group

Measurement Config Group
1.77.1 Measurement Config Group ID

Parameter Name
Full Name Measurement Config Group ID
Abbreviated Name CellMeasGroupId
Managed Object CellMeasGroup
Related feature N/A
1-1208


Value type long
Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/Measurement Parameter

Configuration/Measurement Config Group
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range CellMeasGroup=%:%,##CellMeasGroupId,userLabel
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-1209


1.77.3 User Label

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string

PlainText[&'"<>]
Range [0..128]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1-1210

1.77.4 Measurement Config Group No.

Parameter Name
Full Name Measurement Config Group No.
Abbreviated Name meaGroupId
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the group number of a measurement

configuration.
Value type long
Range [1..36]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
Configuration Rule This parameter is automatically set in order based on the actual
configuration.

1.77.5 Close Inter-Frequency or Intersystem Measurement

Configuration Index
Parameter Name
Full Name Close Inter-Frequency or Intersystem Measurement Configuration

Index
1-1211

Abbreviated Name closedInterFMeasCfg
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is a two-dimensional array index, and is used

for closing the inter-frequency/-RAT measurement configuration.
The value is related to a group of records of Event A1 in Table
R_EUTMEA. The array elements indicate RSRP and RSRQ. If the
measurement configuration is not dual-measurement, only the first
group of elements is valid.
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 10;11
Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the measurement configuration index. It is

configured based on the actual measurement requirements. If it is
incorrectly configured, the functions such as inter-frequency/-RAT
handover may be unavailable.

1.77.6 Open Inter-Frequency Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name Open Inter-Frequency Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name openInterFMeasCfg
1-1212

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is a two-dimensional array index, and is used for

opening the inter-frequency measurement configuration. The value
is related to a group of records of inter-frequency Event A2 in Table
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 20;21


1.77.7 Open Intersystem Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name Open Intersystem Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name openRatFMeasCfg
Related feature N/A
1-1213


for opening the inter-RAT measurement configuration. The value
is related to a group of records of inter-RAT Event A2 in Table
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 30;31


1.77.8 Redirection Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name Redirection Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name openRedMeasCfg
Related feature N/A
1-1214


opening the redirection measurement configuration. The value
is related to a group of records of redirection Event A2 in Table
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 40;41
Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the measurement configuration index. It

is configured based on the actual measurement requirements. If it
is incorrectly configured, the functions such as redirection may be
unavailable.

1.77.9 Coverage-Based Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement

Configuration Index
Parameter Name
Full Name Coverage-Based Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement

ConfigurationIndex
Abbreviated Name intraFHOMeasCfg
Related feature N/A
1-1215


for opening the coverage-based intra-frequency handover
measurement configuration. The value is related to a group of
records of coverage-based intra-frequency handover in Table
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 50;51

is incorrectly configured, the functions such as handover may be
unavailable.

1.77.10 InterFreq Measurement Configuration Index for Handover

Parameter Name
Full Name InterFreq Measurement Configuration Index for Handover
Abbreviated Name interFHOMeasCfg
Related feature N/A
1-1216


for opening the coverage-based inter-frequency handover
measurement configuration. The value is related to a group of
records of coverage-based inter-frequency handover in Table
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 70;70;70;70;70;70;70;70;71;71;71;71;71;71;71;71

unavailable.

1.77.11 ICIC Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name ICIC Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name icicMeasCfg
Related feature N/A
1-1217

Description This parameter is used for the measurement configuration of

intra-frequency ICIC Event A3. If the ICIC function is enabled, the
UE location property is determined by delivering this measurement
configuration.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 200
Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the measurement configuration index.

It is configured based on the actual measurement requirements.
If it is incorrectly configured, the functions such as ICIC may be
unavailable.

1.77.12 ReportCGI Measurement Configuration Index for ANR

Function
Parameter Name
Full Name ReportCGI Measurement Configuration Index for ANR Function
Abbreviated Name rptCGIMeasCfg
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used for periodical measurements of ANR

ReportCGI. If the ANR function is enabled, this measurement
configuration is delivered for the UE to report the CGIs of the
neighboring cells.
1-1218

Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 350
Configuration Rule This parameter indicates the measurement configuration index.

It is configured based on the actual measurement requirements.
If it is incorrectly configured, the functions such as ANR may be
unavailable.

1.77.13 GERAN Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name GERAN Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name geranMeasCfg
Related feature N/A

opening the measurement configuration of GERAN Event B1/B2.
The value is related to a group of records of GERAN Event B1/B2
in Table R_RAT. The array element indicates RSRP and RSRQ. If
the measurement configuration is not dual-measurement, only the
first group of elements is valid.
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
1-1219


unavailable.

1.77.14 WCDMA Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name WCDMA Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name wcdmaMeasCfg
Related feature N/A

opening the measurement configuration of WCDMA Event B1/B2.
The value is related to a group of records of WCDMA Event B1/B2
in Table R_RAT. The array element indicates RSRP and RSRQ. If
the measurement configuration is not dual-measurement, only the
first group of elements is valid.
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
1-1220


unavailable.

1.77.15 TDS Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name TDS Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name tdMeasCfg
Related feature N/A

opening the measurement configuration of TD-SCDMA Event B1/B2.
The value is related to a group of records of TD-SCDMA Event
B1/B2 in Table R_RAT. The array elements indicate RSRP and
RSRQ. If the measurement configuration is not dual-measurement,
only the first group of elements is valid.
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A

unavailable.
1-1221


1.77.16 CDMA2000 HRPD Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name CDMA2000 HRPD Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name cdma2KHRPDMeasCfg
Related feature N/A

opening the measurement configuration of CDMA HRPD Event
B1/B2. The value is related to a group of records of CDMA HRPD
Event B1/B2 in Table R_RAT. The array elements indicate RSRP and
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A

unavailable.

1-1222

1.77.17 CDMA2000 1xRTT Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name CDMA2000 1xRTT Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name cdma2K1xMeasCfg
Related feature N/A

opening the measurement configuration of CDMA 1XRTT Event
B1/B2. The value is related to a group of records of CDMA 1XRTT
Event B1/B2 in Table R_RAT. The array elements indicate RSRP and
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A

unavailable.

1-1223

1.77.18 GERAN CSFB Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name GERAN CSFB Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name gsmCSFBMeasCfg
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used for measurement configuration of CSFB

to GERAN. If the CSFB function is enabled, this measurement
configuration is delivered to the UE to select a suitable GERAN cell
for voice services.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1260

unavailable.

1-1224

1.77.19 WCDMA CSFB Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name WCDMA CSFB Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name wcdmaCSFBMeasCfg
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used for measurement configuration of CSFB

to WCDMA. If the CSFB function is enabled, this measurement
configuration is delivered to the UE to select a suitable WCDMA cell
for voice services.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1310

unavailable.

1.77.20 TDS CSFB Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name TDS CSFB Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name tdCSFBMeasCfg
1-1225

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used for measurement configuration of CSFB to

TD-SCDMA. If the CSFB function is enabled, this measurement
configuration is delivered to the UE to select a suitable TD-SCDMA
cell for voice services.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1360

unavailable.

1.77.21 CDMA2000 1xRTT CSFB Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name CDMA2000 1xRTT CSFB Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name cdma2K1xCSFBMeasCfg
Related feature N/A
1-1226

Description This parameter is used for measurement configuration of CSFB to

CDMA 1XRTT. If the CSFB function is enabled, this measurement
configuration is delivered to the UE to select a suitable CDMA
1XRTT cell for voice services.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1410

unavailable.

1.77.22 Intra-Frequency Periodical Measurement Configuration

Index
Parameter Name
Full Name Intra-Frequency Periodical Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name intraFPeriodMeasCfg
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used for intra-frequency periodical measurement

configuration. The measurement configuration is delivered to the
UE to periodically obtain the signal quality of the serving cell and
neighboring cells and check the corresponding performance.
1-1227

Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 300

incorrectly configured, maybe the periodical measurement cannot
be triggered.

1.77.23 Downlink Period RSRP Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name Downlink Period RSRP Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name rsrpPeriodMeasCfgIdDl
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used for periodical downlink RSRP measurement

configuration. If the periodical downlink RSRP measurement switch
is set to ON, the measurement configuration is delivered to the UE
to adjust the uplink power.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 400
1-1228


is configured based on the actual measurement requirements. If
it is incorrectly configured, maybe the power control function is
unavailable.

1.77.24 Downlink EventRSRP Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name Downlink EventRSRP Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name rsrpEventMeasCfgIdDl
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used for event-triggered downlink RSRP

measurement configuration. If the event-triggered downlink RSRP
measurement switch is set to ON, the measurement configuration is
delivered to the UE to adjust the uplink power.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 450

is configured based on the actual measurement requirements. If
it is incorrectly configured, maybe the power control function is
unavailable.
1-1229


1.77.25 Intra-LTE Load Balance Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name Intra-LTE Load Balance Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name intraLBMeasCfg
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used for the measurement configuration for

intra-system load balancing.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 250
Configuration Rule If the intra-system load balancing function is enabled, when the load
of the serving cell exceeds a specified threshold, this measurement
configuration is delivered to the UE to select a suitable cell for load
balancing.

1-1230

1.77.26 GERAN Load Balance Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name GERAN Load Balance Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name gsmLBMeasCfg
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used for the measurement configuration for load
balancing to GSM cells.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1450
Configuration Rule If the inter-RAT GSM load balancing function is enabled, when
the load of the serving cell exceeds a specified threshold, this
measurement configuration is delivered to the UE to select a
suitable GSM cell for load balancing.

1-1231

1.77.27 WCDMA Load Balance Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name WCDMA Load Balance Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name wcdmaLBMeasCfg
Related feature N/A
balancing to WCDMA cells.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1500
Configuration Rule If the inter-RAT WCDMA load balancing function is enabled,

when the load of the serving cell exceeds a specified threshold,
this measurement configuration is delivered to the UE to select a
suitable WCDMA cell for load balancing.

1.77.28 TDS Load Balance Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name TDS Load Balance Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name tdsLBMeasCfg
1-1232

Related feature N/A
balancing to TD-SCDMA cells.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1550
Configuration Rule If the inter-RAT TD-SCDMA load balancing function is enabled,

when the load of the serving cell exceeds a specified threshold,
this measurement configuration is delivered to the UE to select a
suitable TD-SCDMA cell for load balancing.

1.77.29 GERAN ANR Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name GERAN ANR Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name geranANRMeasCfg
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the measurement configuration index for

unknown GERAN neighboring cells if the ANR function is enabled.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
1-1233

Unit N/A
Default Value 1600
Configuration Rule This value is allocated by ZTE, and cannot be modified by the
operator.

1.77.30 UTRAN ANR Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN ANR Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name utranANRMeasCfg
Related feature N/A

unknown UTRAN neighboring cells if the ANR function is enabled.
The measurement objects include UTRAN FDD and UTRAN TDD.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1610
operator.

1-1234

1.77.31 CDMA ANR Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name CDMA ANR Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name cdmaANRMeasCfg
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the measurement configuration index

for CDMA neighboring cells if the ANR function is enabled, and
is used to find the strongest CDMA neighboring cell in the CDMA
ANR procedure.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1620
Configuration Rule The operator can set this parameter based on the existing
measurement configuration indexes used by the CDMA ANR
function.

1-1235

1.77.32 Index for Inter-Frequency Periodical Measurement

Configuration
Parameter Name
Full Name Index for Inter-Frequency Periodical Measurement Configuration
Abbreviated Name interFPeriodMeasCfg
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used for delivering the configuration index for
inter-frequency periodical measurement.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 320

1.77.33 Index for Inter-RAT Periodical Measurement Configuration

of GERAN
Parameter Name
1-1236

Full Name Index for Inter-RAT Periodical Measurement Configuration of

GERAN
Abbreviated Name interRatGSMPeriodMeasCfg
Related feature N/A
inter-RAT GERAN periodical measurement.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1650

1.77.34 Index for Inter-RAT Periodical Measurement Configuration

of UTRAN
Parameter Name
Full Name Index for Inter-RAT Periodical Measurement Configuration ofUTRAN
Abbreviated Name interRatUTRANPeriodMeasCfg
Related feature N/A
1-1237

inter-RAT UTRAN periodical measurement.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1660

1.77.35 eICIC Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name eICIC Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name eICICMeasCfg
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used for the measurement configuration of eICIC

intra-frequency Event A3.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 210
Configuration Rule If the eICIC function is enabled, this measurement configuration is

delivered to the UE to determine whether a handover between a
macro cell and a micro cell should be triggered.
1-1238


1.77.36 Add Scell Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name Add Scell Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name addScellMeasCfg
Related feature N/A

when the CA function adds SCells.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 500
Configuration Rule This parameter is used for the measurement configuration of Event
A4 when SCells are added. If the CA function is enabled, this
measurement configuration is delivered to the UE to select and add
a suitable SCell.

1-1239

1.77.37 Remove Scell Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name Remove Scell Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name rmvScellMeasCfg
Related feature N/A

when the CA function deletes SCells.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 510
A4 when SCells are added. If the CA function is enabled, this
measurement configuration is delivered to the UE to select and add
a suitable SCell.

1-1240

1.77.38 Modify Scell Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name Modify Scell Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name modScellMeasCfg
Related feature N/A

when the CA function modifies SCells.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 520
A6 when SCells are modified. If the CA function is enabled, this
measurement configuration is delivered to the UE to reselect and
add a suitable SCell.

1.77.39 ANR Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name ANR Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name anrMeasCfg
1-1241

Related feature N/A

unknown intra-LTE neighboring cells if the ANR function is enabled.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 352
operator.

1.77.40 Measurement Configuration Index of Handover between

Macro Cell and Small Cell
Parameter Name
Full Name Measurement Configuration Index of Handover between Macro Cell

and Small Cell
Abbreviated Name macroSmallMeasCfg
Related feature N/A

handover from a macro cell to a micro cell. One measurement
configuration index is mapped to a series of measurement entities
and thresholds. When the corresponding measurement event is
reported, a handover to the micro cell is triggered.
1-1242

Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 122
Configuration Rule The measurement for a macro cell and a micro cell can be
referenced to a record by default. This parameter can be modified
based on the operator's requirements.

1.77.41 MeasurementEvent for Moving UE

Parameter Name
Full Name MeasurementEvent for Moving UE
Abbreviated Name measCfg4movUE
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the measurement event that is used when
a cell is deleted or a UE moves out.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 550
Configuration Rule This parameter is configured based on the operator's requirements.

1-1243

1.77.42 TDS Measurement Configuration Index Based Voice

Parameter Name
Full Name TDS Measurement Configuration Index Based Voice
Abbreviated Name tdVoiceMeasCfg
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is a two-dimensional array index, and is used for the
measurement configuration for voice handover to TDS. A group
of records of this value indicates the measurement configuration
index in the measurement object of TDS voice handover. The
array elements indicate RSRP and RSRQ. If the measurement
configuration is not dual-measurement, only the first group of
elements is valid.
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This measurement configuration should be adjusted based on the

network planning and optimization results.

1-1244

1.77.43 Geran Measurement Configuration Index Based Voice

Parameter Name
Full Name Geran Measurement Configuration Index Based Voice
Abbreviated Name geranVoiceMeasCfg
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is a two-dimensional array index, and is used for the
measurement configuration for voice handover to GERAN. A group
of records of this value indicates the measurement configuration
index in the measurement object of GERAN voice handover. The
array elements indicate RSRP and RSRQ. If the measurement
configuration is not dual-measurement, only the first group of
elements is valid.
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Configuration Rule This measurement configuration should be adjusted based on the

network planning and optimization results.

1-1245

1.77.44 UE Rx-Tx Time Diff Period Measure Configuration

Parameter Name
Full Name UE Rx-Tx Time Diff Period Measure Configuration
Abbreviated Name ueRxTxTimeDiffPeriodMeasCfg
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is the configuration index of the periodical

measurement for the UE Tx-RX time difference. This parameter is
configured when the MR collects the UE Tx-RX time difference.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 360

incorrectly configured, maybe the MR cannot collect the UE TX-RX
time difference.

1.77.45 WCDMA Measurement Configuration Index Based Voice

Parameter Name
Full Name WCDMA Measurement Configuration Index Based Voice
Abbreviated Name wcdmaVoiceMeasCfg
1-1246

Related feature N/A
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A

1.77.46 Open Intersystem Measurement Based Voice Configuration

Index
Parameter Name
Full Name Open Intersystem Measurement Based Voice Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name opeRatVoiceMeasCfg
Related feature N/A
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 32;33
1-1247


1.77.47 reservedByEUtranCellMeasurement
Parameter Name
Full Name N/A
Abbreviated Name reservedByEUtranCellMeasurement
Related feature N/A
Description N/A
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

1-1248

1.77.48 Inter-Freq Measurement Configuration Index Based Voice

Measurement
Parameter Name
Full Name Inter-Freq Measurement Configuration Index Based Voice

Measurement
Abbreviated Name interFVoiceMeasCfg
Related feature N/A
Description Inter-Freq Measurement Configuration Index based Voice

Measurement
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 130

1.77.49 Extend Intra-LTE Load Balance Measurement Configuration

Index
Parameter Name
1-1249

Full Name Extend Intra-LTE Load Balance Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name intraLBMeasExtCfg
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is a extend measure configuration index for

Intra-LTE Load Balancing. It corresponds to a record of Measure
configuration for neighborhood centre and edge user.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 252

1.77.50 UL COMP Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name UL COMP Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name compMeasCfgUL
Related feature N/A
1-1250

Description This parameter only associated with a set of measuring configuration

for the ULCOMP. It recommend to use EVENT trigger for this
measurement, and report amount set to 1, and dont recommend
toset report amount to Infinity.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 220

1.77.51 DL COMP Measurement Configuration Index

Parameter Name
Full Name DL COMP Measurement Configuration Index
Abbreviated Name compMeasCfgDL
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter only associated with a set of measuring configuration

for the DLCOMP. It recommend to use EVENT trigger for this
measurement, and report amount set to 1, and dont recommend
toset report amount to Infinity.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
1-1251

Default Value 221

1.77.52 ANR A2 Measurement Configuration

Parameter Name
Full Name ANR A2 Measurement Configuration
Abbreviated Name anrA2MeasCfg
Managed Object Measurement Config Group
Related feature N/A
Description ANR A2 Measurement Configuration
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 34
Configuration Rule This parameter indicates a measurement configuration index value.

This parameter is set according to the actural network measurement
requirement. The ANR function cannot be used if this parameter is
set improperly.

1-1252

1.77.53 Measurement Index of SRVCC to TDS Based VoLTE Quality

Parameter Name
Full Name Measurement Index of SRVCC to TDS Based VoLTE Quality
Abbreviated Name tdsSRVCCBasedVoLTEQuaMeasCfg
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is an index of Measurment, uniquely related to a

Measurement Configuration, and it is used as the SRVCC to TDS
measurement Based VoLTE quality.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1810
Configuration Rule This parameter indicates a measurement configuration index value,

which is not needed to be modified.

1-1253

1.77.54 Measurement Index of SRVCC to WCDMA Based VoLTE

Quality
Parameter Name
Full Name Measurement Index of SRVCC to WCDMA Based VoLTE Quality
Abbreviated Name cdmaSRVCCBasedVoLTEQuaMeasCfg
Related feature N/A

Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1760


1.77.55 Measurement Index of SRVCC to GERAN Based VoLTE

Quality
Parameter Name
Full Name Measurement Index of SRVCC to GERAN Based VoLTE Quality
Abbreviated Name geranSRVCCBasedVoLTEQuaMeasCfg
1-1254

Related feature N/A

Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1710


1.77.56 Measurement Index of Inter-Freq Handover Based VoLTE

Quality
Parameter Name
Full Name Measurement Index of Inter-Freq Handover Based VoLTE Quality
Abbreviated Name interFHOBasedVoLTEQuaMeasCfg
Related feature N/A
1-1255

Description This parameter is an index of Measurment, uniquely related to

a Measurement Configuration, and it is used as the Inter-Freq
Handover measurementBased VoLTE quality.
Value type long
Range [1..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 140


1.78 PDCP Parameters

PDCP Parameters
1.78.1 PDCP Parameters ID

Parameter Name
Full Name PDCP Parameters ID
Abbreviated Name PDCPId
Managed Object PDCP
Related feature N/A

1-1256

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN Service Configuration/PDCP

Parameters
Parameter Name
Managed Object PDCP
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Parameters
1-1257


Parameter Name
Managed Object PDCP
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the QCI ID related to DSCP QCI mapping.
The service QoS parameters are referenced by using the QCI
information in the SAE setup message and sent to related personnel
for reference. A standard QoS Classification Identity (QCI) indicates
the QoS property, for example, packet scheduling, the process
delay, and the packet loss rate.EPS parameters can be transferred
between different EPS NEs through standard QCI parameters. Thus
devices from different vendors can communicate with each other
and the operator can configure the devices flexibly.
Value type long
Range [0..256]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule QCI 1-9 are configured in accordance with 3GPP TS 23.203. If
extended QCIs are required, new QCIs must be same as the core
network requirements.

Parameters
1-1258

1.78.4 PDCP Status Report Required Indicator

Parameter Name
Full Name PDCP Status Report Required Indicator
Abbreviated Name pdcpStatRptInd
Managed Object PDCP
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether a status report is sent to the peed
end when PDCP is reestablished.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]

Parameters
1.78.5 ROHC Profile0x0001

Parameter Name
1-1259

Full Name ROHC Profile0x0001
Abbreviated Name profile1
Managed Object PDCP
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether PDCP supports the Profile0x0001

type of compression in ROHC format. Profile0001 stands for
IP/UDP/RTP packets.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]

Parameters

Parameter Name
Managed Object PDCP
Related feature N/A
1-1260


type of compression in ROHC format. Profile0002 stands for
IP/UDP packets.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]

Parameters

Parameter Name
Managed Object PDCP
Related feature N/A

type of compression in ROHC format. Profile0004 stands for IP
packets.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]
1-1261


Parameters

Parameter Name
Managed Object PDCP
Related feature N/A

type of compression in ROHC format. Profile0006 stands for IP/TCP
packets.
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]

Parameters
1-1262

1.78.9 Maximum CID of PDCP ROHC

Parameter Name
Full Name Maximum CID of PDCP ROHC
Abbreviated Name maxCid
Managed Object PDCP
Reference protocol RFC3095
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the maximum uplink UE context ID

supported by PDCP ROHC. The relationship between compressed
flows is called a context. A compressor/uncompressor use the
context to compress/uncompress packet headers. A context is
identified by its Context ID (CID).
Value type long
Range [1..16383]
Unit N/A
Default Value 15

Parameters
1.79 SCA Configuration

SCA Configuration
1-1263

1.79.1 SCA Configuration ID

Parameter Name
Full Name SCA Configuration ID
Abbreviated Name SCAConfigId
Managed Object SCAConfig
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN Service Configuration/SCA

Configuration
Parameter Name
1-1264

Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Configuration
1.79.3 Referenced UDP

Parameter Name
Full Name Referenced UDP
Abbreviated Name refSCAUDP
Related feature N/A
Description Referenced UDP
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
1-1265


Configuration

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type LDN
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Configuration
1-1266

1.80 Service Prior

Service Prior
1.80.1 Service Prior ID

Parameter Name
Full Name Service Prior ID
Abbreviated Name ENBServicePriorId
Managed Object ENBServicePrior
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Prior
Parameter Name
1-1267

Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Prior

Parameter Name
Abbreviated Name qci
Related feature N/A
1-1268

Description This parameter indicates the QCI of a service type. The service
QoS parameters are referenced by using the QCI information in the
SAE setup message and sent to related personnel for reference.
A standard QoS Classification Identity (QCI) indicates the QoS
property, for example, packet scheduling, the process delay, and
the packet loss rate.EPS parameters can be transferred between
different EPS NEs through standard QCI parameters. Thus devices
from different vendors can communicate with each other and the
operator can configure the devices flexibly.
Value type long
Range [0..256]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
Configuration Rule QCI 1-9 are configured in accordance with 3GPP TS 23.203. If
extended QCIs are required, new QCIs must be same as the core
network requirements.

Prior
1.80.4 Allocation and Retention Priority

Parameter Name
Full Name Allocation and Retention Priority
Abbreviated Name arp
Related feature N/A
1-1269

Description This parameter indicates the service ARP defined by 3GPP

specifications. The lower the value is, the higher the priority is. This
service priority is referenced by using the ARP information in the
SAE setup message and sent to related personnel for reference.
Value type long
Range [1..15]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
Configuration Rule Related factors: service priority. If different bearers and services
are configured in the same EMLP queue, the QoS of high-priority
services are guaranteed when the system load is high. This
parameter and QCI determine the service priority weight and
scheduling priority weight. Only when the service priority weight in
the EMLP table configured by the related scheduling priority weight
is not 0, can this parameter take effect. If no service factor priority
related to QCI and ARP is configured, the default weight is 1, that
is, the minimum priority.
Adjustment suggestion: This parameter is a QoS parameter, and
should be set based on requirements of the operator.

Prior
1.80.5 Downlink Service Priory Level

Parameter Name
Full Name Downlink Service Priory Level
Abbreviated Name srvPriLvDl
1-1270

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the service priority. This service factor
preference level is referenced and mapped to the service factor
priority by using the ARP and QCI information in the SAE setup
message and sent to related personnel for reference.
Application scenario: If the service priorities configured in the same
MLP need to be discriminated, the service preference level related
to service QCI and ARP is configured and mapped to the service
priority to affect the service scheduling priority.
Value type long
Range [1..16]
Unit N/A
Default Value 16
parameter is mapped from both QCI and ARP. There are 16
preference levels. The scheduling priority weight related to each
downlink preference level is configured based on the preference
level and priority weight mapping table. Only when the service
priority weight in the EMLP table configured by the related
scheduling priority weight is not 0, can this parameter take effect.
If no service factor priority related to QCI and ARP is configured,
the default preference level is 16 and the priority weight is 1, that
is, the minimum priority.

Prior
1-1271

1.80.6 Uplink Service Priory Level

Parameter Name
Full Name Uplink Service Priory Level
Abbreviated Name srvPriLvUl
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the service priority. This service factor
preference level is referenced and mapped to the service factor
priority by using the ARP and QCI information in the SAE setup
message and sent to related personnel for reference.
Application scenario: If the service priorities configured in the same
MLP need to be discriminated, the service preference level related
to service QCI and ARP is configured and mapped to the service
priority to affect the service scheduling priority.
Value type long
Range [1..16]
Unit N/A
Default Value 16
parameter is mapped from both QCI and ARP. There are 16
preference levels. The scheduling priority weight related to each
uplink preference level is configured based on the preference level
and priority weight mapping table. Only when the service priority
weight in the EMLP table configured by the related scheduling
priority weight is not 0, can this parameter take effect. If no service
factor priority related to QCI and ARP is configured, the default
preference level is 16 and the priority weight is 1, that is, the
minimum priority.

Prior
1-1272

1.81 SPS Configuration

SPS Configuration
1.81.1 SPS Configuration ID

Parameter Name
Full Name SPS Configuration ID
Abbreviated Name SPSConfigId
Managed Object SPSConfig
Related feature N/A

Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path Radio Parameter/LTE FDD/E-UTRAN Service Configuration/SPS

Configuration
1-1273

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A

Configuration
1.81.3 Uplink SPS Activation MCS Lower Threshold

Parameter Name
Full Name Uplink SPS Activation MCS Lower Threshold
Abbreviated Name spsMcsLowThrUl
1-1274

Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the lower threshold for the uplink SPS to
activate MSC. It is used to disable SPS in the MAC layer when the
SNR is low. This parameter is configured when ULSPS is enabled
in the higher layer. The value can be set to QPSK MCSs. This
parameter indicates the minimum MCS mapped by the signal quality
when uplink SPS is used.
Value type long
Range [0..10]
Unit N/A
Default Value 2
Configuration Rule If the MCS mapped by the signal quality is lower than this threshold,
SPS is not enabled. Thus the SPS usage domain in the remote end
can be controlled.

Configuration
1.81.4 Uplink SPS Activation MCS Higher Threshold

Parameter Name
Full Name Uplink SPS Activation MCS Higher Threshold
Abbreviated Name spsMcsHighThrUl
Related feature N/A
1-1275

Description This parameter indicates the higher threshold for the uplink SPS to
activate MSC. It is used to disable SPS in the MAC layer when the
SNR is high. This parameter is configured when ULSPS is enabled
in the higher layer. The value must be greater than MCS15.This
parameter indicates the maximum MCS mapped by the signal
quality when uplink SPS is used.
Value type long
Range [16..28]
Unit N/A
Default Value 28
Configuration Rule If the MCS mapped by the signal quality is higher than this
threshold, SPS is not enabled. Thus the SPS usage domain in the
medium/near end can be controlled.

Configuration
1.81.5 The UL SPS Scheduling Resource Ratio

Parameter Name
Full Name The UL SPS Scheduling Resource Ratio
Abbreviated Name spsUseBandPerUl
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the ratio of PUSCH resources occupied by

each uplink SPS sub-frame. It limits the number of RBs occupied by
uplink SPS scheduling. This parameter is configured if ULSPS is
enabled in the higher layer. This parameter indicates the maximum
RB percentage occupied by uplink SPS UEs in each TTI.
1-1276

Value type long
Unit N/A
Default Value 0.3
Configuration Rule If the RB percentage occupied by SPS UEs in the current TTI
exceeds this threshold, no new SPS UE is scheduled. This
parameter can control the number of activated SPS UEs in each TTI.

Configuration
1.81.6 Downlink SPS Activation MCS Lower Threshold

Parameter Name
Full Name Downlink SPS Activation MCS Lower Threshold
Abbreviated Name spsMcsLowThrDl
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the lower threshold for the downlink SPS
to activate MSC. It is used to disable SPS in the MAC layer when
the SNR is low. This parameter is configured when DLSPS is
enabled in the higher layer. The value can be set to QPSK MCSs.
This parameter indicates the minimum MCS mapped by the signal
quality when downlink SPS is used.
Value type long
Range [0..10]
Unit N/A
Default Value 2
1-1277

Configuration Rule If the MCS mapped by the signal quality is lower than this threshold,
SPS is not enabled. Thus the SPS usage domain in the remote end
can be controlled.

Configuration
1.81.7 Downlink SPS Activation MCS Higher Threshold

Parameter Name
Full Name Downlink SPS Activation MCS Higher Threshold
Abbreviated Name spsMcsHighThrDl
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the higher threshold for the downlink SPS
to activate MSC. It is used to disable SPS in the MAC layer when the
SNR is high. This parameter is configured when DLSPS is enabled
in the higher layer. The value must be greater than MCS15.This
parameter indicates the maximum MCS mapped by the signal
quality when downlink SPS is used.
Value type long
Range [16..28]
Unit N/A
Default Value 28
Configuration Rule If the MCS mapped by the signal quality is higher than this
threshold, SPS is not enabled. Thus the SPS usage domain in the
medium/near end can be controlled.
1-1278


Configuration
1.81.8 The DL SPS Scheduling Resource Ratio

Parameter Name
Full Name The DL SPS Scheduling Resource Ratio
Abbreviated Name spsUseBandPerDl
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the ratio of PDSCH resources occupied

by each downlink SPS sub-frame. It limits the number of RBs
occupied by downlink SPS scheduling. This parameter is configured
if DLSPS is enabled in the higher layer. This parameter indicates
the maximum RB percentage occupied by downlink SPS UEs in
each TTI.
Value type long
Unit N/A
Default Value 0.3
Configuration Rule If the RB percentage occupied by SPS UEs in the current TTI
exceeds this threshold, no new SPS UE is scheduled. This
parameter can control the number of activated SPS UEs in each TTI.

Configuration
1-1279

1.82 SON CoMP Relation Self Configure

SON CoMP Relation Self Configure
Parameter Name
Full Name SON CoMP Relation Self Configure
Abbreviated Name SonCS
Managed Object
Reference protocol
Related feature N/A
Description
Value type
Range
Unit
Default Value
Configuration Rule
OMC Access path
Prerequisites for modification
How to take effect
Impact services or Not
Impact on services
Related parameter
1-1280

1.82.1 SON CoMP Relation Self Configure ID

Parameter Name
Full Name SON CoMP Relation Self Configure ID
Abbreviated Name SonCSId
Managed Object SonCS
Related feature N/A
Description RDN
Range [1..9999]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path N/A
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
1-1281

Value type string
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path N/A
1.82.3 Policy ID
Parameter Name
Full Name Policy ID
Related feature N/A
Description Policy ID
Value type long
Range [43000..43999]
Unit N/A
Default Value 43000
OMC Access path N/A
1-1282

1.82.4 CS Refer Point Policy

Parameter Name
Full Name CS Refer Point Policy
Related feature N/A
Description CS Refer Point Policy
Value type sequence<StructReferPoint,60>
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path N/A
1.82.5 Service Type

Parameter Name
1-1283

Related feature N/A

Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 43
OMC Access path N/A
1.82.6 Run Mode

Parameter Name
Full Name Run Mode
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Unit N/A
1-1284

OMC Access path N/A
1.82.7 Policy Grade

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range 0:Whole Network Grading,

1:Subnet Grading,
2:NE Grading,
3:Radiomode Grading,
4:Cell Grading,
5:Relation Grading,
6:Reserved
Unit N/A
OMC Access path N/A
1-1285

1.82.8 CoMP Self Configure Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name CoMP Self Configure Switch
Abbreviated Name coMPSwch
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether the CoMP addition function is

supported or not. Close:not supported;Open:supported;
Value type long
Unit N/A
OMC Access path N/A
1.82.9 Cooperative Relationship Type

Parameter Name
Full Name Cooperative Relationship Type
1-1286

Abbreviated Name coperType
Related feature N/A
Description Cooperative Relationship Type
Value type long
Range 1:Only UL CoMP Support,

2:Only DL CoMP Support,
3:UL&DL CoMP Support
Unit N/A
Default Value UL&DL CoMP Support[3]
OMC Access path N/A
1.82.10 Start Time of CoMP Report at Appointed Time

Parameter Name
Full Name Start Time of CoMP Report at Appointed Time
Abbreviated Name coMPAppointRptStartTime
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is the start time of CoMP Report at appointed time
function configured by operator.CoMP nbr Add and Del Process will
execute after start time.
Value type long
1-1287

Range [0..1440]
Unit min
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
1.82.11 End Time of CoMP Report at Appointed Time

Parameter Name
Full Name End Time of CoMP Report at Appointed Time
Abbreviated Name coMPAppointRptEndTime
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is the end time of CoMP Report at appointed time
function configured by operator. After end time arrive, CoMP Report
at appointed time function will execute reset and start next process
period.
Value type long
Range [0..1440]
Unit min
Default Value 360
OMC Access path N/A
1-1288

Parameter Name
Full Name N/A
Related feature N/A
Description N/A
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path N/A
1.82.13 Grade for CoMP Statistic

Parameter Name
Full Name Grade for CoMP Statistic
1-1289

Abbreviated Name statisticGrade
Managed Object SON CoMP Relation Self Configure
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used for set the CoMP Statistic Grade.
Value type long
Range 0:Week,1:Month
Unit N/A
Default Value Week[0]
OMC Access path N/A
1.83 Frequency Priority Based PLMN

Frequency Priority Based PLMN.
1.83.1 Frequency Priority Based PLMN ID

Parameter Name
Full Name Frequency Priority Based PLMN ID
Abbreviated Name PlmnFreqPriId
Managed Object Frequency Priority Based PLMN
Related feature N/A
Description RDN
1-1290

Range [1..10000]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path N/A
Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type string
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path N/A
1-1291

1.83.3 Serving Mobile Country Code

Parameter Name
Full Name Serving Mobile Country Code
Related feature N/A
Description The MCC of Serving PLMN
Value type string

PlainText[+###]
Range [3..4]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path N/A
1.83.4 Serving Mobile Network Code

Parameter Name
Full Name Serving Mobile Network Code
1-1292

Related feature N/A
Description The MNC of Serving PLMN
Value type string

PlainText[+###]
Range [2..4]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path N/A
1.83.5 Frequency Number

Parameter Name
Full Name Frequency Number
Abbreviated Name freqNum
Related feature N/A
Description Candidate Frequency Number for Handover Based Frequency

Priority.
Value type long
Range [0..9]
Unit N/A
1-1293

Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
1.83.6 Downlink Center Carrier Frequency Parameters

Parameter Name
Full Name Downlink Center Carrier Frequency Parameters
Abbreviated Name plmnFreqParasFDD
Related feature N/A
Description Downlink Center Carrier Frequency Parameters
Value type sequence<StructPlmnFreqParasFDD,8>
Range N/A
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path N/A
1-1294

Chapter 2
Struct
Table of Contents
PLMN List ..................................................................................................................2-1
ENBFunction List .......................................................................................................2-3
EUtran Reselection Inter-Frequency Parameters......................................................2-10
Additional Frequency Band Indicator Configuration for Each Inter-Frequency...........2-25
UTRAN FDD Reselection Frequency Parameters ....................................................2-31
Additional Frequency Band Indicator Configuration for Each UTRAN FDD
Frequency ................................................................................................................2-38
UTRAN TDD Reselection Frequency Parameters ....................................................2-44
HRPD Band Frequency Reselection Parameters......................................................2-49
1xRTT Band Reselection Parameters.......................................................................2-52
GERAN Reselection Frequency Parameters ............................................................2-56
EUtran Inter-frequency Measurement Parameters....................................................2-86
UTRAN Measurement Parameters ...........................................................................2-96
GERAN Measurement Parameters.........................................................................2-104
CDMA2000 Measurement Parameters ...................................................................2-132
RAT Priority ............................................................................................................2-139
RAT Priority OffFreq-Delta......................................................................................2-144
Reference Point List ...............................................................................................2-149
Target System of Idle Ue for CS Fallback ...............................................................2-152
StructRatPriCnPara................................................................................................2-155
SON ES Special Time ............................................................................................2-158
Target RAT of SRVCC ............................................................................................2-161
Downlink Center Carrier Frequency Parameters.....................................................2-165
2.1 PLMN List

PLMN List
2.1.1 MCC
Parameter Name
Full Name MCC
2-1

Managed Object StructPlmnIdentity
Related feature N/A
Description MCC
Value type string
Range [3..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path N/A
2.1.2 MNC
Parameter Name
Full Name MNC
Managed Object StructPlmnIdentity
Related feature N/A
Description MNC
Value type string
Range [2..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
2-2

Chapter 2 Struct
OMC Access path N/A
2.2 ENBFunction List

PLMN List
2.2.1 MCC
Parameter Name
Full Name MCC
Managed Object StructBlackENodeBList
Related feature N/A
Description MCC
Value type string
Range [3..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path N/A
2-3

2.2.2 MNC
Parameter Name
Full Name MNC
Related feature N/A
Description MNC
Value type string
Range [2..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path N/A
2.2.3 eNodeB ID
Parameter Name
Full Name eNodeB ID
2-4

Chapter 2 Struct
Related feature N/A
Description Neighbour eNB ID of X2 Black List
Value type long
Range [0..1048575]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path N/A
How to take effect

PLMN List
2.3.1 MCC
Parameter Name
Full Name MCC
Managed Object StructWhiteENodeBList
Related feature N/A
Description MCC
Value type string
Range [3..3]
2-5

Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path N/A
2.3.2 MNC
Parameter Name
Full Name MNC
Related feature N/A
Description MNC
Value type string
Range [2..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path N/A
2-6

Chapter 2 Struct
2.3.3 eNodeB ID
Parameter Name
Full Name eNodeB ID
Related feature N/A
Description Neighbouring eNB ID of X2 White List
Value type long
Range [0..1048575]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path N/A
How to take effect

PLMN List
2.4.1 MCC
Parameter Name
Full Name MCC
2-7

Managed Object StructHOBlackENodeBList
Related feature N/A
Description MCC
Value type string
Range [3..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path N/A
2.4.2 MNC
Parameter Name
Full Name MNC
Related feature N/A
Description MNC
Value type string
Range [2..3]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
2-8

Chapter 2 Struct
OMC Access path N/A
2.4.3 eNodeB ID
Parameter Name
Full Name eNodeB ID
Related feature N/A
Description Neighbour eNB ID of X2 HO Black List
Value type long
Range [0..1048575]
Unit N/A
Default Value N/A
OMC Access path N/A
How to take effect
2-9

2.5 EUtran Reselection Inter-Frequency Parameters

EUtran Reselection Inter-Frequency Parameters

Parameter Name
Managed Object StructEUtranRslPara
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter identifies UL operating band(BS receive/UE transmit)

and DL operating band(BS transmit/UE receive) for a E-UTRAN
carrier frequency.
Value type long
Range [1..5],[7..14],[17..28],[30..64],[101..101]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
OMC Access path N/A
2.5.2 Inter-Frequency
Parameter Name
Full Name Inter-Frequency
Abbreviated Name interCarriFreq
2-10

Chapter 2 Struct
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter configures the DL Center Frequency of

inter-frequency carrier.It's represented by EARFCN(E-UTRA
Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number),the relation between
EARFCN and the carrier frequency in MHz for the downlink is given
by 36.101-5.7.3.
Value type long

2-11


Unit MHz

2-12

Chapter 2 Struct
2-13

OMC Access path N/A
2.5.3 Minimum Received RSRP Level During Inter-Frequency

Reselection
Parameter Name
Full Name Minimum Received RSRP Level During Inter-Frequency Reselection
Abbreviated Name interQrxLevMin
Related feature N/A

level of inter-frequency cell which satisfies the condition of being
reselected by UE It is a key parameter of S_nonServingCell,x
which is necessary to calculate for reselection to a inter-frequency
neighbour cell
Value type long
Range [-140..-44] step 2
Unit dBm
Default Value -120
OMC Access path N/A
2-14

Chapter 2 Struct
2.5.4 Maximum Transmit Power in Inter-Frequency Reselection

Parameter Name
Full Name Maximum Transmit Power in Inter-Frequency Reselection
Abbreviated Name interPmax
Related feature N/A
Description Inter_Pmax is the most uplink usable transmitting power of UE of cell

configured Inter_Pmax is used for the inter-frequency neighboring
E-UTRA cell reselection If Inter_Pmax is absent, the maximum
power according to the UE capability is used
Value type long
Range [-30..33]
Unit dBm
Default Value 23
OMC Access path N/A
2.5.5 The Timer for Cell Reselection in Inter-Frequency

Parameter Name
2-15

Full Name The Timer for Cell Reselection in Inter-Frequency
Abbreviated Name tReselectionInterEUTRA
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the inter-frequency cell reselection

timerUE shall reselect the new cell of EUTRAN if the new
inter-frequency cell is better ranked than the serving cell according
to the cell-ranking criterion R during a time interval indicated by
TreselectionInterEUTRAN
Value type long
Range [0..7]
Unit s
Default Value 1
OMC Access path N/A
2.5.6 Switch for Using Antenna Port 1 for Inter-Frequency Cell

Reselection
Parameter Name
Full Name Switch for Using Antenna Port 1 for Inter-Frequency Cell Reselection
Abbreviated Name interPresenceAntPort1
Related feature N/A
2-16

Chapter 2 Struct
Description The parameter is used to indicate whether all the neighboring cells
use Antenna Port 1 for inter-frequency cell reselection When set to
TRUE, the UE may assume that at least two cell-specific antenna
ports are used in all neighboring cells
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
OMC Access path N/A
2.5.7 Time Scale Factor for Inter-Frequency Reselection in

Medium-Speed
Parameter Name
Full Name Time Scale Factor for Inter-Frequency Reselection in Medium-Speed
Abbreviated Name sfInterMedium
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates scaling factor of reselection time applied

in medium mobility state.The concerned mobility control related
parameter "auctRslInterEutra" is multiplied with "auctReselInterSFM"
if the UE is in Medium Mobility state.
Value type long
Range 0:0.25,1:0.5,2:0.75,3:1
Unit N/A
2-17

OMC Access path N/A
2.5.8 Time Scale Factor for Inter-Frequency Reselection in

High-Speed
Parameter Name
Full Name Time Scale Factor for Inter-Frequency Reselection in High-Speed
Abbreviated Name sfInterHigh
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates scaling factor of reselection time applied in

high mobility state.The concerned mobility control related parameter
"auctRslInterEutra" is multiplied with "auctReselInterSFH" if the UE
is in High Mobility state.
Value type long
Range 0:0.25,1:0.5,2:0.75,3:1
Unit N/A
OMC Access path N/A
2-18

Chapter 2 Struct
2.5.9 RSRP Threshold for Reselecting to Inter-Frequency High

Priority Cell
Parameter Name
Full Name RSRP Threshold for Reselecting to Inter-Frequency High Priority

Cell
Abbreviated Name interThrdXHigh
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the threshold for cell reselection to a cell
on a higher priority frequency There have 2 elements fulfilled for cell
reselection criteria: (1) the SnonservingCell,x of a cell of a higher
priority frequency is greater than InterThresholdX_High during a
time interval Treselection (2) more than 1 second has elapsed since
the UE camped on the current serving cell Range of the parameter
is actual value which equals to double of value in 36331
Value type long
Unit dB
Default Value 8
OMC Access path N/A
2-19

2.5.10 RSRP Threshold for Reselecting to Inter-Frequency Low

Priority Cell
Parameter Name
Full Name RSRP Threshold for Reselecting to Inter-Frequency Low Priority Cell
Abbreviated Name interThrdXLow
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the threshold for cell reselection to an

inter-frequency cell on a lower priority frequency There have
3 elements fulfilled for cell reselection criteria : (1) No cell
of a higher priority frequency or inter-RAT fulfills the criteria
above (2) SServingCell < ThresholdServing_Low and the
SnonServingCell,x of a cell of a lower priority frequency is greater
than InterThresholdX_Low during a time interval Treselection(3)
more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the
current serving cell For detail description please refer to TS 36304
Range of the parameter is actual value which equals to double of
value in 36331
Value type long
Unit dB
Default Value 10
OMC Access path N/A
2-20

Chapter 2 Struct
2.5.11 Inter-Frequency Cell Reselection Priority

Parameter Name
Full Name Inter-Frequency Cell Reselection Priority
Abbreviated Name interReselPrio
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates inter-frequency cell reselection priority The

Value type long
Range [0..7]
Unit N/A
Default Value 7
OMC Access path N/A
2.5.12 Inter-Frequency Offset

Parameter Name
Full Name Inter-Frequency Offset
Abbreviated Name qOffsetFreq
Related feature N/A
2-21

Description The parameter indicates frequency offset of inter-frequency

neighbour cells of cell reselection. It's used to caculate the
cell-ranking criterion Rn for neighboring cells in equeal priority
inter-frequency, i.e. Rn =Qmeas,n - Qoffset .For inter-frequency:
Qoffset equals to Qoffsets,n plus Qoffsetfrequency, if Qoffsets,n is
valid, otherwise this equals to Qoffsetfrequency.
Value type long
Range 0:-24,1:-22,2:-20,3:-18,4:-16,5:-14,6:-12,7:-10,8:-8,9:-6,10:-5,11:-
4,12:-3,13:-2,14:-1,15:0,16:1,17:2,18:3,19:4,20:5,21:6,22:8,23:10,2
4:12,25:14,26:16,27:18,28:20,29:22,30:24
Unit dB
Default Value 0[15]
OMC Access path N/A
2.5.13 Minimum Value of Inter-Frequency RSRQ

Parameter Name
Full Name Minimum Value of Inter-Frequency RSRQ
Abbreviated Name interFreqQqualMin
Related feature N/A
Description Specifies the minimum required quality level in the cell in dB
Value type long
Range [-34..-3]
Unit N/A
2-22

Chapter 2 Struct
Default Value -19
OMC Access path N/A
2.5.14 RSRQ Threshold for Reselecting to Inter-Frequency High

Priority Cell
Parameter Name
Full Name RSRQ Threshold for Reselecting to Inter-Frequency High Priority

Cell
Abbreviated Name interThreshXHighQ
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the threshold for cell reselection to a cell
on a higher priority frequency. There have 2 elements fulfilled for cell
reselection criteria: (1) the SnonservingCell,x of a cell of a higher
priority frequency is greater than InterThresholdX_HighQ during a
the UE camped on the current serving cell. Range of the parameter
is actual value which equals to the value in 36.331.
Value type long
Range [0..31]
Unit N/A
Default Value 5
OMC Access path N/A
2-23

2.5.15 RSRQ Threshold for Reselecting to Inter-Frequency Low

Priority Cell
Parameter Name
Full Name RSRQ Threshold for Reselecting to Inter-Frequency Low Priority

Cell
Abbreviated Name interThreshXLowQ
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates the threshold for cell reselection to

an inter-frequency cell on a lower priority frequency. There
have 3 elements fulfilled for cell reselection criteria : (1) No
cell of a higher priority frequency or inter-RAT fulfills the criteria
above (2) SServingCell < ThresholdServing_LowQ and the
SnonServingCell,x of a cell of a lower priority frequency is greater
than InterThresholdX_LowQ during a time interval Treselection(3)
more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the
current serving cell. For detail description please refers to TS
36.304. Range of the parameter is actual value which equals to
the value in 36.331.
Value type long
Range [0..31]
Unit N/A
Default Value 6
OMC Access path N/A
2-24

Chapter 2 Struct
2.6 Additional Frequency Band Indicator Configuration

for Each Inter-Frequency
Every 8 entry as a group in order, one group corresponding to each carrier frequency listed
in the same order as in Inter-frequency list, and indicates the additional frequency band
indicator list of the corresponding inter- frequency
2.6.1 Equivalent Frequency Band Indicator 1

Parameter Name
Full Name Equivalent Frequency Band Indicator 1
Abbreviated Name freqBandInd1
Managed Object StructEUtranRslInterFreq
Related feature N/A
Description Equivalent Frequency Band Indicator 1
Value type long
Range [0..5],[7..14],[17..28],[30..64],[101..101]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2-25


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..5],[7..14],[17..28],[30..64],[101..101]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
2-26

Chapter 2 Struct
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..5],[7..14],[17..28],[30..64],[101..101]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..5],[7..14],[17..28],[30..64],[101..101]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2-27


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..5],[7..14],[17..28],[30..64],[101..101]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2-28

Chapter 2 Struct

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..5],[7..14],[17..28],[30..64],[101..101]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
2-29

Value type long
Range [0..5],[7..14],[17..28],[30..64],[101..101]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..5],[7..14],[17..28],[30..64],[101..101]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2-30

Chapter 2 Struct
2.7 UTRAN FDD Reselection Frequency Parameters

UTRAN FDD Reselection Frequency Parameters
2.7.1 UTRAN FDD ARFCN

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN FDD ARFCN
Abbreviated Name utranCarriFreq
Managed Object StructUtranFDDRslPara
Related feature N/A
Description UTRA FDD ARFCN
Value type long
Range [0..16383]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2.7.2 UTRAN FDDCell Reselection Priority

Parameter Name
2-31

Full Name UTRAN FDDCell Reselection Priority
Abbreviated Name utranReselPriority
Related feature N/A
Description UTRAN cell reselection priority
Value type long
Range [0..7]
Unit N/A
Default Value 5
OMC Access path N/A
2.7.3 Minimum Required UTRAN FDD Cell Rx Level when Cell

Selection
Parameter Name
Full Name Minimum Required UTRAN FDD Cell Rx Level when Cell Selection
Abbreviated Name qRxLevMin
Related feature N/A
2-32

Chapter 2 Struct

level of UTRAN FDD cell which satisfies the condition of being
reselected by UE It is a key parameter of SnonServingCell,x which
is necessary to calculate for reselection to a UTRAN FDD neighbour
cell Range of the parameter is actual value which equals to double
of value in 36331 plus 1
Value type long
Range [-119..-25] step 2
Unit dBm
Default Value -115
OMC Access path N/A
2.7.4 RSRP Threshold for Reselecting to High Priority UTRAN FDD

Cell
Parameter Name
Full Name RSRP Threshold for Reselecting to High Priority UTRAN FDD Cell
Abbreviated Name threshXHigh
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the threshold for cell reselection to a higher
priority UTRAN FDD cell There have 2 elements fulfilled for cell
reselection criteria: (1) the SnonservingCell,x of a higher priority
UTRAN FDD cell is greater than utran_ThreshX_High _FDD during
a time interval Treselection (2) more than 1 second has elapsed
since the UE camped on the current serving cell
2-33

Value type long
Unit dB
Default Value 8
OMC Access path N/A
2.7.5 RSRP Threshold for Reselecting to Low Priority UTRAN FDD

Cell
Parameter Name
Full Name RSRP Threshold for Reselecting to Low Priority UTRAN FDD Cell
Abbreviated Name threshXLow
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the threshold for cell reselection to a

lower priority frequency UTRAN FDD cell There have 3 elements
fulfilled for cell reselection criteria : (1) No cell of a higher priority
frequency or inter-RAT fulfills the criteria above (2) SServingCell <
ThresholdServing_Low and the SnonServingCell,x of a lower priority
UTRAN FDD cell is greater than utran_ThreshX_Low _FDDduring a
time interval Treselection(3) more than 1 second has elapsed since
the UE camped on the current serving cell
Value type long
Unit dB
2-34

Chapter 2 Struct
Default Value 10
OMC Access path N/A
2.7.6 Maximum Allowed Tx Power

Parameter Name
Full Name Maximum Allowed Tx Power
Abbreviated Name pMaxUTRA
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates Mximum TX power level which an UE may

use when accessing the cell on RACH utran_Pmax_FDD is used
for UTRAN FDD neighbour cell reselection
Value type long
Range [-50..33]
Unit dBm
Default Value 24
OMC Access path N/A
2-35

2.7.7 Minimum Quantity Required UTRAN FDD Cell Selection

Parameter Name
Full Name Minimum Quantity Required UTRAN FDD Cell Selection
Abbreviated Name qQualMin
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the minimum quality requirement of

UTRAN FDD cell which satisfies the condition of being reselected by
UE It is a key parameter of SnonServingCell,x which is necessary to
calculate for reselection to a UTRAN FDD neighbour cell
Value type long
Range [-24..0]
Unit dB
Default Value -18
OMC Access path N/A
2.7.8 RSRQ threshold for reselecting higher priority UTRAN FDD

cell
Parameter Name
2-36

Chapter 2 Struct
Full Name RSRQ threshold for reselecting higher priority UTRAN FDD cell
Abbreviated Name utranThrXHighQFdd
Related feature N/A
Description This specifies the Squal threshold (in dB) used by the UE when
reselecting towards a higher priority RAT/ frequency than the current
serving frequency Each frequency of E-UTRAN and UTRAN FDD
might have a specific threshold
Value type long
Range [0..31]
Unit N/A
Default Value 5
OMC Access path N/A
2.7.9 RSRQ threshold for reselecting lower priority FDD UTRAN cell
Parameter Name
Full Name RSRQ threshold for reselecting lower priority FDD UTRAN cell
Abbreviated Name utranThrXLowQFdd
Related feature N/A
2-37

Description This specifies the Srxlev threshold (in dB) used by the UE when
reselecting towards a lower priority RAT/ frequency than the current
serving frequency Each frequency of E-UTRAN and UTRAN, each
group of GERAN frequencies, each band class of CDMA2000
HRPD and CDMA2000 1xRTT might have a specific threshold
Value type long
Range [0..31]
Unit N/A
Default Value 3
OMC Access path N/A
2.8 Additional Frequency Band Indicator Configuration

for Each UTRAN FDD Frequency
Every 8 entry as a group in order, one group corresponding to each carrier frequency listed
in the same order as in UTRAN FDD frequency list, and indicates the additional frequency
band indicator list of the corresponding UTRAN FDD frequency

Parameter Name
Managed Object StructUtranFDDRslFreq
Related feature N/A
2-38

Chapter 2 Struct
Value type long
Range [0..86]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..86]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2-39


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..86]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
2-40

Chapter 2 Struct
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..86]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..86]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2-41


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..86]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2-42

Chapter 2 Struct

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..86]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
2-43

Value type long
Range [0..86]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2.9 UTRAN TDD Reselection Frequency Parameters

UTRAN TDD Reselection Frequency Parameters
2.9.1 UTRAN TDD ARFCN

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN TDD ARFCN
Abbreviated Name utranTDDCarriFreq
Managed Object StructUtranTDDRslPara
Related feature N/A
Description UTRA TDD ARFCN
Value type long
Range [0..16383]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2-44

Chapter 2 Struct
2.9.2 UTRAN TDD Cell Reselection Priority

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN TDD Cell Reselection Priority
Abbreviated Name utranTDDReselPriority
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates UTRAN TDD cell reselection priority The
Value type long
Range [0..7]
Unit N/A
Default Value 3
OMC Access path N/A
2-45

2.9.3 Minimum Required UTRAN TDD Cell Rx Level When Cell

Selection
Parameter Name
Full Name Minimum Required UTRAN TDD Cell Rx Level When Cell Selection
Abbreviated Name qRxLevMinTDD
Related feature N/A
of UTRAN TDD cell which satisfies the condition of being reselected
by UE It is a key parameter of SnonServingCell,x which is necessary
to calculate for reselection to a UTRAN TDD neighbour cell
Value type long
Range [-119..-25] step 2
Unit dBm
Default Value -115
OMC Access path N/A
2.9.4 RSRP Threshold for Reselecting to High Priority UTRAN TDD

Cell
Parameter Name
Full Name RSRP Threshold for Reselecting to High Priority UTRAN TDD Cell
Abbreviated Name threshXHighTDD
2-46

Chapter 2 Struct
Related feature N/A
priority UTRAN TDD cell There have 2 elements fulfilled for cell
UTRAN TDD cell is greater than utran_ThreshX_High _TDD during
a time interval Treselection (2) more than 1 second has elapsed
since the UE camped on the current serving cell
Value type long
Unit dB
Default Value 8
OMC Access path N/A
2.9.5 RSRP Threshold for Reselecting to Low Priority UTRAN TDD

Cell
Parameter Name
Full Name RSRP Threshold for Reselecting to Low Priority UTRAN TDD Cell
Abbreviated Name threshXLowTDD
Related feature N/A
2-47


lower priority frequency UTRAN TDD cell There have 3 elements
UTRAN TDD cell is greater than utran_ThreshX_Low _TDDduring a
Value type long
Unit dB
Default Value 10
OMC Access path N/A
2.9.6 Maximum Allowed Tx Power

Parameter Name
Full Name Maximum Allowed Tx Power
Abbreviated Name pMaxUtranTDD
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates Mximum TX power level which an UE may

use when accessing the cell on RACH utran_Pmax_TDD is used
for UTRAN TDD neighbour cell reselection
Value type long
Range [-50..33]
2-48

Chapter 2 Struct
Unit dBm
Default Value 23
OMC Access path N/A
2.10 HRPD Band Frequency Reselection Parameters

HRPD Band Frequency Reselection Parameters
2.10.1 HRPD Band Class

Parameter Name
Full Name HRPD Band Class
Abbreviated Name hrpdBandClass
Managed Object StructCdmaHRPDPara
Related feature N/A
Description HRPD Band Class
Value type long
10,11:bc11,12:bc12,13:bc13,14:bc14,15:bc15,16:bc16,17:bc17,18:
Unit N/A
OMC Access path N/A
2-49

2.10.2 HRPD Cell Reselection Priority

Parameter Name
Full Name HRPD Cell Reselection Priority
Abbreviated Name hrpdReselPrio
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates HRPD cell reselection priority The less its
value is, the lower its priority class is
Value type long
Range [0..7]
Unit N/A
Default Value 3
OMC Access path N/A
2-50

Chapter 2 Struct
2.10.3 Threshold for Reselecting to High Priority HRPD Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold for Reselecting to High Priority HRPD Cell
Abbreviated Name hrpdThrdXHigh
Related feature N/A
priority HRPD cell There have 2 elements fulfilled for cell reselection
criteria: (1) the SnonservingCell,x of a higher priority HRPD cell is
greater than hrpd_ThreshX_High during a time interval Treselection
(2) more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the
current serving cell This
Parameter expresses as an unsigned binary number equal to
FLOOR (-2 x 10 x log10 Ec/Io) hrpd_ThreshX_Low is 10 x log10
Ec/Io i
Value type long
Range [-31.5..0] step 0.5
Unit dB
Default Value -15
OMC Access path N/A
2.10.4 Threshold for Reselecting to Low Priority HRPD

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold for Reselecting to Low Priority HRPD
2-51

Abbreviated Name hrpdThrdXLow
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the threshold for cell reselection to

a lower priority frequency HRPD cell There have 3 elements
frequency or inter-RAT fulfills the criteria above (2) SServingCell
< ThresholdServing_Low and the SnonServingCell,x of a lower
priority HRPD cell is greater than hrpd_ThreshX_Lowduring a time
interval Treselection(3) more than 1 second has elapsed since the
UE camped on the current serving cell This Parameter expresses
as an unsigned binary number equal to FLOOR (-2 x 10 x log10
Ec/Io) hrpd_ThreshX_Low is 10 x log10 Ec/Io i
Value type long
Range [-31.5..0] step 0.5
Unit dB
Default Value -11
OMC Access path N/A
2.11 1xRTT Band Reselection Parameters

1xRTT Band Reselection Parameters
2.11.1 1xRTT Band Class

Parameter Name
Full Name 1xRTT Band Class
2-52

Chapter 2 Struct
Abbreviated Name oneXrttBandClass
Managed Object StructCdmaOneXRTTPara
Related feature N/A
Description 1xRTT Band Class
Value type long
10,11:bc11,12:bc12,13:bc13,14:bc14,15:bc15,16:bc16,17:bc17,18:
Unit N/A
OMC Access path N/A
2.11.2 1xRTT Cell Reselection Priority

Parameter Name
Full Name 1xRTT Cell Reselection Priority
Abbreviated Name oneXrttReselPrio
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates OneXRTT cell reselection priority The less
its value is, the lower its priority class is
Value type long
2-53

Range [0..7]
Unit N/A
Default Value 3
OMC Access path N/A
2.11.3 Threshold for Reselecting to High Priority 1xRTT Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold for Reselecting to High Priority 1xRTT Cell
Abbreviated Name oneXrttThrdXHigh
Related feature N/A

higher priority OneXRTT cell There have 2 elements fulfilled for cell
oneXRTT cell is greater than OneXRTT_ThreshX_High during a
the UE camped on the current serving cell This
Parameter expresses as an unsigned binary number equal to
FLOOR (-2 x 10 x log10 Ec/Io) hrpd_ThreshX_Low is 10 x log10
Ec/Io i
Value type long
Range [-31.5..0] step 0.5
Unit dB
Default Value -13
2-54

Chapter 2 Struct
OMC Access path N/A
2.11.4 Threshold for Reselecting to Low Priority 1xRTT Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold for Reselecting to Low Priority 1xRTT Cell
Abbreviated Name oneXrttThrdXLow
Related feature N/A

lower priority frequency OneXRTT cell There have 3 elements
OneXRTT cell is greater than OneXRTT_ThreshX_Low during
a time interval Treselection(3) more than 1 second has elapsed
since the UE camped on the current serving cell This Parameter
expresses as an unsigned binary number equal to FLOOR (-2 x 10
x log10 Ec/Io) hrpd_ThreshX_Low is 10 x log10 Ec/Io i
Value type long
Range [-31.5..0] step 0.5
Unit dB
Default Value -11
OMC Access path N/A
2-55

2.12 GERAN Reselection Frequency Parameters

GERAN Reselection Frequency Parameters
2.12.1 Band Indication

Parameter Name
Full Name Band Indication
Abbreviated Name bandIndicator
Managed Object StructGsmRslPara
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the frequency band for downlink carrier
Value type long
Range 0:DCS1800,1:PCS1900
Unit N/A
Default Value DCS1800[0]
OMC Access path N/A
2-56

Chapter 2 Struct
2.12.2 Representation of the Remaining ARFCN

Parameter Name
Full Name Representation of the Remaining ARFCN
Abbreviated Name followARFCNInd
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the representation of the remaining

ARFCN, include explicitly and equally spaced
Value type long
Range 0:Explicitly,1:Equally Spaced
Unit N/A
Default Value Explicitly[0]
OMC Access path N/A
2.12.3 Equally Spaced ARFCN Value

Parameter Name
Full Name Equally Spaced ARFCN Value
Abbreviated Name arfcnSpacing
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the equally spaced ARFCN value
2-57

Value type long
Range [1..8]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
OMC Access path N/A
2.12.4 the Number of the Remaining Equally Spaced ARFCN Values

Parameter Name
Full Name the Number of the Remaining Equally Spaced ARFCN Values
Abbreviated Name followARFCNNum
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates the number of the remaining equally

spaced ARFCN values
Value type long
Range [0..31]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2-58

Chapter 2 Struct
2.12.5 Minimum Required GERAN Cell RX Level when Cell Selection

Parameter Name
Full Name Minimum Required GERAN Cell RX Level when Cell Selection
Abbreviated Name qRxLevMin
Related feature N/A
of GERAN cell which satisfies the condition of being reselected by
UE It is a key parameter of SnonServingCell,x which is necessary to
calculate for reselection to a GERAN neighbour cell
Value type long
Range [-115..-25] step 2
Unit dBm
Default Value -109
OMC Access path N/A
2-59

2.12.6 Maximum Tansmit Power of UE in GERAN When Cell

Selection
Parameter Name
Full Name Maximum Tansmit Power of UE in GERAN When Cell Selection
Abbreviated Name pMaxGERAN
Related feature N/A
Description Geran_Pmax is the most usable transmitting power of UE which

GERAN allows in a uplink carrier frequency geran_Pmax is used
for inter-RAT GERAN neighbour cell reselection If geran_Pmax is
absent, the maximum power according to the UE capability is used
Value type long
Range [0..39]
Unit dBm
Default Value 23
OMC Access path N/A
2.12.7 Threshold for Reselecting to High Priority GERAN Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold for Reselecting to High Priority GERAN Cell
Abbreviated Name geranThreshXHigh
2-60

Chapter 2 Struct
Related feature N/A

higher priority GERAN cell There have 2 elements fulfilled for cell
GERAN cell is greater than geran_ThreshX_High during a time
interval Treselection (2) more than 1 second has elapsed since the
UE camped on the current serving cell
Value type long
Unit dB
Default Value 10
OMC Access path N/A
2.12.8 Threshold for Reselecting to Low Priority GERAN Cell

Parameter Name
Full Name Threshold for Reselecting to Low Priority GERAN Cell
Abbreviated Name geranThreshXLow
Related feature N/A
2-61


lower priority frequency GERAN cell There have 3 elements
frequency or inter-RAT fulfills the criteria above (2) SServingCell
< ThresholdServing_Low and the SnonServingCell,x of a lower
priority GERAN cell is greater than geran_ThreshX_Low during a
Value type long
Unit dB
Default Value 12
OMC Access path N/A
2.12.9 GERAN Cell Reselection Priority

Parameter Name
Full Name GERAN Cell Reselection Priority
Abbreviated Name geranReselectionPriority
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter indicates GERAN cell reselection priority The less its
value is, the lower its priority class is
Value type long
Range [0..7]
Unit N/A
2-62

Chapter 2 Struct
Default Value 4
OMC Access path N/A
2.12.10 The First ARFCN Value

Parameter Name
Full Name The First ARFCN Value
Abbreviated Name startARFCN
Related feature N/A
Description the First ARFCN Value
Value type long
Range [0..1023]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2-63

2.12.11 NCC Indication for GERAN Reselection

Parameter Name
Full Name NCC Indication for GERAN Reselection
Abbreviated Name nccPermitInd
Related feature N/A
Description Field encoded as a bit map, where bit N is set to "0" if a BCCH
carrier with NCC = N-1 is not permitted for monitoring and set to "1"
if the BCCH carrier with NCC = N-1 is permitted for monitoring; N =
1 to 8; bit 1 of the bitmap is the leading bit of the bit string.
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 255
OMC Access path N/A
2.12.12 Explicit ARFCN1

Parameter Name
Full Name Explicit ARFCN1
Abbreviated Name explicitARFCN1
2-64

Chapter 2 Struct
Related feature N/A
Description Explicit ARFCN1 (65535 is invalid value)
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A
2-65


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
2-66

Chapter 2 Struct
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
2-67

OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A
2-68

Chapter 2 Struct

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
2-69

Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A
2-70

Chapter 2 Struct

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
2-71

Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A
2-72

Chapter 2 Struct

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A
2-73


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
2-74

Chapter 2 Struct
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A
2-75


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
2-76

Chapter 2 Struct
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A
2-77


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A
2-78

Chapter 2 Struct

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
2-79

Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A
2-80

Chapter 2 Struct

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
2-81

Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A
2-82

Chapter 2 Struct

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A
2-83


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
2-84

Chapter 2 Struct
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A
2-85


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A
2.13 EUtran Inter-frequency Measurement Parameters

EUtran Inter-frequency Measurement Parameters
2.13.1 InterFreq Allowed Measurement Bandwidth

Parameter Name
2-86

Chapter 2 Struct
Full Name InterFreq Allowed Measurement Bandwidth
Abbreviated Name interFMeasBW
Managed Object StructEUtranMeas
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is allowed measurement bandwidth for each

frequency.It is configed to the max bandwidth of all neighbour cells
each frequency.
Value type long
Range 0:1.4M(6RB),1:3M(15RB),2:5M(25RB),3:10M(50RB),4:15M(75R-
B),5:20M(100RB)
Unit N/A
Default Value 1.4M(6RB)[0]
OMC Access path N/A
2.13.2 Band Indication for DL Frequency

Parameter Name
Full Name Band Indication for DL Frequency
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is band indicator for each DL frequency.
2-87

Value type long
Range [1..5],[7..14],[17..28],[30..64],[101..101]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
OMC Access path N/A
2.13.3 Inter-Frequency
Parameter Name
Full Name Inter-Frequency
Abbreviated Name interCarriFreq
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used to configure the frequency of intra-LTE

inter-frequency neighbor cell.
Value type long
Range {freqBandInd==1}[2110-2170] step 0.1,

{freqBandInd==2}[1930-1990] step 0.1,
{freqBandInd==9}[1844.9-1879.9] step 0.1,
2-88

Chapter 2 Struct

{freqBandInd==20}[791 -821] step 0.1,
2-89


Unit MHz

2-90

Chapter 2 Struct
OMC Access path N/A
2.13.4 Offset Frequency

Parameter Name
Full Name Offset Frequency
Abbreviated Name offsetFreq
2-91

Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is frequency offset,used to define the priority of

handover to specific frequency.
Value type long
Range 0:-24,1:-22,2:-20,3:-18,4:-16,5:-14,6:-12,7:-10,8:-8,9:-6,10:-5,11:-
4,12:-3,13:-2,14:-1,15:0,16:1,17:2,18:3,19:4,20:5,21:6,22:8,23:10,2
4:12,25:14,26:16,27:18,28:20,29:22,30:24
Unit dB
Default Value 0[15]
OMC Access path N/A
2.13.5 E-UTRAN Frequency Redirection Priority

Parameter Name
Full Name E-UTRAN Frequency Redirection Priority
Abbreviated Name eutranFreqRdPriority
Related feature N/A
Description This array indicates the priority of candidate frequencies for

Redirection target. eNB selects the target frequency based on this
information. The value range of each integer array member is from
0 to 255. A higher value indicates a higher priority. The default
value 0 means the corresponding frequency can not be selected
as redirection target frequency.
2-92

Chapter 2 Struct
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2.13.6 Priority of Inter Frequency in Intra-LTE Load Balancing

Parameter Name
Full Name Priority of Inter Frequency in Intra-LTE Load Balancing
Abbreviated Name lbInterFreqPriority
Related feature N/A
Description This array indicates priority of every inter frequency.
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 255
OMC Access path N/A
2-93

2.13.7 Ofn of Inter Frequency in Intra-LTE Load Balancing

Parameter Name
Full Name Ofn of Inter Frequency in Intra-LTE Load Balancing
Abbreviated Name lbInterFreqOfn
Related feature N/A
Description This array indicates A4 Ofn of every inter frequency.
Value type long
Range 0:-24,1:-22,2:-20,3:-18,4:-16,5:-14,6:-12,7:-10,8:-8,9:-6,10:-5,11:-
4,12:-3,13:-2,14:-1,15:0,16:1,17:2,18:3,19:4,20:5,21:6,22:8,23:10,2
4:12,25:14,26:16,27:18,28:20,29:22,30:24
Unit dB
Default Value 0[15]
OMC Access path N/A
2.13.8 Inter Frequency ANR Switch

Parameter Name
Full Name Inter Frequency ANR Switch
2-94

Chapter 2 Struct
Abbreviated Name interFreqANRInd
Related feature N/A
Description The switch for Inter Frequency ANR, when the value of the
parameter is "Yes", the nbr cell in this Frequency can be added and
be removed by ANR function, else it cannot be.
Value type long
Unit N/A
OMC Access path N/A
2.13.9 VOIP Ability of Inter-Frequency

Parameter Name
Full Name VOIP Ability of Inter-Frequency
Abbreviated Name interFVoiceAbility
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is the VOIP ability of inter frequency
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
2-95

Unit N/A
OMC Access path N/A
2.14 UTRAN Measurement Parameters

UTRAN Measurement Parameters
2.14.1 Duplex Mode

Parameter Name
Full Name Duplex Mode
Abbreviated Name duplexMode
Managed Object StructUtranMeas
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used to determine UTRAN duplex mode, FDD

or TDD
Value type long
Range 0:FDD,1:TDD
Unit N/A
Default Value FDD[0]
OMC Access path N/A
2-96

Chapter 2 Struct
2.14.2 Band Indicator for FDD DL Frequency

Parameter Name
Full Name Band Indicator for FDD DL Frequency
Abbreviated Name utranFreqBandInd
Related feature N/A
Description Band Indicator for FDD DL Frequency
Value type long
Range 0:1,1:2,2:3,3:4,4:5,5:6,6:7,7:8,8:9,9:10,10:11,11:12,12:13,13:14,14:
19,16:20,15:21,17:22,18:25,19:26
Unit N/A
Default Value 1[0]
OMC Access path N/A
2.14.3 UTRAN Frequency for FDD

Parameter Name
2-97

Full Name UTRAN Frequency for FDD
Abbreviated Name utranArfcn
Related feature N/A
Description UTRAN Frequency for FDD
Value type long
Range freqBandInd==0[2112.4..2167.6] step 0.2,

freqBandInd==1[1932.4..1987.6] step 0.2,
freqBandInd==7[927.4.. 957.6] step 0.2,
freqBandInd==25[861.4..891.6] step 0.2
Unit N/A

2-98

Chapter 2 Struct
{freqBandInd==25}[876.4]
OMC Access path N/A
2.14.4 Band Indicator for TDD DL Frequency

Parameter Name
Full Name Band Indicator for TDD DL Frequency
Abbreviated Name utranFreqBandIndTDD
Related feature N/A
Description Band Indicator for TDD DL Frequency
Value type long
Range 0:a,1:b,2:c,3:d,4:e,5:f
Unit N/A
Default Value a[0]
OMC Access path N/A
2-99

2.14.5 UTRAN Frequency for TDD

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN Frequency for TDD
Abbreviated Name utranArfcnTDD
Related feature N/A
Description UTRAN Frequency for TDD
Value type long
Range {utranFreqBandIndTDD==0}[1900.8..1919.2][2010.8..2024.2] step

0.2
{utranFreqBandIndTDD==1}[1850.8..1909.2][1930.8..1989.2] step
0.2,
{utranFreqBandIndTDD==2}[1910.8..1929.2] step 0.2,
{utranFreqBandIndTDD==5}[1880.8..1919.2] step 0.2
Unit N/A
Default Value {utranFreqBandIndTDD==0}[1910],

{utranFreqBandIndTDD==1}[1890],
{utranFreqBandIndTDD==5}[1900]
OMC Access path N/A
2-100

Chapter 2 Struct
2.14.6 UTRAN OffsetFreq Rat

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN OffsetFreq Rat
Abbreviated Name utranOffFreq
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used to configure the offset value of UTRAN

inter-RAT frequency.
Value type long
Range [-15..15]
Unit dB
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2.14.7 UTRAN Frequency Redirection Priority

Parameter Name
2-101

Full Name UTRAN Frequency Redirection Priority
Abbreviated Name utranFreqRdPriority
Related feature N/A

Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2.14.8 UTRAN Frequency CSFB Priority

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN Frequency CSFB Priority
Abbreviated Name utranFreqCsfbPriority
Related feature N/A
2-102

Chapter 2 Struct
Description This array indicates the priority of candidate frequencies for CSFB
target. eNB selects the target frequency based on this information.
The value range of each integer array member is from 0 to 255. A
higher value indicates a higher priority. The default value 0 means
the corresponding frequency can not be selected as CSFB target
frequency.
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2.14.9 UTRAN Frequency ANR Indicator

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN Frequency ANR Indicator
Abbreviated Name utranFreqANRInd
Related feature N/A
Description This array indicates whether to perform ANR on UTRAN frequencies.
Value type long
Unit N/A
2-103

OMC Access path N/A
2.15 GERAN Measurement Parameters

GERAN Measurement Parameters

Parameter Name
Abbreviated Name geranBandIndicator
Managed Object StructGeranMeas
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates how to interpret an associated GERAN

carrier ARFCN.More specifically, the IE indicates the GERAN
frequency band in case the ARFCN value can concern either a DCS
1800 or a PCS 1900 carrier frequency. For ARFCN values not
associated with one of these bands, the indicator has no meaning.
Value type long
Range 0:DCS1800,1:PCS1900
Unit N/A
Default Value DCS1800[0]
OMC Access path N/A
2-104

Chapter 2 Struct
2.15.2 GERAN OffsetFreq Rat

Parameter Name
Full Name GERAN OffsetFreq Rat
Abbreviated Name geranOffFreq
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used to configure the offset value of GERAN

inter-RAT frequency.
Value type long
Range [-15..15]
Unit dB
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2-105

2.15.3 The Bitmap to Represent Whether the NCC is Permitted for

Monitoring
Parameter Name
Full Name The Bitmap to Represent Whether the NCC is Permitted for
Monitoring
Abbreviated Name nCCpermitted
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter indicates whether NCC monitor is allowed or not,

by bitmap way.
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 255
OMC Access path N/A
2.15.4 GERAN Frequency CSFB Priority

Parameter Name
Full Name GERAN Frequency CSFB Priority
Abbreviated Name geranFreqCsfbPriority
2-106

Chapter 2 Struct
Related feature N/A
frequency.
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2.15.5 GERAN Frequency Redirection Priority

Parameter Name
Full Name GERAN Frequency Redirection Priority
Abbreviated Name geranFreqRdPriority
Related feature N/A

2-107

Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2.15.6 GERAN Frequency ANR Indicator

Parameter Name
Full Name GERAN Frequency ANR Indicator
Abbreviated Name geranFreqANRInd
Related feature N/A
Description This array indicates whether to perform ANR on GERAN

frequencies.
Value type long
Unit N/A
OMC Access path N/A
2-108

Chapter 2 Struct
2.15.7 The First ARFCN Value

Parameter Name
Full Name The First ARFCN Value
Abbreviated Name startARFCN
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used to configure the first ARFCN of GERAN

neighbor cell
Value type long
Range [0..1023]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
2-109

Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
2-110

Chapter 2 Struct
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A
2-111


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
2-112

Chapter 2 Struct
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A
2-113


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
2-114

Chapter 2 Struct
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A
2-115


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A
2-116

Chapter 2 Struct

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
2-117

Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A
2-118

Chapter 2 Struct

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
2-119

Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A
2-120

Chapter 2 Struct

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A
2-121


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
2-122

Chapter 2 Struct
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A
2-123


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
2-124

Chapter 2 Struct
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A
2-125


Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A
2-126

Chapter 2 Struct

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
2-127

Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A
2-128

Chapter 2 Struct

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
2-129

Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A
2-130

Chapter 2 Struct

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [0..1023],[65535..65535]
Unit N/A
Default Value 65535
OMC Access path N/A
2-131

2.16 CDMA2000 Measurement Parameters

CDMA2000 Measurement Parameters
2.16.1 CDMA Measurement Searching Window Present

Parameter Name
Full Name CDMA Measurement Searching Window Present
Abbreviated Name searchWindowPresent
Managed Object StructCDMA2000Meas
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used to configure whether searching window of

CDMA inter-system handover measurement is needed or not. 0
means search window is needed, and 1 means search windows
is not needed.
Value type long
Unit N/A
OMC Access path N/A
2.16.2 Search Window Size is Used to Assist in Searching for the

Neighboring Pilots
Parameter Name
2-132

Chapter 2 Struct
Full Name Search Window Size is Used to Assist in Searching for the
Neighboring Pilots
Abbreviated Name searchWinSize
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used to configure searching the neighbor pilot

frequency window size in CDMA cell.
Value type long
Range [0..15]
Unit N/A
Default Value 5
OMC Access path N/A
2.16.3 CDMA2000 Type

Parameter Name
Full Name CDMA2000 Type
Abbreviated Name cdmaType
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used to determine the CDMA cell type is 1XRTT
or HRPD.
2-133

Value type long
Range 0:1xRTT,1:HRPD
Unit N/A
Default Value 1xRTT[0]
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Abbreviated Name cdmaBandClass
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used to configure the CDMA2000 band class.
Value type long
10,11:bc11,12:bc12,13:bc13,14:bc14,15:bc15,16:bc16,17:bc17,18:
Unit N/A
OMC Access path N/A
2-134

Chapter 2 Struct

Parameter Name
Abbreviated Name cdmaARFCN
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used to configure the ARFCN value which has
correspondence to CDMA2000 band.
Value type long
Range [0..2047]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2.16.6 CDMA OffsetFreq Rat

Parameter Name
2-135

Full Name CDMA OffsetFreq Rat
Abbreviated Name cdmaOffFreq
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used to configure CDMA inter-RAT frequency

offset value.
Value type long
Range [-15..15]
Unit dB
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2.16.7 CDMA2000 Frequency CSFB Priority

Parameter Name
Full Name CDMA2000 Frequency CSFB Priority
Abbreviated Name cdmaFreqCsfbPriority
Related feature N/A
2-136

Chapter 2 Struct
frequency.
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2.16.8 CDMA2000 Frequency Redirection Priority

Parameter Name
Full Name CDMA2000 Frequency Redirection Priority
Abbreviated Name cdmaFreqRdPriority
Related feature N/A

Value type long
2-137

Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2.16.9 CDMA Frequency ANR Indicator

Parameter Name
Full Name CDMA Frequency ANR Indicator
Abbreviated Name cdmaFreqANRInd
Related feature N/A
Description This array indicate whether to perform ANR on CDMA frequencies
Value type long
Range 0:No,1:Yes
Unit N/A
Default Value No[0]
OMC Access path N/A
2-138

Chapter 2 Struct
2.17 RAT Priority

RAT Priority
2.17.1 EUTRAN-FDD RAT Priority

Parameter Name
Full Name EUTRAN-FDD RAT Priority
Abbreviated Name ratPriority1
Managed Object StructRATPriority
Related feature N/A
Description EUTRAN-FDD RAT Priority
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 255
OMC Access path N/A
2.17.2 EUTRAN-TDD RAT Priority

Parameter Name
Full Name EUTRAN-TDD RAT Priority
2-139

Related feature N/A
Description EUTRAN-TDD RAT Priority
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 254
OMC Access path N/A
2.17.3 GERAN RAT Priority

Parameter Name
Full Name GERAN RAT Priority
Related feature N/A
Description GERAN RAT Priority
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
2-140

Chapter 2 Struct
OMC Access path N/A
2.17.4 UTRAN-FDD RAT Priority

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN-FDD RAT Priority
Related feature N/A
Description UTRAN-FDD RAT Priority
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2-141

2.17.5 UTRAN-TDD RAT Priority

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN-TDD RAT Priority
Related feature N/A
Description UTRAN-TDD RAT Priority
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2.17.6 CDMA2000-HRPD RAT Priority

Parameter Name
Full Name CDMA2000-HRPD RAT Priority
Related feature N/A
Description CDMA2000-HRPD RAT Priority
2-142

Chapter 2 Struct
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2.17.7 CDMA2000-1xRTT RAT Priority

Parameter Name
Full Name CDMA2000-1xRTT RAT Priority
Related feature N/A
Description CDMA2000-1xRTT RAT Priority
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2-143

2.18 RAT Priority OffFreq-Delta

RAT Priority OffFreq-Delta
2.18.1 RAT Priority 1 OffFreq-Delta

Parameter Name
Full Name RAT Priority 1 OffFreq-Delta
Abbreviated Name offFreqPriority1
Managed Object StructOffFreqPriority
Related feature N/A
Description RAT Priority 1 OffFreq-Delta
Value type long
Range [-15..15]
Unit dB
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
2-144

Chapter 2 Struct
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [-15..15]
Unit dB
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [-15..15]
Unit dB
2-145

Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [-15..15]
Unit dB
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2-146

Chapter 2 Struct

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [-15..15]
Unit dB
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
2-147

Value type long
Range [-15..15]
Unit dB
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A

Parameter Name
Related feature N/A
Value type long
Range [-15..15]
Unit dB
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2-148

Chapter 2 Struct
2.19 Reference Point List

Reference Point List
2.19.1 Reference Point ID

Parameter Name
Full Name Reference Point ID
Abbreviated Name sonReferPointID
Managed Object StructReferPoint
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is used to configure the reference point ID. It is

created by system automatically.
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2-149

2.19.2 Break Point Flag

Parameter Name
Full Name Break Point Flag
Abbreviated Name sonIsBreakPoint
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is the break point flag.
Value type long
Range 0:Is Not BreakPoint,1:Is BreakPoint
Unit N/A
Default Value Is Not BreakPoint[0]
OMC Access path N/A
2.19.3 Break Point TimeOut Length

Parameter Name
Full Name Break Point TimeOut Length
Abbreviated Name sonTimeOutPeriod
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is timeout span of the break point.
2-150

Chapter 2 Struct
Value type long
Range [0..65535]
Unit s
Default Value 600
OMC Access path N/A
2.19.4 Break Point TimeOut Policy

Parameter Name
Full Name Break Point TimeOut Policy
Abbreviated Name sonTimeOutPolicy
Related feature N/A
Description This parameter is policy for the break point timeout.
Value type long
Range 0:Abandoned the Current SON Affairs Execution,1:Continue to the

Current SON Affairs Execution,2:Rollback,3:Reserved
Unit N/A
Default Value Continue to the Current SON Affairs Execution[1]
OMC Access path N/A
2-151

2.20 Target System of Idle Ue for CS Fallback

Target System of Idle Ue for CS Fallback
2.20.1 GERAN Target System of Idle Ue for CS Fallback

Parameter Name
Full Name GERAN Target System of Idle Ue for CS Fallback
Abbreviated Name ratPriIdleCSFB1
Managed Object StructRatPriIdPara
Related feature N/A
Description GERAN Target System of Idle Ue for CS Fallback
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 100
OMC Access path N/A
2-152

Chapter 2 Struct
2.20.2 UTRAN-FDD Target System of Idle Ue for CS Fallback

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN-FDD Target System of Idle Ue for CS Fallback
Related feature N/A
Description UTRAN-FDD Target System of Idle Ue for CS Fallback
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2.20.3 UTRAN-TDD Target System of Idle Ue for CS Fallback

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN-TDD Target System of Idle Ue for CS Fallback
Related feature N/A
Description UTRAN-TDD Target System of Idle Ue for CS Fallback
2-153

Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2.20.4 CDMA2000-1xRTT Target System of Idle Ue for CS Fallback

Parameter Name
Full Name CDMA2000-1xRTT Target System of Idle Ue for CS Fallback
Related feature N/A
Description CDMA2000-1xRTT Target System of Idle Ue for CS Fallback
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2-154

Chapter 2 Struct
2.21 StructRatPriCnPara
2.21.1 GERAN Target System of Connected Ue for CS Fallback
Parameter Name
Full Name GERAN Target System of Connected Ue for CS Fallback
Abbreviated Name ratPriCnCSFB1
Managed Object StructRatPriCnPara
Related feature N/A
Description GERAN Target System of Connected Ue for CS Fallback
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2.21.2 UTRAN-FDD Target System of Connected Ue for CS Fallback

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN-FDD Target System of Connected Ue for CS Fallback
2-155

Related feature N/A
Description UTRAN-FDD Target System of Connected Ue for CS Fallback
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 100
OMC Access path N/A
2.21.3 UTRAN-TDD Target System of Connected Ue for CS Fallback

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN-TDD Target System of Connected Ue for CS Fallback
Related feature N/A
Description UTRAN-TDD Target System of Connected Ue for CS Fallback
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
2-156

Chapter 2 Struct
OMC Access path N/A
2.21.4 CDMA2000-1xRTT Target System of Connected Ue for CS

Fallback
Parameter Name
Full Name CDMA2000-1xRTT Target System of Connected Ue for CS Fallback
Related feature N/A
Description CDMA2000-1xRTT Target System of Connected Ue for CS Fallback
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2-157

2.22 SON ES Special Time

SON ES Special Time
2.22.1 Special Time ID

Parameter Name
Full Name Special Time ID
Abbreviated Name specialTimeId
Managed Object StructSonSpcDay
Related feature N/A
Description Special Time ID
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2.22.2 Special Date Start Date of Energy Saving

Parameter Name
Full Name Special Date Start Date of Energy Saving
Abbreviated Name specialStarDateES
2-158

Chapter 2 Struct
Related feature N/A
Description Special Date Start Date of Energy Saving
Value type string
Range [0..20]
Unit N/A
Default Value 00-00
OMC Access path N/A
How to take effect
2.22.3 Special Date End Date of Energy Saving

Parameter Name
Full Name Special Date End Date of Energy Saving
Abbreviated Name specialEndDateES
Related feature N/A
Description Special Date End Date of Energy Saving
Value type string
Range [0..20]
Unit N/A
Default Value 00-00
OMC Access path N/A
2-159

How to take effect
2.22.4 Special Date Star Time of Energy Saving

Parameter Name
Full Name Special Date Star Time of Energy Saving
Abbreviated Name specialStarTimeES
Related feature N/A
Description Special Date Star Time of Energy Saving
Value type string
Range [0..20]
Unit N/A
Default Value 00:00
OMC Access path N/A
2.22.5 Special Date End Time of Energy Saving

Parameter Name
2-160

Chapter 2 Struct
Full Name Special Date End Time of Energy Saving
Abbreviated Name specialEndTimeES
Related feature N/A
Description Special Date End Time of Energy Saving
Value type string
Range [0..20]
Unit N/A
Default Value 00:00
OMC Access path N/A
2.23 Target RAT of SRVCC

This parameter is SRVCC target system configuration, beginning from the first array
members corresponding to whether allow SRVCC to GERAN, UTRA FDD, UTRA
TDD, and CDMA2000 1 XRTT, value of 0 indicates that does not allow SRVCC to the
corresponding system, value of 1 indicates that allowed. As to the system configuration
allows SRVCC, eNodeb will only be issued SRVCC measure and trigger the SRVCC.
When the configuration to the system does not allow SRVCC, eNodeb not issued SRVCC
measurement.
2.23.1 GERAN Target RAT of SRVCC

Parameter Name
Full Name GERAN Target RAT of SRVCC
Abbreviated Name ratSrvcc1
2-161

Managed Object StructRATSrvccPara
Related feature N/A
Description Whether allow SRVCC to GERAN, value of 0 indicates that does not
allow SRVCC to the corresponding system, value of 1 indicates that
allowed. As to the system configuration allows SRVCC, eNodeb will
only be issued SRVCC measure and trigger the SRVCC. When the
configuration to the system does not allow SRVCC, eNodeb not
issued SRVCC measurement.
Value type long
Range [0..1]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
OMC Access path N/A
2.23.2 UTRAN-FDD Target RAT of SRVCC

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN-FDD Target RAT of SRVCC
Related feature N/A
2-162

Chapter 2 Struct
Description Whether allow SRVCC to UTRA FDD, value of 0 indicates that does
not allow SRVCC to the corresponding system, value of 1 indicates
that allowed. As to the system configuration allows SRVCC, eNodeb
will only be issued SRVCC measure and trigger the SRVCC. When
the configuration to the system does not allow SRVCC, eNodeb not
Value type long
Range [0..1]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
OMC Access path N/A
2.23.3 UTRAN-TDD Target RAT of SRVCC

Parameter Name
Full Name UTRAN-TDD Target RAT of SRVCC
Related feature N/A
Description Whether allow SRVCC to UTRA TDD, value of 0 indicates that does
not allow SRVCC to the corresponding system, value of 1 indicates
that allowed. As to the system configuration allows SRVCC, eNodeb
will only be issued SRVCC measure and trigger the SRVCC. When
the configuration to the system does not allow SRVCC, eNodeb not
Value type long
2-163

Range [0..1]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
OMC Access path N/A
2.23.4 CDMA2000-1xRTT Target RAT of SRVCC

Parameter Name
Full Name CDMA2000-1xRTT Target RAT of SRVCC
Related feature N/A
Description Whether allow SRVCC to CDMA2000 1 XRTT, value of 0 indicates

that does not allow SRVCC to the corresponding system, value
of 1 indicates that allowed. As to the system configuration allows
SRVCC, eNodeb will only be issued SRVCC measure and trigger
the SRVCC. When the configuration to the system does not allow
SRVCC, eNodeb not issued SRVCC measurement.
Value type long
Range [0..1]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
OMC Access path N/A
2-164

Chapter 2 Struct
2.24 Downlink Center Carrier Frequency Parameters

2.24.1 Band Indicator for DL Frequency
Parameter Name
Full Name Band Indicator for DL Frequency
Managed Object StructPlmnFreqParasFDD
Related feature N/A
Description The parameter is band indicator of each candidate DL frequency for

handover based Frequency Priority.
Value type long
Range [1..5],[7..14],[17..28],[30..64],[101..101]
Unit N/A
Default Value 1
OMC Access path N/A
2-165


Parameter Name
Abbreviated Name centerFreqDl
Related feature N/A
Description List of candidate frequencies for handover based Frequency

Priority.The actual size of the list is consistent with Frequency
Number.
Value type long

{freqBandInd==31}[460..467.5] step 0.1,
2-166

Chapter 2 Struct

Unit N/A

2-167

{freqBandInd==24}1535],
2-168

Chapter 2 Struct
OMC Access path N/A
2.24.3 Frequency Priority Based PLMN

Parameter Name
Full Name Frequency Priority Based PLMN
Abbreviated Name freqPriBasPLMN
Related feature N/A
Description This array indicates priority of every frequencythe higher the

value, indicating that the frequency of the higher priority.
Value type long
Range [0..255]
Unit N/A
Default Value 0
OMC Access path N/A
2-169

2-170

SJ-20140604172046-018-ZXSDR UniRAN FDD-LTE (V3.20.50) Radio Parameters Reference

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

SJ-20140604172046-018-ZXSDR UniRAN FDD-LTE (V3.20.50) Radio Parameters Reference

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

ZXSDR UniRAN

FDD-LTE Base Station

Revision No. Revision Date Revision Reason

R1.1 20141216 l There are 60 parameters modified

R1.0 20140821 First edition

Serial Number: SJ-20140604172046-018

Publishing Date: 2014-12-16(R1.1)

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

Chapter 2 Struct.......................................................................................... 2-1

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20140604172046-018|2014-12-16(R1.1) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

1,LTE eNodeB Describes the LTE eNodeB parameters

Each parmater has the following items:

Paramter Item Explanation